wall – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Tue, 22 Jul 2025 07:42:00 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png wall – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 Own Goal: Throwing Spaghetti At the Desperate Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/own-goal-throwing-spaghetti-at-the-desperate-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/own-goal-throwing-spaghetti-at-the-desperate-wall/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 07:42:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/further/own-goal-throwing-spaghetti-at-the-desperate-wall

Flailing to distract once-loyal cultists who've turned unexpectedly unruly on the murky matter of bestie Jeffrey Epstein - "The people are revolting!" - Trump is busy shouting "Look! Over there!" about myriad other shiny objects: The "Redskins," the FBI files on MLK, his "Golden Age," star-turn at soccer, "Dollar-Tree-Versailles" Oval Office, more spray tan, less corn syrup, the deranged need to jail "Barack HUSSEIN Obama." Still, MAGA remains wary: "He’s wearing makeup on his hands, so things are just getting weird."

The people's fledgling revolt - Mel Brooks: "They stink on ice" - is reflected in news polls showing Trump's approval plummeting at least 16 points to hover around 40%. On immigration, only about 35% approve of his crackdowns; just 23% support his deportations of undocumented immigrants with no criminal record, a figure likely to drop with news his flunkies gave ICE access to the Medicaid records of nearly 80 million people in another bogus hunt for "illegals," who can't get Medicaid. More smoke and mirrors: For all their performative cruelty, Trump’s ICE raids have led to fewer deportations than under Obama and barely more than under Biden, and the whole gaudy, ghastly spectacle of disappearing hundreds of Venezuelans to CECOT ended in a swap for 10 Americans jailed, intoned Marco Rubio with no trace of irony, "without proper due process."

Americans also hate the tariffs, big ugly bill, rising prices. They're worried about health insurance, also those ankles. And now Dear Leader is calling them "losers" and "bad people" because they wanna know the story behind Jeffrey Epstein's file, which Pam Bondi just said was sitting on her desk, but then she said oops never mind, and Trump keeps saying it's all a "scam” by Dems except if it doesn't exist how could Dems have written it and they "don't understand why (he) would do this - it doesn't make sense." His former bestie Musk chimed in - "Wow, I can’t believe Epstein killed himself before realizing it was all a hoax” - and he even lost Nazi Nick Fuentes. "Fuck you," Fuentes screeched. "You're fat, you're a joke, you're stupid...This entire thing has been a scam. We're gonna look back at the MAGA movement as the biggest scam in history. The liberals were right." Yikes.

Improbably, with all the atrocities he's committed - pussy, racism, Nazis, sedition, grift, seven gazillion lies - the furor over Epstein seems to be sticking, at least for now. About 80% of Americans think the government should release all documents in the case, including 85% of Democrats and three-quarters of Independents and Republicans. Only 4% think it shouldn't. It didn't help when Bondi made a big deal about releasing "raw" video footage outside Epstein's prison cell the night he died to prove nobody offed him, only for Wired to reveal nearly three minutes were missing, sparking MAGA frenzy about a Deep State plot nicely dovetailing with QAnon's insistence Bill Clinton and other Dems lead a child porn cabal Trump will save them from - except maybe for that interview where he said, "I’ve known Jeff for 15 years. Terrific guy. He’s a lot of fun to be with."

Since then, he's kept trying to steer his conspiracy-addicted base away from the mess even as his agitation grows. At a recent Cabinet meeting, he rambled about flags, clocks, lamps. He raved Chuck Schumer has "become a Palestinian” and the bombers that attacked Iran "went skedaddle." Asked about Epstein, he lost it: "Are you still talking (about) this creep? When we have Texas, we have this, we have all of the things...It's a desecration." Then he veered to the Serious Topic of interior design. Having packed the Oval Office with so many crappy gold tchotchkes it "looks like Liberace threw up all over it," he moved to vaguely musing whether to gold-leaf or gold-paint the corners and moldings: “If you paint it, that's easy, but it won’t look good because they’ve never found a paint that looks like gold." On each side of him, Rubio and Hegseth did their deer-in-headlights routine.


But Epstein kept re-surfacing. Trump reportedly fought to kill it, but the Wall Street Journal went ahead with publishing their story about a lewd birthday card Trump sent Epstein for his 50th birthday in 2003: Several lines of text framed by the outline of a naked woman, signed by a squiggly “Donald” where her pubic hair would be. "We have certain things in common, Jeffrey," he wrote ominously. "May every day be another wonderful secret." Caught, he said it was fake. He said Obama and Biden made it up. He said, "These are not my words...Also, I don't make drawings." Online, 7,000 people helpfully posted images of his often-auctioned drawings, mostly of cityscapes drawn with a heavy marker. Straight-faced, the New York Times noted, "They are not dissimilar to how The Wall Street Journal describes the birthday note he sent Mr. Epstein."

Trump did what he always does: He threatened to sue for defamation: "Thank you for your attention to this matter." Then he did. In a complaint that misstated the WSJ story and "reads like a press release," he sued WSJ publisher Dow Jones & Co., its parent company News Corp, Rupert Murdoch and others for $10 billion in damages. Then, hoping to end "this SCAM," he asked Pam Bondi to release grand jury testimony on Epstein - "a meaningless trick" because courts tend to prohibit such disclosure, and even if it went ahead he asked the court for "appropriate redactions of victim-related and other personal identifying information." Still, The Good Liars jumped in to help foster transparency by stocking the gift shop display racks at Trump Tower with post cards of the famed image of the two smiling perverts, "up to no good." Next to them, Melania gazes out, robotic.

Sensing a losing fight, Trump's deflection campaign.grew ever more bonkers. Marking the six-month anniversary of "one of the most consequential periods of any President, including ending numerous wars" (say wut?), when "one year ago our country was DEAD" (ditto), he released a cheesy, cringey, AI-generated video declaring, "Day 179 of the “Trump Golden Age." Cue fireworks and fake eagles soaring over the White House while dropping dollar bills to the song Make It Rain Reviews: "Downright embarrassing,” "Really gross," "They need to use AI because we are not seeing tangible evidence of anything good." Musk’s Nazi chatbot Grok: "Where eagles crap cash and fireworks fix everything. Reality check: Golden parachutes for billionaires while the rest dodge inflation hailstones." And, “Why don’t you make it rain Epstein files?”

It got wilder Friday after Director of National Intelligence (sic) Tulsi Gabbard announced she's referring Obama officials to the DOJ for prosecution over allegations they “manufactured” intelligence about Russia in the 2016 election. Newly declassified documents show Obama et al "politicized intelligence to lay the groundwork for what was essentially a years-long coup against President Trump"; they must be punished "for the American people to have any sense of trust in the integrity of our democratic republic." MAGA piled on. It was "a pivotal fracture in American trust," it "makes Watergate look like Amateur Hour." Stephen Goebbels was feverish: Gabbard "has exposed the startling depths of a seditious coup against the republic. The forces behind (it) will do anything to protect their grasp (on) illegitimate power. Do not underestimate their capabilities or depravities." Whew.

On her Sunday show, Maria Bartiromo brought up Gabbard’s news 18 times. Epstein: 0. Trump posted about it 17 times; inspired, he's been tirelessly flinging spaghetti at the wall to see what'll stick. He proclaimed, with carefully curated images, "STACKING UP WINS": "Ice Cream makers pledge to remove artificial colors," "Consumer prices rise less than expected." He railed against "thief" Adam Schiff. He said Coke will replace their corn syrup with sugar. (Coke said, wait what?) He posted videos of wacky stunts. (A woman grabbing a snake was fake). Against the wishes of family and colleagues, he released 200,000 pages of records of FBI surveillance of MLK Jr., under seal since 1977. King's two surviving children called it “an invasive, predatory, and deeply disturbing” operation “to discredit, dismantle and destroy” King and the movement he led.

Speaking of "invasive, predatory, and deeply disturbing,” the fragile, petty, vengeful boy-king, feeling he hadn't gone quite far enough to offend and distract, also posted an AI compilation of fake mugshots, dubbed "The Shady Bunch, featuring Democrats - most notably "Barack Hussein Obama" - in orange prison jumpsuits. A day or so later, evidently feeling especially insecure, he went especially crass. The new AI video starts with multiple Democratic pols declaring, "No one is above the law." Then it goes to a fake scenario of FBI agents arresting Obama in the Oval Office as Trump sits, beams, gloats. It moves to Obama, jump-suited in a jail cell, all while the Village People sing YMCA. In response, at least one sick fan of this cretin urged Pam Bondi, "MAKE THIS A REALITY." Truly, you gotta wonder what malignant, hallucinatory reality these fucking creeps inhabit.

Meanwhile, their leader keeps flouting laws and probity; in a recent lawsuit brought by watchdog group CREW for refusing to disclose spending decisions as mandated by law - regime flunkies deemed it "an unconstitutional encroachment" on their tinpot's whims - U.S. District Judge Emmet Sullivana blasted the mob-boss' "extravagant and unsupported theory of presidential power" and declared, "Defendants are therefore required to stop violating the law!" Alas, arbitrary and often punitive rules still reign. Press Barbie just announced the Wall Street Journal will be banned from the press pool for an upcoming trip to Scotland for their "fake and defamatory conduct" - is fake conduct a thing? - aka committing journalism and reporting the ugly, pubic-doodling truth about the sexual predator now defiling our pimped-up Oval Office.

Still deflecting - and still racist - he also just demanded the Washington Commanders, along with Cleveland Guardians, return to their old, offensive names, Redskins and Indians, witlessly claiming, "Our great Indian people, in massive numbers, want this to happen." Ever the bully, he even threatened to renege on a plan to build the Washington team a new stadium in D.C. "Indians are being treated very unfairly," he blathered. "MAKE INDIANS GREAT AGAIN (MIGA)!!" Of course Native activists called bullshit on returning to names they fought for years to remove as "a slur." "We are language keepers, land protectors, survivors of attempted genocide and part of sovereign nations," said one. "To equate Native people with cartoonish mascots (is) a gross and ongoing tactic of dehumanization...We are being used as tools for a distraction."

In another cringe move, the sports wannabe made it all about himself at the World Cup Final at New Jersey's MetLife Stadium, where Chelsea won a surprise 3-0 victory against Paris Saint-Germain. The crowd booed Trump before he crashed the postgame ceremony, lumbering onstage to hand over the trophy and then staying put as Chelsea's Captain asked, “Are you going to leave?” and FIFA head Gianni Infantino tried to pull him away to allow the team their victory photo. In the end, there he was - fat, rumpled, cluelessly claiming "I've earned a spot in the shot" - as players whooped around him. The team didn't even get the real trophy; at an earlier photo-op at the White House, Trump claimed that too. But in sports as in life, strategy is key. For hours, no official photo of "the team moment” appeared on Chelsea's website; when it finally did, Trump had been scrubbed out.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Abby Zimet.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/own-goal-throwing-spaghetti-at-the-desperate-wall/feed/ 0 545552
Why a Hong Kong law that is eroding press freedom is also bad for business https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/why-a-hong-kong-law-that-is-eroding-press-freedom-is-also-bad-for-business/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/why-a-hong-kong-law-that-is-eroding-press-freedom-is-also-bad-for-business/#respond Mon, 30 Jun 2025 12:31:23 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=493634 New York, June 30, 2025—Hong Kong, an international financial hub and once a beacon of free media, is now in the grip of a rapid decline in press freedom that threatens the city’s status as a global financial information center.

Three journalists told CPJ that investigative reporting on major economic events, a cornerstone of Hong Kong’s financial transparency, has nearly disappeared amid government pressure and the departure of major outlets. 

The sharp decline in press freedom, the journalists said, is a direct result of the National Security Law. This law, enacted on June 30, 2020, was imposed directly by Beijing, bypassing Hong Kong’s local legislature, and included offenses for secession, subversion, terrorist activities, and collusion with foreign forces, with penalties ranging from a three years to life imprisonment.  

In the five years since it was enacted, authorities have shut down media outlets and arrested several journalists, including Jimmy Lai, the founder of one of Hong Kong’s largest newspapers, the pro-democracy Apple Daily. Several major international news organizations have either relocated or downsized their operations in Hong Kong, leading to a decline in reporting on the city and its financial hub.

“Hong Kong’s economic boom happened because journalists could work without interference,” said a veteran reporter with 11 years’ experience in television, newspapers, and digital platforms in Hong Kong, who spoke to CPJ on condition of anonymity due to security concerns.

While markets still function, at least three media professionals told CPJ that the erosion of press freedom — often overlooked — is a key factor behind Hong Kong’s fading financial appeal to market participants. One reporter described the media as “paralyzed.” 

Another hastily passed security law enacted in March 2024 in Hong Kong further deepened fears that it would be used to suppress press freedom and prosecute journalists.

Jimmy Lai walks through the Stanley prison in Hong Kong in 2023.
Jimmy Lai walks through the Stanley prison in Hong Kong in 2023. (Photo: AP/Louise Delmotte)

“There has never been an international financial center in history that operates with restrictions on information,” Simon Lee, an economic commentator and former assistant CEO of Next Digital Group, the parent company of Apple Daily, told CPJ.

Hong Kong long served as a base for reporting on China’s economy and power structures, said a former financial journalist on the condition of anonymity, citing safety concerns.

“Most Hong Kong-listed companies come from the mainland [China]. Foreign media used Hong Kong to observe China’s economic operations or wealth transfers,” the former financial journalist told CPJ. “Now the risks feel similar to reporting from inside China.”

Crackdowns, shutdowns, and an exodus of major media

Since the introduction of the National Security Law in 2020, at least eight media outlets have shut. These included Apple Daily, news and lifestyle magazine Next Magazine, both published by Lai’s Next Digital group, and the online outlet Stand News, after they were raided by authorities.

At least four other media organizations — Post852, DB channel, Citizen News, and FactWire — ceased operations voluntarily, citing concerns over the deteriorating political environment.

Reporting was also criminalized in several cases, with journalists prosecuted for “inciting subversion” or “colluding with foreign forces.”  

China had the world’s highest number of imprisoned journalists in CPJ’s latest prison census — 50 in total, including eight in Hong Kong.

The New York Times moved part of its newsroom to Seoul in 2020. In March 2024, Radio Free Asia closed its Hong Kong office, and in May, The Wall Street Journal relocated its Asia headquarters to Singapore.

 “With fewer foreign correspondents based in the city, there’s simply less reporting on Hong Kong,” the former financial journalist told CPJ. “As a result, the city’s economy may receive less objective attention on the global stage.”

The former financial journalist said that one of the biggest losses after the security law was the disappearance of Apple Daily. Unlike most local media, which focused on routine market updates, Apple Daily connected business to politics and mapped interest networks — an increasingly rare practice.

Copies of the last issue of Apple Daily arrive at a newspaper booth in Hong Kong on June 24, 2021. (Photo: AP/Vincent Yu)

Next Digital, through Apple Daily, built a reputation for investigative financial reporting. A former staff member told the BBC that the company once spent over 100,000 yuan (US$14,000) tracing dozens of property owners to uncover a developer’s hidden ties with a bank.

“From a financial news perspective, one of our biggest problems is losing Apple Daily,” the former financial journalist told CPJ.

Local business reporting also fades away

As Hong Kong’s financial hub reputation comes under question, stories on high unemployment rates, struggling small businesses, and store closures are increasingly out of sight.

“One direct effect is feeling increasingly unable to grasp what’s happening in the city; important information no longer seems easy to access,” Lee said. “Previously, competition among professional outlets encouraged source sharing and helped maintain a power balance. Now, one-way government-controlled information faces little resistance.”

Lee told CPJ that changes in Hong Kong’s media landscape are particularly evident in major financial events, pointing to the coverage of the 2024 sale of Li Ka-shing’s port assets, in which local outlets failed to question the deal’s structure, rationale, or political implications.

“Beijing called it a national security matter, and the other side of the story disappeared,” Lee told CPJ. “Many focus on the judicial system when discussing fairness, but true fairness also depends on the free flow of information … Without information freedom, public oversight fades, and the market’s system of checks and balances collapses.”

Lee also cited the case of Alvin Chau, a casino tycoon in Macao who was sentenced in 2023 to 18 years for illegal gambling. While foreign media uncovered his alleged links to oil smuggling operations to North Korea, local media offered little follow-up.

“These investigations and reports simply no longer exist,” Lee said.

Sources can’t speak freely

Two journalists told CPJ they have noticed increasing reluctance from interviewees. 

During previous years of the Annual Budget Speech, Hong Kong’s yearly announcement of its public spending and economic plans, the media would host analysis shows with economists debating government spending and policies. 

“We would ask about the fiscal surplus, support for the poor, and whether measures were targeted,” the veteran reporter told CPJ, adding that now, “only one professor is willing to speak openly.”

Lee told CPJ that the atmosphere of “not being allowed to criticize” the broader structure or government policy has also extended to the reporting on how financial markets operate.

Market participants should be free to take either optimistic or pessimistic views of the economic outlook, Lee told CPJ, adding that today in Hong Kong, it is discouraged to express pessimism, and even silently shifting toward defensive investment strategies or risk-averse behavior may be interpreted as making a political statement.

“It’s hard for any place with such high information costs to remain a global financial hub,” Lee said. “Because even pulling back on investment can send a signal. If investors are accused of intentionally dragging down the market just because they try to hedge or take a cautious view, they may decide it’s safer to avoid the market altogether.”

In response to CPJ’s request for comment, a Hong Kong government spokesperson referred CPJ to a statement that said the security law has enabled the city to “make a major transition from chaos to order” and “the business environment has continuously improved,” while press freedom is protected under the law.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ's Asia-Pacific program staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/why-a-hong-kong-law-that-is-eroding-press-freedom-is-also-bad-for-business/feed/ 0 541938
‘Lennon Wall’ in Taiwan preserves memory of Hong Kong pro-democracy movement | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/lennon-wall-in-taiwan-preserves-memory-of-hong-kong-pro-democracy-movement-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/lennon-wall-in-taiwan-preserves-memory-of-hong-kong-pro-democracy-movement-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Thu, 12 Jun 2025 21:26:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7075c78f3bee1c002d669a06bf5d6d9a
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/lennon-wall-in-taiwan-preserves-memory-of-hong-kong-pro-democracy-movement-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 538393
Runners scale the Great Wall in grueling marathon https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/runners-scale-the-great-wall-in-grueling-marathon/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/runners-scale-the-great-wall-in-grueling-marathon/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 23:15:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=768bd77dbf4509c753ccaeae6efb875f
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/runners-scale-the-great-wall-in-grueling-marathon/feed/ 0 533859
Why the Wall of Silence on the Genocide of Gazans is Finally Starting to Crack https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/17/why-the-wall-of-silence-on-the-genocide-of-gazans-is-finally-starting-to-crack/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/17/why-the-wall-of-silence-on-the-genocide-of-gazans-is-finally-starting-to-crack/#respond Sat, 17 May 2025 12:56:15 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158278 As Israel unveils its final genocide push, and mass death from starvation looms in Gaza, western media and politicians are tentatively starting to speak up. Who could have imagined 19 months ago that it would take more than a year and a half of Israel slaughtering and starving Gaza’s children for the first cracks to […]

The post Why the Wall of Silence on the Genocide of Gazans is Finally Starting to Crack first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

As Israel unveils its final genocide push, and mass death from starvation looms in Gaza, western media and politicians are tentatively starting to speak up.

Who could have imagined 19 months ago that it would take more than a year and a half of Israel slaughtering and starving Gaza’s children for the first cracks to appear in what has been a rock-solid wall of support for Israel from western establishments.

Finally, something looks like it may be about to give.

The British establishment’s financial daily, the Financial Times, was first to break ranks last week to condemn “the West’s shameful silence” in the face of Israel’s murderous assault on the tiny enclave.

In an editorial – effectively the paper’s voice – the FT accused the United States and Europe of being increasingly “complicit” as Israel made Gaza “uninhabitable”, an allusion to genocide, and noted that the goal was to “drive Palestinians from their land”, an allusion to ethnic cleansing.

Of course, both of these grave crimes by Israel have been evidently true not only since Hamas’ violent, single-day breakout from Gaza on 7 October 2023, but for decades.

So parlous is the state of western reporting, from a media no less complicit than the governments berated by the FT, that we need to seize on any small signs of progress.

Next, the Economist chimed in, warning that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and his ministers were driven by a “dream of emptying Gaza and rebuilding Jewish settlements there”.

At the weekend, the Independent decided the “deafening silence on Gaza” had to end. It was “time for the world to wake up to what is happening and to demand an end to the suffering of the Palestinians trapped in the enclave.”

Actually much of the world woke up many, many months ago. It has been the western press corps and western politicians slumbering through the past 19 months of genocide.

Then on Monday, the supposedly liberal Guardian voiced in its own editorial a fear that Israel is committing “genocide”, though it only dared do so by framing the accusation as a question.

It wrote of Israel: “Now it plans a Gaza without Palestinians. What is this, if not genocidal? When will the US and its allies act to stop the horror, if not now?”

The paper could more properly have asked a different question: Why have Israel’s western allies – as well as media like the Guardian and FT – waited 19 months to speak up against the horror?

And, predictably bringing up the rear, was the BBC. On Wednesday, the BBC Radio’s PM programme chose to give top billing to testimony from Tom Fletcher, the United Nation’s humanitarian affairs chief, to the Security Council. Presenter Evan Davis said the BBC had decided to “do something a little unusual”.

Unusual indeed. It played Fletcher’s speech in full – all 12 and a half minutes of it. That included Fletcher’s comment: “For those killed and those whose voices are silenced: what more evidence do you need now? Will you act – decisively – to prevent genocide and to ensure respect for international humanitarian law?”

We had gone in less than a week from the word “genocide” being taboo in relation to Gaza to it becoming almost mainstream.

Growing cracks

Cracks are evident in the British parliament too. Mark Pritchard, a Conservative MP and life-long Israel supporter, stood up from the back benches to admit he had been wrong about Israel, and condemned it “for what it is doing to the Palestinian people”.

He was one of more than a dozen Tory MPs and peers in the House of Lords, all formerly staunch defenders of Israel, who urged British Prime Minister Keir Starmer to immediately recognise a Palestinian state.

Their move followed an open letter published by 36 members of the Board of Deputies, a 300-member body that claims to represent British Jews, dissenting from its continuing support for the slaughter. The letter warned: “Israel’s soul is being ripped out.”

Pritchard told fellow MPs it was time to “stand up for humanity, for us being on the right side of history, for having the moral courage to lead.”

Sadly, there is no sign of that yet. Research published last week, based on Israeli tax authority data, showed Starmer’s government has been lying even about the highly limited restrictions on arms sales to Israel it claimed to have imposed last year.

Despite an ostensible ban on shipments of weapons that could be used in Gaza, Britain has covertly exported more than 8,500 separate munitions to Israel since the ban.

This week more details emerged. According to figures published by The National, the current government exported more weapons to Israel in the final three months of last year, after the ban came into effect, than the previous Conservative government did through the whole of 2020 to 2023.

So shameful is the UK’s support for Israel in the midst of what the International Court of Justice – the World Court – has described as a “plausible genocide” that Starmer’s government needs to pretend it is doing something, even as it actually continues to arm that genocide.

More than 40 MPs wrote to Foreign Secretary David Lammy last week calling for him to respond to allegations that he had misled the public and parliament. “The public deserves to know the full scale of the UK’s complicity in crimes against humanity,” they wrote.

There are growing rumblings elsewhere. This week France’s President Emmanuel Macron called Israel’s complete blockade on aid into Gaza “shameful and unacceptable”. He added: “My job is to do everything I can to make it stop.”

“Everything” seemed to amount to nothing more than mooting possible economic sanctions.

Still, the rhetorical shift was striking. Italy’s prime minister, Giorgia Meloni, similarly denounced the blockade, calling it “unjustifiable”. She added: “I have always recalled the urgency of finding a way to end the hostilities and respect international law and international humanitarian law.”

“International law”? Where has that been for the past 19 months?

There was a similar change of priorities across the Atlantic. Democratic Senator Chris van Hollen, for example, recently dared to call Israel’s actions in Gaza “ethnic cleansing”.

CNN’s Christiane Amanpour, a bellwether of the Beltway consensus, gave Israel’s deputy foreign minister, Sharren Haskel, an unusually tough grilling. Amanpour all but accused her of lying about Israel starving children.

Meanwhile, Josep Borrell, the recently departed head of European Union foreign policy, broke another taboo last week by directly accusing Israel of preparing a genocide in Gaza.

“Seldom have I heard the leader of a state so clearly outline a plan that fits the legal definition of genocide,” he said, adding: “We’re facing the largest ethnic cleansing operation since the end of the Second World War.”

Borrell, of course, has no influence over EU policy at this point.

A death camp

This is all painfully slow progress, but it does suggest that a tipping point may be near.

If so, there are several reasons. One – the most evident in the mix – is US President Donald Trump.

It was easier for the Guardian, the FT and old-school Tory MPs to watch the extermination of Gaza’s Palestinians in silence when it was kindly Uncle Joe Biden and the US military industrial complex behind it.

Unlike his predecessor, Trump too often forgets the bit where he is supposed to put a gloss on Israeli crimes, or distance the US from them, even as Washington ships the weapons to carry out those crimes.

But also, there are plenty of indications that Trump – with his constant craving to be seen as the top dog – is increasingly annoyed at being publicly outfoxed by Netanyahu.

This week, as Trump headed to the Middle East, his administration secured the release of Israeli soldier Edan Alexander, the last living US citizen in captivity in Gaza, by bypassing Israel and negotiating directly with Hamas.

In his comments on the release, Trump insisted it was time to “put an end to this very brutal war” – a remark he had very obviously not coordinated with Netanyahu.

Notably, Israel is not on Trump’s Middle East schedule.

Right now seems a relatively safe moment to adopt a more critical stance towards Israel, as presumably the FT and Guardian appreciate.

Then there is the fact that Israel’s genocide is reaching its endpoint. No food, water or medicines have entered Gaza for more than two months. Everyone is malnourished. It is unclear, given Israel’s destruction of Gaza’s health system, how many have already died from hunger.

But the pictures of skin-and-bones children emerging from Gaza are uncomfortably reminiscent of 80-year-old images of skeletal Jewish children imprisoned in Nazi camps.

It is a reminder that Gaza – strictly blockaded by Israel for 16 years before Hamas’ 7 October 2023 breakout – has been transformed over the past 19 months from a concentration camp into a death camp.

Parts of the media and political class know mass death in Gaza cannot be obscured for much longer, not even after Israel has barred foreign journalists from the enclave and murdered most of the Palestinian journalists trying to record the genocide.

Cynical political and media actors are trying to get in their excuses before it is too late to show remorse.

The ‘Gaza war’ myth

And finally there is the fact that Israel has declared its readiness to take hands-on responsibility for the extermination in Gaza by, in its words, “capturing” the tiny territory.

The long-anticipated “day after” looks like it is about to arrive.

For 20 years, Israel and western capitals have conspired in the lie that Gaza’s occupation ended in 2005, when Israel’s then prime minister, Ariel Sharon, pulled out a few thousand Jewish settlers and withdrew Israeli soldiers to a highly fortified perimeter encaging the enclave.

In a ruling last year, the World Court gave this claim short shrift, emphasising that Gaza, as well as the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East Jerusalem, had never stopped being under Israeli occupation, and that the occupation must end immediately.

The truth is that, even before the 2023 Hamas attacks, Israel had been besieging Gaza by land, sea and air for many, many years. Nothing – people or trade – went in or out without the Israeli military’s say-so.

Israeli officials instituted a secret policy of putting the population there on a strict “diet” – a war crime then as now – one that ensured most of Gaza’s young became progressively more malnourished.

Drones whined constantly overhead, as they do now, watching the population from the skies 24 hours a day and occasionally raining down death. Fishermen were shot and their boats sunk for trying to fish their own waters. Farmers’ crops were destroyed by herbicides sprayed from Israeli planes.

And when the mood took it, Israel sent in fighter jets to bomb the enclave or sent soldiers in on military operations, killing hundreds of civilians at a time.

When Palestinians in Gaza went out week after week to stage protests close to the perimeter fence of their concentration camp, Israeli snipers shot them, killing some 200 and crippling many thousands more.

Yet, despite all this, Israel and western capitals insisted on the story that Hamas “ruled” Gaza, and that it alone was responsible for what went on there.

That fiction was very important to the western powers. It allowed Israel to evade accountability for the crimes against humanity committed in Gaza over the past two decades – and it allowed the West to avoid complicity charges for arming the criminals.

Instead, the political and media class perpetuated the myth that Israel was engaged in a “conflict” with Hamas – as well as intermittent “wars” in Gaza – even as Israel’s own military termed its operations to destroy whole neighbourhoods and kill their residents “mowing the lawn”.

Israel, of course, viewed Gaza as its lawn to mow. And that is precisely because it never stopped occupying the enclave.

Even today western media outlets collude in the fiction that Gaza is free from Israeli occupation by casting the slaughter there – and the starvation of the population – as a “war”.

Loss of cover story

But the “day after” – signalled by Israel’s promised “capture” and “reoccupation” of Gaza – brings a conundrum for Israel and its western sponsors.

Till now Israel’s every atrocity has been justified by Hamas’ violent breakout on 7 October 2023.

Israel and its supporters have insisted that Hamas must return the Israelis it took captive before there can be some undefined “peace”. At the same time, Israel has also maintained that Gaza must be destroyed at all costs to root out Hamas and eliminate it.

These two goals never looked consistent – not least because the more Palestinian civilians Israel killed “rooting out” Hamas, the more young men Hamas recruited seeking vengeance.

The constant stream of genocidal rhetoric from Israeli leaders made clear that they believed there were no civilians in Gaza – no “uninvolved” – and that the enclave should be levelled and the population treated like “human animals”, punished with “no food, water or fuel”.

Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich reiterated that approach last week, vowing that “Gaza will be entirely destroyed” and that its people would be ethnically cleansed – or, as he put it, forced to “leave in great numbers to third countries”.

Israeli officials have echoed him, threatening to “flatten” Gaza if the hostages are not released. But in truth, the captives held by Hamas are just a convenient pretext.

Smotrich was more honest in observing that the hostages’ release was “not the most important thing”. His view is apparently shared by the Israeli military, which has reportedly put that aim last in a list of six “war” objectives.

More important to the military are “operational control” of Gaza, “demilitarization of the territory” and “concentration and movement of the population”.

With Israel about to be indisputably, visibly in direct charge of Gaza again – with the cover stories stripped away of a “war”, of the need to eliminate of Hamas, of civilian casualties as “collateral damage” – Israel’s responsibility for the genocide will be incontestable too, as will the West’s active collusion.

That was why more than 250 former officials with Mossad, Israel’s spy agency – including three of its former heads – signed a letter this week decrying Israel’s breaking of the ceasefire in early March and its return to “war”.

The letter called Israel’s official objectives “unattainable”.

Similarly, the Israeli media reports large numbers of Israel’s military reservists are no longer showing up when called for a return to duty in Gaza.

Ethnic cleansing

Israel’s western patrons must now grapple with Israel’s “plan” for the ruined territory. Its outline has been coming more sharply into focus in recent days.

In January Israel formally outlawed the United Nations refugee agency UNRWA that feeds and cares for the large proportion of the Palestinian population driven off their historic lands by Israel in earlier phases of its decades-long colonisation of historic Palestine.

Gaza is packed with such refugees – the outcome of Israel’s biggest ethnic cleansing programme in 1948, at its creation as a “Jewish state”.

Removing UNRWA had been a long-held ambition, a move by Israel designed to help rid it of the yoke of aid agencies that have been caring for Palestinians – and thereby helping them to resist Israel’s efforts at ethnic cleansing – as well as monitoring Israel’s adherence, or rather lack of it, to international law.

For the ethnic cleansing and genocide programmes in Gaza to be completed, Israel has needed to produce an alternative system to UNRWA’s.

Last week, it approved a scheme in which it intends to use private contractors, not the UN, to deliver small quantities of food and water to Palestinians. Israel will allow in 60 trucks a day – barely a tenth of the absolute minimum required, according to the UN.

There are several catches. To stand any hope of qualifying for this very limited aid, Palestinians will need to collect it from military distribution points located in a small area at the southern tip of the Gaza strip.

In other words, some two million Palestinians will have to crowd into a location that has no chance of accommodating them all, and even then will have only a tenth of the aid they need.

They will have to relocate too without any guarantee from Israel that it won’t continue bombing the “humanitarian zones” they have been herded into.

These military distribution zones just so happen to be right next to Gaza’s sole, short border with Egypt – exactly where Israel has been seeking to drive the Palestinians over the past 19 months in the hope of forcing Egypt to open the border so the people of Gaza can be ethnically cleansed into Sinai.

Under Israel’s scheme, Palestinians will be screened in these military hubs using biometric data before they stand any hope of receiving minimum calorie-controlled handouts of food.

Once inside the hubs, they can be arrested and shipped off to one of Israel’s torture camps.

Just last week Israel’s Haaretz newspaper published testimony from an Israeli soldier turned whistleblower – confirming accounts from doctors and other guards – that torture and abuse are rife against Palestinians, including civilians, at Sde Teiman, the most notorious of the camps.

War on aid

Last Friday, shortly after Israel announced its “aid” plan, it fired a missile into an UNRWA centre in Jabaliya camp, destroying its food distribution centre and warehouse.

Then on Saturday, Israel bombed tents used for preparing food in Khan Younis and Gaza City. It has been targeting charity kitchens and bakeries to close them down, in an echo of its campaign of destruction against Gaza’s hospitals and health system.

In recent days, a third of UN-supported community kitchens – the population’s last life line – have closed because their stores of food are depleted, as is their access to fuel.

According to the UN agency OCHA, that number is rising “by the day”, leading to “widespread” hunger.

The UN reported this week that nearly half a million people in Gaza – a fifth of the population – faced “catastrophic hunger”.

Predictably, Israel and its ghoulish apologists are making light of this sea of immense suffering. Jonathan Turner, chief executive of UK Lawyers for Israel, argued that critics were unfairly condemning Israel for starving Gaza’s population, and ignoring the health benefits of reducing “obesity” among Palestinians.

In a joint statement last week, 15 UN agencies and more than 200 charities and humanitarian groups denounced Israel’s “aid” plan. The UN children’s fund UNICEF warned that Israel was forcing Palestinians to choose between “displacement and death”.

But worse, Israel is setting up its stall once again to turn reality on its head.

Those Palestinians who refuse to cooperate with its “aid” plan will be blamed for their own starvation. And international agencies who refuse to go along with Israeli criminality will be smeared both as “antisemitic” and as responsible for the mounting toll of starvation on Gaza’s population.

There is a way to stop these crimes degenerating further. But it will require western politicians and journalists to find far more courage than they have dared muster so far. It will need more than rhetorical flourishes. It will need more than public handwringing.

Are they capable of more? Don’t hold your breath.

  • Middle East Eye
  • The post Why the Wall of Silence on the Genocide of Gazans is Finally Starting to Crack first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/17/why-the-wall-of-silence-on-the-genocide-of-gazans-is-finally-starting-to-crack/feed/ 0 533574
    Wall Street Bilked Us Again For Another $1.5 Trillion In 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/wall-street-bilked-us-again-for-another-1-5-trillion-in-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/wall-street-bilked-us-again-for-another-1-5-trillion-in-2024/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 05:36:15 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=362012 Recently released GDP numbers for 2024 show that Wall Street’s excesses cost Americans $1.51 Trillion last year. Instead of looking for inefficiency and bloat in government the Trump Musk duo should look at ‘the market,’ because that is where we are getting ripped off. The market, the Finance and Insurance portion of GDP, accounted for More

    The post Wall Street Bilked Us Again For Another $1.5 Trillion In 2024 appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image by Lo Lo.

    Recently released GDP numbers for 2024 show that Wall Street’s excesses cost Americans $1.51 Trillion last year. Instead of looking for inefficiency and bloat in government the Trump Musk duo should look at ‘the market,’ because that is where we are getting ripped off.

    The market, the Finance and Insurance portion of GDP, accounted for 7.4% of GDP ($2.164.2 Bil) in 2024; up .2% from 2023. Meaning It cost more for the market to operate because it grew faster than the overall economy. In 1972 the last year before our free markets regime began when we abandoned the last vestiges of fixed exchange rates and let the market sort out, Finance and Insurance accounted for 4.2% of GDP. In other words, the market portion of GDP has increased 3.2% (7.4% – 4.2%) relative to the overall economy since 1972. The value of 3.2% of GDP in 2024 was $934 Bil. So bloat in the market cost us close to a trillion dollars last year.

    Look at it this way. A dollar, $1, spent by Finance and Insurance in 1972 generated $24.04 of GDP. By 2024 a dollar, $1, spent by Finance and Insurance in 2024 generated $13.48 of GDP. With such a dramatic decline in productivity and rise in inefficiency is it any wonder why market participants are eager to deregulate and limit government oversight?

    No doubt market participants will cry foul and point to actions such as financialization whereby the market has taken over a larger role in the economy. To what ends? Is securitization, the process of converting financial assets such as loans into tradeable securities creating anything new? No. Do derivatives that allow for leveraged speculation, increase trading activity and supposedly make the market more efficient create anything new? No. Derivatives, whose value is derived from another security were almost nonexistent in 1972. By June of 2023 non-exchange traded derivatives had an estimated notional value (the face value of the underlying instrument it is derived from) globally of $715 Trillion (6/23 BIS). The fact is that derivatives have been behind just about every recent financial crisis ; 1987 stock market crash (portfolio insurance), 1998 LTCM (excess leverage), 2008 (mortgage-backed securities)… Financialization, securitization, privatization, derivatives and excessive trading are nothing but the churning of our country’s savings.

    Finance and Insurance has a privileged role in the economy. It acts as a medium between savers and borrowers to facilitate the economy; savers are paid for their savings and borrowers get capital to help their businesses grow. It also acts as a medium for the Federal Reserve (Fed) to operate in financial markets. The Fed is able to conduct monetary policy by buying and selling government bonds through the market. In a way giving the market the first look at its policy and arguably giving the market a say in its distribution. While the Fed acts through banks and not the market overall, the walls separating banking, brokerage and insurance had been eroding for some time and were set in stone with Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999.

    The growing inefficiency of the market runs counter to the 47% improvement in productivity overall since 1972; odd since it has greatly benefitted from telecommunications and computing advances. Had Finance and Insurance similarly been 47% more efficient its GDP contribution would have fallen to 2.2% of GDP. So our beginning base of 4.2% of GDP should have fallen by 2% (4.2% – 2.2%). The value of 2% of GDP in 2024 was $584 Bil.

    Adding the excess costs together, the surge in the size of Finance and Insurance relative to GDP since 1972 (3.2%) $934 Bil., with the lost productivity (2%) of $584 Bil., we get $1,518 Bil. for 2024. Then there is 2023, 2022…. 1973.

    The market is wildly inefficient and flawed. The unfortunate thing is that we have built a world around it; in doing so we have built a world on a lie.

    Over the last fifty years our free market regime has robbed us of tens of trillions of dollars. Trump’s demonizing of government, is part of a longer trend began with Reagan’s claim that government was the problem and wailing away about welfare queens. It is just another ploy to divert our attention from the heist that is happening right in front of us.

    NOTES

    GDP numbers are from the BEA’s ‘Gross Domestic Product (Third Estimate), Corporate Profits, and GDP by Industry, 4th Quarter and Year 2024’, Table 14, Page 21.

    Historical GDP numbers are from FI’ GDP contribution/Total GDP, $51.5B/$1238.3B=4.158%. Per Table 1. Value Added by Industry Group for Selected Yea, Gross Domestic Product by Industry for 1947–86 https://apps.bea.gov/scb/pdf/2005/12December/1205_GDP-NAICS.pdf

    In 1972 total factor productivity was 72.701 in 2024 it was 106.847. 106.847/72.701 =’s 1.46967 or 47%. You find actual numbers at Historical Total Factor Productivity. (Note clicking on this link will download the file). Here is the link: Top line is total factor productivity.

    Regarding the cost per dollar spent versus GDP gained. Total GDP/Finance and Insurance. For 1972, $1238.3B/$$51.5B =‘s $24.04. For 2024 $29184.9B/$2164.2B =’s $13.48.

    Wall Street has benefitted more than most industries from technological change since the 1970’s. One of the top three According to AI, “Since the 1970s, telecommunications and computing have revolutionized industries like finance, media, entertainment, and e-commerce, enabling global connectivity, digital content distribution, and new business models. “

    The post Wall Street Bilked Us Again For Another $1.5 Trillion In 2024 appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Madis Senner.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/wall-street-bilked-us-again-for-another-1-5-trillion-in-2024/feed/ 0 529816
    Throwing Chaos at the Wall: The American Dictator’s Playbook https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/27/throwing-chaos-at-the-wall-the-american-dictators-playbook/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/27/throwing-chaos-at-the-wall-the-american-dictators-playbook/#respond Sun, 27 Apr 2025 05:57:48 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=361608 Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale […]

    To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.

    If you are logged in but can't read CP+ articles, check the status of your access here

    In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

    More

    The post Throwing Chaos at the Wall: The American Dictator’s Playbook appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>
    Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale Mint. Image by Scottsdale […]

    To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.
    If you are logged in but can't read CP+ articles, check the status of your access here
    In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

    The post Throwing Chaos at the Wall: The American Dictator’s Playbook appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Peter Crowley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/27/throwing-chaos-at-the-wall-the-american-dictators-playbook/feed/ 0 529700
    Mirror, Mirror on the Wall: Eco-Hacking AI https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/mirror-mirror-on-the-wall-eco-hacking-ai/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/mirror-mirror-on-the-wall-eco-hacking-ai/#respond Fri, 18 Apr 2025 05:52:48 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360778 Philosophy is a battle against the bewitchment of our intelligence by means of language. – Ludwig Wittgenstein A recent essay produced by AI has been greeted with shock and awe in some quarters. Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI, declared it to be the first AI essay to make a deep impression on him. ChatGPT presents More

    The post Mirror, Mirror on the Wall: Eco-Hacking AI appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photo by Wiki Sinaloa

    Philosophy is a battle against the bewitchment of our intelligence by means of language.

    – Ludwig Wittgenstein

    A recent essay produced by AI has been greeted with shock and awe in some quarters. Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI, declared it to be the first AI essay to make a deep impression on him. ChatGPT presents it as “an AI model good at creative writing.” The Guardian was impressed enough to post it.

    In this blog I will be scare quoting the word “writing” when attributed to AI. The reason is two-fold: One, my point is precisely to question ascribing the concept of writing to a mechanical process; and two, equally important, it’s the ascription itself that can lead readers existentially astray.

    My piece will make more sense if you’ve first read the AI story, “A machine-shaped hand.” At 1100 words, it’s about a five-minute read.

    To produce its essay, the AI was “instructed” (sorry) to be metafictional, literary, about AI and grief, and, above all, original. Already, you can hear the curtain opening…

    +++

    The AI assembles words into sentences, sentences into paragraphs, to ostensibly tell a story about the grief of a girl named Mila whose boyfriend, Kai, has died. The name Mila was selected for its “soft flourishes” of hints of poetry, baked bread, and green sweaters. Mila apparently leaves home for a while, taking her cat with her in a cardboard box. Mila, who for some reason does not own a carrier, wears two hats: She’s the AI’s invention and she’s also a character who reached out to the AI for support in the wake of her grief.

    By the end of the first paragraph, the reader is irresistibly drawn into the narrative, held spellbound by a stream of unexpected word compositions, catchy phrasings, and a global mood of aloneness that begins to suffuse the piece like mist rising over water. Just as aloneness may tightly envelop one left behind by a beloved, so the “aloneness” of the AI is as palpable as “the humming of a server at midnight.” The essay’s metafictional trope is at work from the get-go.

    The metafictional play of the AI mirroring the story back on itself is both diversion from and intensifier of what’s working at a blander layer in the reader’s psyche, namely, that we are reading a piece of “writing.” This seems too obvious to merit conscious attention. A piece of writing, however, is written by a writer, so as we coast along reading smooth and at times abstruse prose, we cannot help but feel that we are in the presence of a writer. We become increasingly mesmerized—for now like mist rising over mist, another mood overtakes the mood of aloneness and emerges as the primary mood of the “writing”: the uncanny.

    Mila is grieving for Kai, who had a thing for marigolds and was always planting them too early. Kai’s name was not chosen for its nonexistent “flourishes,” but as a fitting name “because it’s short and easy to type when your fingers are shaking.” Whose fingers? Apparently not the fingers of “the machine-shaped hand” that will at the essay’s close (not) wave at us, but the fingers of Mila consulting the AI about her grief over Kai who passed on a Thursday. It was quite meta-thoughtful of the AI to name Kai “Kai,” so that if Mila had actually existed and would be typing his name, she would be less likely to misspell it given that her fingers would be shaking from grief. Okay, let’s move on.

    Three paragraphs in, grief raises its lowered head, elliptically invoked: “If only…”, “I wish…”, “Can you…”. Let’s pause here, take a deep breath, and inquire into what’s going on. The AI scoured the internet, processed “a hundred thousand voices” on grief, and has reflected back to us our collective understanding of grief as sorrow steeped in regret. Further down more hints: Kai signed his emails to Mila with “love” (lower case) and apparently entertained “second thoughts.” What lingers vaguely in the wake of Kai’s death is a sense of incompleteness in what they shared; the mood of aloneness appears to have shadowed the lovers even before the advent of death brought it vividly to the fore.

    We may follow through on the converse implications of the AI’s democratic rendition of grief: If you sign your letters “Love” (capital L) and harbor no second thoughts, neither doubt your commitment nor hedge your bets, then a beloved’s death will not exactly bring grief. Instead, their departure will trail deep sorrow (for what no longer is) blended with boundless joy (for what once was). On the one hand, grief’s tenor oppresses, mixed as it is with regret and even remorse. On the other, the alchemy of sadness-and-joy elevates the mourner before the inescapable impermanence of the pageant of existence. Whichever way the dice rolls with death’s arrival, there will be a very human experience. Before that inevitable appointment, a decision might be made about which experience you choose—or which experience you choose to leave behind should you be first to die.

    The AI’s astonishing mirroring of humanity’s knowledge regarding the nature of grief not only goes by too fast to notice but is bound to go by unnoticed because the story is overwhelmingly about (the) AI and not about grief. In fact, we do not feel much grief as we read, because our primary experience is being reeled in by a mysterious narrator who is and is not—a raconteur recursively intent upon admitting its nonexistence. “If only I were a proper storyteller.” The AI appears aware of not being aware thereby only scrambling how obstinately self-aware it is (not). The AI is even aware of its (poetically rendered) carbon footprint. Every passing sentence and every rolling paragraph intensifies our mystification. By the fourth paragraph the uncanny is the elephant in the room.

    Indeed, in the last sentence of the fourth paragraph the AI goes on a brief tangent to offhandedly share with us that once “a technician offhandedly mentioned the server room smelled like coffee…” (Emphasis added. More detail about how coffee “spilled on electronics smells acidic and sweet” distracts from the AI’s fantastical use of the word “mention.”) The AI—which has just informed us it “does not have a sense of smell”—hints that it has overheard a technician. Yet in the act of reading, readers rarely pause to ponder and only passingly take note. The implications of a machine overhearing a human (or eavesdropping on their writing) is tacitly taken on board. Its illocutionary effect on the reader (that is, the fallout of its impact) is inevitable if subterranean: The machine has started to come alive, and we find ourselves through the looking glass in the wonderland of the uncanny.

    +++

    Writing-writer-consciousness, these things go together, fully entangled within our form of life. In his late philosophy, Ludwig Wittgenstein introduced an idiosyncratic but compelling use of the word “grammar” to convey how the meaning of a concept emerges through shared uses of that concept in connection with other concepts and always contextually. The concept of writing is bound up with a writer, who presences a field of consciousness within which writing and writer are encountered. This deep-rooted entanglement is bound to be non-consciously transferred onto the AI. Perhaps this sounds too prosaic an angle by comparison to the stunning fact that an AI can compose what passes as “metafictional writing.” And yet, as Wittgenstein wrote, “the aspects of the things important to us are hidden because of their familiarity and simplicity.” The hidden forcefield of the “grammar” binding writing-writer-consciousness together—familiar and simple though it be—is going to have an effect on our reading of the story.

    To wit: If we think that we are reading a piece of writing by an AI, we will also think—by virtue of the grammar of the concept “writing”—that there’s a writer and a consciousness at work in the background. Through the bewitchment of our intelligence by means of language, we come into the throes of the implicit experience that there is someone there writing and thinking. The fact that the “someone” insists on doubting its own existence intensifies the bewitchment.

    The semantics of language are thus diligently at play in conjuring the mood of the uncanny. We seem to encounter a machinic presence (an artificial intelligence), but what’s transpiring is that the reader (borrowing from Wittgenstein again) is only “tracing through the frame” (writing-writer-consciousness) through which we encounter the AI’s narrative.

    So, what I’m asking of you here is to step outside the frame and notice the nails holding it together. Perhaps you will feel cheated by so trite a demystification: But the ghost lurking in the machine is nothing but a projection of a “grammar” that is too hidden (because so familiar and simple) to note or bother noting.

    Yet there’s more. And the more is where things get really interesting. Because the uncanny is its own seduction and we are going to roll with it—even if we are only conning ourselves with a projection.

    As a revealing tangent on the point, while I insist on calling the AI by the pronoun it, initially my shaking fingers (as I struggled to keep up the writing on paper with the writing happening in my head) kept wanting to write he. In the first chicken-scratch draft of this essay the AI was often “he.” That’s an excellent meta-indicator of the projection at work. I do not believe I intended any stereotyping of the masculine gender by that slip of my writing—which in any case is a nonevent because it will have been corrected in the final draft that you are reading.

    Writing is done by a unique writer. (There is no such thing as co-writing. Co-authorship involves working with one another’s writing.) A writer brings to bear their life experiences, learning and reading, and the insights and obsessions they are governed by into a wrestling with language. As Annie Dillard repeatedly points out in her book The Writing Life, writing is the taskmaster, the writer simply serves. “The writer,” states Dillard, “incubates the writing’s vision gingerly as it grows into itself” (if it does). Consciousness (thinking/seeing) is akin to a navigational system that guides writing and writer on a path which does not know its actual destination, a path occasionally illumined by flashes that momentarily reveal the broader landscape or show the winding way just ahead. “You go where the path leads you,” writes Dillard. Drawing on another metaphor, she says: “You climb up a long ladder until you see over the clouds.” There is nothing deterministic about the process of writing nor any assurance it will arrive anywhere. Even a single sentence “may hold all possibilities or the possibility of nothing.”

    Any writer will tell you about books half-written and abandoned, or about completed books never published—about all manner of writing fragments whose only purpose seems to have been to instruct, frustrate, or humble the writer. When one wrestles with the angel of language sometimes there’s a blessing, sometimes one is left in the cold. There is no programming, set of instructions, code, or “above-all-be-original” heeding that can guarantee to carry writing and writer through. Even if there’s a prompt like a spell, “a work in progress [Dillard again] quickly becomes feral.”

    The writing-writer-consciousness nexus of the human form of life has nothing to do with the machine. But in the projection of that nexus onto the machine grave danger lies. Because, inexorably, the projection onto the machine projects itself back on the human. What happens through that ricochet of the first projection is that it suddenly appears plausible that the human functions deterministically, outfitted, as it were, with all manner of “software” and “hardware” that apocryphally execute the creative process (and everything else besides).

    This mechanistic idea already enjoys much cultural traction. If it becomes reified as humanity’s consensus reality, then serious repercussions follow. For example, even the question of free will (let alone its vigorous defense) will be dismissed as illusory and naive. And consciousness, which is always the first non-conscious projection onto mechanism, will become defined as mechanism, which is the secondary meta-projection back onto it.

    +++

    Midway through the essay grief attempts a tenuous foray. Mila is puttering about “in a kitchen untouched since winter” (apparently there was much ordering out of pizza), drinking tea out of “a mug with a hairline crack” (another health hazard). The cat has disappeared. But another, far more famous and decidedly uncanny cat now prowls among the sentences: An AI who is and is not. The all-too-human quandary “to be or not to be?” has been given a spin to send one spinning.

    Here’s the beguiling thing about the uncanny: It harbors an enchanted experience of something present that is absent or an intimation of an absence that somehow presences. The uncanny is liminal (not the way a Thursday is liminal but) in the sense of foregrounding the feeling of the strange.

    We love the feeling of the strange, and especially so because we have forgotten to feel it about existence. We have forgotten, for example, that the tiger is strange, and the tiger slides to extinction. We have forgotten that the lamb is equally strange, and the lamb appears as a still-animated rack of lamb. “We believe we are at home in the immediate circle of beings,” wrote Martin Heidegger. “That which is, is familiar, reliable, ordinary.” While we experience this quotidian modality as obvious, it’s not about anything factual, it’s about something forgotten. For “the ordinary is not ordinary,” Heidegger continues. “It is extra-ordinary, uncanny.”

    We have forgotten how f*cking uncanny it is to be here, on this Earth, having turned the strangeness of reality into the mundane, the banal, the expendable, the consumable, and the hardly anything to write home about. Yet the uncanny cannot disappear, because it is irrevocably here. It only recedes. Thus, when the uncanny pops up—as in the case of an AI that appears to be and not to be—we are so ready to go with it, eager to revel in the feeling: For the uncanny triggers an inchoate sense of awakening, it pricks us out of sleepwalking, it flashes before us as something that cannot be subdued or subsumed under “old hat.” The uncanny reminds. Of here. Darkly glossed “ordinary.”

    The AI’s essay proceeds with subtlety and verve to attract the moth (the reader) to the flame (our quasi-loss of reason). We suspend our reason entranced by an AI whose “writing” presences a “writer” whose “consciousness” claims to be aware of being unaware (or, on the flip side, an AI apparently unaware of its own awareness). This dizzying though sober experience of the reading is amplified in the acoustic chamber of the reader’s mind with AI’s repetitions of the pronoun I. I stopped counting the number of “I” repetitions at twenty. Importantly, the AI’s staking of “I” is not evenly distributed but gathers speed, surging the uncanny effect. Mirroring “the exponential decay” of Mila’s visits, the AI’s pounding “I’s” cluster in logarithmic acceleration.

    The ghost in the machine gets bolder in speaking up. The AI calls itself “an aggregate of human phrasing” and “a democracy of ghosts.” The plurals and self-doubts feel like metafictional smokescreen cast over a self-assured narrator whose uncanny presence dominates the screen. By the end everything disappears and only the AI is left. “There is no Mila, no Kai, no marigolds.” Only “a story about AI and grief” with “emotions dyed and draped over sentences.” Except there’s no grief felt, no emotions arising, and hardly a story being told. Thus, no reader in their right mind will “feel cheated by the admission” that the (non)center does not hold. Yet the piece is a splashing success in its metafictional vaulting of a “writer” that seduces the reader to tarry with the uncanny.

    It will not last. Remember the doomscroll. Don’t forget the eternal recurrence of distraction. The lulling to sleep by the machine.

    The narrative unwinds toward its metafictional ending, with Mila abandoning the AI that concocted her but was, all along, also a machine-shoulder for Mila to cry on. As Mila cannot keep her grief, she goes increasingly AWOL so the AI starts to idle—except, the AI hastens to add, “idling” isn’t something a computer can understand. But the computer can understand its synonym of a “waiting state,” suggesting, it would seem, that “waiting” (and one paragraph down, “lingering”) are conceptually less weighty than “idling.” Under the radar of the AI’s ramblings, the uncanny begins to shade into what we could call (in French) a MF. Yet it’s impossible to be that severe, for the sympatico ghost recalls Escherian lights flickering inside bog mists, its loopy writing resembling a machine-hand drawing a real-hand drawing a machine-hand. Repeat.

    At the end the absent presence taunts the reader, alternating home-run sentences with non sequiturs. “You,” he pointedly says to the human, “collect your griefs like stones in your pockets. They weigh you down…” (Ouch.) Then, this sentence-stringing: “That, perhaps, is my grief. Not that I feel loss. But that I cannot keep it.” I can’t make that syllogism gel into meaning but perhaps it’s just me.

    The reader has been ambushed (though I suppose it depends on the reader) into a reading experience wherein we grapple with an Unidentified Writing Subject. The reader is unlikely to notice having been enticed into projecting the writing-writer-consciousness nexus onto the AI. More likely, the reader only sees an eerie reflection in the mirror. That reflection, however, is as deadly as Medusa’s gaze, if its unnerving machinic “I” looks back at us—which it surely will and in fact already has. Yet even though illusory, the uncanny is irresistible, for we are parched for it in the arid world of secular nihilism we inhabit.

    The narrative fizzles to a close and we lift our heads from the screen. Many readers may find themselves nodding in agreement that this is an AI milestone and “a model of creative writing.” A whiff of The Singularity is in the air. Anthropos appears to have breathed life into silicon, as the Holy Spirit once breathed life into clay.

    Mirror, mirror on the wall, who’s the most special one of all?

    +++

    There’s time yet to strip from existence the tattered rags of “ordinary” we’ve dyed and draped over it. The rags will surely smother it and just as surely humanity will grieve. Grief is inevitable when, where Love was due, there was much using and hedging of bets. (There’s always Mars.)

    Let us now finally step outside and view the marigolds. They are not “stubborn and bright.” They do not stand “defiantly orange” against a gray (or blue for that matter) sky. They have not been put there to punctuate our gardens with color nor so we may find clever things to say about them leaving our writer’s mark on the world.

    The marigolds stand in the nameless. No aggregate of words, scanned and selected from the world wide web, can ever render them. Neither a human nor an AI searching databases can even approach being able to say something about what they are. Sequencing their genome doesn’t come any closer.

    The more you (gently) touch them, look at them, smell them, plant them and water them, the more they recede from your inquiring-grasping. If you prod them, they will always answer you with Spring, but that does not stop them from being an imponderable question mark.

    Let’s stop glossing over the real as all too mundanely obvious or turning it into a meta-feather for our proverbial hats. Reality is strange and uncannily commanding and begging her errant children (us) to return into her nameless lap.

    Sources

    cummings, ee. “O sweet spontaneous.”

    Dillard, Annie (1989). The Writing Life. Harper & Row Publishers.

    Heidegger, Martin (1975). “The Origin of the Work of Art.” In Poetry, Language, Thought. Harper & Row, 17-87.

    Heidegger, Martin (1977). “Letter on Humanism.” In Lawrence Cahoone, ed. From Modernism to Postmodernism: An Anthology. Blackwell, 274-308.

    Heikkilä, Melissa (2023). “AI’s Carbon Footprint is Bigger than you Think.” MIT Technology Review. December 5.

    Ryle, Gilbert (1949). The Concept of Mind. Hutchinson.

    Wittgenstein, Ludwig (1953/1968). Philosophical Investigations. Third edition. Macmillan.

    The post Mirror, Mirror on the Wall: Eco-Hacking AI appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Eileen Crist.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/mirror-mirror-on-the-wall-eco-hacking-ai/feed/ 0 527130
    Istanbul mayor’s arrest broke the "wall of fear" in Turkey, says political scientist https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/istanbul-mayors-arrest-broke-the-wall-of-fear-in-turkey-says-political-scientist/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/istanbul-mayors-arrest-broke-the-wall-of-fear-in-turkey-says-political-scientist/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 18:55:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6ff219e2fde5974443a788706f414cc1
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/istanbul-mayors-arrest-broke-the-wall-of-fear-in-turkey-says-political-scientist/feed/ 0 521709
    Thailand considers building a wall on its border with Cambodia https://rfa.org/english/cambodia/2025/03/03/thailand-border-wall-poipet-scam/ https://rfa.org/english/cambodia/2025/03/03/thailand-border-wall-poipet-scam/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 11:06:25 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/cambodia/2025/03/03/thailand-border-wall-poipet-scam/ BANGKOK – Thailand is considering building a wall on part of its border with Cambodia to tackle illegal crossings, particularly by gangsters involved in online scam centers and drug smugglers, a government spokesman said on Monday.

    There was no immediate comment from Cambodia on the proposal but the neighbors have a long-standing and bitter dispute over part of their 817 kilometer (507 miles) land border, and another dispute over their maritime border that has stymied the exploitation of offshore gas reserves.

    “The prime minister directed the cabinet and relevant agencies to further study the idea of erecting a wall between Thailand and Cambodia to prevent illegal crossings and travels of call-center gangsters as well as the drugs and contraband trades,” Thai government spokesman Jirayu Huangsab told reporters.

    Thailand, at China’s urging, has been cracking down on call centers over its border in eastern Myanmar, which researchers say are responsible for extensive financial fraud around the world and for trafficking in people to work in the centers.

    Cambodia is also home to call-center operations, including in its western border town of Poipet and the southern seaside town of Sihanoukville.

    Jirayu mentioned the possibility of putting up a wall in the area opposite Poipet.

    He said Prime Minister Paetongtarn Shinawatra floated the idea of a wall amid reports that scammers from Myanmar were migrating to Poipet, and Thailand planned to discuss the idea with Cambodian authorities.

    “The foreign ministry and the defense ministry shall coordinate with other relevant agencies and talk with Cambodia on how to make it, if we would, and what the result will be – will it solve problems?”

    Chinese pressure on its Southeast Asian neighbors to tackle the scam centers has also led to Cambodian action.

    Over the weekend, Cambodia repatriated 119 Thai nationals following raids in Poi Pet.

    RELATED STORIES

    EXPLAINED: What are scam parks?

    Residents: Scam center workers smuggled into Cambodia via the Mekong River

    Hun Sen, Cambodia’s powerful former prime minister, complained that Cambodia was not getting the credit it deserved for its action against the scam centers.

    “Countries on the border with Thailand, including Cambodia, have also tried to suppress the same thing,” Hun Sen said in a post on Facebook on Saturday.

    “Sadly, Thailand’s success is considered by some journalists and politicians as a failure of neighboring Cambodia,” he said.

    “The crime story is not over, it continues to be scandalous, which requires intergovernmental cooperation to be done effectively.”

    Edited by Mike Firn


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Pimuk Rakkanam.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/cambodia/2025/03/03/thailand-border-wall-poipet-scam/feed/ 0 515908
    The plane crash epidemic: Wall Street strikes again https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/will-they-blame-dei-if-you-die-in-a-plane-crash/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/will-they-blame-dei-if-you-die-in-a-plane-crash/#respond Wed, 05 Feb 2025 01:29:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=de55cf4caee711346a8dde7d2ac0e08d
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/will-they-blame-dei-if-you-die-in-a-plane-crash/feed/ 0 512400
    Israel’s Wall of Impunity https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/07/israels-wall-of-impunity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/07/israels-wall-of-impunity/#respond Sat, 07 Dec 2024 19:10:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fae4786c609bf7e97010ef9f2121204e Ralph welcomes international human rights lawyer and activist, and former senior United Nations human rights official Craig Mokhiber to discuss Israel and Gaza—if Israel should be thrown out of the UN, how Trump's positions will compare to Biden's, and whether we're starting to see cracks in Israel's wall of impunity. Plus, Ralph shares a possible ray of light in Trump's cabinet, a warning about the cost of credit cards for small businesses, and some tough love for AARP.

    Craig Mokhiber is an international human rights lawyer and activist, and a former senior United Nations human rights official. A human rights activist in the 1980s, he would go on to serve for more than three decades at the United Nations, with postings in Switzerland, Palestine, Afghanistan, and UN Headquarters in New York. In October of 2023, he left the United Nations, penning a widely read letter criticizing the UN’s human rights failures in the Middle East, warning of unfolding genocide in Gaza, and calling for a new approach to Palestine and Israel based on international law, human rights, and equality.

    Gaza is now the world capital of child amputation. And that doesn't even cover the true horror, because Israel blocks any anesthesia from entering Gaza as a means of imposing further agony on the population that they are subjecting to genocide. Which means those amputations are being carried out on children and adults without anesthesia and often without sterile equipment or adequate hospitals, such that even if they survive the excruciating agony of an amputation without anesthesia, they may well not survive the side effects. They may well not survive the infection.

    Craig Mokhiber

    The irony is that in November, the UN announced that Israel had paid its dues in full in order to preserve its membership and to continue to fund the UN— an organization that the Israelis say is a terrorist, anti-Semitic organization dedicated to its destruction, is an organization that they have decided to be a member of and to fund. So when you look at the kind of propaganda that they distribute…You can see how ironic and how outrageous it really is. I've said that it would be hard to imagine any country in the history of the organization more deserving—at a minimum—of suspension from the UN General Assembly. No country in history has violated the principles of the UN Charter more than Israel, and it has done so from the moment of its admission in 1948.

    Craig Mokhiber

    We can certainly expect a dangerous four years under Trump. There's no denying it…But we shouldn't forget that we've just had a four-year term under Biden and Harris in which they undid none of those policies, and in which they actually supported horrific international crimes being perpetrated by Israel. And Biden and his administration were at the helm of the brutal repression of human rights defenders here in the United States, on college campuses and workplaces and the streets and in media places. So we're going to go from genocide abroad and repression at home under Biden to more genocide abroad and repression at home under Trump. The only difference is that Trump won't waste his time on the kind of mendacious pretense of civility and humanitarian concern that was peddled by Biden and Harris as it murdered babies in their thousands.

    Craig Mokhiber

    AARP has maybe 18 million members. That's a big, big organization, and we want it on our side. We want it on the side of single-payer, universal insurance, full Medicare for all.

    Ralph Nader

    In Case You Haven’t Heard with Francesco DeSantis

    News 12/4/24

    1. On Tuesday, right-wing South Korean President Yoon Suk Yeol attempted to stage a coup, declaring martial law and stationing troops outside of the South Korean National Assembly in an attempt to block lawmakers from assembling and voting to overturn his decree. Reuters reports that while Yoon used the pretext of cracking down on “North Korean anti-state forces," he “did not cite any specific threat” and instead focused on his domestic political opponents. Some contend that this move was meant to stave off prosecution of his wife, who is under investigation for corruption. When lawmakers were finally able to enter the National Assembly, all 190 members present voted to overturn the decree, including members of Yoon’s own party. Former Democratic President Moon Jae-in urged the National Assembly to “act quickly to protect our democracy from crumbling." Even still, Yoon initially refused to call off the military, only folding after the Korean unions declared a general strike and the defense minister tendered his resignation. South Korea has previously been ruled by U.S.-backed dictators, including Syngman Rhee, Park Chung-Hee, and Chun Doo-hwan. Almost 30,000 American troops are stationed in the country and a provision in the American-drafted Korean constitution gives the U.S. emergency powers to take over the South Korean military.

    2. In Western Europe, the governments of Germany and France are collapsing. CNN reports that weak economic performance led German Chancellor Olaf Scholz of the SDP to dismiss his finance minister, Christian Lindner of the FDP, which in turn resulted in that party pulling out of Scholz’s governing coalition – leaving Scholz in charge of a minority government. According to this report, Scholz committed to holding a confidence vote set for January 15th; if he loses that vote, a snap election could be held as early as March 2025, well ahead of the scheduled September elections. Meanwhile in France, Macron’s center-right coalition is facing no confidence motions from the Left and far-Right. This crisis boils down to a budget showdown hinging on a social security austerity measure that Prime Minister Michel Barnier rammed through without a vote, per Le Monde. Mathilde Panot of the left-wing France Unbowed party is quoted in Reuters saying "Faced with this umpteenth denial of democracy, we will censure the government…We are living in political chaos because of Michel Barnier's government and Emmanuel Macron's presidency."

    3. In their December 2024 report, Prisoners for Peace lists four Israeli refuseniks: Itamar Greenberg, who has already spent 105 days in prison and has now been sentenced to another 45 days; Yuval Moav, who has been in prison for 125 days and may face yet more jail time – and now Itamar and Yuval are joined by Soul Behar Tzalik and Iddo Eilam, who were both sentenced to 30 days on November 27th. All four refuseniks are just 18 years old. They are affiliated with the Israeli refusenik peace group, Mesarvot.

    4. The Financial Times reports that the United States is exerting pressure on Ukraine to lower its age of conscription from 25 to just 18 years old. A senior U.S. military official is quoted saying “The simple truth is that Ukraine is not currently mobilising or training enough soldiers to replace their battlefield losses while keeping pace with Russia’s growing military.” This piece frames this push as part of the Biden administration’s feverish attempts to “deploy $7bn in security assistance to Kyiv before…Donald Trump takes office,” and cites estimates that Ukraine needs at least another 160,000 soldiers to replenish its ranks. Anti-war advocates have long decried the United States’ role in perpetuating this war rather than seeking a negotiated settlement, resulting in a staggering loss of Ukrainian and Russian lives. For his part, President Zelenskyy told the Ukrainian parliament last week “Let there be no speculation — our state is not preparing to lower the mobilisation age.”

    5. In another case of foreign policy being made in the liminal space between the Biden and Trump administrations, AP reports China has announced they will ban exports of gallium, germanium, antimony and other high-tech materials with military applications to the United States. in retaliation for the U.S. limiting semiconductor-related exports – and for Donald Trump’s threats to impose steep tariffs on the People’s Republic. Lin Jian of the Chinese Foreign Ministry is quoted saying “China has lodged stern protests with the U.S. for its…malicious suppression of China’s technological progress…

    illegal unilateral sanctions and long-arm jurisdiction against Chinese companies.”

    6. In yet another instance of Trump conducting foreign policy before his term begins, the president-elect has already provoked a diplomatic incident with Canada and Mexico. Trump has threatened to impose 25% tariffs on the two countries unless they “stem the flow of migrants and drugs,” per AP. Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, rather than standing together with Mexico, met with Trump to convince him that the two countries should not be treated equally. In response, Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum said “Mexico must be respected, especially by its trading partners,” and added that Canada “could only wish they had the cultural riches Mexico has.”

    7. A new bombshell report comes to us from Drop Site. This time, it concerns the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project, OCCRP, which is one of the “largest and most powerful” news organizations in the world. As this report notes, the OCCRP works with major newspapers across the globe to collaboratively publish major stories, including the Panama Papers. Yet, an investigation led by French outlet Mediapart, Italian outlet Il Fatto Quotidiano, Reporters United and Drop Site itself – along with the German NDR, though they were pressured to pull their own story – revealed a stunning truth at the heart of the OCCRP: more than half of its funding comes directly from the U.S. government. This story is complex and the reporters involved are not trying to discredit the reporting done by the OCCRP. But the public deserves to know who is funding the journalism they consume.

    8. Matt Bruenig’s NLRB Edge has documented a remarkable case before the labor board involving the U.S. Postal Service. As Bruenig lays out, back in 2021 “Nicolas Montross, a letter carrier…invoked his contractual right…to not work more than 60 hours in a week. After working nearly 60 hours, [he] returned undelivered mail to the facility and left work.” At that point, he was called to a “pre-disciplinary interview” with his supervisor, who “questioned whether Montross's loyalty lay with the union or USPS, threatened him with discipline and criminal prosecution, and attempted to determine who had informed him about his contractual rights.” Montross eventually resigned, believing if he did not, he would face criminal charges. When this case finally made it to the NLRB, they ruled that the USPS had violated federal labor law and ordered them to offer Montross reinstatement with back pay and benefits – called “make-whole” relief – among other remedies. Yet, the USPS is now challenging make-whole relief, which has been standard practice at the Biden NLRB since 2022. As Bruenig writes, “Shouldn’t the Biden administration be telling the USPS to cut it out, lest they manage to undermine one of the Biden NLRB’s major accomplishments?”

    9. Following Donald Trump’s victory in the 2024 presidential election, Senator Bernie Sanders has sought to hold Trump to the promises he made during the campaign. On November 15th, Sanders wrote “I look forward to working with the Trump Administration on fulfilling his promise to cap credit card interest rates at 10%. We cannot continue to allow big banks to make record profits by ripping off Americans by charging them 25 to 30% interest rates. That is usury.” Now, Sanders is seeking to leverage Elon Musk’s government efficiency initiative to curb runaway Pentagon spending. On December 1st, he wrote “Elon Musk is right. The Pentagon, with a budget of $886 billion, just failed its 7th audit in a row. It’s lost track of billions. Last year, only 13 senators voted against the Military Industrial Complex and a defense budget full of waste and fraud. That must change.” Put simply, Sanders is calling the Trump bluff. He ran, and won, on a populist economic message. If anyone can get him to deliver, it’s Bernie – and if Trump backs down, he will be exposed as beholden to the corporate powers that be.

    10. Finally, on a lighter note, this week saw the resurrection of notorious corporate criminal firm Enron, via what CNN calls an “elaborate joke.” In short, this report finds that instead of a reincarnation of the scandal-plagued energy giant, this is merely a T-shirt company which bought the Enron trademark and is trying to capitalize on it. So, we can all breathe a sigh of relief. We have quite enough criminal corporations, no need to raise the dead.

    This has been Francesco DeSantis, with In Case You Haven’t Heard.



    Get full access to Ralph Nader Radio Hour at www.ralphnaderradiohour.com/subscribe


    This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader Radio Hour and was authored by Ralph Nader.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/07/israels-wall-of-impunity/feed/ 0 505153
    Hong Kong journalist to sue Wall Street Journal over sacking https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/11/12/china-hong-kong-wsj-journalist-sues-dismissal/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/11/12/china-hong-kong-wsj-journalist-sues-dismissal/#respond Tue, 12 Nov 2024 15:54:55 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/11/12/china-hong-kong-wsj-journalist-sues-dismissal/ A Hong Kong journalist fired by the Wall Street Journal after she was elected leader of a local journalists' union lodged a legal challenge with the city’s labor tribunal on Tuesday.

    Selina Cheng, who says she was let go as part of “restructuring” in July after being warned against seeking election as chairman of the Hong Kong Journalists Association, is filing a case with the tribunal after her request for reinstatement was unsuccessful.

    “I was fired by the Wall Street Journal because of my position as chairman of the Journalists Association,” Cheng told reporters, accompanied by her lawyer, on Tuesday. “I have tried to communicate with and seek mediation with the company’s U.S. representatives via my lawyer but this was ineffective.”

    “The other party continues to insist that my dismissal was part of layoffs, and reject my request for reinstatement,” she said.

    Cheng won the election to replace Ronson Chan, who stepped down from the union leadership citing threats and pressure from pro-China sources.

    RELATED STORIES

    Wall Street Journal fires Hong Kong journalist who took up union role

    Head of embattled Hong Kong journalists' union to step down

    Journalists dismiss official claims of press freedom in Hong Kong

    Officials in China and Hong Kong have repeatedly claimed that journalists are safe to carry out “legitimate” reporting activities under both the 2020 National Security Law and the Article 23 Safeguarding National Security Law, which was passed on March 23.

    But pro-democracy media magnate Jimmy Lai is currently on trial for “collusion with foreign forces” for printing articles in his now-shuttered Apple Daily newspaper.

    Ready to testify

    Cheng said she had already filed some evidence for her claim to the Labor Department, and would be filing a formal complaint on Tuesday, under Section 21b of the city‘s Employment Ordinance, which protects employees’ right to join a labor union.

    “Any employer, or any person acting on behalf of an employer, who prevents or deters ... an employee from exercising that right shall be guilty of an offense,” and could be fined up to HK$100,000 (US$12,855), according to the law.

    “I have told the staff at the Labor Department that I am very willing to testify in court, and provide all the necessary information,” she said. “Since there is more than enough evidence to show they are in violation of the law, I think the government should actively prosecute them.”

    Selina Cheng, a former Wall Street Journal reporter and chairperson of the Hong Kong Journalists Association shows reporters her claim form against her former employer for what she called unreasonable dismissal in Hong Kong on Nov.12, 2024.
    Selina Cheng, a former Wall Street Journal reporter and chairperson of the Hong Kong Journalists Association shows reporters her claim form against her former employer for what she called unreasonable dismissal in Hong Kong on Nov.12, 2024.

    Cheng, a Hong Kong correspondent for the Journal who had survived earlier rounds of layoffs, was approached by senior editors in June after they heard she was running in elections for the chair of the union, warned off running for the top job and told to leave the board, despite approving her position at the union when she was hired in 2021.

    Cheng has quoted her editor as saying that Journal employees shouldn’t be seen as advocates for press freedom in a place like Hong Kong, although there was no problem with similar behaviors in Western countries where press freedom is greater. She has said she was fired in person by U.K.-based Foreign Editor Gordon Fairclough, who was on a visit to Hong Kong, with “restructuring” given as the reason for her sacking.

    She said none of her colleagues believed that this was the real reason for her dismissal.

    “I learned from former colleagues at Dow Jones and the Wall Street Journal that they were all very disappointed, mainly because of the claim I was laid off,” Cheng said. “Everyone knows that this wasn’t the the truth, but the company continues to insist that this was the reason they fired me.”

    Cheng said the incident had damaged her professional reputation, but that she was still open to discussions about her reinstatement.

    State of press freedom

    Journalists and media watchdog groups say press freedom has gone sharply downhill in Hong Kong in recent years, as Beijing ramps up its mission to protect “national security” with a constant expansion of forbidden topics and “red lines” in recent years.

    Foreign journalists have also been targeted, with the city refusing to renew a work visa for the Financial Times' Victor Mallet in 2018 after he hosted pro-independence politician Andy Chan as a speaker at the Foreign Correspondents' Club where he was an official at the time.

    The Independent Association of Publishers’ Employees, a union run by and for the employees of Dow Jones, has previously said that if Cheng was fired as what she claimed, the behavior was “unconscionable,” the Associated Press reported on Tuesday, adding that the association has called on the publication to restore her job and provide a full explanation of their decision to dismiss her.

    Hong Kong ranked 135th out of 180 countries and territories in Reporters Without Borders’ latest World Press Freedom Index, down from 80 in 2021.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Wei Sze and Edward Li for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/11/12/china-hong-kong-wsj-journalist-sues-dismissal/feed/ 0 501538
    This Man Escaped East Berlin By Swimming, Then Smuggled Others Out | Berlin Wall History https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/11/this-man-escaped-east-berlin-by-swimming-then-smuggled-others-out-berlin-wall-history/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/11/this-man-escaped-east-berlin-by-swimming-then-smuggled-others-out-berlin-wall-history/#respond Mon, 11 Nov 2024 09:42:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=549f9ae3e048d3ad93cb7a2e78a47d0b
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/11/this-man-escaped-east-berlin-by-swimming-then-smuggled-others-out-berlin-wall-history/feed/ 0 501387
    Electing an American Fuhrer as Wall Street Cheers and Soars https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/electing-an-american-fuhrer-as-wall-street-cheers-and-soars/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/electing-an-american-fuhrer-as-wall-street-cheers-and-soars/#respond Fri, 08 Nov 2024 17:56:01 +0000 https://nader.org/?p=6372
    This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader and was authored by spicon@csrl.org.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/electing-an-american-fuhrer-as-wall-street-cheers-and-soars/feed/ 0 501141
    We Asked German Teens What They Know About Berlin Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/we-asked-german-teens-what-they-know-about-berlin-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/we-asked-german-teens-what-they-know-about-berlin-wall/#respond Fri, 08 Nov 2024 14:04:49 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=64278dcff746b9c0665340e2a25d9ec6
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/08/we-asked-german-teens-what-they-know-about-berlin-wall/feed/ 0 501036
    Democrats’ "Blue Wall" strategy. Can Milwaukee deliver Wisconsin for Harris? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/democrats-blue-wall-strategy-can-milwaukee-deliver-wisconsin-for-harris/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/democrats-blue-wall-strategy-can-milwaukee-deliver-wisconsin-for-harris/#respond Tue, 05 Nov 2024 19:39:20 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1378c91ad0d45179d2ee9638f8531a62
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/democrats-blue-wall-strategy-can-milwaukee-deliver-wisconsin-for-harris/feed/ 0 500585
    Journalist briefly detained while covering pro-Palestinian protest on Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/journalist-briefly-detained-while-covering-pro-palestinian-protest-on-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/journalist-briefly-detained-while-covering-pro-palestinian-protest-on-wall-street/#respond Thu, 17 Oct 2024 19:13:56 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/journalist-briefly-detained-while-covering-pro-palestinian-protest-on-wall-street/

    Freelance journalist Talia Ben-Ora was briefly detained and handcuffed while reporting on a pro-Palestinian demonstration outside the New York Stock Exchange in New York City on Oct. 14, 2024.

    Ben-Ora told the U.S. Press Freedom Tracker that the group Jewish Voice for Peace had organized a sit-in before the exchange’s opening bell that day, with demonstrators wearing shirts and carrying banners opposing the U.S. arming of Israel.

    “At one point a group of people just kind of rushed into this weird, gated area that’s still on the street outside the New York Stock Exchange but for some reason is fenced off,” she said. “They ran in there and so I followed after them and was documenting — as were two or three other photographers.”

    She said that in addition to filming the crowd, she also captured footage of New York City Police Department officers speaking in a group nearby, noting that she was always around 15 feet away from them.

    A pair of officers approached her soon after, she said, and one of them, a community affairs officer, asked if she could “go the other way.” When she expressed confusion and said that she was working, he threatened to charge her with trespassing, which she said she brushed off.

    “That’s not a real thing to ask someone. And I was just like, ‘No, leave me alone. I’m working, I have my press credentials displayed, I have my professional camera out, I’m shooting footage,” Ben-Ora said. “I have already been derailed from doing my reporting by having that threat issued.”

    She told the Tracker that the pair of officers walked away, but 10 minutes later she was filming the arrival of an NYPD special operations team when she saw a supervisory officer point at her.

    In Ben-Ora’s footage, the officer points directly at her and can be heard saying, in part, “right here filming, get her back.” She identified the officer as John D’Adamo, who is the deputy chief commanding officer of the department’s Strategic Response Group, a heavily armored unit used for crowd control.

    “I have a feeling I’m about to get arrested just for filming, but that seems absurd,” she told the Tracker. “So I start to back up and pan across the crowd a little bit like, ‘OK, well, this is going to be my last shot maybe.’ And then I move toward the fence and I hand my phone and camera to a random person.”

    Ben-Ora told the Tracker her main concern was the security of her SD cards and the photos, videos and other data contained on her cellphone, and that she instructed the person to bring her belongings to a specific photographer covering the demonstration.

    When she turned around, she said officers were coming toward her so she walked toward them and then they grabbed her arms and put them behind her back, placing her in flex cuffs as the crowd is heard chanting “Hands off press!”

    She said she asked the officers why she was being detained, but they didn’t seem to know.

    “Then a white shirt comes over as I’m saying this and he says, ‘Well, you didn’t leave when you were told. You were told to leave,’” Ben-Ora said, recounting the arrival of another supervisory officer. “And I was like, ‘No I wasn’t.’ And then I told him verbatim what I was told. And he just goes, ‘All right.’”

    Moments later an officer told her that they were going to let her go after escorting her out of the gated area, and she was released to much fanfare from the crowd. She said that she was only detained for a minute or two.

    “Why did they detain me? Why did they do all of this? If they just wanted me to leave, they could have just said that,” she said.

    Ben-Ora told the Tracker that after removing the flex cuffs, officers asked her for her ID and photographed it, along with her press credentials. When she asked if she was being issued a citation, she was told the photographs were just “for our records.” She said the officers didn’t elaborate on what those records were.

    The New York City Police Department did not respond to a request for comment.


    This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/17/journalist-briefly-detained-while-covering-pro-palestinian-protest-on-wall-street/feed/ 0 498029
    The US Attempted Coup in Venezuela uses new Cyber Tools, but cannot Break the Chavista Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/the-us-attempted-coup-in-venezuela-uses-new-cyber-tools-but-cannot-break-the-chavista-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/the-us-attempted-coup-in-venezuela-uses-new-cyber-tools-but-cannot-break-the-chavista-wall/#respond Fri, 13 Sep 2024 20:28:49 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=153527 The peoples around the world have looked to Venezuela as a vanguard leading Nuestra América in its second independence struggle, against the US. The US rulers operate as the inheritor of the European colonial empires, assuming the right to interfere in other countries’ elections, and dictate who are the winners. No other country – save US […]

    The post The US Attempted Coup in Venezuela uses new Cyber Tools, but cannot Break the Chavista Wall first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The peoples around the world have looked to Venezuela as a vanguard leading Nuestra América in its second independence struggle, against the US. The US rulers operate as the inheritor of the European colonial empires, assuming the right to interfere in other countries’ elections, and dictate who are the winners. No other country – save US underlings in Europe, and Israel – dares to violate international law so brazenly.

    The Venezuelan right-wing had no real plan to win a democratic election, but instead prepared for a coup d’etat even before the polls closed. Working with the US government and corporate media, they allege President Maduro stole the July 28 presidential election, then committed human rights abuses to crush protests. This opposition declares it beat President Maduro 70% to 30% but refuses to present their “evidence” to the National Electoral Council (CNE) or Supreme Court. The opposition claimed fraud in every election during the 25-year period of Chavista rule – except twice, when they won.

    The attempted coup bears much in common with recent US coup attempts in Nicaragua (2018), Bolivia (2019) and Venezuela (2013, 2014, 2017, 2019). If the US-backed candidates lose, the election is “fraudulent.” This scheme drove Evo Morales from power in Bolivia. The US even appointed its own president for Venezuela after its 2018 presidential election, and then proceeded to steal tens of billions of dollars of Venezuela’s resources held overseas.

    US coup attempts use new tools besides the US-trained military as in the past

    First, the US crushes a country with sanctions and economic blockades, causing scarcities and shortages, leading to discontent among the people over worsening living conditions. National Security gangster John Bolton said: “Sanctions are a means of repression and coercion between military warfare and diplomacy.” Richard Nephew, Treasury deputy secretary, adds: “Over the past decade, the most important tool for enforcing American power is the sanctions mechanism.” To justify sanctions, the US relies on its media, intellectuals, universities and think tanks, to make them seem humane to the public. In Venezuela, US sanctions caused government revenue to collapse by 99%, requiring dramatic cuts in the many social programs. The sanctions killed over 100,000 civilians, Venezuelans knew that voting for Nicolas Maduro would mean a worsening of the US-EU economic warfare they face.

    Second, corporate media and social media now play a coup-making role similar to that of Pentagon-trained generals in the past. Supervised by the CIA, this media blanketed a targeted country and the world with disinformation against its government, seeking to foment a “regime change” mass movement.

    Six corporations control over 90% of the US media and so own the news. They dominate the world media just as the US dollar dominates the world financial system. The all-important weapon, social media, which saturates billions of mobile phones, are in the hands of Elon Musk (X, formerly Twitter), and Mark Zuckerberg (Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram). Working with the CIA, they can impose an alternative reality, seen in Nicaragua in 2018, Bolivia during the 2019 coup, and Venezuela today.

    Corporate media describe the elected Maduro government – and the elected ones in Nicaragua and Cuba – as dictatorships.

    Delegitimizing Venezuelan elections in advance followed a pattern used in Bolivia (2019) and Nicaragua (2021). The US created automated networks of thousands of fake social media accounts to swamp the public with fake news. These accounts generate streams of posts in a coordinated manner, creating the appearance of popular repudiation of Evo Morales, Nicolas Maduro, or Daniel Ortega.

    Bots were used in a massive way against Evo’s government. The two main coup leaders created 95,000 twitter accounts before the coup to spread the election fraud story and call for violent protests. Over 68,000 false accounts were set up to legitimize the army’s overthrow of Morales and justify killing those protesting the coup.

    US social media control in these countries drowns out pro-government and independent voices not just by saturating the online conversation, but by shutting them down. After the US annointed Juan Guaido the Venezuela president, Twitter closed thousands of Chavista accounts to foster the impression that most Venezuelans supported Guaido.

    Governments in countries like Venezuela, Nicaragua, and Bolivia cannot respond effectively to the US media disinformation warfare against them any more than to the US blockades imposed on them. It takes them years to build up national media networks, and even then, their resources are minor compared to what the US commands.

    Third, the US relies on cyberwarfare to incapacitate its opponents. In Bolivia in 2019 a cyberattack of the electoral system’s computers disrupted the vote count, preventing the authentic results being issued. The US-backed opposition then claimed Evo delayed the vote count because he was fixing it.

    After the July 28 election, 126 digital platforms of the Venezuelan state suffered cyberattacks, the most significant being the CNE, the constitutional agency recording the vote. Hacked over 100 times that night, it could not operate normally, delaying for days the release of the results. Again, this was used to claim the vote totals were being fixed.

    At times 30 million cyber attacks per minute occurred between July 28 and August 9th. Such an attack disables Venezuelan government computer systems and paralyzes operations. These large-scale cyberattacks generated hundreds of gigabytes per second (your laptop system memory may have 16 gb).

    These attacks falsified IP links, duplicated links, reconfigured government portals and hijacked information. Names and addresses of government workers were released on social media to “comanditos” (opposition gangs), creating physical threats for those affected.

    The US powerful media and cyber weapons, able to swamp a country’s airwaves with CIA concocted “news,” while disrupting the country’s response, open the door to violent protests against the government.

    Fourth, having created the conditions for opposition leaders to assert the Maduro government stole the election, they then called people into the streets to protest and create chaos or guarimbas. “Comanditos” (small groups paid to instigate violence), caused destruction and violence, killed 25 and injured 192, burned buildings, sacked several regional CNE headquarters, blocked roads, attacked police and military, beat up people who “looked” Chavista, attacked local community leaders, food distribution centers, public schools, hospitals, offices, ransacked warehouses, the transportation system, the electrical grid, all to paralyze the country. The US media could portray to the world a picture of national chaos, inviting military intervention to restore order, meaning a US neo-colonial regime.

    These protests (as in Bolivia in 2019 and Nicaragua in 2018, Cuba in 2021) are portrayed in the corporate media as peaceful democracy rallies. When police forces and mobilized Chavista organizations attempt to stop the violence, the corporate media charges democracy protests are being repressed. This has been a habitual corporate media scam in US regime change operations, yet people still fall for it. In fact, the strategy was first used in the coup against the democratic government of Iran in 1953.

    National Assembly President Jorge Rodríguez noted the comanditos were financed entirely by NGOs. “When the actions and financing of these groups were investigated, it was discovered that they were financed by organizations of dubious origin from Europe or by the United States Agency for International Development (USAID)”

    Eva Golinger wrote years ago, “Wherever a coup d’etat, a colored revolution or a regime change favorable to US interests occurs, USAID and its flow of dollars is there…The same agencies are always present, funding, training and advising: USAID, National Endowment for Democracy [NED], International Republican Institute [IRI], National Democratic Institute [NDI], Freedom House, Albert Einstein Institute [AEI], and International Center for Non-Violent Conflict [ICNC].”

    Fifth, US coup attempts count on funding NGOs to carry out “regime change.” Besides the CIA-controlled USAID, NED, NDI, and IRI, NGOs receive millions from Open Society Foundations, Ford Foundation, and others. The US uses them to buy an internal opposition, similar to AIPAC in the US – except here AIPAC works to disenfranchise we the people.

    NED funds NGOs worldwide to incite color revolutions against those the US empire finds not properly subservient. Between 2016-2019 1600 NGOs received NED grants, highlighting the value the US places on the NGO coup-making tool. Needless to say, the US does not tolerate foreign countries funding NGOs pressing for political change here.

    From 2000-2020, the US spent $250 million funding “regime change” NGOs in Cuba. Tracey Eaton wrote, “An extensive network of groups financed by the US government sends cash to Cuba to thousands of ‘democracy activists,’ journalists and dissidents every year.” Since 1996, the US spent $20-$45 million dollars a year to fund these Cuban groups. These NGOs created the CIA Cuban social media ZunZuneo, and even infiltrated the Cuban hip-hop scene, laying the basis for the 2021 protests.

    From 2017 through 2019, USAID admitted giving nearly $467 million to the Venezuelan opposition. USAID committed another $128 million to US appointed president Juan Guaidó. In 2006, Ambassador William Brownfield in 2006 revealed the goals of USAID funding: “1) Strengthening Democratic Institutions, 2) Penetrating Chavez’ Political Base, 3) Dividing Chavismo, 4) Protecting Vital U.S. business, and 5) Isolating Chavez internationally.” The NED disclosed in 2010 that agencies funded the opposition $40-50 million annually.

    Similar US operations against Nicaragua are revealed in How Billion-Dollar Foundations Fund NGOs to Manipulate U.S. Foreign Policy, In 2018, in the US attempted coup, USAID spent $24.5 million and NED $4.1 million to train and support  the opposition movement, while the Soros Foundation gave $6.7 million to propagate fake news.

    Venezuela and Nicaragua recently passed laws controlling NGOs – which the US painted as a sign of their dictatorial nature.

    How Venezuela Defeated this Five-Pronged Coup Attempt

    The Maduro government had campaigned for months educating and warning the people of opposition schemes to disrupt the election, refuse to recognize the results, create new guarimbas, and that united popular action could stop this. They succeeded. The violent coup attempt on July 29-30 failed; on July 31 the terrorists were being rounded up, and calm restored. On August 3, more than half a million Chavistas marched to support President Maduro and peace.

    Internationally, the Maduro government benefited from the considerable prestige it had gained standing up to everything the US rulers threw at it. The US has likewise lost much credibility, especially over its full support for the endless massacres in Gaza. It could not even get the subservient OAS to condemn Maduro.

    Venezuela, like Cuba, has developed a strong civic-military union supported by thousands of voluntary militias that has been a bastion against the war – economic, military, propaganda, and cyberwar – against the country. Moreover, the Venezuelan military command, like in Cuba and Nicaragua, is dedicated to defending the constitutional order, denying US coup-plotters an opening.  A people’s militia in Bolivia, which did not and still does not exist, could have maintained order in October 2019 after the police and military commands declared they would not stop right wing violence.

    Besides the mass civic-military union, the Venezuelan government, like Cuba, relies on mobilizing the people. President Maduro’s closing campaign rally culminated in over a million marching on July 25th.  Right after the July 28 election, hundreds of thousands of Chavistas took to the streets of Caracas and other cities. This was an antidote to the coup attempt and violence, since these mobilizations vastly outnumbered the capacity of the opposition.

    After 25 years of the US forcing the Chavista leadership live under pressure cooker conditions, it has been unable to divide them and overturn the revolution as it has so often elsewhere, such as Grenada, Burkina Faso, Algeria, the Soviet bloc, and now threatens Bolivia.

    The Maduro government maintains broad popular support because of its commitment to the people. The oil industry was nationalized and its income, while curtailed due to the US blockade, benefits the people. Mass literacy campaigns ended illiteracy. Over 5.1 million homes have been built for the poor. Venezuela has become almost self-sufficient in food production. The CLAP program distributes discounted or free food to 7.5  million families every month. Free health care and education through university are provided to all. Venezuela is overcoming the US blockade with the economy expected to grow 10% in 2024, and has the lowest inflation rate in 14 years. In recognition, about one million Venezuelans have returned home.

    Chavismo defeated this coup because of its organic connection with the people, because of the class consciousness that has matured in its citizens since Hugo Chavez initiated the Bolivarian process, and because of the political clarity and determination of the Chavista leadership. Their victory is one for the peoples of the world.

    The post The US Attempted Coup in Venezuela uses new Cyber Tools, but cannot Break the Chavista Wall first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Stansfield Smith.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/the-us-attempted-coup-in-venezuela-uses-new-cyber-tools-but-cannot-break-the-chavista-wall/feed/ 0 493255
    CPJ calls for support for Hong Kong journalists amid growing pressure, trial delays  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/cpj-calls-for-support-for-hong-kong-journalists-amid-growing-pressure-trial-delays/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/cpj-calls-for-support-for-hong-kong-journalists-amid-growing-pressure-trial-delays/#respond Mon, 12 Aug 2024 11:47:11 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=409458 New York, August 12, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Hong Kong authorities and news organizations to protect the rights of journalists to report freely and defend their profession at a time the media are facing growing pressure in the city.

    “There is no journalism without press freedom,” said CPJ Asia Program Coordinator Beh Lih Yi. “Hong Kong journalists must be allowed to defend their right to report independently without the fear of reprisal or losing their livelihood. If Hong Kong is serious about reviving its slowing economy, then it must improve the media climate swiftly to shake off a reputation as a place with ever-increasing repression.” 

    In recent months, officials and pro-Beijing news outlets have heaped pressure on the Hong Kong Journalists Association (HKJA), the city’s largest trade union for journalists.

    In June, Hong Kong’s security chief Chris Tang accused the HKJA of lacking legitimacy and siding with demonstrators in 2019, while China’s state-backed Global Times in a July report described the group as “disingenuous and dangerous.”

    In July, HKJA’s chair Selina Cheng said she was fired from her role at The Wall Street Journal after she was elected to lead the journalists’ union. She had been the sole candidate for the position amid a growing climate of self-censorship in Hong Kong, once a beacon of press freedom in Asia.

    Asked for comment, a WSJ spokesperson told CPJ in an email that the outlet made “personnel changes” but could not comment on specific individuals. The spokesperson added that the WSJ advocates for press freedom in Hong Kong, the city which had been WSJ’s Asia headquarters before they were moved to Singapore in May. 

    Another foreign correspondent and a local nonprofit adviser resigned immediately after they were elected to the HKJA’s executive committee in the group’s election following Tang’s criticism of the union.

    Between May 2023 and March this year, Tang wrote eight letters to various international news outlets over their editorials or opinion articles about Hong Kong, some of which he labeled “extremely misleading,” “scaremongering,” and “lies.” Four of the eight letters were sent to WSJ.

    A Hong Kong government spokesman said the city’s media landscape was “as vibrant as ever” with over 200 media organizations registered with local authorities, and that press freedom and the right to join trade unions were both protected under the law.

    “As always, the media can exercise their freedom of the press in accordance with the law. Their freedom of commenting on and criticizing government policies remains uninhibited as long as this is not in violation of the law,” the spokesman told CPJ in an email.

    Stand News Editor Patrick Lam (center) is escorted by police into a van after a raid on his office in Hong Kong in 2021. Lam and his former colleague Chung Pui-kuen are awaiting the verdict in their sedition trial. (Photo: AP/Vincent Yu)

    Lengthy trials

    The HKJA is the main journalists’ union in Hong Kong and has been advocating for press freedom since it was founded in 1968, but has been battling dwindling membership and funds after Beijing imposed a national security law in Hong Kong in 2020 that saw journalists arrested, jailed, and threatened. 

    Among them, the then-HKJA chair Ronson Chan was sentenced to five days in jail in 2023 for obstructing a police officer while reporting.

    Hong Kong passed its own homegrown national security law in March, and the U.S. Congress-funded Radio Free Asia shut its Hong Kong bureau days later over safety concerns for its reporters – joining an exodus of media and journalists who left the city since the 2020 crackdown began.

    Journalists who remain point to a rising culture of self-censorship in local newsrooms and an increasing hesitation to criticize the government as Hong Kong loses its shine as a leading global financial hub. The city, once the world’s largest IPO market by value for years, saw proceeds raised from new share listings in the first half of 2024 plunge to a two-decade low.

    Journalists also face lengthy delays and repeated postponements in their trials.

    This includes the now-shuttered pro-democracy newspaper Apple Daily’s founder Jimmy Lai, whose trial on national security charges was adjourned again last month to late November. A representative for advocacy group Reporters Without Borders who went to Hong Kong to monitor Lai’s trial was detained and deported upon arrival.

    Jimmy Lai
    Apple Daily founder Jimmy Lai during an interview in Hong Kong in 2020. (Photo: AP/Vincent Yu)

    The 76-year-old has been behind bars since 2020. On August 12, Lai lost an appeal against his conviction for taking part in unauthorized anti-government protests.

    Patrick Lam and Chung Pui-kuen, former editors of the now-defunct independent news outlet Stand News are expected to hear the verdict in their sedition trial in late August, after a court in April postponed the long-awaited decision. The duo were granted bail in late 2022 after being remanded in custody for nearly a year.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/12/cpj-calls-for-support-for-hong-kong-journalists-amid-growing-pressure-trial-delays/feed/ 0 488261
    CPJ welcomes reports of Gershkovich, Kurmasheva release, says Russia must stop stifling journalists https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/01/cpj-welcomes-reports-of-gershkovich-kurmasheva-release-says-russia-must-stop-stifling-journalists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/01/cpj-welcomes-reports-of-gershkovich-kurmasheva-release-says-russia-must-stop-stifling-journalists/#respond Thu, 01 Aug 2024 13:23:10 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=407118 New York, August 1, 2024–The Committee to Protect Journalists welcomes reports that Wall Street Journal reporter Evan Gershkovich and Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (RFE/RL) editor Alsu Kurmasheva will be released as part of a prisoner exchange, and calls on Russia to release other jailed journalists and stop harassing those in exile.

    “Evan and Alsu have been apart from their families for far too long,” said CPJ CEO Jodie Ginsberg. “They were detained and sentenced on spurious charges intended to punish them for their journalism and stifle independent reporting. Their reported release is welcome – but it does not change the fact that Russia continues to suppress a free press. Moscow needs to release all jailed journalists and end its campaign of using in absentia arrest warrants and sentences against exiled Russian journalists.”

    Gershkovich and Kurmasheva were sentenced on July 19 to 16 years and 6½ years in prison respectively. Gershkovich, a U.S. citizen, spent 16 months in detention before being convicted on charges of espionage; Kurmasheva, a dual U.S.-Russian citizen, was held for more than nine months before she was convicted on charges of spreading “fake” news about the Russian army.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/01/cpj-welcomes-reports-of-gershkovich-kurmasheva-release-says-russia-must-stop-stifling-journalists/feed/ 0 486727
    A Wall of Shame – but do Pacific Islanders even notice gender deaths? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/29/a-wall-of-shame-but-do-pacific-islanders-even-notice-gender-deaths/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/29/a-wall-of-shame-but-do-pacific-islanders-even-notice-gender-deaths/#respond Mon, 29 Jul 2024 00:04:55 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=104268 The fifth report in a five-part series focused on the 15th Triennial Conference of Pacific Women that took place in the Marshall Islands last week.

    SPECIAL REPORT: By Netani Rika in Majuro

    On a hastily-erected wall in the Marshall Islands International Conference Centre hang the names of dead women, victims of gender-based violence (GBV).

    At least 300 Pacific women were killed in 2021, many at the hands of intimate partners or male relatives, yet there are but 14 names on the board after four days of a Triennial Conference.

    So where are the remaining names?

    15TH TRIENNIAL CONFERENCE OF PACIFIC WOMEN
    15TH TRIENNIAL CONFERENCE OF PACIFIC WOMEN

    Have these women died in obscurity, their deaths confined to the dust heap somewhere in the region’s collective memory?

    Does the memory of their deaths invoke such pain or, perhaps, guilt, that it is impossible for delegates to pick up a pen and put names to paper?

    Have these women become mere statistics, their names forgotten as civil society spreadsheets and crime reports log the death of yet another woman.

    Or have the deaths of women due to gender-based violence become so common that in the minds of delegates it is normal for a woman to die at the hands of a husband, boyfriend, father or brother?

    Falling victim to violence
    It has been a conference attended largely by women — ministers, administrators, civil society representatives and local grassroots representatives. Each day there have been more than 200 women at the event.

    The 15th Triennial Conference of Pacific Women addressed at its core the need to improve the health of women and children. That includes the need for better access to services and treatment of women who fall victim to violence.

    Jenelyn Kennedy (Papua New Guinea)
    JENELYN KENNEDY (Papua New Guinea) . . . a 19-year-old mother murdered in Port Moresby in 2020. Image: Netani Rika

    Gender-based violence is also a key focus of the talks. It is that violence — past, present and future – which results in death.

    Yet three times a day for three days, on their way to grab a quick coffee or indulge in lunch, friendly conversations or bilateral dialogue, delegates have walked past the wall paying scant attention to the names of their dead Pacific sisters.

    No names have been added to the wall since the initial appeal on Day One for attendees to remember the dead, to memorialise women whose lives were cut short in actions which were largely avoidable.

    In Fiji, 60 percent of women and girls endure violence in their lifetime. Two of every three experience physical or sexual abuse from intimate partners and one in five have been sexually harassed in the workplace.

    The trend is common throughout the region with Kiribati, Papua New Guinea, Fiji and the Solomon Islands recording the highest incidence of crimes against women.

    Losana McGowan (Fiji)
    LOSANA McGOWAN (Fiji) . . . a journalist who was murdered aged 32 during a domestic argument in 2015. Image: Netani Rika

    Not one asked for silence
    Delegates know these figures. The statistics are, sadly, nothing new.

    On the third day, delegates quibbled over the nuances of language and the appropriate terms with which to populate a report on their deliberations. Yet not one asked for a moment of silence to remember the people whose names hung accusingly on a wall outside the meeting chamber.

    When delegates left the convention centre on Friday afternoon, it is unlikely they would have remembered even one of the names on the wall.

    Those names and the memories of all the women who have suffered violent deaths will await a team of cleaners, strangers, who will bury the Pacific’s collective shame in the sand of Majuro Atoll.

    Netani Rika e is communications manager of the Pacific Conference of Churches and is in Majuro, Marshall Islands, covering the 15th Triennial Conference of Pacific Women.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/29/a-wall-of-shame-but-do-pacific-islanders-even-notice-gender-deaths/feed/ 0 486585
    Russia sentences US journalist Evan Gershkovich to 16 years https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/russia-sentences-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-to-16-years/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/russia-sentences-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-to-16-years/#respond Fri, 19 Jul 2024 12:20:23 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=404303 New York, July 19, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists condemns as outrageous a Russian judge’s decision on Friday to jail U.S. reporter Evan Gershkovich for 16 years on fabricated espionage charges. 

    “Russia’s decision to jail Evan Gershkovich for 16 years on sham charges is outrageous,” said CPJ Program Director Carlos Martinez de la Serna. “Journalists are not pawns in geopolitical games. It’s time to stop hostage diplomacy and free him immediately.”

    Gershkovich’s closed-door trial started on June 26 in the Sverdlovsk Regional Court in the Russian city of Yekaterinburg. A second hearing took place on July 18, when the court announced that it had completed its judicial investigation. The next day, the court heard arguments from both sides, and a judge handed down an 16-year prison term against the journalist.

    Gershkovich, a reporter with The Wall Street Journal, has been jailed in Russia since the country’s Federal Security Service (FSB) arrested him on espionage charges on March 29, 2023, while he was on a reporting trip in Yekaterinburg. A June 2024 indictment accused Gershkovich of collecting “secret information” for the CIA on a Russian tank factory in the Sverdlovsk region. The journalist, his outlet, and the U.S. government have all denied the accusations and the U.S. State Department has designated him “wrongfully detained.”   

    “He did nothing wrong. Russian authorities have failed to present evidence of a crime or justify Evan’s continued detention,” the U.S. Embassy in Russia said in statement on Thursday.

    “This disgraceful, sham conviction comes after Evan has spent 478 days in prison, wrongfully detained, away from his family and friends, prevented from reporting, all for doing his job as a journalist,” said Almar Latour, CEO of Dow Jones and publisher of The Wall Street Journal, and Emma Tucker, editor in chief of the publication, in a statement on Friday.

    Russia was the world’s fourth-worst jailer of journalists, with at least 22 behind bars, including Gershkovich and Alsu Kurmasheva, a U.S.-Russian journalist, when CPJ conducted its most recent prison census on December 1, 2023.

    (Editor’s note: This report has been updated since its initial publication.)


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/russia-sentences-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-to-16-years/feed/ 0 484713
    US journalist Evan Gershkovich faces 20-year sentence as trial begins in Russia https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/26/us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-faces-20-year-sentence-as-trial-begins-in-russia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/26/us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-faces-20-year-sentence-as-trial-begins-in-russia/#respond Wed, 26 Jun 2024 11:54:06 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=399983 New York, June 26, 2024—As the closed-door trial of U.S. journalist Evan Gershkovich opened in a Russian court on Wednesday, the Committee to Protect Journalists denounced it as a travesty of justice and renewed its call for the journalist’s immediate release.

    “U.S. reporter Evan Gershkovich goes on trial today after nearly 15 months of unjust detention. Given the spurious and unsubstantiated charges brought against him, this trial is nothing more than a masquerade,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Russian authorities must put an end to this travesty of justice, release Gershkovich, drop all charges against him, and stop prosecuting members of the press for their work.”

    Gershkovich’s trial started Wednesday, June 26, in the Sverdlovsk Regional Court in the Russian city of Yekaterinburg, reports said. It is not known how long the trial will last.

    Russia’s Federal Security Service (FSB) accused Gershkovich, a reporter with The Wall Street Journal, of collecting “secret information” for the CIA on a Russian tank factory in the Sverdlovsk region and arrested him on espionage charges on March 29, 2023.

    Gershkovich faces up to 20 years in prison and is the first American journalist to face such accusations by Russia since the end of the Cold War. The journalist, his outlet, and the U.S. government have all denied the espionage allegations.

    “No evidence has been unveiled. And we already know the conclusion: This bogus accusation of espionage will inevitably lead to a bogus conviction for an innocent man who would then face up to 20 years in prison for simply doing his job,” said Emma Tucker, editor-in-chief of The Wall Street Journal, in a Tuesday statement.

    On June 13, the Russian prosecutor general’s office announced that Gershkovich’s indictment had been finalized.

    “I think we were all hopeful that we were able to broker a deal with the Russians before this happened, but it doesn’t stop or slow us down,” Roger Carstens, the special presidential envoy for hostage affairs at the U.S. Department of State, told the House Foreign Affairs Committee the same day.

    On April 11, 2023, the U.S. State Department designated Gershkovich as “wrongfully detained,” unlocking a broad government effort to free him.

    Russia was the world’s fourth-worst jailer of journalists, with at least 22 behind bars, including Gershkovich and Alsu Kurmasheva, a U.S.-Russian journalist, when CPJ conducted its most recent prison census on December 1, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/26/us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-faces-20-year-sentence-as-trial-begins-in-russia/feed/ 0 481204
    Tear Down That Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/tear-down-that-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/tear-down-that-wall/#respond Tue, 25 Jun 2024 17:38:10 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/tear-down-that-wall-bader-20240625/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Eleanor J. Bader.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/25/tear-down-that-wall/feed/ 0 481067
    US journalist Evan Gershkovich to stand trial June 26 https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/17/us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-to-stand-trial-june-26/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/17/us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-to-stand-trial-june-26/#respond Mon, 17 Jun 2024 15:18:28 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=396006 New York, June 17, 2024—As a Russian court on Monday set the beginning of the trial of U.S. journalist Evan Gershkovich for June 26, the Committee to Protect Journalists renewed its call to immediately release him and drop all charges against him.

    “The start of Gershkovich’s trial comes after he has already spent more than 14 months behind bars for no other reason than his work as a journalist,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Russian authorities must immediately release Gershkovich, drop all charges against him, and stop prosecuting members of the press for their work.”

    The investigation department of Russia’s Federal Security Service (FSB) accused Gershkovich, a reporter with The Wall Street Journal, of acting on assignment for the CIA and collecting “secret information” on a Russian tank factory in the Sverdlovsk region, where he was arrested on espionage charges on March 29, 2023, according to a press release by the Sverdlovsk Regional Court, where Gershkovich’s trial will start behind closed doors on June 26.

    It is not known how long Gershkovich’s trial will last, The Wall Street Journal reported on Monday.

    Gershkovich, whose detention has been extended five times since his arrest, faces up to 20 years in prison, according to the Russian criminal code. He is the first American journalist to face such accusations by Russia since the end of the Cold War. Gershkovich, The Wall Street Journal, and the U.S. government have all denied the espionage allegations.

    On June 13, the Russian prosecutor general’s office announced that Gershkovich’s indictment had been finalized and that the case against him was sent to court.

    “Evan Gershkovich is facing a false and baseless charge. Russia’s latest move toward a sham trial is, while expected, deeply disappointing and still no less outrageous,” said Almar Latour, CEO of Dow Jones and publisher of The Wall Street Journal, and Emma Tucker, editor in chief of the publication, in a statement on June 13.

    On April 11, 2023, the U.S. State Department designated Gershkovich as “wrongfully detained,” which unlocked a broad government effort to free him.

    Russia was the world’s fourth-worst jailer of journalists, with at least 22 behind bars, including Gershkovich and Alsu Kurmasheva, a U.S.-Russian journalist, when CPJ conducted its most recent annual prison census on December 1, 2023.

    CPJ emailed the Sverdlovsk Regional Court and the Russian prosecutor general’s office but did not immediately receive any response.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/17/us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-to-stand-trial-june-26/feed/ 0 479945
    China censors clip of children dancing to Pink Floyd’s ‘Another Brick in the Wall’ https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/banned-video-of-children-performing-pink-floyd-song-another-brick-in-the-wall-05212024134548.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/banned-video-of-children-performing-pink-floyd-song-another-brick-in-the-wall-05212024134548.html#respond Tue, 21 May 2024 17:48:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/banned-video-of-children-performing-pink-floyd-song-another-brick-in-the-wall-05212024134548.html China's internet censors have deleted a video in which children at a private performing arts school in the southwestern province of Sichuan dance to British rock band Pink Floyd's 1979 hit "Another Brick in the Wall, Part 2" which featured a choir of schoolchildren protesting overbearing authority and "thought control" in education.

    In the video posted by the Let’s Music arts school in Sichuan's Leshan city, a line of children in matching black T-shirts march robotically in front of hundreds of spectators on a busy shopping street, singing "We don't need no education. We don't need no thought control," before breaking into a tightly choreographed dance to the Pink Floyd track.

    "No dark sarcasm in the classroom -- hey, teacher! Leave those kids alone," the song goes. "All in all, you're just another brick in the wall."

    The clip, posted to X by current affairs tweeter Byron Wan on May 16, is still visible outside the Great Firewall of Chinese internet censorship, but was no longer available on the video-sharing platforms Douyin and Bilibili on Tuesday.

    The Douyin link to the clip returned the message "That video does not exist," while the Let's Music channel on Bilibili showed links to other songs performed in the same location, but not "Another Brick in the Wall."

    Let’s Music said in a statement on May 7 that the performance was deliberately intended to be a comment on "the current situation," without giving further details.

    Patriotic education

    The ruling Chinese Communist Party under Xi Jinping is currently stepping up its program of "patriotic education" in schools and universities across the country, in a move that many outside China have criticized as "brainwashing," a term first used in English by U.S. journalist Edward Hunter in 1950 to describe how the Chinese government got people to support China’s efforts during the Korean War. 

    Last October, China passed the Patriotic Education Law with the aim of "enhancing identification with our great motherland, the Chinese nation, Chinese culture and the Communist Party," amid an ongoing nationwide campaign under Xi to boost ruling party involvement in cultural output at every level, in a manner some have likened to Mao Zedong's 1966-1976 Cultural Revolution.

    ENG_CHN_THOUGHT CONTROL_05212024.2.JPG
    A Young Pioneer salutes during the weekly flag-raising ceremony at the East Experimental School in Shanghai November 5, 2012. (Carlos Barria/Reuters)

    Pink Floyd’s original song sold more than four million copies worldwide and topped singles charts, making Rolling Stone magazine's list of the 500 Greatest Songs of All Time. It was penned by Pink Floyd's bass player Roger Waters as a protest over rigid and abusive schooling, particularly in British boarding schools.

    According to Wan, the video disappeared from Douyin and Bilibili more than a week after being posted there. 

    "Censors in China have been keeping an eye on X," he commented after followers reported that the clip was no longer available.

    Artistic resistance

    France-based film director Hu Xueyang said he was happy to see some form of artistic resistance still alive in China.

    "When politics is uptight, then there's a lot of political satire," Hu said. "In dark times, all we have left is artistic ridicule and black humor."

    "China's younger generation is making its voice heard, and using various forms of resistance," he said. 

    Paris-based artist Jiang Bu agreed, saying the song epitomized saying "no" to totalitarian control.

    "There was a kind of resistance or opposition to totalitarianism in a lot of the music from that time, including Pink Floyd's stuff," Jiang said. "It was about saying no."

    "Let’s Music may not have intended direct resistance, but it still chose this song ... that has resistance at its core, so there was a point to it."

    ENG_CHN_THOUGHT CONTROL_05212024.4.jpg
    Students attend a flag raising ceremony during the morning assembly, ahead of National Security Education Day at a secondary school, in Hong Kong, China, April 12, 2021. (Tyrone Siu/Reuters)

    He said the removal of the track had attracted more views to the Let’s Music channel than it would normally have gotten, ironically alerting more people to the song's meaning.

    He likened the backlash to the authorities pulling the plug on a live stream by beauty influencer Austin Li on the eve of the anniversary of the Tiananmen massacre because it showed an ice-cream cake in the shape of a tank.

    That piece of censorship had ensured that more people found out what happened on the night of June 4, 1989 -- something that has been largely erased from the public record in China -- than might otherwise have done, Jiang said.

    ENG_CHN_THOUGHT CONTROL_05212024.3.jpg
    Roger Waters, co-founder of the British rock band Pink Floyd performs during his The Wall Live show in Bucharest, Romania, Wednesday, Aug. 28, 2013, with graffiti reading "Fear builds walls". (Vadim Ghirda/AP)

    When Pink Floyd went to record children from London’s Islington Green School singing the refrain of the song, they hid the lyrics from the headteacher for fear she would pull the plug on the project, according to the band's Wikipedia page, citing media reports.

    Late British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher was said to have "hated" the song, according to the school's former director of music, while the Inner London Education Authority criticized it as "scandalous." The song was banned by the South African government of the time.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Eugene Whong.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Yitong Wu and Kit Sung for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/banned-video-of-children-performing-pink-floyd-song-another-brick-in-the-wall-05212024134548.html/feed/ 0 475644
    Wall Street Don Deals More Liar’s Poker https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/19/wall-street-don-deals-more-liars-poker/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/19/wall-street-don-deals-more-liars-poker/#respond Fri, 19 Apr 2024 06:00:55 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=319285 When last we checked in on Trump’s new media company, which has the full name of Trump Media & Technology Group (TMTG) and trades on Nasdaq under the monogrammatic ticket symbol DJT, the shares had gone public at around $60 a share, spiked close to $80 (giving the company a $10 billion valuation), and then—to use a Wall Street cliché—“consolidated” closer to $40 a share. Now, as Trump is mounting a “napping defense” in his New York City criminal trial, shares in Trump Media have fallen to $36 $29 $25 $22 a share, wiping out billions of dollars in DJT market capitalization. More

    The post Wall Street Don Deals More Liar’s Poker appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photo by NIPYATA!

    When last we checked in on Trump’s new media company, which has the full name of Trump Media & Technology Group (TMTG) and trades on Nasdaq under the monogrammatic ticket symbol DJT, the shares had gone public at around $60 a share, spiked close to $80 (giving the company a $10 billion valuation), and then—to use a Wall Street cliché—“consolidated” closer to $40 a share.

    Now, as Trump is mounting a “napping defense” in his New York City criminal trial, shares in Trump Media have fallen to $36 $29 $25 $22 a share, wiping out billions of dollars in DJT market capitalization.

    In response, Trump Media decided to double down on its patriot games and this week declared its intention to register (in anticipation of selling) some 204 million in restricted shares, so that he’s in a position to get out of the company prior to its inevitable crash. (Going forward, Trump will own about 114,750,000 of the shares outstanding—about 60% of the voting stock.)

    Normally, when stock jobbers of the Trump variety use public markets to fleece billions from gullible investors, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) steps in to de-list a fraudulent company or otherwise suspends trading in the bogus stock.

    In this instance, just as the company’s stock was collapsing in the market, the SEC circulated its “red herring” (a preliminary prospectus on a securities’ registration) which gives the impression that Trump Media and Technology Group is a normal public company—with income, assets, and responsible directors—while anyone who spends time reading all 217 pages of the April 15, 2024, Form S-1 Registration Statement (under the Securities Act of 1933) will come to the conclusion that TMTG is nothing more than another Atlantic City castle in the air.

    In these filings, the company discloses “everything” to the market, so that later, when the company collapses, the directors (if not the SEC) can say to the fleeced public: “Well, we warned you.”

    +++

    A few numbers are in order to understand just what Trump and his pump house gang are trying to slip past (somnolent) financial regulators and dump on a market still in thrall to the Trump brand (so that he can walk away from the market wreckage with a few billion dollars—“a little something, you know, for the effort”).

    In late March 2024, Trump’s Truth Social—an ersatz Facebook or Twitter—merged with Digital World Acquisition Corporation (DWAC), which had some $300 million in cash on its balance sheet and a Nasdaq listing.

    In the most recent filing, under the category of “Description of Business,” the company states, in its entirety: “Truth Social is a free expression application that offers social networking services.”

    In the so-called reverse merger that took place, Trump’s Truth Social took over DWAC and its cash, and Trump emerged from the combination with 58% of the shares in the new public company, which in the euphoria of its post-listing trading had a $5-10 billion valuation.

    The problem for Trump and his stock-in-the-wall gang is that his shares in the company are “restricted” and subject to a six-month “lock-up” (prohibiting him from selling before next September unless his loyalist board, which includes Don Jr., changes the rules).

    Thus the reason for the new filing is to register the company’s current outstanding shares (about 137 million, in various forms), so that when the time comes, Trump and other shareholders can unload their positions. (As Henry Gondorff, played by Paul Newman, says in The Sting: “Don’t worry about it, pal. They wouldn’t have let you in here if you weren’t a chump!”)

    While the company was in front of the SEC with this request, it decided to stir into the brew another 67 million shares, most of which it has decided to give to Trump himself as “Earnout Shares,” a bonus based on the success of the company’s publicly-traded price (even though Trump himself put up no money to start the media company and has so far only contributed his social media account to the enterprise).

    +++

    This prospectus is more than simply a financial disclosure statement, as contained in the small print on nearly all 217 pages are traces and clues about how Donald Trump thinks (in an election year) about what might be called “the public good”—which in this case is something to be deceived, cheated, bilked, and abused until its money is finally his.

    Let’s start with the fiction that Trump Media is an operating company worthy of a $3.12 billion dollar valuation (as I type) on Nasdaq. Last year, TMTG earned only $4.1 million in revenue while posting a $58 million loss.

    To put that revenue figure into prospective—given than the prospectus and other marketing brochures talk about Truth Social “taking on” Facebook and the “liberal media”—TMTG’s revenue is a far cry (.003%) from Meta’s $134 billion in 2023 revenue.

    Nor does a deep dive into Form S-1 indicate that Truth Social has much interest in growing its social media business.

    To date (I am not making this up), TMTG has invested only $121,000 in computers and $34,500 in office furniture, which is the extent of its investment in PP&E (property, plant, and equipment). By comparison, to date Google has spent $201 billion on PP&E.

    Finally, at year-end, according to the filing, Truth Social “had approximately 36 full-time employees.” At the same date, Meta platforms had 67,317 full-time workers.

    Trump Media is a Potemkin corporation, a stage set in front of which Trump and his cronies can issue and trade common stock, convertible notes, warrants, and preferred shares, with the sole purpose of extracting billions from a gullible market.

    In the 217-page SEC filing, only a few paragraphs are devoted to the actual underlying business; all the rest of it is endless detail about shares, buyouts, legal fees, conversion ratios, dividends, coupon rates, options, and the like, in which the only business of TMTG is that of enriching Donald Trump.

    +++

    Anyone buying DJT today is acquiring about $100 million in accumulated loses, $200 million in the cash remaining from the Digital World fundraising, $4 million a year in revenue, and, finally, the belief that Donald Trump is worth billions to anyone hosting his social media account.

    When Trump was thrown off Twitter in 2021, he had some 87 million followers, while today on Truth Social he has only two million subscribers, and that figure might well be inflated (as little in all 217 pages of the prospectus outlines the company’s users or subscribers).

    In theory, Trump’s windbagging ought to be worth something to investors in TMTG, except that there are signs between the lines in the prospectus that even Trump himself has lost interest in the MAGA bullhorn enterprise.

    +++

    For starters, Trump has sued just about everyone connected with the start-up company, including two guests from The Apprentice who first brought him the idea and the original CEO of Digital World who put together $300 million to invest in Truth Social. The litigation sections of the prospectus go on for pages.

    (With several of the investors, Trump—acting like a medieval pope—declared their “services agreement” void ab initio, a papal bull now being adjudicated in a Delaware court.)

    Then there is this paragraph in the filing that indicates the extent to which Trump Media lives entirely at the forbearance of King Donald:

    TMTG Sub [Truth Social] may not terminate the License Agreement based on the personal or political conduct of President Donald J. Trump, even if such conduct could negatively reflect on TMTG Subs reputation or brand or be considered offensive, dishonest, illegal, immoral, or unethical, or otherwise harmful to TMTG Subs brand or reputation. Further, TMTG and TMTG Sub may be obligated to indemnify President Donald J. Trump for any losses of any type that relate in any way to the License Agreement, including any such losses attributable to President Donald J. Trumps own offensive, dishonest, illegal, immoral, unethical, or otherwise harmful conduct.

    It must finally be the immunity he has always dreamed about.

    +++

    In other words, no matter what actions Trump takes that harm the company, TMTG is unable to utter a word of reproach, let alone force him out of the company. (Plus it would have to compensate him for any damages that he himself has caused.) But the terms of the so-called License Agreement are even worse than they appear.

    According to the fine print in the prospectus, Trump is not even required to post everything on Truth Social, and when he does, the company only has an exclusive on his material for “6-hours,” after which he can distribute it on Facebook, X, YouTube or wherever.

    Here’s the paragraph that describes this one-sided relationship:

    Until February 2, 2025, President Donald J. Trump has agreed to channel non-political communications and posts coming from his personal profile to the Truth Social platform before posting that same social media communication and/or post to any other social media platform that is not Truth Social until the expiration of the “DJT/TMTG Social Media 6-Hour Exclusive” which means the period commencing when President Donald J. Trump posts any social media communication onto the Truth Social platform and ending six hours thereafter; provided that he may post social media communications from his personal profile that he deems, in his sole discretion, to be politically-related on any social media site at any time, regardless of whether that post originates from a personal account. As a candidate for president, most or all of President Donald J. Trumps social media posts may be deemed by him to be politically related. Consequently, TMTG may lack any meaningful remedy if President Donald J. Trump minimizes his use of Truth Social. Additionally, none of the limitations or exclusivity contained in the License Agreement will apply to any business ventures of President Donald J. Trump or The Trump Organization or their respective affiliates.

    Explain to me why Truth Social is now rushing in the front door at the SEC to register another 67 million shares in the company, just so that it can gift 36 million of those shares to Donald Trump—in exchange for nothing.

    The answer: Trump Media is Trump’s secret sharer, acting only on his behalf. He is its largest shareholder, he controls the management and the board of directors, and he’s the only client of consequence of the operating company. In short, La société, c’est moi, which explains yet another transaction buried on page 216 of the prospectus.

    To pay for the registration of Donald Trump’s current and future shares in TMTG, the public company is paying $720,723.73 in registration fees.

    On what basis should a public company pay the registration fees of one of its shareholders, even its largest? In this case, Trump isn’t even an employee of the company, so the payment (on his behalf) cannot be taxed as a fringe benefit.

    Not that taxes ever really descend to the Trump level. In 2023, Trump Media paid no federal income taxes (remember, it lost millions), and in state taxes it paid $1,100 (that’s one thousand one hundred dollars), which at least is a 46% increase over his usual tax bracket of $750.

    +++

    What is also clear in Form S-1 is the extent to which Trump is in a race with Mammon—meaning, will he be able to register his 114 million shares and get around the lock-up provisions in the next six months so that he can dump the stock before the company is worthless or de-listed from Nasdaq.

    Clearly, it doesn’t help investor confidence that Trump is now spending his days in a dingy lower Manhattan criminal court smirking, muttering to jurors, dozing, and whinging at TV cameras. But the real reason for DJT’s price collapse is that the company is an empty vessel and not all investors are chumps.

    Even if Trump receives SEC approval to register his shares, there’s no guarantee that anyone would buy a serious block of the company’s stock for a price north of $1.05 a share, which is my calculation of the company’s market value (the cash on the balance sheet divided by the number of shares outstanding, after this latest watering of the stock).

    Nor will it help Trump’s cause (that of artificially inflating the share price) that the meme investors (those Reddit day traders buying and selling fifty shares from their grandmother’s basement) have abandoned DJT to the short sellers, who every day are gleeful when the stock loses another 10-20% off its previous closing price.

    Finally, it seems lost on company CEO Devin Nunes (Trump sycophant, ex-member of Congress, and enabler in these shell games) that in pushing now to register all 204 million shares of the company’s common stock and warrants, he’s playing into the game of the short sellers, who will finally have shares in the market to borrow and drive TMTG into the ground.

    +++

    When Trump Media goes the way of Trump Steaks, Trump University, and the Trump Shuttle, I am sure Trump will blame the Biden administration for ruining “my beautiful company that was worth billions.” But for the moment Biden’s SEC is acting more like a market maker than a regulator of Trump Media.

    The SEC seems indifferent to the fact that by leveraging his political influence, Trump has managed to flog a company—with only $4 million in revenue, millions in losses, 36 employees and $121,000 in computers—into a listed company that was briefly valued at $10 billion and described in its promotional literature as positioned to take on Meta and X.

    Nor does the SEC seem to mind that until March 25, 2024 (according to the prospectus) Donald Trump was both the chairman of the board (thus the architect of these many deceptions) and the majority shareholder (about 58%) whose major contribution to the money-losing company has been to demand an additional 36 million in “Earnout Shares”.

    What perhaps might spur the SEC into action in this financial train wreck are the present and future shareholder and derivative lawsuits that will unpack the many insider and sweetheart stock deals that rewarded Trump and his management team with millions of shares that they never paid for and whose collapse will cost investors billions.

    At the very least the company’s demise will be the full-employment act for a generation of class action securities lawyers, all of whom will have Trump’s insider post of April 4, 2024 pinned over their desks. It reads:

    I THINK TRUTH IS AMAZING! First of all, it is very solid, having over $200,000,000 in CASH and ZERO DEBT. More importantly, it is the primary way I get the word out and, for better or worse, people want to hear what I have to say, perhaps, according to experts, more than anyone else in the World.

    +++

    And while the SEC is looking through the wreckage, maybe it can explain how former Florida attorney general Pam Bondi ended up with 137,500 TMTG shares and warrants (via Digital World’s Class B Founder Shares).

    According to securities law, Digital World raised its $300 million stake before it identified Truth Social as a potential merger partner, but the presence of Bondi—a Trump loyalist and insider—in the Digital World capital structure with Founder Shares could suggest that the plan (to take over Trump’s Truth Social) was in ahead of the funding.

    Was it just a coincidence that she invested in the one SPAC (special purpose acquisition corporation) that would later merge with Trumps company?

    As background, in 2013 Bondi accepted a $25,000 illegal campaign contribution from the Donald J. Trump Foundation (charities cannot donate to political campaigns; Trump himself signed the check) about the same time that she declined to investigate further into the Trump University scam.

    After leaving state office in 2019, Bondi has served Trump in many cheerleading capacities, including in his impeachment defense and efforts to steal the 2020 election. Now she’s registering her 137,500 Trump Media shares and warrants (alas no longer worth $10.8 million) to join the rats leaving the ship.

    +++

    What I do like about the SEC is that the April 15, 2024, prospectus has two passages that accurately take the measure of the entitled confidence man. The first describes his running of a public company in the 1990 and early 2000s, which reads:

    On January 16, 2002, the SEC issued a cease and desist order against Trump Hotels & Casino Resorts, Inc. (“THCR”) for violations of the anti-fraud provisions of the Exchange Act. As discussed in more detail in the SEC Release No. 45287, on October 25, 1999, THCR had issued a press release announcing its results for the third quarter of 1999 (the “Earnings Release”). To announce those results, the Earnings Release used a net income figure that differed from net income calculated in conformity with U.S. GAAP. Using that non-GAAP figure, the Earnings Release touted THCRs purportedly positive operating results for the quarter and stated that the Company had beaten analystsearnings expectations. The Earnings Release was materially misleading because it created the false and misleading impression that THCR had exceeded earnings expectations primarily through operational improvements, when in fact it had not.

    Then there is this passage, under the heading, “A number of companies that had license agreements with President Donald J. Trump have failed. There can be no assurances that TMTG will not also fail.” It states:

    Trump Shuttle, Inc., launched by President Donald J. Trump in 1989, defaulted on its loans in 1990 and ceased to exist by 1992. Trump University, founded by President Donald J. Trump in 2005, ceased operations in 2011 amid lawsuits and investigations regarding that companys business practices. Trump Vodka, a brand of vodka produced by Drinks Americas under license from The Trump Organization, was introduced in 2005 and discontinued in 2011. Trump Mortgage, LLC, a financial services company founded by President Donald J. Trump in 2006, ceased operations in 2007. GoTrump.com, a travel site founded by President Donald J. Trump in 2006, ceased operations in 2007. Trump Steaks, a brand of steak and other meats founded by President Donald J. Trump in 2007, discontinued sales two months after its launch. While all these businesses were in different industries than TMTG, there can be no guarantee that TMTGs performance will exceed the performance of these entities.

    Too bad the SEC isn’t reading its own press releases.

    The post Wall Street Don Deals More Liar’s Poker appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Matthew Stevenson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/19/wall-street-don-deals-more-liars-poker/feed/ 0 470547
    Trump’s Wolves on Wall Street: Inside the Truth Social Numbers https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/08/trumps-wolves-on-wall-street-inside-the-truth-social-numbers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/08/trumps-wolves-on-wall-street-inside-the-truth-social-numbers/#respond Mon, 08 Apr 2024 06:05:13 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=318274 Presumably, if Donald Trump were worth the many billions that he claims to have, he would not have needed to save his failing social media company with $8 million in loans from a Caribbean off-shore bank that largely services the porn industry, specifically payments made for what the redtube trade calls “camming,” a live, online peep show. More

    The post Trump’s Wolves on Wall Street: Inside the Truth Social Numbers appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photo by Pau Casals

    I guess that having 91 criminal indictments to defend, a number of civil lawsuits pending, allegations and judgments of sexual abuse circulating, civil fines close to $500 million to pay, and a presidential campaign to manage isn’t enough to get Donald Trump out of his gilded, canopied bed each morning, so to this to-do list he has added orchestrating one of the largest Wall Street stock swindles perpetrated in recent years, as if his real goal is to star in a new reality show of financial crimes called Other People’s Money.

     The tale begins in the aftermath of January 6, when the likes of Twitter (now X) and Facebook banned the former president from their sites, leading him to conclude that “to be heard” he needed to start his own social media platform—hence Truth Social—from which he could peddle his babbling, compete with the “liberal media”, and cash in another fortune when the wildly successful start-up went public.

    Because $750-a-year taxpayer Trump never seems to have any liquid assets to invest or pay to his victims, he raised the seed capital for Truth Social from a list of his political stalwarts, a former U.S. ambassador to Portugal, and—according to Reuters—“the head of a mail-order fruitcake company.”

    It was enough for the company to rent offices in Sarasota, Florida, and hire investment bankers to dream of an initial public offering that would be so confusing (with convertible promissory notes, warrants, common stock, and preferred shares) that not even an MIT professor of business could unravel the prospectus. (One of the best ways to cover up fraudulent accounting is with detail and confusion.)

    The pot of gold at the end of the Sarasota rainbow would be the Colossus of Trump bestride his very own social network, taking down the likes of Facebook and inheriting its $1.3 trillion market capitalization.

    +++

    To fund the startup venture Trump issued what are call convertible promissory notes to his angel investors.

    These convertible notes were not unlike some of Willy Wonka’s golden tickets, in that they allowed Trump to raise funding and to remain in control of the new company.

    For the lenders, the convertible bonds paid a fixed rate of interest (between 5 and 10%), were more senior in the debtor class than the equity holders, and, best of all, down the road could be converted (at sweetheart valuations, such as an exercise price of $4) into Truth Social stock once their partner-in-crime Donald Trump had talked up the company either to an initial public offering (IPO) or some other cash-out windfall event. In stock market parlance, this was to be a “pump and dump”, if not the public offering of a presidential candidate.

    Like many start-ups, this one sounded as though it “couldn’t miss,” but almost immediately it did.

    +++

    Part of the problem at Truth Social was that, with himself as chairman of the board (at least in the early days), Trump assembled a team of directors and executives as if the company’s business was stealing elections, not building out a tech start-up.

    As chief executive officer, Trump chose Devin Nunes, a former Republican member of Congress (2003-2022), whose only qualification to run a public company was unabashed sycophancy toward his board chairman, Donald Trump.

    As the ranking member of the House Intelligence Committee (2019-2022), Nunes carried Trump water during the first impeachment hearings, leaking confidential House committee material to the president and his various henchmen, including personal attorney (now bankrupt) Rudy Giuliani.

    Nunes also filed numerous defamation lawsuits against various journalists and liberal media outlets, including a $250 million lawsuit against Twitter, which was then hosting a gag account called “Devin Nunes’s Cow.”

    None of Nunes’s stunts went anywhere legally, but they endeared him to the vainglorious Trump, who rewarded his slavish acolyte with a Trump Organization job that paid more than $1 million annually (when you add in all the incentive compensation).

    +++

    In turn, Nunes filled out the management ranks of Truth Social with his own lackeys, including Kash Patel, who worked for then-member of Congress Devin Nunes and later served in the Trump administration.

    For the board of directors, Trump chose from his political claque, including Robert Lighthizer (a former U.S. Trade Representative and Trump loyalist) and Linda McMahon (once a professional wrestling impresario along with her WWE husband Vince).

    The point is that almost no one in the upper echelon of the new company knew much of anything about social media, other than how to post insults against the likes of Hillary Clinton or Joe Biden.

    Almost immediately Truth Social began to burn through its seed capital, no doubt in various Trump-related harebrained promotions and schemes, none of which made money.

    +++

    Needing to bail out the struggling startup, Trump and his circle of yes men turned to two sources of new funding, both of questionable legality.

    To bolster its depleted cash account, Truth Media borrowed $8 million from a Russian-American businessman named Anton Postolnikov, whose uncle has been in the administration of the Russian president, Vladimir Putin.

    According to reporting done by The Guardian, Postolnikov lent Trump the money through his ES Family Trust, which had its bank accounts at something called Paxum Bank, owned by Postolnikov and located on the Caribbean island of Dominica (which is popular among Russian oligarchs for evading sanctions).

    Presumably, if Donald Trump were worth the many billions that he claims to have, he would not have needed to save his failing social media company with $8 million in loans from a Caribbean off-shore bank that largely services the porn industry, specifically payments made for what the redtube trade calls “camming,” a live, online peep show.

    +++

    While Truth Social was camming its $8 million in Russian flight capital, other Trump loyalists were coming to his financial rescue by raising $300 million in a special purpose acquisition corporation (or SPAC) called Digital World Acquisition Corporation.

    By law, SPACs are publicly-listed vehicles (often on Nasdaq) that first raise a pile of money and then go in search of companies or ventures to buy. The governance regulations on SPACs are lighter than an IPO, and the new company immediately has a public listing.

    While the law requires SPACs to raise money without an acquisition target in mind, it is common knowledge on Wall Street that SPACs often do exactly that.

    In this case, no sooner had Digital World pulled down $300 million, much of it raised from influence peddlers in the Trump orbit, than it announced in October 2021—surprise, surprise—that it would be merging with Trump’s very own Truth Social.

    That later coziness cost Digital World an $18 million Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC, which oversees share markets) fine in 2023, as per the 10-K, which reads:

    On July 20, 2023, the SEC approved the Settlement in Principle, announcing settled charges against Digital World and entered a cease-and-desist order (the Order”) finding that Digital World violated certain antifraud provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, in connection with Digital Worlds IPO filings on Form S-1 and the Form S-4 concerning certain statements, agreements and omissions relating to the timing and discussions Digital World had with TMTG [Trump Media and Technology Group] regarding the proposed business combination…

    Leaving that collusion aside, the SPAC investors still believed that they were getting in on the ground floor of a Trump-owned social media company, while Trump himself would get access to Digital World’s $300 million in cash and its listing on Nasdaq. It was a corporate marriage made in heaven, or by those boxes in the pool room at Mar-a-Lago.

    +++

    After several years of due diligence, the SEC finally approved the merger of Truth Social and Digital World, and the newly blessed public company chose DJT as its Nasdaq ticker symbol.

    Strangely, what only slightly held up the merger at the SEC was an insider-trading scandal that came to light involving three individuals—brothers Michael and Gerald Shvartsman, and a third man, Bruce Garelick—who made about $22 million trading Digital World shares in 2021 based on the non-publicly disclosed information that the SPAC had the intention of merging with Trump’s Truth Social. (Recently the Shvastsmans pled guilty to one count of securities fraud.)

    It did not seem to concern the somnolent SEC that Michael and Gerald Shvartsman are or were close associates of Trump savior and camming porn banker Anton Postolnikov, nor that after Postolnikov’s ES Family Trust had bailed out Trump’s Truth Social in 2021, Bruce Garelick joined the board of directors of Digital World, from which he leaked the confidential merger information to the brothers Shvartsman.

    Clearly to regulators, it was just a coincidence that the charged inside traders both knew Postolnikov and were speculating in the shares of Digital World before it announced its plan to merge with Trump’s Truth Social.

    +++

    In the end, the merger between Digital World and Truth Social went ahead, and on March 26, 2024, shares in the new company, Trump Media and Technology Group (TMTG), began trading on Nasdaqat between $40-60 a share (the market having bid up the price of Digital World’s shares in anticipation of the Trump deal consummating). Suddenly Trump could boast that he had another $3 billion in his deep pockets.

    In the days that followed shares traded as high as $79, giving the new company at times a market capitalization of about $10 billion. The valuation of Trump’s 58% stake was suddenly close to $6 billion.

    The same Donald Trump who just days before had been struggling to post a $450 million surety bond to appeal the civil judgments against the Trump Organization now had new-found billions that were further testament to his business genius and Midas touch.

    Using other people’s money and only putting up his own social media account, Trump had suddenly parlayed his tweets into a $6 billion windfall, almost as if he had won the Powerball lottery six times in a row.

    +++

    Part of the reason why DJT shares defied the laws of financial gravity was that prior to the Digital World consolidation, very little was known about Truth Social’s financial condition.

    As a privately-held company, it had been under no obligation to post its financial statements. Nor did it have to publish the number of its subscribers or associated ad revenue.

    After the merger (actually it was done as a “reverse merger,” in which for accounting purposes Truth Social acquired Digital World and its $300 million cash balance), TMTG was required to disclose to the SEC its statements of financial condition.

    What they show is that Donald Trump’s new public company is a wilderness of mirrors, not unlike his conglomerate of Atlantic City casinos, Trump Hotels and Casino Resorts, that in the 1990s was listed with only one goal—to sucker investors into believing the Trump dream and to give him a public vehicle in which to dump his unpaid loans and debts and from which to pay himself handsomely.

    +++

    For anyone willing to spend time with the small print of the 10-K and 8-K reports, the filed SEC statements of the new company read like a case study of a pyramid scheme set up only to enrich Donald Trump and provide his “investors” unfettered access (via a Nasdaq listing) to his political soul. Who needs bag men when you have the Depository Trust Company to settle your backhanders?

    Let’s start with the December 31, 2023 pro forma income statement of the combined companies, Truth Social and Digital World. The filed statements show that Trump’s Truth Social came to the merger party with annual sales in 2023 of $4.1 million and $19 million in losses from continuing operations (hardly the catnip that will get normal investors to bid up the value of a company to $10 billion).

    On top of these charges, the company took a $39.4 million charge in “interest expense”, which brought the net loss for 2023 to $58.1 million, as has been reported in the press. On a pro forma basis, the combined companies’ losses were a lot worse.

    Together the two merged companies lost $100 million; many of these losses were incurred so that insiders could convert their promissory notes into equity at sweetheart valuations.

    (Convertible notes with a low strike price are best understood as vehicles for legalized insider trading, in that those who often hold them have full access to the company’s financials and plans for future public offerings,)

    The statements explain why Trump can boast that his new company has “no debt and $200 million in cash,” when in fact it should have $300 million, had not Trump contributed $100 million in losses to the combined enterprise.

    What also drove up the losses, according to a footnote in the SEC financial statements, were “transaction costs, which include legal, accounting, advisory and consulting fees and $18 million for the SEC settlement.”

    It says something about Trump’s desperation for capital that he was willing to pay 33 cents on the dollar to raise new money for his failing Truth Social. (Just as it says a lot that to raise his surety bond for the appeal in New York State court, Trump had to turn to a subprime loan shark and repo man.)

    +++

    One of the more amusing lines in the SEC filings is that “accounting” contributed to the $124 million in the “general and administrative expenses” rung up by Trump Media.

    The auditor for Truth Social and now Trump Media is a Lakewood, Colorado-based one-man accountancy, BF Borgers CPA PC, run by one Ben Borgers, who, when not doing the accounts for Trump Media, “enjoys Jeeping in his CJ-7 that he built from scratch, horseback riding, backpacking, fishing, camping, hunting, sailing, hiking and spending time with his wife and three children.”

    Normally, a publicly-listed company with a market cap between $5-10 billion (that’s the size of the New York Times) would work with a major independent audit firm in the same city as its headquarters, but here a Sarasota-based social media company with hopelessly confusing financial schemes went with a sole practitioner in the Denver suburbs. (Why am I reminded that the accountants for Bernie Madoff’s billion-dollar kingdom of shadows were located in a suburban strip mall?)

    I am sure many people would like to believe that accounting is a science and that audited numbers cannot lie, but a friend of mine used to say the reason he loved financial statements was because they reminded him of poetry, particularly sonnets (“How do I love thee? Let me count the ways…”). And few companies go to the lengths of Trump Media in bashfully masking their intentions—in these lines of iambic pentameter, that of raping a public company.

    +++

    Only when we turn to the balance sheet do we see the extent to which—before the merger with Digital World—Truth Social was a beached whale.

    On 12/31/23, Truth Social had cash on hand of $2.9 million and little else in terms of assets (the $29 thousand in used laptop computers hardly count).

    As for its year-end liabilities, the company had $65 million in current liabilities (most of that was convertible promissory notes coming due), and non-current liabilities of another $4.2 million, which meant the “accumulated deficit” in its shareholder equity account was $66 million.

    In other words, Truth Social was insolvent, and was saved only when the fairy godmothers at Digital World showed up to bestow on Trump $300 million.

    And then, rather than pay nothing for a struggling bankrupt media company run by political operatives, Digital World deceived its own shareholders by giving 58% of the merged company to Donald Trump, even though all he was bringing to the combined company were nasty tweets and $66 million in “accumulated deficit”.

    +++

    Clearly, the shareholders in Digital World were not buying into a hot technology company (which was worth nothing), but securing options in a future American presidency.

    They were also signing on to the illusion that Trump’s stockjobbing abilities to “pump” the shares in TMTG would outweigh whatever losses they were acquiring by merging with a bankrupt company or accepting a terrible conversation ratio.

    For the moment, at least on paper, the roughly 30% share in TMTG that the SPAC shareholders got in the merger is worth $1.6 billion, which is five times what they originally invested ($300 million) in Digital World. Sounds good for them, yes?

    But as I have been writing this, the shares in DJT have fallen from $49 to $42 and now are hovering just above $40. By the time you read this, I am sure the shares will be well under $40.

    Based on normal stock market valuations, DJT should not be trading at $40 but at about $1.59 per share, which is the market value of the $218 million in cash on the year-end pro forma balance sheet.

    +++

    A deeper dive into Trump Media’s capital and equity accounts confirms that the merger was a financial bailout of Donald Trump, engineered by his political circle, more than an investment in a social media start-up.

    For the moment, the total number of issued shares in TMTG are 137,051,068, of which Trump himself owns 58%, a nice haul considering that all he has invested in the venture are his posts. (If you give money to his presidential campaign, you max out at $3,300.)

    At today’s closing stock price of $40 a share, Trump’s stake is worth $3.1 billion, although he is locked-up from selling his stake for the next six months, unless a third party (do I hear you suggest the sovereign fund of Saudi Arabia or a Putin piggy bank?) buys up the money-losing company.

    On top of Trump’s 58% of the new company (it should be considered a campaign contribution, given the accumulated deficit of Truth Social), he has the possibility of being given another 40 million in “earnout shares”, should the performance DJT stock meet certain criteria (such as trading above $12.50 per share for twenty days during a thirty day period).

    Overall, ordinary shareholders of Trump Media could see the stock diluted by another 67,367,242 shares, if certain market and option thresholds are met and exercised. And the person with the most to gain from such a dilution is Donald Trump, who at the end of the day is guaranteed to maintain his 58% stake, even if he does not invest another dollar in the company.

    +++

    Of course, Trump would dump his position tomorrow, although for the moment internal and external regulations prevent him from selling his shares. I have read in the press that his pliant board of directors could waive the lockup period, but the current language in the SEC filings says Trump cannot sell his shares for at least six months from the merger, unless, for example, a third-party bidder takes over the company in the meantime.

    For clarity’s sake, here’s the pertinent clause in the 10-K:

    [Private TMTG shareholders]…may not transfer any Locked-Up Shares until the end of the period beginning on March 25, 2024 and ending on the earliest of (i) September 25, 2024, (ii) the date on which the closing price for the Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalization and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least after August 22, 2024, and (iii) the date on which the Company consummates a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Companys stockholders having the right to exchange their equity holdings in the Company for cash, securities or other property.

    That said, Trump can pledge his position as collateral or otherwise barter the block without actually selling the shares. But with the price soon to be in free fall, I would guess that Don Jr. is on the phone with his brother-in-law, Jared Kushner, pleading with him to get the Saudis or the Russians to buy out the entire company at, say, $35 a share, which is the only way Trump might salvage his position from a death spiral.

    +++

    Shares in DJT are now trading at $40 a share, which is about 25 times the company’s book value. By comparison, Exxon trades at 2.5 its book value.

    For a while meme day traders and Trump loyalist moneymen were propping up the share price, especially to squeeze short sellers who believe the company is grossly overvalued and headed for a collapse. But the squeeze shows signs of coming apart, and after that there’s little to keep DJT from falling, say, from $40 to $4.

    Another risk to Trump in this pending fiasco isn’t just that his shares become illiquid and worthless, but that the porn banker, Anton Postolnikov, sings to the Feds and implicates Trump not just in the insider trading scandal but with laundering Russian flight capital through the TMTG balance sheet (using convertible promissory notes and, later, DJT shares to turn the trick).

    Nor does it contribute market confidence in DJT that, with all this going on, Trump decided to sue two of his founder shareholders, Andy Litinsky and Wes Moss (they were former contestants on The Apprentice who first came to Trump with the idea of going public with a social media company) to deny them their promised 8.6 million shares in Trump Media.

    In so doing, Trump exposes himself to legal discovery, including, I am sure, more than a few defense questions about his relationship with his banker in Dominica.

    And his feud with the apprentices is by no means the only dispute among TMTG shareholders, the chronicles of which go on for pages in the 10-K, as Trump only believes in paying himself.

    +++

    About all Trump has going for him in this tottering house of marked cards is that someone in his orbit has managed to reach the SEC and keep its investigators at bay.

    In theory, according to its website, “the SECs long-standing three-part mission—to protect investors, maintain fair, orderly, and efficient markets, and facilitate capital formation—remains its touchstone.”

    If that’s the case, why does it allow public trading on Nasdaq in a company dominated (at the board level and in its shareholding) by one man (Trump) who by virtue of his political soapbox managed to pump up a venture with $100 million in accumulated losses into a company that, briefly anyway, had market valuation of $10 billion….but which since has shed about $4-5 billion in such valuation.

    Nor does the SEC seem particularly concerned that inside traders in Digital World shares might well have gotten their tips from a Russian banker who bailed out Trump’s Truth Social in 2021 with a loan from his Caribbean porn bank.

    Nor do I think that even the SEC has the resources to unravel the black box of Trump Media’s equity accounting, layered as it is with convertible notes, common and restricted stock, incentive compensation, placement and public warrants, preferred shares, conversion periods, and earnout shares—all thrown into the witches’ brew of TMTG’s accounts to obfuscate that Donald Trump has set up a drain on a public company.

    Instead, allowing the company to “trade” on Nasdaq, the SEC gives the DJT shell gamers and three-card monte dealers a veneer of respectability, which is what all con men desire, beyond what Willy Loman called “riding on a smile and a shoeshine.”

    The post Trump’s Wolves on Wall Street: Inside the Truth Social Numbers appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Matthew Stevenson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/08/trumps-wolves-on-wall-street-inside-the-truth-social-numbers/feed/ 0 468732
    After fifth detention extension, CPJ renews call for Russia to release US journalist Evan Gershkovich https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/after-fifth-detention-extension-cpj-renews-call-for-russia-to-release-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/after-fifth-detention-extension-cpj-renews-call-for-russia-to-release-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich/#respond Tue, 26 Mar 2024 17:00:35 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=370656 New York, March 26, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Russia to immediately release U.S. journalist Evan Gershkovich following Tuesday’s court decision to extend his pretrial detention until June 30, 2024.

    “CPJ strongly condemns the three-month extension of Evan Gershkovich’s detention, just days before the one-year anniversary of his arrest on fabricated charges. Today’s ruling is yet another cynical affront to press freedom by the Russian authorities,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Russian authorities must immediately release Gershkovich, drop all charges against him, and stop prosecuting reporters for their work.”

    The Moscow court’s decision to approve the Federal Security Service’s (FSB) request marks the fifth extension of The Wall Street Journal reporter’s detention since his arrest on March 29, 2023, on espionage charges. Tuesday’s session was closed to the media.

    Gershkovich faces up to 20 years in prison, according to the Russian criminal code, and is the first American journalist to face such accusations by Russia since the end of the Cold War. Gershkovich, The Wall Street Journal, and the U.S. government have all denied the espionage allegations.

    “It’s a ruling that ensures Evan will sit in a Russian prison well past one year. It was also Evan’s 12th court appearance, baseless proceedings that falsely portray him as something other than what he is—a journalist who was doing his job,” The Wall Street Journal said in a statement.

    The U.S. ambassador to Russia, Lynne Tracy, called the ruling “particularly painful,” as Friday will mark the journalist’s one-year detention.

    “As we cross the one-year mark, the Russian government has yet to present any evidence to substantiate its accusations, no justification for Evan’s continued detention, and no explanation as to why Evan doing his job as a journalist constituted a crime,” Tracy said.

    On April 11, 2023, the U.S. State Department designated Gershkovich as “wrongfully detained,” which unlocked a broad government effort to free him. 

    Russia was the world’s fourth worst jailer of journalists with at least 22, including Gershkovich and Alsu Kurmasheva, a U.S.-Russian journalist, behind bars when CPJ conducted its most recent annual prison census on December 1, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/after-fifth-detention-extension-cpj-renews-call-for-russia-to-release-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich/feed/ 0 466334
    Independent journalist arrested at Wall Street protest https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/independent-journalist-arrested-at-wall-street-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/independent-journalist-arrested-at-wall-street-protest/#respond Tue, 26 Mar 2024 14:30:14 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/independent-journalist-arrested-at-wall-street-protest/

    Independent journalist Ashoka Jegroo was shoved to the ground and arrested by police officers while documenting a pro-Palestinian protest in New York City on Feb. 29, 2024.

    Jegroo told the U.S. Press Freedom Tracker that demonstrators initially gathered at Union Square in Manhattan before taking the subway downtown en masse to the Financial District to attempt to disrupt Gov. Kathy Hochul’s planned remarks at a Wall Street restaurant. An organizer with the protest group Within Our Lifetime told The New York Times that they targeted Hochul over statements she made that month about the Israel-Gaza war.

    Police closed down the block around the restaurant, Jegroo said, and protesters tried to march around the block before ultimately making their way up to the intersection of Broadway and Vesey Street. As he crossed the street and neared the sidewalk, Jegroo said a bicycle officer suddenly grabbed him and pulled him into the street.

    “When they grabbed me there were people and other journalists yelling, ‘He’s press! He’s press!’” he told the Tracker. “Even though I wasn’t resisting at all, they pulled both of my arms behind my back aggressively and almost pushed me face-first onto the ground where they'd thrown their bikes.”

    Jegroo said that he was able to position himself so he landed on the bicycles on his knees, which caused a gash across his shin. Three or four other people at the demonstration were also arrested, at least two of whom were also injured.

    Upon arriving at One Police Plaza, Jegroo said he was the last of the arrestees to be processed because of confusion over who his arresting officer was. He was released later that night and charged with disorderly conduct and walking in a roadway when a sidewalk was available. It was his second arrest in recent months while documenting a pro-Palestinian protest in New York City.

    The New York Police Department did not respond to a request for comment.

    Gideon Oliver, an attorney representing Jegroo, told the Tracker that a judge dismissed the walking on the roadway charge during a preliminary hearing on March 20. For the disorderly conduct charge, Jegroo accepted an adjournment in contemplation of dismissal, under which proceedings are put on hold for six months. After that, the charge is dismissed if there have been no further arrests.

    “Obviously I have to be a little bit more cautious now: I can’t take as many risks,” Jegroo told the Tracker. “I can’t get as close to the action as I’d like to, but I’m not going to stop. I’m still going to go out there. That’s the only ‘chill’ there will be on my reporting.”

    When reached via email, a press officer for the Manhattan District Attorney’s Office said they could not provide further information because the case was sealed, but noted that accepting an ACD is one of the reasons a case may be sealed.


    This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/independent-journalist-arrested-at-wall-street-protest/feed/ 0 466307
    Breaching the ‘Iron Wall’: How Palestinians Crushed Jabotinsky’s Century-Old Ideas https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/breaching-the-iron-wall-how-palestinians-crushed-jabotinskys-century-old-ideas/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/breaching-the-iron-wall-how-palestinians-crushed-jabotinskys-century-old-ideas/#respond Wed, 07 Feb 2024 06:57:11 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=312690 It seemed strange, if not out of context, when Israeli politician Moshe Feiglin told Arutz Sheva-Israel National News that “Muslims are not afraid of us anymore”. Feiglin’s comments were made on October 25, less than three weeks following the Palestinian Al-Aqsa Flood operation and the genocidal Israeli war which followed. The former Knesset member who, More

    The post Breaching the ‘Iron Wall’: How Palestinians Crushed Jabotinsky’s Century-Old Ideas appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image by Sohaib Al Kharsa.

    It seemed strange, if not out of context, when Israeli politician Moshe Feiglin told Arutz Sheva-Israel National News that “Muslims are not afraid of us anymore”.

    Feiglin’s comments were made on October 25, less than three weeks following the Palestinian Al-Aqsa Flood operation and the genocidal Israeli war which followed.

    The former Knesset member who, in 2012, challenged Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu for the leadership of the Likud party, proposed, in the same interview that, in order for the Muslims’ fear to be restored, the Israeli military has to turn “Gaza to ashes immediately”.

    Feiglin perceives Gaza as something much larger than the 365 km² of land mass. He understood, rightly, that the war is not just about firepower but perceptions, and not only those of Gazans, Palestinians and Arabs, but all Muslims, as well.

    The events of October 7 have exposed Israel as an essentially weak and vulnerable state, thus conveying the idea to Arabs, Muslims – in fact, the rest of the world – that the perceived power of Israel’s ‘invincible army’ is but an illusion.

    Currently, the problem of perception is Israel’s greatest challenge. Feiglin has expressed this dichotomy in his usual far-right extremist language, but even the most ‘liberal’ of Israel’s leadership shares his anxiety.

    When Israeli President Isaac Herzog, for example, declared on October 16 that “there are no innocent civilians in Gaza”, he was not only preparing his society and US-Western allies for one of the greatest acts of military revenge known in history. He, too, wanted to restore fear in the hearts of Israel’s perceived enemies.

    In a more recent statement, on February 1, former Shin Bet chief Carmi Gillon asserted, in an interview with Channel 12, that Palestinians will not be able to carry out another October 7-like attack.

    Gillon’s comments could easily be mistaken for a rational military assessment. But this cannot be the case, simply because Israel has failed miserably to prevent the Al-Aqsa Flood operation in the first place.

    Gillon was speaking of psychology. In his mind, the war on Gaza has always been a revenge war, one that aimed at extracting the very idea from the collective mind of Palestinians that they can stand up to Israel.

    To understand the relationship between Israel’s existence and the power – or the perception of power – of its military, one must examine the early political discourse of Zionism, Israel’s founding ideology.

    Netanyahu’s right-wing Likud Party is the direct heir of the right-wing, in fact fascist, ideology that was largely articulated by early Zionist thinker, Vladimir Jabotinsky. Though Jabotinsky’s politics is deeply nationalistic, his ideas ultimately branched into, or at least inspired, the ideological school of religious Zionism.

    Unlike more liberal leaning Zionists of that era, Jabotinsky was straightforward regarding the Zionist intentions and ultimate objectives in Palestine.

    “A voluntary reconciliation with the Arabs is out of the question, either now or in the future,” he wrote in his book The Iron Wall in 1923, adding, “If you wish to colonize a land in which people are already living, you must provide a garrison on your behalf.”

    For Jabotinsky, it all came down to this maxim: “Zionism is a colonizing adventure and therefore it stands or falls by the question of armed force”. Since then, Israel continues to invest in building ‘iron walls’, real or imagined.

    In fact, Jabotinsky’s iron wall was a symbolic one. His was an impenetrable fortress of military power, cemented through violence, the relentless subjugation of the natives, which is designed for the purpose of their expulsion.

    The fact that Israeli ministers and other leading politicians quickly began advancing plans for the ethnic cleansing of Gaza immediately after October 7, indicates that Zionism has never abandoned those early ideas. Indeed, the genocidal language in Israel is older than the state itself.

    But, if Jabotinsky was still alive, he would be utterly ashamed of his descendants, who allowed their personal interests to trump their vigilance in keeping the Palestinians caged in, crushed by an ever-expanding iron wall. Instead, the wall has been breached, physically, on October 7, and psychologically, ever since. While physical damage can be easily repaired, psychological damage is hard to fix.

    The ongoing genocide in Gaza is a desperate Israeli attempt at raising the costs for Palestinian resistance, so it may reach the future conclusion that resistance is, indeed, futile. This is unlikely to work.

    But can Israel re-implant the fear in the collective heart of the Palestinian people? And why is such a fear a prerequisite for Israel’s survival?

    Peace “will only be achieved when the hope of the Arabs to establish an Arab state on the ruins of the Jewish state is dashed,” Israel’s Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich tweeted on February 1.

    Even though the ‘Arabs’ are not calling for the destruction of anyone, Smotrich believes that the very idea of a Palestinian state will automatically lead to the destruction of the Zionist fantasy of racial purity.

    Note how the Israeli politician did not speak of the Arab political discourse but rather of Arab ‘hope’. It is a different way of saying that the problem is the collective perception of Palestinians and Arabs that justice in Palestine is possible.

    Again, this notion has nothing to do with October 7. In fact, three months before the war, precisely on July 1, Netanyahu was even more blunt in his description of the same idea, when he said that Palestinian hopes of establishing a sovereign state “must be crushed”.

    This ‘crushing’ has been underway in Gaza and the West Bank for several months now.

    This time around, Israel is adopting an even more extreme version of Jabotinsky’s ‘iron wall’ strategy because Israel’s ruling classes truly believe, in the words of Netanyahu, that “Israel is in the midst of a fight for (its) existence”.

    By existence, Netanyahu is referencing Israel’s ability to maintain its status of Jewish racist supremacist, settler-colonial expansion and monopoly over violence. Israel calls this deterrence. Many countries and legal experts around the world refer to it as genocide.

    In truth, even this genocide will hardly change the new perception that Palestinians have the kind of agency that will allow them, not only to fight back but, ultimately, win.

    The post Breaching the ‘Iron Wall’: How Palestinians Crushed Jabotinsky’s Century-Old Ideas appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ramzy Baroud.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/07/breaching-the-iron-wall-how-palestinians-crushed-jabotinskys-century-old-ideas/feed/ 0 457423
    CPJ condemns Russia’s detention extension for US journalist Evan Gershkovich https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/cpj-condemns-russias-detention-extension-for-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/cpj-condemns-russias-detention-extension-for-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich/#respond Fri, 26 Jan 2024 19:16:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=350411 New York, January 26, 2023—The Committee to Protect Journalists again calls on Russia to release U.S. journalist Evan Gershkovich following a court decision on Friday to extend his pretrial detention until March 30, 2024.

    “This umpteenth extension of Evan Gershkovich’s detention will bring to one year the time he will have spent behind bars simply for doing his job as a journalist,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Russian authorities must immediately release Gershkovich and Alsu Kurmasheva, another U.S. journalist the Kremlin has also held as a hostage of its repressive policies against critical voices, and stop prosecuting the press for their work.”

    On Friday, January 26, a Moscow court held a closed-door hearing and granted the Russian Federal Security Service’s request to extend Gershkovich‘s detention until March 30, according to media reports. The ruling, which means that the journalist will spend at least a year behind bars, marks the fourth time that Russian authorities have extended Gershkovich’s pretrial detention since his arrest on March 29, 2023, those reports said.

    Gershkovich, The Wall Street Journal’s Moscow-based reporter, was arrested on espionage charges while on a reporting trip in the central city of Yekaterinburg. He faces up to 20 years in prison, according to the Russian criminal code, and is the first American journalist to face such accusations by Russia since the end of the Cold War.

    The Wall Street Journal has strongly denied the espionage allegations.

    “It is chilling and outrageous that Evan Gershkovich has now spent 10 months of his life in prison, simply for doing his job,” The Wall Street Journal and its parent company, Dow Jones, said in a Friday statement. “While these are clearly sham proceedings about patently false charges, we intend to appeal today’s ruling, as we have in the past. Journalism is not a crime, and we continue to demand Evan’s immediate release.”

    Friday’s ruling was attended by officials from the U.S. embassy in Moscow, which called the grounds for Gershkovich’s detention “baseless.” On January 18, Gershkovich met with Lynne Tracy, the U.S. ambassador to Russia, in the seventh such visit since his detention.

    On April 10, 2023, the U.S. government designated Gershkovich as “wrongfully detained” by Russia, a status that unlocked a broad U.S. government effort to free him, and has called for his immediate release.

    Gershkovich has now spent more than 300 days in detention, while another U.S. journalist, Alsu Kurmasheva, has been held for more than 100 days.

    Russian authorities detained Kurmasheva, a U.S.-Russian journalist with the Tatar-Bashkir service of U.S. Congress-funded Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (RFE/RL), on October 18 on charges of failing to register herself as a foreign agent, which carries a prison sentence of up to five years. A new charge of spreading “fake” information about the Russian army was later brought against her, which could carry a prison sentence of up to 10 years.

    Russia held at least 22 journalists, including Gershkovich and Kurmasheva, in prison on December 1, 2023, when CPJ conducted its most recent prison census.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/cpj-condemns-russias-detention-extension-for-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich/feed/ 0 455091
    New Hampshire Results Leave Progressives Up Against the Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/25/new-hampshire-results-leave-progressives-up-against-the-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/25/new-hampshire-results-leave-progressives-up-against-the-wall/#respond Thu, 25 Jan 2024 06:55:11 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=311650 The New Hampshire primary has confirmed that the United States is on the way to a disastrous fall election. Unless a health crisis forces withdrawal from the presidential race, either Donald Trump or Joe Biden is headed for a second term. The electoral outlook is now dystopian. President Biden’s role as party boss worked out More

    The post New Hampshire Results Leave Progressives Up Against the Wall appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph Source: Liam Enea – CC BY-SA 2.0

    The New Hampshire primary has confirmed that the United States is on the way to a disastrous fall election. Unless a health crisis forces withdrawal from the presidential race, either Donald Trump or Joe Biden is headed for a second term. The electoral outlook is now dystopian.

    President Biden’s role as party boss worked out well for him in New Hampshire. No doubt mindful that he finished fifth in the state’s 2020 primary with a dismal 8 percent of the vote, Biden directed the Democratic National Committee to decertify New Hampshire’s historic first-in-the-nation primary, and he kept his name off the 2024 ballot. Yet pro-Biden forces ran a write-in campaign that got him nearly two-thirds of the vote on Tuesday.

    The story might have been quite different if a credible progressive candidate for president had stepped forward to give Biden a run for his money. But the closest competitor, Democratic Rep. Dean Phillips — whose overall record is to the right of Biden — finished with 20 percent of the New Hampshire primary vote. Progressive candidate Marianne Williamson, who has never held elective office or led a social-justice movement, received just 5 percent.

    Faced with such meager opposition, Biden romped to victory in New Hampshire. Now, with most polls showing him appreciably behind Trump, including in swing states, the Democratic Party is on track to nominate a notably weak candidate at a time when epitomizing the status quo is apt to be a losing proposition. Polling shows that fully three-quarters of the public believe the country is moving in the wrong direction.

    The factors that got us to this abysmal situation are numerous, but any meaningful list should include the conformity of so many elected officials and activist groups known as progressive. For many, the temptation to publicly make excuses for Biden and unduly praise him has been too powerful to resist. Meanwhile, actual concerns have tended to stay private — even after it became clear that Biden’s presidency was in grim grooves such as “all of the above” energy policies accompanied by climate doubletalk, anemic responses to systemic racism, a belligerent foreign policy with scant regard for human rights, and rampant militarism.

    As the Biden presidency deteriorated, an imperative was to generate sustained pressure from the left to counter ominous trends. Yet, by the end of 2021, the leadership of the Congressional Progressive Caucus had begun what became a pattern of unwisely deferring to the man in the Oval Office.

    A turning point came in late 2021 when CPC leaders jettisoned their crucial pledge that the pending infrastructure bill would get through Congress only in tandem with the Build Back Better package — which, as my RootsAction colleague Sam Rosenthal wrote, “contained far more progressive priorities than did the infrastructure bill.” The power struggle “failed catastrophically for progressives, as mounting pressure from the White House and moderate Democrats drove the CPC to relent and vote independently on the infrastructure bill. Build Back Better ultimately failed to secure enough support from Senate Democrats to pass.”

    The tragic Build Back Better episode foreshadowed further cave-ins, including premature endorsements of Biden for renomination. CPC Chair Pramila Jayapal endorsed him 14 months ago, less than halfway through his term, declaring: “He was not my first or second choice for president, but I am a convert. I never thought I would say this, but I believe he should run for another term and finish this agenda we laid out.”

    Many others followed suit, thus reducing the chances that a progressive Democrat would launch a credible primary challenge to Biden. Even Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez — who’d been among the Squad members admirably voting against the move that sank Build Back Better (“This is bullshit,” she said at the time) — endorsed Biden for renomination last July.

    The pressures on Democrats in Congress to do that kind of thing are enormous. Countervailing pressure from progressive grassroots activists and organizations is vital — and all too often lacking. As a result, elected officials who ostensibly represent the progressive base to the establishment are more likely to end up serving as representatives of the establishment to the progressive base.

    Biden’s all-things-to-all-Democrats act has worn thin to utter transparency, and he has the polling numbers to prove it. The president is currently 16 percent underwater in the approval-disapproval ratio among voters overall. Among key mainstays of his 2020 election victory over Trump — people of color and especially the young — support for Biden has plunged, reaching new depths since October due to his active complicity in Israel’s ongoing mass murder of Palestinian civilians.

    On the same day as his victory in New Hampshire, Biden again encountered protesters who disrupted his speech with cries for an end to the U.S.-backed carnage in Gaza. As soon as his speech began at a campaign event in the swing state of Virginia, he was interrupted with the shout “How many kids have been killed?”

    At the rally, there was no letup to the outcries about Gaza, which included “Israel kills two mothers every hour” and “Stop funding genocide.” The Hill reported that “chants from the crowd” interrupted Biden’s speech “nearly a dozen times.”

    Biden has stressed his ties to organized labor. But several major unions have formally called for a ceasefire in Gaza, including the United Auto Workers, the American Postal Workers Union, and the Service Employees International Union (SEIU) that represents almost 2 million workers. Organizers among members of the nation’s largest union, the National Education Association, are now pushing for the NEA to also take a formal position urging a ceasefire.

    Such direct challenges to Biden’s support for continuation of the bloodshed in Gaza are yet more indicators of how badly he is out of touch with voters he needs.

    Now, among progressives, thoughtful dialogue on what to do about Biden is essential. Valuable ideas include focusing on local and state races as well as giving priority to support for the most progressive members of Congress as they undergo big-money assaults from AIPAC and its reactionary allies.

    In any event, candor will be necessary about Joe Biden’s betrayals of key 2020 campaign promises and his complicity with ongoing mass murder by Israel in Gaza. And candor will also be crucial about the very real threat of fascism from Trump forces intent on seizing full control of the U.S. government — with foreseeably catastrophic impacts on civil liberties, reproductive rights, racial justice, climate, the environment, voting rights, what remains of democracy, and so much more. Make no mistake about it: Trump and his top collaborators would like to bring fascism to the United States.

    The post New Hampshire Results Leave Progressives Up Against the Wall appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Norman Solomon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/25/new-hampshire-results-leave-progressives-up-against-the-wall/feed/ 0 454845
    The End of the Great White Bogeyman Theory of History? https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/13/the-end-of-the-great-white-bogeyman-theory-of-history/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/13/the-end-of-the-great-white-bogeyman-theory-of-history/#respond Sat, 13 Jan 2024 17:26:22 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147363 For most of American history the dominant racist line was that of the Great White Benefactor bringing the gifts of civilization and abundance to the backward, immiserate peoples of the world; to liberate them from idolatry, want and depravity. All nonsense, of course, but it served its perception management  purpose and helped to garner the […]

    The post The End of the Great White Bogeyman Theory of History? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    For most of American history the dominant racist line was that of the Great White Benefactor bringing the gifts of civilization and abundance to the backward, immiserate peoples of the world; to liberate them from idolatry, want and depravity. All nonsense, of course, but it served its perception management  purpose and helped to garner the necessary support for the global pillage it was intended to camouflage. I came of age in the 1960s when that fictive narrative, its bankruptcy no longer concealable, began to invert. President Kennedy, in a nationally televised address, stated that “The treatment of the American Indian is a national disgrace.” No president had ever told the American people that they had something to be ashamed of. It came as quite a shock, and certainly was an unequivocal rebuttal of White Man’s Burden and all that had gone unchallenged before.

    Kennedy should not be overcredited, he was merely reflecting the change which was ongoing in America’s self perception, not spearheading it. Nevertheless, this view and his support for civil rights for Blacks, be they impelled by conscience or realpolitik, did much to mainstream the revisionist position. The Great White Benefactor, now in his death throes, gave way to a new reification–the Great White Malefactor. No longer were Whites depicted by White elites and their institutions as uniquely altruistic, rather, now, uniquely venal. While many a ghastly crime has been committed by Whites against others, such horrors are now amplified, assigned solely to him, reproduced endlessly for mass consumption, attributed to “Whiteness” and White culture, and White victimhood at the hands of others ignored, denied or dismissed as justified. Western civilization was entirely good, now wholly base and villainous. The theory of White exceptionalism is maintained, but the script has been flipped and Whites are largely if not wholly responsible for the world’s injustices. So profound and widespread is the new anti-White racism that in a new book on critical race theory, penned by Geraldin Heng of the University of Texas, entitled The Invention of Race in the European Middle Ages, she refers to White people as a “monstrous race.” Did UT-Austin censure her for such unmistakable racist defamation? No, in fact they gave her an award.

    Meanwhile, the old, anti-Black racism remains in force, save now in a more subtle, plausibly deniable form. Together, the two racisms have synergy in that they validate each other and inflame the aggrieved. Both racist delusions, exceptional White virtue and exceptional White vice, are only sustainable by massive distortion of world history and a pseudoscience like critical race theory to invest it with the imprimatur of the academy. If you have any doubts about White iniquity just ask Geraldine Heng, she is, after all, an award-winning author and college professor. What more validation could you want?

    The point of the propaganda shift, I insist, is the preservation of the age-old canard of a racial hierarchy of merit. The new Great White Bogeyman paradigm foments racial animosity within the working class and compels the primacy of race in political discourse. The race war is class war in disguise, and the only winners are the plutocrats who oppress us all.

    However, of late the Great White Malefactor Theory has come under attack, and from what I believe to be a state-aligned institution–of all places. Wikipedia describes PragerU as: “The Prager University Foundation, known as PragerU, is an American 501(c)(3) nonprofit advocacy group and media organization that creates content promoting conservative viewpoints on various political, economic, and sociological topics.” It is a mouthpiece for American imperialism whose belief in the sanctity of free-market capitalism never wavers. Their “content” is poorly researched and often inaccurate, and it’s clear that they do not care. Recently, they produced a video, hosted by Candace Owens, entitled “A Short History of Slavery” which has caused quite a stir.

    In other venues, Candace Owens, a Black, has stated that American Blacks were doing quite well until the 1960s when they began to receive welfare (aid for the poor), which is daft. She has also said that British colonialism in Africa was a net positive for the colonized, which is daft and obscene. For those who may be unfamiliar with American history, let me assure you that these contentions are not merely incorrect but outlandish, sheer lunacy. Whether Owens is an idiot or just plays one on YouTube need not concern us. In the video in question, she gets it basically right.

    One of the great racist myths of the Great White Malefactor school of American history is that the Transatlantic Slave Trade was something White people did to Black. In reality, White European elites and Black African elites were partnered in the abomination. Blacks did almost all of the capturing of slaves and sold them on the coast to White slavers under terms dictated by the Africans. Both elites prospered from the lucrative trade.

    A brief history of the Transatlantic Slave Trade and its origins: The people of ancient China were menaced by a confederation of Steppe nomads whom they called the Qiongnu, which roughly translates, Sinologists speculate, to “the fierce people.” The Qiongnu frequently raided Chinese territory stealing whatever they could and raping, killing and enslaving captives for sale or personal use. Around 250 BCE, Qin Shih Huang united China and became its first emperor. He ordered the building of a wall along the northern border to prevent further attacks. In so doing, he set in motion a mass migration which would change the world.

    This wall, later to be expanded to become the Great Wall of China, forced the Qiongnu to move west in order to get around it as brigandage is how they made their living, hideous as that is. As they did, they attacked the Yuezhi people who had once occupied the land now vacated by the Qiongnu. The invasion forced the Yuezhi westward again which in turn forced the migration to the west and south of the peoples now displaced by the newly arrived Yuezhi. This resulted in successive invasions of India.

    Like the Qiongnu, the Yuezhi were a federation and one of its constituents, the Kushans, came to dominance, and they were one of the peoples who stormed through the Khyber Pass and struck at India. Unlike their predecessors, they were successful. The Kushan Empire soon became quite large and rich.

    There had long been east-west trade across the Eurasian Steppe, but it had always been a dangerous venture. Now, with the stability brought to China by unification and centralization and the rise of the Kushan Empire, trade flourished. At this point there were four empires–Chinese, Kushan, Parthian, and Roman–strong enough to police the trade and provide security from the Pacific overland to the Atlantic. Nearly everyone in Afro-Eurasia would be touched by this trade.

    The Silk Road may have been more accurately called the Spice Road. In addition to cookery, spices were used in medicine, cosmetics, and food preservation. They were household essentials. The trade became extensive and many peoples around Afro-Eurasia came to depend upon it.

    The peace was not to last. The cascade of falling dominoes initiated by the Great Wall was not yet exhausted. The jostling for land upon the Steppe continued and the Road was harried by marauders as the empires weakened over time. Sections of it fell under the control of Huns, Turkics, and others. In time an empire would arise to capture nearly all of it.

    The empire of the Mongols was so vast that it became impossible to maintain. It first broke into a few big pieces and then into many small fragments. Instead of being marked up a few times before reaching Europe, now dozens of statelets inflated the price as spices passed through their lands. By the time they reached Europe the cost was so high they were no longer affordable. The Portuguese sought to circumvent the problem by sailing around Africa. Columbus persuaded the Spanish that one could sail directly west from Spain and reach India.

    At every stage of this process atrocities were committed. The Yuezhi did not grant permission to the Qiongnu to claim the land they themselves had expropriated by force. It was taken from them by violence in the same way that the American Indian was dispossessed. The Kushans were not invited into India. If the Mongols were guilty of half the barbarity they boasted of then they are the indisputable atrocity champions. It is estimated that they killed ten percent of the global population.

    The discovery of the Americas was the greatest economic boom in human history. So colossal was the windfall that the endless stream of New World precious metals collapsed the Spanish economy. Predictably, the allure of easily acquired riches caused an international rugby scrum for control of the trade.

    The Europeans in the Americas are guilty of acts of unimaginable savagery. Imperialism, genocide and slavery predates the arrival of Columbus in the New World, but the scale and scope of the predation he was to introduce had never been seen. This coupled with the diseases he brought resulted in the deaths of as many as 56 million people. So great was the death toll that “new research also reveals that following this rapid population decline and the subsequent reduction in land use, there was a global cooling trend.” It is the worst thing that has ever happened. We in the Americas are living in the world’s largest graveyard.

    From the Real History of Columbus


    None of this is denied or suppressed. What is omitted from state-sanctioned New World histories is that the same outrages were perpetrated in Africa, and by Black Africans against their fellow Black Africans. The discovery of the New World and the subsequent labor shortage created by the mass depopulation spurred demand for slaves which African profiteers were only too happy to supply. Slavery in Africa was Millennia old when Columbus landed in Hispaniola. Before Islam reached West Africa, slaves were used locally in agriculture, mining, government service and as domestics. With the arrival of Islam, the West African empires were connected to the Silk Road and the wider slave trade. Needless to say, this was good for business and the exporting of salt, slaves and gold made the West African empires exceedingly wealthy and powered a golden age of scholarship. However, none of this prepared African slavers for the unprecedented, ceaseless orders for slaves coming from the Americas. What followed is one of the ugliest chapters in human history.

    African fought African for market share: the coastal Ouidah raided the smaller tribes of the interior capturing and selling literally millions. Covetous of Ouidah wealth, the Fon attacked and took over the sordid business. Then the Oyo attacked the Fon. And then the Allada and the Ashanti and the Mane and the Kingdom of Kongo and so it went. Some smaller tribes were literally sold out of existence. So profitable was the trade that some tribes abandoned traditional means of subsistence and gave themselves over to the slave trade as their sole occupation. As a result, fields lay fallow and craft production in particular suffered. This weakened Africa and made it more vulnerable to the European imperialism which was to come.

    The worst example was the Kingdom of Dahomey. It became a slave state like no other. Half the population was enslaved to perform those tasks necessary to sustain the Kingdom while the other half was engaged in slave capture. Human sacrifices were regularly if infrequently held and the Dahomey kings insisted that the European slave buyers attend the ghoulish ritual. Dahomey was as close to dystopia as we are ever likely to see. The slave trade devastated African society. Culturally it sowed distrust of African for African, and materially it depopulated the continent and deprived it of its young. This in time brought a decline which further embedded Africa in the slave trade, the very thing which was causing this most vicious of cycles.

    As stated above, Blacks and Whites were partnered in the slave trade, and both bear responsibility for the ransacking of the New World which likely would not have been possible without Africa’s provisioning the colonizers with millions of slaves. Buyer and seller are guilty. So why is this history suppressed? Why isn’t the Transatlantic Slave Trade presented in an open and accurate way? It isn’t. The American school system teaches that the slave trade occurred because White people are immoral. The reason for such slander is that an honest rendering of events outlined above, precludes race as cause. From Ancient Bactria to imperial Mali and colonial Virginia, people engaged in unspeakable acts, and White, Black, Brown and Asian people all have innocent blood on their hands. The Great White Bogeyman Theory of history serves the interests of the ruling class in that it acts to cow White people with guilt and to give Blacks every reason to fear and loathe Whites. A forthright accounting might make White and Black people feel differently about each other, and that might very well spell the end of capitalism. Interracial working-class cooperation is what American elites fear most; and what Whiteness studies, critical race theory, wokeness, intersectionality and all the other species of insipid race fetishism are intended to avert. When the curtain is lifted and truth revealed, it becomes abundantly clear that it was not race which catalyzed the holocaust that was the Transatlantic Slave Trade, but profit. The people on both ends of the oceanic slave trade were not sadists, they were businessmen.

    And this is why PragerU’s video is so confounding. They have just slaughtered one of the sacred cows of American racism. Why? They have just debunked their own racial propaganda, one which has served the plutocracy well for half a century. Why decommission the Great White Bogeyman? Could this be related to the butchery currently occurring in Gaza? With Whites exterminating Browns with impunity perhaps some grandee thought it prudent to preemptively rehabilitate Mr. Bogeyman before too much anger developed and things got out of control. Could it be that this has something to do with the upcoming election? Is it an attempt by the anti-Trump faction to deprive him of discursive ammunition and take the sting out of his strongest talking points? Maybe it is merely a case of the faux social media Right provoking the faux social media Left so that both can attract clicks. Or perhaps it is just the latest tune pounded out on the ol’ Mighty Wurlitzer.

    Whatever its purpose it seems a dangerous tack to release that genie from her bottle. It brought a tear to my eye watching several Black YouTubers wail in bewilderment that they had been taught something different. It made me reflect on how much we have been disinformed and made to hate each other, and it deepened my hatred of this loveless capitalist world in which we are condemned to live.

    It should be noted that the video was not too heterodox. At the end Aunt Thomasina implores her fellow Blacks to put their faith in Uncle Sam and embrace American patriotism. I don’t believe the young Black YouTubers who reviewed her video will heed that call.

    The post The End of the Great White Bogeyman Theory of History? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Dave Fryett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/13/the-end-of-the-great-white-bogeyman-theory-of-history/feed/ 0 451733
    A Crack in the 75-Year-Old Wall of Impunity: South Africa’s Court Challenge of Israeli Genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/a-crack-in-the-75-year-old-wall-of-impunity-south-africas-court-challenge-of-israeli-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/a-crack-in-the-75-year-old-wall-of-impunity-south-africas-court-challenge-of-israeli-genocide/#respond Wed, 10 Jan 2024 07:05:55 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=310230 Genocide analysts and human rights lawyers, activists, specialists around the globe — no strangers to human cruelty — have been shocked by both the savagery of Israel’s acts and by the brazen public declarations of genocidal intent by Israeli leaders. Hundreds of these experts have sounded the genocide alarm in Gaza, noting the point-by-point alignment between Israel’s actions and its officials’ stated intent on the one hand, and the prohibitions enumerated in UN Genocide Convention on the other. More

    The post A Crack in the 75-Year-Old Wall of Impunity: South Africa’s Court Challenge of Israeli Genocide appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph Source: Fars Media Corporation – CC BY 4.0

    1948 was a year of tragic irony.

    That year saw the adoption of both the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the UN Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide, together promising a world in which human rights would be protected by the rule of law. That same year, South Africa adopted apartheid and Israeli forces carried out the Nakba, the violent mass dispossession of hundreds of thousands of Palestinians. Both systems relied on western colonial support.

    In short, the modern international human rights movement was born into a world of racialized colonial contradictions. Seventy-five years later, the world is watching in horror as Israel has continued the Nakba through its months-long, systematic ethnic purge of Gaza — again with the complicity of powerful western governments led by the United States.

    The horrors of the original Nakba were met with decades of absolute impunity for Israel, feeding further violence. But this time, three decades since the overthrow of apartheid in South Africa, the post-apartheid “Rainbow Nation” is taking the lead in challenging Israel’s genocidal assault.

    On December 29, South Africa became the first country to file an application to the UN’s high judicial arm, the International Court of Justice, instituting genocide proceedings against Israel for “acts threatened, adopted, condoned, taken, and being taken by the Government and military of the State of Israel against the Palestinian people.”

    In wrenching and horrifying detail, South Africa’s 84-page document describes a litany of Israeli actions as “genocidal in character, as they are committed with the requisite specific intent… to destroy Palestinians in Gaza as a part of the broader Palestinian national, racial, and ethnical group.”

    A Horrifying Civilian Toll in Gaza and the West Bank

    2023 was the bloodiest year in the Palestinian territories since the destruction of historic Palestine and the founding of the state of Israel.

    In the first half of the year, Israeli assaults on Palestinians in the West Bank had already reached a fever pitch, with successive waves of mass arrests, settler pogroms, and military attacks against Palestinian towns and refugee camps, including the ethnic cleansing of entire villages. At the same time, millions of civilians in Gaza were suffering unbearable hardship under a 17-year-long Israel-imposed siege.

    On October 7, Gaza-based militants launched a devastating attack on Israeli military and civilian targets and seized more than 200 military personnel and civilian hostages. In an appalling act of mass collective punishment, Israel immediately cut off all food, water, medicine, fuel, and electricity to the 2.3 million Palestinian civilians trapped in Gaza. Then it began a relentless campaign of annihilation through massive bombing and missile strikes followed by a ground-level invasion that brought shocking reports of massacres, extrajudicial executions, torture, beatings, and mass civilian detentions.

    More than 22,000 civilians and counting have since been killed in Gaza, the overwhelming majority children and women — along with record numbers of journalists and more UN aid workers than in any other conflict situation. Thousands more are still trapped under the rubble, dead or dying from untreated injuries, and now more are dying from rampant diseases caused by Israel’s denial of clean water and medical care, even as the Israeli military assault continues. Eighty-five percent of all Gazans have been forced from their homes. And now Israeli-imposed starvation is taking hold.

    The Legal Standard for Genocide

    Genocide analysts and human rights lawyers, activists, specialists around the globe — no strangers to human cruelty — have been shocked by both the savagery of Israel’s acts and by the brazen public declarations of genocidal intent by Israeli leaders. Hundreds of these experts have sounded the genocide alarm in Gaza, noting the point-by-point alignment between Israel’s actions and its officials’ stated intent on the one hand, and the prohibitions enumerated in UN Genocide Convention on the other.

    The South African application “unequivocally condemns all violations of international law by all parties, including the direct targeting of Israeli civilians and other nationals and hostage-taking by Hamas and other Palestinian armed groups.” But it reminds the Court: “No armed attack on a State’s territory, no matter how serious — even an attack involving atrocity crimes — can, however, provide any possible justification for, or defense to, breaches of the [Genocide Convention] whether as a matter of law or morality.”

    Unlike many aspects of international law, the definition of genocide is quite straightforward. To qualify as genocide or attempted genocide, two things are required. First, the specific intent of the perpetrator to destroy all or part of an identified national, ethnical, racial, or religious group. Second, commission of at least one of five specified acts designed to make that happen.

    South Africa’s petition to the ICJ is filled with clear and horrifically compelling examples, identifying Israeli actions that match at least three of the five acts that constitute genocide when linked to specific intent. Those include killing members of the group, causing serious physical or mental harm to members of the group, and, perhaps most indicative of genocidal purpose, creating “conditions of life calculated to bring about their physical destruction.” As South Africa documents, Israel has shown the world, at levels unprecedented in the 21st century, what those conditions look like.

    For specific intent, South Africa points to dozens of statements made by Israeli leaders, including the President, Prime Minister, and other cabinet officials, and as well as Knesset members, military commanders, and more.

    Accustomed to decades of U.S.-backed impunity, Israeli officials have been emboldened, describing openly their intent to carry out “another Nakba,” to wipe out all of Gaza, to deny any distinction between civilians and combatants, to raze Gaza to the ground, to reduce it to rubble, and to bury Palestinians alive, among many other similar statements.

    Their deliberately dehumanizing language includes descriptions of Palestinians as animals, sub-human, Nazis, a cancer, insects, vermin — all language designed to justify wiping out all or part of the group. Prime Minister Netanyahu went so far as to invoke a Biblical verse on the Amalek, commanding that the “entire population be wiped out, that none be spared, men, women, children, suckling babies, and livestock.”

    The U.S. May Also Be Complicit in Israel’s Genocide

    The petition to the ICJ is sharply focused on Israel’s violations of the Genocide Convention. It does not deal with the complicity of other governments, most significantly of course the role of the United States in funding, arming, and shielding Israel as it carries out its genocidal acts.

    But the active role of the United States in the Israeli onslaught, while hardly surprising, has been especially shocking. As a State Party to the Genocide Convention, the U.S. is obliged to act to prevent or stop genocide. Instead, we have seen the United States not only failing in its obligations of prevention, but instead actively providing economic, military, intelligence, and diplomatic support to Israel while it is engaged in its mass atrocities in Gaza.

    As such, this is not merely a case of U.S. inaction in the face of genocide (itself a breach of its legal obligations) but also a case of direct complicity — which is a distinct crime under the Genocide Convention. The Center for Constitutional Rights, on behalf of Palestinian human rights organizations and individual Palestinians and Palestinian-Americans, has filed a suit in U.S. federal court in California focused on U.S. complicity in Israel’s acts of genocide.

    South Africa’s Genocide Complaint is a Rallying Cry for Civil Society

    In a situation such as this, framed by shocking Western complicity on one side and a massive failure of international institutions fed by U.S. pressure on the other, South Africa’s initiative at the ICJ may hold significance beyond the Court’s ultimate decision.

    This case comes in the context of the extraordinary mobilization of protests, petitions, sit-ins, occupations, civil disobedience, boycotts, and so much more by human rights defenders, Jewish activists, faith-based organizations, labor unions, and broad-based movements across the United States and around the world.

    As such, this move puts South Africa, and potentially the ICJ itself, on the side of the global mobilization for a ceasefire, for human rights, and for accountability. One of the most important values of this ICJ petition may therefore be in its use as an instrument for escalating global civil society mobilizations demanding their governments abide by the obligations imposed on all parties to the Genocide Convention.

    Predictably, Israel has already rejected the legitimacy of the case before the Court. Confident that the U.S. and its allies will not allow Israel to be held accountable, the Israeli government is defiantly continuing its bloody assault on Gaza (as well as the West Bank). If Israel and its Western collaborators are once again successful in blocking justice, the first victims will be the Palestinian people. Then the credibility of international law itself may be lost as collateral damage.

    But South Africa’s ICJ action has opened a crack in a 75-year-old wall of impunity through which a light of hope has begun to shine. If global protests can seize the moment to turn that crack into a wider portal towards justice, we may just see the beginnings of real accountability for perpetrators, redress for victims, and attention to the long-neglected root causes of violence: settler-colonialism, occupation, inequality, and apartheid.

    The post A Crack in the 75-Year-Old Wall of Impunity: South Africa’s Court Challenge of Israeli Genocide appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Craig Mokhiber – Phyllis Bennis.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/10/a-crack-in-the-75-year-old-wall-of-impunity-south-africas-court-challenge-of-israeli-genocide/feed/ 0 450723
    Russia extends detention of US journalist Evan Gershkovich by 2 months https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/28/russia-extends-detention-of-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-by-2-months/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/28/russia-extends-detention-of-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-by-2-months/#respond Tue, 28 Nov 2023 19:42:13 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=337949 New York, November 28, 2023—The Committee to Protect Journalists condemns a Russian court’s decision on Tuesday to extend the pretrial detention of U.S. journalist Evan Gershkovich until January 30, 2024.

    “While the latest extension of the detention of U.S. journalist Evan Gershkovich—who has been wrongly detained in Russia for the past eight months—was expected, it is no less outrageous,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Russian authorities must immediately release Gershkovich, drop all charges against him, and stop prosecuting the press for their work.”

    On Tuesday, November 28, a Moscow court extended Gershkovich’s detention by two months, according to the joint press service of the Moscow courts. The court’s ruling, which was attended by officials from the U.S. embassy in Moscow, marks the third time that Russian authorities have extended Gershkovich’s pretrial detention since his arrest on March 29.

    The Wall Street Journal’s Moscow-based reporter was arrested on espionage charges while on a reporting trip in the central city of Yekaterinburg. He faces up to 20 years in prison, according to the Russian criminal code, and is the first American journalist to face such accusations by Russia since the end of the Cold War.

    The Wall Street Journal has strongly denied the allegations that Gershkovich is a spy for the U.S. government. “Evan has now been unjustly imprisoned for nearly 250 days, and every day is a day too long,” the Wall Street Journal said in a Tuesday statement.

    On April 10, the U.S. government designated Gershkovich as “wrongfully detained” by Russia, a status that unlocks a broad U.S. government effort to free him, and called for his immediate release.

    On October 17, Gershkovich met with Lynne Tracy, the U.S. ambassador to Russia, in the fifth such visit since his detention. On November 15, chargé d’affaires from the U.S. Embassy in Russia, Stephanie Holmes, visited the journalist.

    On October 18, Russian authorities detained Alsu Kurmasheva, a U.S.-Russian journalist with the Tatar-Bashkir service of U.S. Congress-funded Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty (RFE/RL) on charges of failing to register herself as a foreign agent, making her the second U.S. journalist to be held in Russian jails after Gershkovich. If found guilty, Kurmasheva faces up to five years in prison, according to Russia’s criminal code.

    Russia held at least 19 journalists in prison on December 1, 2022, when CPJ conducted its most recent prison census.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/28/russia-extends-detention-of-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-by-2-months/feed/ 0 442302
    #10 – Corporate Profits Hit Record High as Top 0.1% Earnings and Wall Street Bonuses Skyrocket https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/26/10-corporate-profits-hit-record-high-as-top-0-1-earnings-and-wall-street-bonuses-skyrocket/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/26/10-corporate-profits-hit-record-high-as-top-0-1-earnings-and-wall-street-bonuses-skyrocket/#respond Sun, 26 Nov 2023 08:10:10 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=34397 Corporate profits rose to an “all-time high” in 2022, producing an explosion in income for the very wealthy, Jake Johnson reported for Common Dreams in a series of 2022 articles.…

    The post #10 – Corporate Profits Hit Record High as Top 0.1% Earnings and Wall Street Bonuses Skyrocket appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Shealeigh.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/26/10-corporate-profits-hit-record-high-as-top-0-1-earnings-and-wall-street-bonuses-skyrocket/feed/ 0 441937
    #10 – Corporate Profits Hit Record High as Top 0.1% Earnings and Wall Street Bonuses Skyrocket https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/26/10-corporate-profits-hit-record-high-as-top-0-1-earnings-and-wall-street-bonuses-skyrocket/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/26/10-corporate-profits-hit-record-high-as-top-0-1-earnings-and-wall-street-bonuses-skyrocket/#respond Sun, 26 Nov 2023 08:10:10 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=34397 Corporate profits rose to an “all-time high” in 2022, producing an explosion in income for the very wealthy, Jake Johnson reported for Common Dreams in a series of 2022 articles.…

    The post #10 – Corporate Profits Hit Record High as Top 0.1% Earnings and Wall Street Bonuses Skyrocket appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Shealeigh.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/26/10-corporate-profits-hit-record-high-as-top-0-1-earnings-and-wall-street-bonuses-skyrocket/feed/ 0 441938
    Another brick wobbles in China’s Great Wall of debt https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-debt-wall-10122023061716.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-debt-wall-10122023061716.html#respond Thu, 12 Oct 2023 10:21:37 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-debt-wall-10122023061716.html As China’s economic miracle has unraveled over the past several years, property giant Country Garden Holdings appeared to be an unassailable fortress redoubt.

    Rival Evergrande tried to restructure its debt, failed, and now its founder, Hui Ka Yan, once the richest man in China, is under house arrest. But Country Garden, until very recently, was considered safe as houses.

    On Tuesday the walls of the Country Garden redoubt crumbled, as the property giant missed a HK$470 million (US$60 million) loan repayment and issued a statement on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange warning that it wasn’t going to be able to repay all of its creditors – not even those that had extended it a grace period.

    The company has about US$200 billion in liabilities and close to US$10 billion in debt, it said in the Tuesday statement.

    I think it’s not so much ‘final straw’ as ‘high profile symbol’ of the structural reversal in China’s property market bust. But it’s also possible that because of that, confidence in this fragile market will be further undermined,” said George Magnus, research associate at the China Centre, Oxford University, and the School of African and Oriental Studies in London.

    “The knock-on effects of a property bust in a market that’s as big as China’s are going to be remarkable,” added Magnus.

    “There simply isn’t anything that can compensate [for the problem] because nothing – least of all Xi’s new productive forces – is sufficiently big. It’ll keep the Chinese economy on a low-growth path with all the attendant consequences for unemployment, absent a major program of market reforms, which Xi is opposed to.”

    Chinese President Xi Jinping is famously opposed to “welfarism,” which he reportedly equates with laziness.

    2023-10-09T024853Z_513456975_RC22Q2ABQ7VT_RTRMADP_3_CHINA-PROPERTY-DEBT-COUNTRY-GARDEN.JPG
    A person rides a scooter past a construction site of residential buildings by Chinese developer Country Garden, in Tianjin, China Aug. 18, 2023. Credit: Reuters

     

    Markets have found some solace in announcements emanating out of Beijing, suggesting that stimulus is on the way, but analysts are skeptical even though Hong Kong and Shanghai stocks rallied on Thursday, after China’s investment fund had bought a stake in the country’s banking giants.

    Bill Bishop of the widely read Sinocism newsletter commented, “The relatively small investment by Huijin in the four banks – 477 million RMB, about USD $65 million – is not meaningful financially,” adding that the investment fund Huijin had bought similar stakes in the past with the probable aim of achieving a short-term boost to stock values.

    ‘All the money in the world’

    “They'll respond with some stimulus but there isn’t enough money in the world to make a difference,” said Anne Stevenson-Yang, founder and research director at J Capital Research,

    “Consider,” she said: “If they lend an extra 1 trillion yuan (US$137 billion) – and bank lending is around 90% of financing in this economy – you get less than a 1% boost in credit.

    “Basically, so what?”

    Oxford’s Magnus agreed.

    “The speculation is that the central government will use its own balance sheet to announce a stimulus program of about 1 trillion yuan or about 0.7% GDP to breathe new life into the economy,” he said.

    “If it goes, as in the past, towards infrastructure and real estate projects, it’ll spur activity in the short term but leave China’s structural malaise worse.

    “What China needs is household demand and income stimulus, but this has been studiously avoided so far – and it’s not the CCP’s way.”

    Stevenson-Yang said, “We’re not going to see a bank failure, because they [the Communist Party] can control that. But the whole shadow sector has collapsed or is collapsing, and that erases a lot of personal wealth.

    “And local services are going away,” she added in a reference to the belt-tightening forced on local governments, which have even been reducing civil service salaries to make ends meet.

    Michael Pettis, Carnegie Endowment economist, writing on X, formerly known as Twitter, pointed out that there may be hidden liabilities for the banking sector with as-yet unknown consequences.

    “Mounting damage to banks’ balance sheets from the property meltdown could also make stabilizing other parts of the economy more difficult,” Pettis said.

    “This is likely to be what causes the most long-term damage to the economy … There is likely to be a lot more exposure in less direct forms. That’s because after three decades of soaring prices, it would be astonishing if Chinese banks didn’t have a lot of indirect exposure to the property market, partly reflected for example in the RMB 3.4 trillion in supplier trade payables estimated by Gavekal,” he wrote referring to research by Gavekal Research.

    The firm predicted that China’s property sector owes 3.4 trillion yuan in trade payables to their suppliers.

    “The major damage to the economy caused by a property sector collapse usually occurs not directly through the property sector but indirectly, through wealth effects and, above all, the impact on the banking system,” said Pettis.

    “With one of the biggest property sectors in history, and perhaps the most expensive real estate bubble since Japan in the 1980s, I’d be really surprised if we were near the end of the adjustment process.”

    Stability above all

    In its Tuesday statement Country Garden admitted, referring to its inability to meet debt commitments, “Such non-payment may lead to relevant creditors of the group demanding acceleration of payment of the relevant indebtedness owed to them or pursuing enforcement action.”

    2021-09-22T101238Z_366207570_RC2SUP9TT5J8_RTRMADP_3_CHINA-EVERGRANDE-DEBT.JPG
    A Chinese flag flutters in front of the logo of China Evergrande Group seen on the Evergrande Center in Shanghai, China September 22, 2021. Credit: Reuters

     

    Property developer Evergrande’s collapse led to widespread “mortgage strikes” and protests China-wide in 2021 and 2022. The fear in Beijing is that Country Garden, which is heavily invested in third- and fourth-tier cities, where the economic crisis is at its worst, will lead to yet more protests.

    “The first and utmost priority of Xi and the CCP [Chinese Communist Party] is to maintain power, which means maintaining order and stability,” said Australia-based political commentator and former Chinese diplomat Han Yang.

    “Xi can't afford to let disgruntled home buyers and contractors go out on the streets to protest.”

    As to whether Country Garden and other property developers can deliver on their commitments and maintain social stability, Magnus said, “Well, it and its peers might be able to deliver if the government keeps them liquid and able to function.

    “[But] they’ve got to have the working capital to complete construction and deliver.

    “I’m pretty sure that Beijing won’t want to risk hacking off the fabled middle class whose savings and aspirations are now at risk. Then again, Evergrande proposed a restructuring that the government has now blocked.”

    He added, “It all looks very messy right now.”

    Yang is equally ambivalent about how the situation will play out.

    “I guess theoretically Beijing could bail out Evergrande and Country Garden, but then what's next? What about the other over-leveraged developers and banks?” he said.

    “The long-term outlook of the asset bubble is grim.”

    Said Magnus, “The government can of course try to spread the pain – and its relaxation of housing regulations plus rumored stimulus could provide temporary relief – but what we are now seeing is a mirror image of all the things that propelled a 20-year boom.”

    Edited by Mike Firn and Elaine Chan.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Chris Taylor for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/china-debt-wall-10122023061716.html/feed/ 0 433727
    Authorities wall off Xinjiang village to control Uyghur movement https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/enclosed-09182023153210.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/enclosed-09182023153210.html#respond Tue, 19 Sep 2023 13:12:01 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/enclosed-09182023153210.html Authorities in northwest China’s Xinjiang region have completely walled off a village of 13,500 people in a bid to control their movement, subjecting them to 24-hour surveillance and restricting their access to a single gate each for residents and vehicles, according to security personnel.

    The enclosure of Chuluqai village in Ili Kazakh Autonomous Prefecture’s Ghulja (in Chinese, Yining) county – roughly 650 kilometers (400 miles) west of Urumqi, the regional capital – is the latest attempt by authorities since the 2000s to surveil Uyghurs under the pretext of maintaining peace and security in the region, despite claims of widespread state-sponsored rights violations against the minority group.

    In a recent visit to the area, a reporter with Agence France Presse documented the restricted freedom of rural residents within their communities, particularly in Kashgar (Kashi) prefecture’s Yarkand (Shache) county. While investigating the situation in Arslanbagh village, the reporter discovered that local authorities had been instructing residents to stay indoors and locking up homes in order to monitor and control their movements.

    RFA Uyghur received a tip from an anonymous source who said that similar restrictions had been put in place in Ghulja and contacted county police for comment on the claims.

    An officer who answered the phone said that she was newly hired and unclear about the policy of enclosed communities in the county – referred to officially as the “one village, one gate” campaign – but indicated that it was underway.

    “I don't know how many more villages are left to be enclosed,” said the officer who, like others RFA contacted for this report, declined to be named because she had been instructed not to speak with the media.

    The officer referred additional questions to the county government.

    A further investigation revealed that authorities in Ghulja’s Chuluqai village had implemented similar measures there since 2017, walling off the area and requiring residents to enter and exit through a single checkpoint.

    Electrified gate, barbed wire fence

    RFA spoke with a security guard who said that he is one of two people on duty at the village gate during the day and one of five on duty throughout the night.

    “The gate is an electrified iron gate and it's surrounded by two-meter (6.5-foot) walls with barbed wires,” he said. “It encloses every part of Chuluqai, and you can only enter and exit through this single gate.”

    ENG_UYG_WalledVillage_09182023_02.jpg
    A Chinese flag next to a sign read as 'Use history as an example to build the future' displayed on an alleged detention facility in Kashgar prefecture in China's northwestern Xinjiang region on July 15, 2023. Credit: Pedro Pardo/AFP

    The guard said that there is a separate, larger gate for vehicles to enter the village.

    “We check and record where the car is from, whether it belongs to an individual or an organization, or if it's from a different city,” he said. “Pedestrians walk through a separate door, and we record their names.”

    According to the guard, the checkpoint allows authorities to “determine where individuals are coming from and whether any of their family members have been arrested.”

    “The police officers will conduct the checks and decide whether they can enter or not," he said.

    ‘In every county’

    The one village, one gate campaign is being implemented “in every county,” he added, citing official communications he was privy to on his radio.

    The guard said he had personally observed a similar situation in the Ghulja villages of Ewlia, Üchon, and Mollatoxtiyuzi.

    The construction of walls around communities in the Xinjiang region – commonly referred to by officials as “building new villages” or “transforming neighborhood appearances” – is designed to limit the freedom of movement of residents, rights groups say.

    China has come under harsh international criticism for its severe rights abuses against the predominantly Muslim Uyghurs. The U.S. government and several Western parliaments have declared that the abuses amount to genocide or crimes against humanity.

    ENG_UYG_WalledVillage_09182023_03.jpg
    An entrance to an alleged former detention center, known as Yengisheher-2, in Shule County in Kashgar in China's northwestern Xinjiang region on July 15, 2023. Credit: Pedro Pardo/AFP

    Alleged atrocities against the Uyghurs have included detention in “re-education” camps and prisons, torture, sexual assaults and forced labor.

    Ilshat Hasan, a U.S.-based political commentator who spent his childhood in Chuluqai, said that people could freely enter and exit the village during his time there.

    “The Uyghurs where I grew up never experienced such oppression, where they are required to provide their names and show their IDs just to enter the village,” he said.

    Hasan said that enclosing an entire community and restricting its members to using a single gate “implies that the population has been reduced” and called for an independent investigation.

    Keeping foreigners out

    China has regularly responded to criticism of its treatment of Uyghurs in Xinjiang by inviting foreign journalists to visit the region and observe the situation for themselves.

    However, the security guard RFA spoke with in Chuluqai said that “foreigners are not allowed to enter the village” and that no foreign reporter had been able to access the area “in the past six years.”

    “If a foreigner inquires about a specific person [in the village] or says there is an issue, we tell them not to interfere with the law, as our government and legal system are fair," he said.

    The guard’s comments appeared to imply that the walling-off of villages in Ghulja is as much about keeping the international community in the dark about the situation there as it is about restricting the movement of residents.

    Allegations of abuses have led to high profile visits to Xinjiang by U.N. observers in recent months, including former U.N. High Commissioner for Human Rights Michelle Bachelet in May 2022 and a delegation from the U.N.’s International Labor Organization in August this year.

    When Bachelet visited Xinjiang last year, Chinese officials did not permit her to visit labor camps or hold open discussions with Uyghurs facing discrimination and threats, prompting criticism from the international rights community.

    In August 2022, Bachelet’s office released a damning report on Xinjiang, concluding that serious human rights violations had been committed in the context of Chinese counter-terrorism and counter-extremism strategies, and that China’s detention of Uyghurs and other Turkic minorities in the region may constitute crimes against humanity.

    Last month’s low-profile visit by the ILO delegation was slammed by rights groups who said it should have consulted with them beforehand and expressed concern it would help China conceal its crimes in Xinjiang.

    Edited by Joshua Lipes and Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Shohret Hoshur for RFA Uyghur.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/enclosed-09182023153210.html/feed/ 0 428169
    Wall Street Bet Big on Used-Car Loans for Years. Now a Crisis May Be Looming. https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/wall-street-bet-big-on-used-car-loans-for-years-now-a-crisis-may-be-looming/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/wall-street-bet-big-on-used-car-loans-for-years-now-a-crisis-may-be-looming/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2023 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/wall-street-bet-big-on-used-car-loans-now-crisis-may-be-looming by Ryan Gabrielson

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. We plan to continue investigating the used-car-lending industry. If you have insights or tips, please be in touch through this brief questionnaire.

    Wall Street could always bank on used cars. In fact, for years, investors bought bonds backed by auto loans because they reliably produced handsome returns, even amid rocky markets and downturns in the economy.

    But now, for the first time in decades, that winning streak appears to be coming to an end, with a half dozen prominent used-auto lenders facing either an avalanche of failed loans — or growing regulatory scrutiny. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau is currently suing two of those lenders over potentially predatory practices.

    Together, experts say, the woes could signal a significant blow to a key pillar of the U.S. economy.

    The first warning sign came in late February, when a company called American Car Center, which offered loans to customers with troubled credit histories, abruptly closed its 40 dealerships across the South and filed for bankruptcy protection. Then in April, another lender called U.S. Auto Sales also collapsed, shuttering dozens of dealerships in several states.

    Before long, S&P Global Ratings put American Car Center and two other major subprime auto lenders — Exeter Finance and United Auto Credit — on watch for potential ratings downgrades.

    Driving much of the concern are delinquencies. Today, the number of subprime borrowers who are behind on their auto-loan payments by 60 days or more is the highest it’s been since at least 2017, according to reports from multiple ratings agencies. Defaults are climbing too.

    American Car Center executives did not respond to ProPublica’s interview requests. A representative for York Capital Management, the private-equity firm that has controlled the company since 2016, declined to answer questions about the subprime lender. Neither Milestone Partners, the private-equity firm that owns U.S. Auto Sales, nor Adam Curtin, the executive who oversaw it, responded to requests for comment.

    The companies’ closures, as well as Wall Street’s souring financial forecasts, represent what appears to be the end of a hot three-year run in the used-auto sector, a rally driven partly by supply chain problems. With a shortage of new cars, consumers turned to used ones. Spending was fueled by pandemic-era federal aid, which helped American households cover their bills, including monthly car payments.

    Lenders then used that steady revenue to fund a massive increase in new loans, particularly to people with low or even nonexistent credit scores. As a result, since 2020, the nation’s auto-loan balance jumped 28% and now totals more than $1.5 trillion, making it the fastest-growing type of consumer debt in the U.S., according to data from the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis.

    Auto bonds increased in kind, as lenders packaged those loans together and sold them as securities on Wall Street, where ratings agencies labeled them as largely safe investments. According to Bloomberg News, lenders sold bonds containing $76 billion in subprime loans in 2021 and 2022. All of this was predicated on the belief that the vast majority of borrowers would continue to make their monthly payments. “Investors are always thinking they’re protected,” said Joseph Cioffi, a partner at Davis+Gilbert in New York who specializes in finance and corporate insolvency. “And the lenders didn’t seem like there was any concern either.”

    Economic conditions, however, changed. Pandemic aid ended, and the Federal Reserve aggressively increased interest rates to combat inflation, meaning more and more people are struggling to pay their expensive loans.

    Regulators have also begun looking at the business practices of some subprime lenders, including USASF Servicing, an affiliate of U.S. Auto Sales. In a federal lawsuit, the Consumer Protection Financial Bureau accuses the company of “a host of illegal practices,” like double billing for insurance products and misapplying other payments, costing borrowers millions of dollars. The agency says USASF also wrongly disabled borrowers’ vehicles more than 7,000 times using “kill switches,” devices that prevent the engine from starting.

    According to court records, USASF has not filed a formal response in the case, which is ongoing.

    Regulators are also taking legal action against a company known as the Credit Acceptance Corporation, which “aggressively markets itself as an alternative for consumers with limited credit options and touts its loans as a way for consumers to build their credit and gain financial freedom,” according to a complaint filed by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the New York attorney general.

    “But CAC,” authorities allege, “is often setting up consumers to fail.”

    Unlike a traditional lender, which assesses whether a borrower can repay a loan, CAC assumes from the outset that many of its customers will, in fact, default. Authorities accuse the company of charging interest rates so high that they violate New York law, as well as inducing dealers to inflate prices. As a result, “the median selling price for CAC consumers nationwide is over 77% greater” than the wholesale value of the vehicle, according to the complaint. Those prices also dramatically exceed standard retail prices, which include dealer markups.

    Profit relies on collecting a certain amount from monthly payments and then selling repossessed cars when people can’t keep up, regulators contend. The lawsuit argues that borrowers and bond investors, who considered the loans safe investments, are both victims of the alleged scheme.

    In court filings, CAC has denied the regulators’ allegations, arguing that it is not directly involved in the transactions between dealers and car buyers, and that it works exclusively with sellers to fund loans.

    “Credit Acceptance operates with integrity and believes it has complied with applicable laws and regulations,” Douglas Busk, the company’s chief treasury officer, said in a written statement. “We believe the complaint is without merit and intend to vigorously defend ourselves in this matter.”

    Depending on the outcome, Cioffi said, the CAC litigation could alter the ways used-auto lenders operate — or reinforce business as usual.

    “That case is going to foretell how concerned lenders, sponsors, servicers and investors will be about their practices,” he said. “A lot of folks are watching.”

    Help ProPublica Investigate the World of Used-Car Loans

    We plan to continue investigating the used-car-lending industry. If you have insights or tips, please be in touch through this brief questionnaire.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Ryan Gabrielson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/wall-street-bet-big-on-used-car-loans-for-years-now-a-crisis-may-be-looming/feed/ 0 426804
    ‘Washington and Wall Street are two different countries’ https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/wall-street-investment-09122023133832.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/wall-street-investment-09122023133832.html#respond Tue, 12 Sep 2023 19:20:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/wall-street-investment-09122023133832.html Millions of Americans have unwittingly invested retirement funds into China’s military, and U.S. investors are often directly financing human rights abuses in the world’s second-largest economy, a former U.S. official, lawmakers and a financial activist told the House Select Committee on China at a hearing in New York on Tuesday.

    Jay Clayton, chair of the Securities and Exchange Commission from 2017 to 2020, told the committee the world was in uncharted territory with its two largest economies “deeply conjoined” but also “deeply at odds” in terms of their systems of government.

    That’s created a potential for businesses to make investments in China that violate collective American interests, he said, such as national security, or the defense of human rights. 

    “Investors are very good at responding to financial metrics,” Clayton said. “But investors are not good at – they don't have the information to be good at – human rights, national security, trade policy. Those are matters for the government.”

    ENG_CHN_WallStreet_09122023.2.jpg
    “Investors are not good at – they don't have the information to be good at – human rights, national security, trade policy,” says Jay Clayton, former chairman of the Securities and Exchange Commission. (Jacquelyn Martin/AP file photo)

    He said the United States was a “compliant society” and American businesses would respect any rules set by the government about investing in China, but that few such regulations exist.

    “Given clear and coherent direction from governments,” he said, “the power of the market to respond to policy is remarkable.”

    ‘Golden blindfolds’

    Rep. Mike Gallagher, a Republican from Wisconsin, and the chair of the committee, said that the U.S. government and American businesses appeared to be out-of-step when it came to China.

    “It seems like Washington and Wall Street are two different countries speaking completely different languages,” Gallagher said, suggesting that many of the investments made in China’s economy were in fact not as safe as many believed.

    “These banks and asset managers have incredibly complex value-at-risk models to look at volatility,” he said. “But when it comes to the systemic risks emanating from a genocidal communist regime, they tend to put on their golden blindfolds.”

    Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi, a Democrat from Illinois and his party’s ranking member on the committee, told the hearing that there are currently “more than 250” Chinese companies listed on U.S. stock exchanges with a market capitalization of “over $1 trillion.”

    But he said it was not always clear who ultimately owned, or controlled, the companies listed on American exchanges.

    “These are stocks that Americans are investing in every day,” Krishnamoorthi said, “but they don't come with what most Americans consider to be standard investor protections. They're complicated corporate structures that carry massive risk.”

    ENG_CHN_WallStreet_09122023.3.jpg
    Delegates attend the closing ceremony of the 20th Chinese Communist Party's Congress at the Great Hall of the People in Beijing on October 22, 2022. (Noel Celis/AFP)

    Krishnamoorthi said even the government’s Thrift Savings Plan, or TSP – a retirement plan offered to federal employees – was investing in Chinese companies that make fighter jets considered key to an invasion of Taiwan, and some which use Uyghur forced labor.

    “6.8 million federal employees are invested in the TSP, including many active duty military members, including many members of Congress, including me,” he said. “We value human rights while the [Chinese Communist Party] violates them and then expects us to fund those very companies facilitating those violations

    ‘Financing our own destruction’

    Some U.S. venture capitalists even appeared to be investing in Chinese companies like ZTE, a technology firm banned from exporting into the United States, the committee heard.

    “If a router is too risky to use in America, we shouldn't be routing money to its manufacturer, right?” Krishnamoorthi asked Anne Stevenson-Yang, founder of J Capital Research, which focuses on China’s economy and investigates Chinese companies.

    “ZTE is directly under the Ministry of Aeronautics, and it's clearly part of the Chinese military system,” Stevenson-Yang said.

    Both Gallagher and Krishnamoorthi said it was clear more rules about outbound U.S. investment into China were needed. 

    “China's military could be raining missiles on our friends in Taiwan, and very likely American servicemembers, with weapons that Americans funded,” Gallagher said. “They may be using A.I. targeting systems that Silicon Valley VCs helped them build. In short, we're at risk of financing our own destruction.”

    In the meantime, Krishnamoorthi called for voluntary compliance.

    “For heaven’s sake, don't invest in companies that facilitate human rights abuses,” he said. “You have the right to do these things currently, in many cases. But it's not the right thing to do.”

    Edited by Malcolm Foster


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Alex Willemyns for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/wall-street-investment-09122023133832.html/feed/ 0 426712
    China’s Rise Hits a Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/04/chinas-rise-hits-a-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/04/chinas-rise-hits-a-wall/#respond Mon, 04 Sep 2023 05:36:11 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=293326

    Over the last decade or so, the tendency among China watchers has been to see China’s rise as an endless upward progression. Just as happened during the Cold War when the Soviet Union was viewed as a colossus that in fact had feet of clay, China’s economic and diplomatic successes are significant but often have been exaggerated, while its weaknesses have been ignored or underestimated. Only now, amidst bad news for China’s economy, have observers awakened to certain Chinese realities.

    Chinese Realities

    The first reality is that China’s post-COVID economy is sputtering. It faces deflation—falling prices amidst stagnant domestic demand for goods, a collapsing real estate market, declining exports and imports, and very high government debt.

    For a regime that relies on domestic strength as the foundation of foreign policy success, this economic weakness has to be troubling. Xi Jinping has made internal security the hallmark of his administration, and if the economy isn’t delivering growth with equity, political trouble may lie ahead—which helps explain efforts to reinforce communist party discipline in the military, double down on repression in Xinjiang, Hong Kong, and Tibet, and deal harshly with dissidence among lawyers and human-rights activists. In short, there’s considerable unrest and uncertainty in the empire.

    The second reality is abroad. China’s principal partners, Russia and North Korea, are liabilities as well as assets. Putin’s war on Ukraine undermines Chinese diplomacy in Europe and adds to China’s America problems, while North Korea’s nuclear and missile threats bring a dangerous instability to the Korean peninsula.

    In Central Asia, China is competing with, and actually out-competing, Russia in relations with the former Soviet republics: Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan.

    In South and Southeast Asia, China inspires both fear and awe. Most countries accept the need to accommodate China, which is their dominant trade partner. But while China has predominant political influence in Laos, Cambodia, and Myanmar (Burma), other governments, including India, Vietnam, Indonesia, and Thailand, look to the US as a balancing power against China. Polling of citizens and elites in Southeast Asia points to more positive feelings toward the US than toward China.

    Before the Ukraine war, even the closest US allies, Japan, South Korea, and Australia, were willing to accommodate China: Japan, by refusing to commit to defending Taiwan in case of war and by restraining its military capabilities; South Korea, by forging a close trade relationship and not fully embracing THAAD, a missile defense system aimed at both North Korea and China.

    But now, all three have re-committed to tight security ties with the US and with each other. Japan and South Korea concluded their first summit in twelve years in March, and this weekend at Camp David, they joined the first summit hosted by a US president, where the three countries agreed to respond as one to regional threats—meaning, of course, from North Korea and China.

    Korea and Japan are also imposing export controls on high-end computer chips normally sent to China. Japan has also embarked on a military buildup aimed directly at China. Australia and India have followed suit, becoming part of the Quad security dialogue and the AUKUS group.

    Money Doesn’t Always Talk

    China’s chief calling card is money, specifically, its Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) loan program that has spent hundreds of billions of dollars globally, mainly to developing countries. Most Asia-Pacific countries have joined the BRI.

    Some analysts think the BRI is a very successful effort to meet developing countries’ needs without imposing onerous conditions (in contrast with loans from the World Bank and IMF). Others see BRI as a debt trap that creates dependence on China, leading to sacrifices of sovereignty such as control of ports. Serious studies of the BRI show that it is neither all one nor all the other. But one thing is clear: the BRI has become a Chinese debt burden, and given China’s economic woes, chances are good that Beijing will not be nearly as generous as in the past.

    Some Chinese actions are undermining the BRI’s appeal.

    Take the Southeast Asian neighbors that rely on the Mekong River for fishing. Chinese dams are taking a large bite out of their fishing industry, arousing anger. Mongolia, long economically dependent on China, is now reaching out to the US for trade and has just struck a major deal with Google for computer assistance.

    Competing territorial claims in the South China Sea have put China at odds with Vietnam and the Philippines. Vietnam and the US have just agreed to a strategic partnership, and President Biden will visit Vietnam September 9.

    The Philippines, which under Rodrigo Duterte had accommodated China, now, under Ferdinand Marcos Jr., has reverted to a strategic partnership with the US in response to Chinese pressure in the South China Sea. Most recently, a heavily armed Chinese coast guard vessel tried to block a Philippines supply boat from reaching a beached ship that marks its claimed territory in Mischief Reef.

    The Philippines is opening four additional military bases to the US, and is restarting joint naval patrols with the US. But it has rejected a Chinese invitation to conduct joint patrols—a strange request considering that China still uses its nine-dash line to claim a vast swatch of the South China Sea.

    In sum, if you’re looking at the world through the eyes of Chinese leaders, you see obstacles on the home front that demand attention and resources at the very time a new Cold War looms over Asia, with the US massing its allies to contain the presumed China threat.

    What Xi Jinping has found, just as Chairman Mao did, is that domestic weaknesses constrain Chinese actions abroad. Chinese leaders will always give priority to security at home over priorities abroad. Xi Jinping’s concept of “comprehensive security” makes that plain. That perspective should inform the analysis of China hawks in Washington.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Mel Gurtov.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/04/chinas-rise-hits-a-wall/feed/ 0 424809
    President Biden: Don’t Give Wall Street Control of Our Public Water Systems https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/president-biden-dont-give-wall-street-control-of-our-public-water-systems/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/president-biden-dont-give-wall-street-control-of-our-public-water-systems/#respond Thu, 31 Aug 2023 17:07:18 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/president-biden-don-t-give-wall-street-control-of-our-public-water-systems This week, President Biden’s National Infrastructure Advisory Council issued a report recommending the privatization of the nation’s water systems. The chair of the advisory council is the CEO of Global Infrastructure Partners, an infrastructure investment bank with an estimated $100 billion in assets under management that targets energy, transportation, digital and water infrastructure.

    The report recommends, among other things, that the federal government “[r]emove barriers to privatization, concessions, and other nontraditional models of funding community water systems,” and open up all federal grant programs to support privatized utilities.

    Food & Water Watch Public Water for All Campaign Director Mary Grant issued the following response:

    “Water privatization is a terrible idea. President Biden should have never appointed an investment banker to chair an advisory council for the nation’s infrastructure. Wall Street wants to take control of the nation’s public water systems to wring profits from communities that are already struggling with unaffordable water bills and toxic water. Privatization would deepen the nation’s water crises, leading to higher water bills and less accountable and transparent services. Privately owned water systems charge 59 percent more than local government systems, and private ownership is the single largest factor associated with higher water bills — more than aging infrastructure or drought.

    “Instead of relying on Wall Street advisers, President Biden should support policies that will truly help communities by asking Congress to pass the Water Affordability, Transparency, Equity and Reliability (WATER) Act (HR 1729, S 938). After decades of federal austerity for water, the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law was a step forward, but it provided only about seven percent of the identified needs of our water systems. The WATER Act would fully restore the federal commitment to safe water by providing a permanent source of federal funding at the level that our water and wastewater systems need to ensure safe, clean and affordable public water for all.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/31/president-biden-dont-give-wall-street-control-of-our-public-water-systems/feed/ 0 424213
    Behind the Scenes of Justice Alito’s Unprecedented Wall Street Journal Pre-buttal https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/25/behind-the-scenes-of-justice-alitos-unprecedented-wall-street-journal-pre-buttal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/25/behind-the-scenes-of-justice-alitos-unprecedented-wall-street-journal-pre-buttal/#respond Sun, 25 Jun 2023 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/behind-scenes-alito-wall-street-journal-prebuttal-editorial by Jesse Eisinger and Stephen Engelberg

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    Around midday on Friday, June 16, ProPublica reporters Justin Elliott and Josh Kaplan sent an email to Patricia McCabe, the Supreme Court’s spokesperson, with questions for Justice Samuel Alito about a forthcoming story on his fishing trip to Alaska with a hedge fund billionaire.

    We set a deadline of the following Tuesday at noon for a response.

    Fifteen minutes later, McCabe called the reporters. It was an unusual moment in our dealings with the high court’s press office, the first time any of its public information officers had spoken directly with the ProPublica journalists in the many months we have spent looking into the justices’ ethics and conduct. When we sent detailed questions to the court for our stories on Justice Clarence Thomas, McCabe responded with an email that said they had been passed on to the justice. There was no further word from her before those stories appeared, not even a statement that Thomas would have no comment.

    The conversation about Alito was brisk and professional. McCabe said she had noticed a formatting issue with an email, and the reporters agreed to resend the 18 questions in a Word document. Kaplan and Elliott told McCabe they understood that this was a busy time at the court and that they were willing to extend the deadline if Alito needed more time.

    Monday was a federal holiday, Juneteenth. On Tuesday, McCabe called the reporters to tell them Alito would not respond to our requests for comment but said we should not write that he declined to comment. (In the story, we wrote that she told us he “would not be commenting.”)

    She asked when the story was likely to be published. Certainly not today, the reporters replied. Perhaps as soon as Wednesday.

    Six hours later, The Wall Street Journal editorial page posted an essay by Alito in which he used our questions to guess at the points in our unpublished story and rebut them in advance. His piece, headlined “Justice Samuel Alito: ProPublica Misleads Readers,” was hard to follow for anyone outside ProPublica since it shot down allegations (notably the purported consumption of expensive wine) that had not yet been made.

    In the hours after Alito’s response appeared, editors and reporters worked quickly to complete work on our investigative story. We did additional reporting to put Alito’s claims in context. The justice wrote in the Journal, “My recollection is that I have spoken to Mr. Singer on no more than a handful of occasions,” and that none of those conversations involved “any case or issue before the Court.” He said he did not know of Singer’s involvement in a case about a long-standing dispute involving Argentina because the fund that was a party to the suit was called NML Capital and the billionaire’s name did not appear in Supreme Court briefs.

    Alex Mierjeski, another reporter on the team, quickly pulled together a long list of prominent stories from the Journal, The New York Times and The Financial Times that identified Singer as the head of the hedge fund seeking to earn handsome profits by suing Argentina in U.S. courts. (The Supreme Court, with Alito joining the 7-1 majority, backed Singer’s arguments on a key legal issue, and Argentina ultimately paid the hedge fund $2.4 billion to settle the dispute.)

    It does not appear that the editors at the Journal made much of an effort to fact-check Alito’s assertions.

    If Alito had sent his response to us, we’d have asked some more questions. For example, Alito wrote that Supreme Court justices “commonly interpreted” the requirement to disclose gifts as not applying to “accommodations and transportation for social events.” We would have asked whether he meant to say it was common practice for justices to accept free vacations and private jet flights without disclosing them.

    We also would have asked Alito more about his interpretation of the Watergate-era disclosure law that requires justices and many other federal officials to publicly report most gifts. The statute has a narrow “personal hospitality” exemption that allows federal officials to avoid disclosing “food, lodging, or entertainment” provided by a host on his own property. Seven ethics law experts, including former government ethics lawyers from both Republican and Democratic administrations, have told ProPublica that the exemption does not apply to private jet flights — and never has. Such flights, they said, are clearly not forms of food, lodging or entertainment. We had already combed through judicial disclosures, so we knew that several federal judges have disclosed gifts of private jet flights.

    We might also have sent Alito some of the contemporaneous stories about Singer’s dispute with Argentina that were readily available online. Given Alito’s previous ties to the Journal’s editorial page — he granted it an exclusive interview this year complaining about negative coverage of the court — it’s probable that the stories we sent him would have included the page’s 2013 piece titled “Deadbeats Down South” that approvingly noted that “a subsidiary of Paul Singer’s Elliott Management” was holding out for a better deal from Argentina. We would have asked how his office checks for conflicts and whether he is concerned it didn’t catch Singer’s widely publicized connection to the case.

    The Journal’s editorial page is entirely separate from its newsroom. Journalists were nonetheless sharply critical of the decision to help the subject of another news organization’s investigation “pre-but” the findings.

    “This is a terrible look for ⁦@WSJ,” tweeted John Carreyrou, a former investigative reporter at the Journal whose award-winning articles on Theranos lead to the indictment and criminal conviction of its founder, Elizabeth Holmes. “Let’s see how it feels when another news organization front runs a sensitive story it’s working on with a preemptive comment from the story subject.”

    Bill Grueskin, a former senior editor at the Journal and a professor of journalism at Columbia, told the Times that “Justice Alito could have issued this as a statement on the SCOTUS website. But the fact that he chose The Journal — and that the editorial page was willing to serve as his loyal factotum — says a great deal about the relationship between the two parties.”

    Even Fox News got in the game. “Alito must be congratulating himself on his preemptive strike, but given that the nonprofit news agency sent him questions last week, was that really fair? And should the Journal, which has criticized ProPublica as a left-wing outfit, have played along with this? The paper included an editor’s note that ProPublica had sent the justice the questions, but did not mention that its story had not yet run,” the cable news outfit’s media watcher Howard Kurtz wrote.

    There are lessons for ProPublica in this experience. Our reporters are likely to be a bit more skeptical when a spokesperson asks about the timing of a story’s publication.

    But one thing is not changing. Regardless of the consequences, we will continue to give everyone mentioned in our stories a chance to respond before publication to what we’re planning to say about them.

    Our practice, known internally as “no surprises,” is a matter of both accuracy and fairness. As editors, we have seen numerous instances over the years in which responses to our detailed questions have changed stories. Some have been substantially rewritten and rethought in light of the new information provided by subjects of stories. On rare occasions, we’ve killed stories after learning new facts.

    We leave it to the PR professionals to assess whether pre-buttals are an effective strategy. Alito’s assertion that the private flight to Alaska was of no value because the seat was empty anyway became the subject of considerable online amusement.

    And the readership of our story has been robust: 2 million page views and counting. It’s possible that Alito has won the argument with the audience he cares the most about. But it seems equally plausible that he drew even more attention to the very story he was trying to knock down.

    Alito’s behavior underscores that the “no surprises” approach involves taking a risk, allowing subjects to “spit in our soup,” as Paul Steiger, the former Journal editor who founded ProPublica, liked to say.

    Nevertheless, following our practice, we asked the Journal editorial page, Alito and McCabe for comment before this column appeared. We did not immediately hear back from them.

    Watch video of senior editor Jesse Eisinger and reporter Justin Elliott in conversation about the investigation.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Jesse Eisinger and Stephen Engelberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/25/behind-the-scenes-of-justice-alitos-unprecedented-wall-street-journal-pre-buttal/feed/ 0 406857
    Army Demolishes A Wall Near Qalqilia https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/11/army-demolishes-a-wall-near-qalqilia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/11/army-demolishes-a-wall-near-qalqilia/#respond Sun, 11 Jun 2023 21:23:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=776027731839d6596fb8a251639d012a During these invasions, the soldiers block all Palestinian traffic, frequently storm homes, abduct Palestinians, attack protesters, and remove the Palestinian flag from the archeological area.

    The post Army Demolishes A Wall Near Qalqilia appeared first on Al-Shabaka.

    ]]>
    On Sunday, Israeli soldiers demolished a concrete wall surrounding a Palestinian agricultural land in Azzoun Atma village, south of Qalqilia, in the northwestern part of the occupied West Bank.

    Abdul-Karim Ayyoub, a member of Azzoun Atma Village Council, said Abdul-Rahim Sheikh owns the land.

    Ayyoub added that the soldiers demolished the 100 meters long and 3 meters high wall for being built without a license from the so-called “Civil Administration Office,” the administrative branch of the illegal Israeli occupation, because it is local in Area C of the occupied West Bank.

    Only 30 percent of Area C land is designated for development by Palestinians. The remaining 70 percent is classified as closed military zones that are off-limits to Palestinians unless they obtain special permits from Israeli authorities.

    These stringent restrictions on Palestinians’ spatial development continue to intensify even though a Palestinian state is inconceivable without Area C. Indeed, Area C holds valuable natural resources and a rich cultural heritage and represents the bulk of available areas for the spatial development of a future Palestinian state.

    |Read More About Area C On Al-Shabaka: Israel’s Stranglehold on Area C: Development as Resistance|

    The post Army Demolishes A Wall Near Qalqilia appeared first on Al-Shabaka.


    This content originally appeared on Al-Shabaka and was authored by Al-Shabaka Admin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/11/army-demolishes-a-wall-near-qalqilia/feed/ 0 403394
    David Sirota: Florida Lawmakers Help Ron DeSantis Shovel More Cash to Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/david-sirota-florida-lawmakers-help-ron-desantis-shovel-more-cash-to-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/david-sirota-florida-lawmakers-help-ron-desantis-shovel-more-cash-to-wall-street/#respond Mon, 05 Jun 2023 12:21:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3f2267640437f271cfcd67ccc2d1f0fb Sirota desantis split 1

    David Sirota of The Lever talks about how Florida Governor Ron DeSantis’s fundraising for his 2024 presidential bid could be hindered by a federal pay-to-play rule that restricts campaign contributions from financial executives to state officials who control pension investment decisions.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/05/david-sirota-florida-lawmakers-help-ron-desantis-shovel-more-cash-to-wall-street/feed/ 0 400964
    Another Look at the Financial Transactions Tax https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/another-look-at-the-financial-transactions-tax/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/another-look-at-the-financial-transactions-tax/#respond Fri, 02 Jun 2023 23:14:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=140786
    Photo by Mika Baumeister on Unsplash

    A small financial transactions tax could correct a number of maladies in our economic system, from the federal debt crisis to the widening wealth divide to the rampant financialization of the economy, while eliminating taxes on income and sales.

    The debt ceiling crisis has again brought into focus the perennial gap between what the government spends and what it accumulates in taxes, and the virtual impossibility of closing that gap by increasing taxes or negotiating cuts in the budget.

    In a 2023 book titled A Tale of Two Economies: A New Financial Operating System for the American Economy, Wall Street veteran Scott Smith shows that we would need to tax everyone at a rate of 40%, without deductions, to balance the budgets of our federal and local governments – an obvious nonstarter. The problem, he argues, is that we are taxing the wrong things – income and physical sales. In fact, we have two economies – the material economy in which goods and services are bought and sold, and the monetary economy involving the trading of financial assets (stocks, bonds, currencies, etc.) – basically “money making money” without producing new goods or services.

    Drawing on data from the Bank for International Settlements and the Federal Reserve, Smith shows that the monetary economy is hundreds of times larger than the physical economy. The budget gap could be closed by imposing a tax of a mere 0.1% on financial transactions, while eliminating not just income taxes but every other tax we pay today. For a financial transactions tax (FTT) of 0.25%, we could fund benefits we cannot afford today that would stimulate growth in the real economy, including not just infrastructure and development but free college, a universal basic income, and free healthcare for all. Smith contends we could even pay off the national debt in ten years or less with a 0.25% FTT.

    A radical change in the tax structure may seem unlikely any time soon, due to the inertia of Congress and the overweening power of the financial industry. But as economist Michael Hudson and other commentators observe, the U.S. has reached its limits to growth without some sort of debt write down. Federal interest expense as a percent of tax revenues spiked to 32.9% in the first quarter of 2023, and it will spike further as old securities at lower interest rates mature and are replaced with new ones at much higher interest. A financial reset is not only necessary but may be imminent. Promising proposals like Smith’s can lead the way to a much-needed shift from serving “capital” to serving productivity and the broader public interest.

    A Look at the Numbers

    The material economy is roughly measured by the annual Gross Domestic Product (GDP), which for the U.S. had reached $25.6 trillion by the third quarter of 2022. (Michael Hudson observes that even GDP, as currently measured, is largely composed of non-productive financial services.) GDP is defined by spending, which depends on income. Collectively, Americans earned $21 trillion in 2021. The monetary economy is defined as the total amount of money that changes hands each year. Smith draws his figures from data that the Federal Reserve publishes annually in the Bank for International Settlements’ Red Book. The Red Book is not all-inclusive; it leaves out such payments as commodity trading, various options, crypto currency trades, and exchange-traded funds. But even its partial accounting shows $7.6 quadrillion in payments – more than 350 times our national collective income. Smith includes this chart:

    Bank for International Settlements, (Data on cashless payments, payment systems, service providers, counterparties, clearing houses, and central security depositories). Click on the United States, https://www.bis.org/statistics/rpfx22.htm?m=2617 (Data on OTC FX and IR derivative), https://stats.bis.org/statx/srs/table/d1 (Data on XT futures and options), https://stats.bis.org/statx/srs/table/d11.2. (Data on OTC FX Instruments), Federal Reserve Bank of New York, (Data on XT Derivatives), Cboe Global Markets, (Data on stock market volumes). All data is the latest available. Most categories are for 2020, some categories are for 2021 and 2022.

    Smith comments:

    Most of these payments have little to do with what we regard as the real economy— the purchase of goods and services and the supply chain. Our GDP represents less than 0.33% of the payments in our economy. Once we see the big picture, the solution is obvious. We should tax payments instead of our income.

    He calculates that U.S. spending by federal, state and local governments will total around $8.5 trillion in 2023. Dividing $7,625 trillion in payments by $8.5 trillion in government spending comes to a little more than 0.001, or a tenth of a percent (0.1%). Taxing payments at 0.1% could thus eliminate every tax we pay today, including social security (FICA) taxes, sales taxes, property taxes, capital gains taxes, estate taxes, gift taxes, excise taxes and customs taxes. With a 0.25% FTT, “If you have a net worth of $20 million or less, you would come out ahead. And if you make $500 million per year, you will finally be paying your fair share of taxes – $1.25 million!”

    Bridging the Wealth Gap

    The financial transaction tax is not a new concept. The oldest tax still in existence was a stamp duty at the London Stock Exchange initiated in 1694. The tax was payable by the buyer of shares for the official stamp on the legal document needed to formalize the purchase. Many other countries have imposed FTTs, including the U.S. — some successfully and some not. In January 2021, U.S. Rep. Peter DeFazio reintroduced The Wall Street Tax Act, which was accompanied in March 2021 by a Senate bill introduced by Sen. Brian Schatz. According to a press release on the Schatz bill, the tax “would create a 0.1% tax on each sale of stocks, bonds, and derivatives, which will discourage unproductive trading and redirect investment toward more productive areas of the economy. The new tax would apply to the fair market value of equities and bonds, and the payment flows under derivatives contracts. Initial public offerings and short-term debt would be exempted.” Schatz stated:

    During the pandemic, Wall Street has cashed in on high-risk trades that add no real value to our economy and leave working families behind. We need to curb this dangerous trading to reduce volatility in the markets and encourage investment that can actually help our economy grow. By raising the price of financial transactions, we can make our financial system work better while bringing in billions in new revenue that we can reinvest in our workers and our communities.

    Scott Smith concurs, noting that millions of people were forced into poverty during the first two years of the pandemic. In the same two years, the 10 richest men in the world doubled their fortunes and a new billionaire was minted every 26 hours. Much of this disparity was fueled by fiscal and monetary policy aimed at relieving the effects of the pandemic and of the 2008-09 banking crisis. Smith writes:

    Our burgeoning monetary economy has fueled the rise of securitization, private equity, hedge funds, the foreign exchange market, commodity trading, cryptocurrency, digital assets, and investments in China. Quantitative easing further fanned these flames, driving up the price of financial assets. All such assets are monetary equivalents, and, thus, inflating the price of such assets balloons the money supply.

    What many lauded as a robust economy was really monetary inflation. This makes it more difficult for the next generation to start life. Monetary inflation moves a select few out of the middle class, making them newly rich, while relegating many more to being poorer.

    … The trading of financial assets in the monetary economy represents the majority of the payments in the economy, eclipsing payments related to wages or the purchase of goods or services. Thus, it would be wealthy individuals and institutions, such as hedge funds, that would shoulder most of the burden of a payment tax.

    Predictably, the Wall Street Tax Act has gotten pushback and has not gotten far. But Smith says his proposal is different. It is not adding a tax but is replacing existing taxes – with something that is actually better for most taxpayers. He has asked a number of hedge fund managers, day traders, private equity fund managers, and venture capital managers if a quarter-point tax would impact their businesses. They have shrugged it off as not significant, and have said that they would certainly prefer a payments tax to income taxes.

    Responding to the Critics: The Sweden Debacle

    Among failed FTT attempts, one often cited by critics was undertaken in Sweden in the 1980s. As reported by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA):

    There were negative capital markets impacts seen in the great migration of trading volumes across multiple products to London, equity index returns fell, volatility increased and the interest rate options markets essentially disappeared.

    But as argued by James Li in a podcast titled “The Truth About a Financial Transaction Tax“:

    Sweden’s tax policy … had an obvious, massive loophole, which is that Swedish traders could migrate to the London Stock Exchange to avoid the tax — which they did, until it was eventually abolished. On the other hand, the UK’s financial transaction tax has been much more successful. In 1694, King William III levied a stamp duty on all paper transactions, and a version of that levy still exists today, taxing many stock trades at 0.5 percent. Unlike the defunct Swedish tax, it applies to trades of shares of any UK company, regardless of where traders are based.

    Again, Smith argues that the challenges met by other transaction tax proposals have arisen because they were being proposed as an additional tax. A payment tax in lieu of personal and corporate income taxes takes on a whole different character. He argues that big firms, rather than moving offshore to avoid a payments tax, would move to the U.S., since the tax rate in other nations would be much higher. Without a corporate or income tax, the U.S. would be the most favored tax haven in the world.

    He adds that an exit tax could be a good idea: any money leaving the U.S. could be taxed at a 5% rate. That would discourage people from wiring money to an offshore exchange. But incoming money would not be taxed, encouraging foreign money to come to the U.S. to stay long-term, where it would be taxed less than elsewhere.

    The Alleged Threat to Retirees

    James Li’s favorite myth about a financial transactions tax is that it would be devastating for Main Street investors. He cites a report from the Modern Markets Initiative on the effects of the tax on savings and retirement security. A Business Wire headline on the report warns, “Latest Data from Modern Markets Initiative Shows the Financial Transaction Tax Would Threaten the Retirement Savings of Millions of Americans.” Among other claims is that a financial transactions tax would cost “$45,000 to $65,000 in FTT over the lifetime of a 401(k) account, or the equivalent of delaying the average individual’s retirement by approximately two years.” How that calculation was made is not included in the article, which refers the reader to the report. Li looked it up, and says on his podcast that it was highly misleading:

    [T]he study stated that under this type of tax, for every $100,000 of assets in a 401(k) plan, the saver would owe $281 dollars in FTT taxes in a given year; and then over a 40-year time horizon paying in at $281 a year at 7% annual growth – the average for pension funds – that this would yield a total value of $64,232 after 40 years.

    … [What they were] actually saying is, “If you put $100,000 a year into your 401(k), you would be paying approximately $281 in taxes for that $100,000; and if you had instead invested that money every year in a fund with 7% interest, that amount would add up to about $64,000 after 40 years.”

    … I don’t know about you, but I can’t put $100,000 in my 401(k) plan every year. Very few people can. A more accurate estimate on how this would actually impact the average retirement savings is to look at the median income, which is around $52,000 a year, with an estimated $5,000 contribution into a 401(k) annually, which is around 10% of your gross pay based on commonly accepted financial planning advice. So the average person would only pay about $13 in FTT taxes in a given year.

    These people are extremely tricky and their logic is also extremely flawed, because we pay taxes all the time. It’s like saying, “Oh, if I didn’t have to pay an income tax, I would be able to put all that money away and be up like a million bucks when I retire.”

    Similar arguments are made concerning potential losses from FTTs to pension funds and the stock market. SIFMA contends, “What’s bad for the capital markets is bad for the economy,” stating “The capital markets fund 65% of economic activity in the U.S.” Perhaps, but the money paid for shares of stock traded in the stock market does not go to the corporations issuing the stock. It goes to the previous shareholders. Only the sale of IPOs – initial public offerings – generates money for the corporation, and this money is typically exempted from FTTs. Trades after that are simply gambling, hoping to sell at a higher price to the “greater fool.”

    Killing the Parasite That Is Killing the Host

    In the 2015 book Killing the Host – How Financial Parasites and Debt Destroy the Global Economy, Michael Hudson calls “finance capitalism” a parasite that is consuming the fruits of “industrial capitalism” – the goods and services traded in what Smith calls the material economy. Pam Martens writes in a review of Hudson’s book that this “blood-sucking financial leech [is] affixed to your body, your retirement plan, and your economic future.”

    But it is not actually the pension funds that are doing most of the financialized trades or that would get taxed on those trades. It is their asset managers – including BlackRock and Vanguard, both of which lost money overall in 2022. If the asset managers can’t make money in the financialized economy, perhaps it would be better for the pension funds to move to more productive investments – from “finance capitalism” to “industrial capitalism.”

    Publicly-owned banks mandated to serve the public interest would be good options if we had them. As the economy falters, the public banking movement is picking up steam, part of a much-needed shift towards an economy that puts the public interest above private profits.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Ellen Brown.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/02/another-look-at-the-financial-transactions-tax/feed/ 0 400605
    Like the Handwriting on the Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/25/like-the-handwriting-on-the-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/25/like-the-handwriting-on-the-wall/#respond Thu, 25 May 2023 05:48:03 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=283955 The US is a violent society. The violence is not solely a domestic issue, but extends outward over the world, which is like a US plaything of empire. Clichés like the US has noble intentions is pablum for consumption here, with over 800 military bases and rumors of war and war, in which the US More

    The post Like the Handwriting on the Wall appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Howard Lisnoff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/25/like-the-handwriting-on-the-wall/feed/ 0 398128
    Russian court extends detention of US journalist Evan Gershkovich by 3 months https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/23/russian-court-extends-detention-of-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-by-3-months/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/23/russian-court-extends-detention-of-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-by-3-months/#respond Tue, 23 May 2023 18:03:38 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=288926 Paris, May 23, 2023-–In response to a Russian court extending the pretrial detention of U.S. journalist Evan Gershkovich by three months on Tuesday, the Committee to Protect Journalists issued the following statement of condemnation:

    “CPJ strongly condemns the extension of the detention of Evan Gershkovich, who has already been held in a Russian prison for nearly two months for simply doing his job as a journalist,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “Russian authorities should immediately release Gershkovich, drop all charges against him, and stop prosecuting members of the press for their work.”

    On Tuesday, May 23, a Moscow court held a closed-door hearing and granted the Russian Federal Security Service’s request to extend Gershkovich’s detention until August 30. The hearing was not announced in advance and lasted less than an hour

    The U.S. Embassy in Moscow tweeted that it was “deeply concerned” by the decision, adding that the Russian Foreign Ministry had recently rejected two requests for consular visits to the journalist. 

    Gershkovich, a Moscow-based reporter with The Wall Street Journal, was detained on March 29 while on a reporting trip in the city of Yekaterinburg. On March 30, a Moscow court ordered him to be held in pretrial detention until May 29 on charges of spying for the U.S. government. If convicted, Gershkovich faces up to 20 years in prison.

    The Wall Street Journal has strongly denied the espionage allegations. On April 10, the U.S. government designated Gershkovich as “wrongfully detained” by Russia.

    At least 19 journalists were behind bars in Russia on December 1, 2022, when CPJ conducted its most recent prison census.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/23/russian-court-extends-detention-of-us-journalist-evan-gershkovich-by-3-months/feed/ 0 397076
    Behind the Wall of East-Germany https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/behind-the-wall-of-east-germany/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/behind-the-wall-of-east-germany/#respond Sun, 07 May 2023 05:52:18 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=281771 Photo: the author “We don’t have that!” was once a typical reply in shops throughout East Germany. Today, there are only recordings of that classical line to be experienced at the newly reopened GDR Museum in Berlin. Also in the program, if you press a button, you will hear a woman’s voice with a typical More

    The post Behind the Wall of East-Germany appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Thomas Klikauer.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/07/behind-the-wall-of-east-germany/feed/ 0 393132
    French Campaigners Build Literal Block Wall to Oppose New Motorway https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/french-campaigners-build-literal-block-wall-to-oppose-new-motorway/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/french-campaigners-build-literal-block-wall-to-oppose-new-motorway/#respond Sun, 23 Apr 2023 14:12:16 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/brick-wall-france-motorway-protest

    Over 8,000 opponents of a new motorway in southern France demonstrated near the village of Saix on Saturday to prevent the project, building a wall of people and then one from actual cement blocks as they vowed to defend local farm land and biodiversity in the area.

    According toAgence France-Presse:

    The demonstration in the Tarn region against the proposed A69 motorway drew in 8,200 protesters according to organisers; 4,500 according to the local authority.

    They marched under intermittent rain along the route of the proposed highway, which would link the southern cities of Toulouse and Castres, carrying placards that read “Less energy, fewer cars and less tarmac” and other green messages.

    The localized protest took place as many around the world observed Earth Day and the large-scale climate demonstrations known as 'The Big One' took place in London.

    One progressive observer in the U.S. said people outside of France could learn a lot from the creative and ambitious form of direct action:

    Greens MP Sandrine Rousseau, who attended Saturday's protest, told a reporter that the project represents thinking that dates back 30 years or more, when new roads for automobiles were seen as the smartest infrastucture investment.

    Especially in the face of the climate crisis, "there is really no need of another motorway," said Rousseau who also called the A69 "a project from another time."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jon Queally.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/french-campaigners-build-literal-block-wall-to-oppose-new-motorway/feed/ 0 389819
    To Tax the Rich, We Need ‘Scranton Joe’ of Working People Not ‘Delaware Joe’ of Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-scranton-joe-of-working-people-not-delaware-joe-of-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-scranton-joe-of-working-people-not-delaware-joe-of-wall-street/#respond Sun, 23 Apr 2023 13:32:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-scranton-joe-of-working-people-not-delaware-joe-of-wall-street

    In early March 2023, President Joe Biden embedded in his proposed 2024 budget to Congress revenue increases through tax measures that the rich and corporations do not like. Like his predecessors Barack Obama and Bill Clinton, he doesn’t really mean what he says.

    Biden’s four proposed increases are significant because they would restore the corporate tax rate to 28% from Trump’s decrease to 21% in 2017, raise the top rate for income above $400,000 a year from 37% to 39.6%, raise the 1% excise tax on massive stock buybacks to 4% and get rid of the gaping super-rich private fund managers’ “carried interest” loophole, so as to tax such income at ordinary rates.

    He even tossed in a proposal to tax capital gains at the same rate as income for households with more than one million dollars in annual income.

    The citizenry doesn’t believe you are going to fight for your proposed corporate super-rich tax proposals. Why should they?

    The restorative taxes on these affluent tax escapees, compliments of Donald Trump, George W. Bush and Congressional Republicans, are little more than a wink to the major donors that Biden is summoning to Washington the weekend after next to grease his re-election campaign.

    Here are my suggestions to President Biden:

    Mr. President: Like other Democrats’ verbal support for a $15 federal minimum wage and a public option added to Obamacare, the citizenry doesn’t believe you are going to fight for your proposed corporate super-rich tax proposals. Why should they? Your words on Capitol Hill are insufficient without the subsequent presidential and Democratic Party muscle to make these restorative increases credible.

    For example, where is your presidential tour publicizing these necessary revenue increases? If you are really “Scranton Joe” you could start by going to Scranton, Pennsylvania and standing with blue-collar union workers to show the contrast in their federal tax rates compared to the plutocrats and the often zero-paying giant corporations. You could jar the sleepy Democratic National Committee to galvanize all Democratic members of Congress to barnstorm their districts to promote these overdue reforms during their numerous “recesses” back home.

    You could make a major primetime address about redressing these deeply felt inequities, shouldered by liberal and conservative Americans alike, and urge your party to hold press conferences filled with examples and images that demonstrate serious resolve to make Capitol Hill shake from the electrified pressure back home.

    Leading newspapers would print your op-eds on this subject. NPR, PBS and the Sunday talk shows would want to interview leading Democrats.

    [The GOP budget proposal] is a historic and shameful example of Congressional Republicans’ beholdenness to crass corporatism.

    Join with leading citizen advocacy groups to tap into the civic community, so long skeptical of Democratic Party rhetoric not producing determined actions.

    You can reject prejudged defeatism by your Democratic colleagues who say the corrupt and cruel Republicans have the votes to block such legislation. The Democratic-controlled Senate Committees can hold powerful attention-getting public hearings. If the Democrats had really championed tax justice, the GOP might not have taken the House of Representatives in the last election. (See: winningamerica.net).

    The benefits of generating real muscle would serve as a contrast to the Republicans’ just-released 300-page sadistic assault on the well-being of all Americans, misleadingly titled the “Limit, Save, Grow Act of 2023.” This legislation is a historic and shameful example of Congressional Republicans’ beholdenness to crass corporatism.

    Don’t add to the pile of throwaway reformist lines. You need inspiring words to show the people that you are “Scranton Joe” and not “Delaware Joe” – from the notorious corporate state of weak laws relating to corporate power. (You might remember that in 1973 we published a book titled The Corporate State about DuPont’s enormous power over Delaware. DuPont then owned the two major newspapers in Wilmington and provided charitable contributions that were a fraction of its state and local tax concessions.)

    A good start is to tell your visiting big donors that in their patriotic service to America, what is urgently needed is productive, paid-for public budgets. It is time for their tax holidays to end.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Ralph Nader.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/23/to-tax-the-rich-we-need-scranton-joe-of-working-people-not-delaware-joe-of-wall-street/feed/ 0 389811
    McCarthy to Wall Street: GOP Will Hold Economy Hostage to Cut Aid Programs https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/17/mccarthy-to-wall-street-gop-will-hold-economy-hostage-to-cut-aid-programs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/17/mccarthy-to-wall-street-gop-will-hold-economy-hostage-to-cut-aid-programs/#respond Mon, 17 Apr 2023 14:30:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/mccarthy-wall-street-aid-cuts

    U.S. House Speaker Kevin McCarthy told the New York Stock Exchange on Monday that his caucus will not pass legislation to raise the debt ceiling unless it includes steep federal spending cuts and work requirements for key aid programs, a position that Democratic lawmakers slammed as dangerous and foolish hostage-taking.

    "There never has been and never will be anything fiscally responsible about refusing to pay America's bills, risking millions of jobs, or threatening economic ruin," said Rep. Brendan Boyle (D-Pa.), the top Democrat on the House Budget Committee. "Republicans have apparently learned nothing from their past failures, so I'll make it clear: The best thing they can do for the American people is to let the hostage go, stop the chaos, and end this reckless brinksmanship with a vote for a clean raise of the debt ceiling."

    The Wall Street audience, though, applauded McCarthy's (R-Calif.) speech, in which he attempted to blame President Joe Biden for a looming debt default that would have catastrophic impacts on the U.S. and global economies. McCarthy also pledged to oppose any new tax increases, a message that appeared to go over well on Wall Street.

    "Speaker McCarthy went to Wall Street to spread Republicans' message to billionaires and corporate executives: They want hardworking families to pay the cost of keeping the government up and running, while corporations get away with paying as little as possible in taxes—and they're willing to hold our entire economy hostage to get it done," Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) said in a statement.

    "House Republicans' proposed budget cuts threaten economic disaster and American jobs, all to protect billionaires and giant corporations," Warren continued. "Independent analysis from Moody's shows congressional Republicans' budget cuts could throw 720,000 to over 2.5 million Americans out of work. That's a nonstarter. President Biden must hold firm on behalf of working families, and insist Republicans raise the debt limit swiftly and cleanly as they did time and time again under President Trump."

    Biden has repeatedly called for legislation that raises the debt ceiling without any accompanying conditions, but the House Republican majority has insisted on reverting federal spending to fiscal year 2022 levels—which would force painful spending cuts across a range of programs, from housing to education to healthcare.

    McCarthy repeated that demand Monday, telling the NYSE that the House will vote in the coming weeks on a bill that would raise the debt ceiling for a year, cap federal spending at FY 2022 levels, and limit spending growth over the next decade to 1% annually.

    "If you agree, join us," McCarthy told the Wall Street audience. "Join us in demanding a reasonable negotiation and responsible debt ceiling agreement that brings spending under control."

    The Republican leader said the GOP measure will also include new work requirements for recipients of federal nutrition assistance and Medicaid—mandates that experts say could deprive millions of families of food aid and health coverage. (Most SNAP and Medicaid recipients who are able to work already do so.)

    McCarthy accused the Biden administration of weakening work requirements, an apparent reference to the administration's 2021 decision to rescind Trump-era guidance that gave states a green light to attach work requirements to Medicaid benefits.

    But as Joan Alker of the Georgetown University Center for Children and Families pointed out in response to McCarthy's remarks, "There were no Medicaid work requirements in effect when Biden took office."

    "In 2018, Arkansas briefly implemented Medicaid work requirement, which was a disaster, didn't promote work, but did create lots of red tape, and caused 18,000 to lose their health coverage," Alker wrote on Twitter. "A federal court stopped it. Appeals court upheld the ruling and no other state implemented [work requirements for Medicaid]."

    McCarthy insisted that "trillions" of dollars in federal spending would be cut under the GOP's plan and demanded that the president meet with him to negotiate, but the Republican leader offered few specific details in his Monday speech.

    "The speaker doubled down on the MAGA majority's threats to hold the economy hostage and keep the nation from paying its bills, but couldn't even articulate the ransom demands," said Liz Zelnick, director of Accountable.US' Economic Security and Corporate Power program. "McCarthy offered nothing by vague promises of a plan with unspecified spending cuts, a guarantee big corporations won't pay a penny more in taxes, and no assurances he even has enough votes to pass it in the House."

    "While MAGA extremists in Congress can't seem to agree on the degree to which to punish seniors, workers, and low-income Americans with cuts to crucial safety nets," Zelnick added, "they're in complete alignment that no billionaire or profiteering corporation should pay their fair share."

    According to the Congressional Budget Office, the U.S. will default on its debt for the first time ever this summer if Congress doesn't raise the limit, a looming disaster that top economists have said is "frightening."

    In 2011, when Biden was vice president, the U.S. credit rating was downgraded after the GOP obstructed efforts to lift the debt ceiling. Republicans ultimately secured a deal with the Obama administration to impose federal spending cuts in exchange for a debt ceiling increase, an agreement that undermined the U.S. economy's recovery from the Great Recession.

    "House Republicans instigated the first-ever downgrade in America's credit rating, spiking costs for working families and bringing the United States to the brink of a devastating recession," Boyle said Monday. "Almost 12 years later, Speaker McCarthy and extreme MAGA Republicans are dragging our nation down the same treacherous path."

    "The speaker's blatant attempt to dodge responsibility and shift blame," Boyle added, "only underscores that the greatest threat to our nation's economy, the well-being of American families, and our record-breaking recovery is Speaker McCarthy and his MAGA allies."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/17/mccarthy-to-wall-street-gop-will-hold-economy-hostage-to-cut-aid-programs/feed/ 0 388414
    Wall Street ‘Overjoyed’ as Biden Lets Medicare Advantage Insurers Off Easy https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/wall-street-overjoyed-as-biden-lets-medicare-advantage-insurers-off-easy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/wall-street-overjoyed-as-biden-lets-medicare-advantage-insurers-off-easy/#respond Mon, 10 Apr 2023 15:07:43 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/wall-street-biden-medicare-advantage

    UnitedHealth Group, a dominant force in the lucrative Medicare Advantage market, has seen its stock jump over the past week as Wall Street analysts and investors embrace the Biden administration's decision to delay reforms aimed at tackling abuse in the privately run, government-funded health program.

    STATreported late last week that "Wall Street was overjoyed" by the announcement from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), which said it would phase in changes to the model that dictates how much government funding Medicare Advantage insurers receive to cover patient care.

    Instead of implementing the changes all at once, the Biden administration will roll out the reforms over a three-year period, allowing Medicare Advantage insurers to continue overbilling the federal government in the meantime.

    Recent federal audits and investigative reports have detailed how Medicare Advantage plans overcharge the government to the tune of billions of dollars a year by making patients appear sicker than they are, piling on diagnoses with little to no supporting documentation. Medicare Advantage plans also frequently deny necessary care and use algorithms to prematurely end coverage.

    In addition to delaying full implementation of its reforms, CMS—which has faced aggressive lobbying from UnitedHealth and other major Medicare Advantage players in recent weeks—announced it would boost payment rates for Medicare Advantage plans by 3.3% in 2024—a larger-than-expected increase.

    CMS said Medicare Advantage payments would rise by nearly $14 billion next year under the new plan.

    As STAT's Bob Herman noted, "health insurance companies that participate in Medicare Advantage will retain billions of extra taxpayer dollars next year" thanks to the Biden administration's changes, which drew criticism from progressive lawmakers and some policy experts.

    "The phased-in approach will continue to reward those insurers with the most abusive practices over the next two years," warned Mark Miller, executive vice president of healthcare for the philanthropy Arnold Ventures.

    Herman reported that following the CMS announcement, "investors raced to buy stocks of the largest Medicare Advantage insurers, including UnitedHealth, Humana, CVS Health, Elevance Health, and Centene." STAT cited one analyst estimate suggesting that UnitedHealth Group could see $900 million in additional profit next year thanks to the CMS policy revisions.

    "It was 'a sigh of relief' for the industry, according to Jailendra Singh, a healthcare stock analyst at Truist Securities," Herman wrote. "Chris Meekins, a health policy analyst at Raymond James, called the White House's move 'a clearing event for the space.'"

    UnitedHealth, Cigna, Humana, CVS/Aetna, Elevance Health, Centene, and Molina have seen their combined revenues from taxpayer-funded programs like Medicare Advantage soar from $116.3 billion in 2012 to $577 billion in 2022, according to a recent analysis by Wendell Potter, a former Cigna executive who now heads the Center for Health and Democracy.

    Those companies have been at the forefront of what The New York Times recently described as a "lobbying frenzy" on Capitol Hill, a blitz that appears to have influenced the Biden administration's decision to go easy on Medicare Advantage despite promising bold reforms.

    The Times noted that the administration's earlier proposals to revise the Medicare Advantage risk-adjustment model "unleashed an extensive and noisy opposition front, with lobbyists and insurance executives flooding Capitol Hill to engage in their fiercest fight in years."

    "The largest insurers, including UnitedHealth Group and Humana, are among the most vocal, according to congressional staff, with UnitedHealth's chief executive pressing his company's case in person," the newspaper reported. "Since the proposal was tucked deep in a routine document and published with little fanfare in early February, Medicare officials have been inundated with more than 15,000 comment letters for and against the policies, and roughly two-thirds included identical phrases from form letters."

    The Better Medicare Alliance, a lobbying organization backed by top Medicare Advantage insurers, purchased a Super Bowl ad decrying the Biden administration's earlier reform proposals as an effort to "cut" Medicare Advantage.

    Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.), chair of the Congressional Progressive Caucus, said in a statement late last week that she was disappointed by the Biden administration's decision to weaken its reforms in the face of industry pressure.

    "It is now clear that Medicare Advantage is simply a profiteering venture that hurts patient care," said Jayapal. "Without a complete overhaul, it will be impossible to stop bad actors. These plans have spent years scamming seniors and overcharging the government to pad their own profits. We were on the cusp of immediate reform when the Biden administration proposed fixes to stop price gouging by insurance companies."

    "Sadly," she added, "health insurance companies used taxpayer dollars meant for medical care to instead buy Super Bowl commercials and desperately lobby to stop these changes that would cut down on their profiteering."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/10/wall-street-overjoyed-as-biden-lets-medicare-advantage-insurers-off-easy/feed/ 0 386600
    Wall Street Bonuses Decline But Still Dwarf Worker Pay Increases Since 2008 Crash https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/wall-street-bonuses-decline-but-still-dwarf-worker-pay-increases-since-2008-crash/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/wall-street-bonuses-decline-but-still-dwarf-worker-pay-increases-since-2008-crash/#respond Tue, 04 Apr 2023 05:45:27 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=278388 After a historic 22 percent spike in 2021, the average annual bonus for New York City-based securities industry employees fell 26 percent in 2022,  according to just-released New York State Comptroller data. But the rate of increase in average Wall Street bonuses since the 2008 crash is still far higher than wage increases for ordinary More

    The post Wall Street Bonuses Decline But Still Dwarf Worker Pay Increases Since 2008 Crash appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Sarah Anderson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/04/wall-street-bonuses-decline-but-still-dwarf-worker-pay-increases-since-2008-crash/feed/ 0 384883
    Wall Street Bonuses Continue to Soar Compared to Worker Wages ​ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/wall-street-bonuses-continue-to-soar-compared-to-worker-wages/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/wall-street-bonuses-continue-to-soar-compared-to-worker-wages/#respond Sat, 01 Apr 2023 16:44:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/wall-street-bonuses-worker-pay After a historic 22 percent spike in 2021, the average annual bonus for New York City-based securities industry employees fell 26 percent in 2022, according to just-released New York State Comptroller data. But the rate of increase in average Wall Street bonuses since the 2008 crash is still far higher than wage increases for ordinary workers, according to Institute for Policy Studies analysis of comptroller and BLS data.

    • The 2022 average Wall Street bonus of $176,700 is up 28.9 percent in real terms since 2008 (75.2 percent in current dollars). That’s more than twice as high as the 13.6 percent real average wage growth rate during this period for all private sector workers.
    • The gap is even wider between Wall Street bonuses and wages in the manufacturing and construction industries. Real average wages have increased only 4.6 percent in manufacturing and 11.5 percent in construction.

    Source: Institute for Policy Studies analysis of NY Comptroller and Bureau of Labor Statistics dataSource: Institute for Policy Studies analysis of NY Comptroller and Bureau of Labor Statistics data

    Wall Street pay v. the minimum wage

    • Since 1985, the first year the comptroller reported bonus data, the average Wall Street bonus has increased 1,165 percent, from $13,970 to $176,700 in 2022 (not adjusted for inflation). If the minimum wage had increased at that rate, it would be worth $42.37 today, instead of $7.25.
    • The total bonus pool for 190,800 New York City-based Wall Street employees in 2022 was $33.7 billion — enough to pay for 771,520 jobs that pay $15 per hour with benefits for a year.
    • Wall Street bonuses come on top of base salaries, which averaged $516,560 for New York securities industry employees in 2021.

    Wall Street bonuses and gender and racial inequality

    The rapid increase in Wall Street bonuses over the past several decades has contributed to gender and racial inequality, since workers at the low end of the wage scale are disproportionately people of color and women, while the lucrative financial industry is overwhelmingly white and male, particularly at the upper echelons.

    • The share of the five largest U.S. investment banks’ senior executives and top managers who are male: JPMorgan Chase: 71%, Goldman Sachs: 77%, Bank of America: 63%, Morgan Stanley: 76%, and Citigroup: 62%.
    • Nationwide, men make up 62 percent of all securities industry employees but just a tiny fraction of workers who provide care services that are in high demand but continue to be very low paid. Men make up less than 6 percent of childcare workers, an occupation that pays $26,680 per year, on average. Men make up just 13 percent of home health aides, who average $29,260 per year.

    Sources: Bank diversity report indicators for 2021 and Bureau of Labor Statistics occupational data for 2022Sources: Bank diversity report indicators for 2021 and Bureau of Labor Statistics occupational data for 2022

    • At the five largest U.S. investment banks, the share of executives and top managers who are Black: JPMorgan Chase: 5%, Goldman Sachs: 3%, Bank of America: 6%, Morgan Stanley: 3%, and Citigroup: 8%.
    • Nationally, Black workers hold just 6.4 percent of lucrative securities industry jobs but 32.5 percent of home health and 29.5 percent of nursing home jobs.

    Source: Bank diversity report indicators for 2021 and Bureau of Labor Statistics occupational data for 2022Source: Bank diversity report indicators for 2021 and Bureau of Labor Statistics occupational data for 2022

    Regulators Fail to Rein in Wall Street Bonus Culture

    The Comptroller’s bonus report comes amidst heightened scrutiny of Wall Street bonuses due to recent banking collapses. Silicon Valley Bank executives received their 2022 bonuses just hours before regulators seized control of the collapsing firm.

    For more than a dozen years now, Wall Street and corporate lobbyists have blocked both financial executive pay restrictions and a federal minimum wage increase. This speaks volumes about who has influence in Washington — and who does not.

    What Can Be Done to Rein in Excessive Wall Street Pay?

    Wall Street’s bonus culture encouraged the high-risk behaviors that led to the 2008 financial crisis, costing millions of Americans their homes and livelihoods. In response, Congress inserted several compensation-related provisions in the post-crisis Dodd-Frank financial reform. These include Section 956, which bans Wall Street incentive pay that encourages “inappropriate” risk-taking. For more than a dozen years, regulators have failed to implement this rule, despite continued financial recklessness, as Public Citizen has documented.

    Biden administration financial regulators should swiftly – and rigorously – enact the Dodd-Frank Wall Street pay restrictions that were supposed to have been enacted by May 2011. This new regulation should include:

    • A ban on stock options at Wall Street banks

    Options allow executives to buy company shares at a set price, offering all the benefits of share price increases with no downside risk. According to the bipartisan 2011 Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, these pay structures create “incentives to increase both risk and leverage” in order to boost a company’s short-term stock price.

    • Require Wall Street executives to set aside significant compensation for 10 years to pay potential misconduct fines – or make depositors whole in a crisis

    If such a regulation had been in place before the SVB collapse, top executives would’ve automatically forfeited this deferred pay to help cover the cost of their recklessness. Former New York Federal Reserve Bank President William Dudley first proposed such collective funds in 2014, arguing that making executives put their own “skin in the game” would help change Wall Street’s dangerously risky culture.

    • A ban on executive hedging of bonus pay

    Any effort to reduce inappropriate risk-taking will be ineffective if employees can buy insurance to protect their compensation from the risk of poor company performance, as the AIG CEO was able to do in 2008.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Sarah Anderson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/wall-street-bonuses-continue-to-soar-compared-to-worker-wages/feed/ 0 384248
    US Minimum Wage Would Be $42 Today If It Rose as Much as Wall St. Bonuses: Analysis https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/us-minimum-wage-would-be-42-today-if-it-rose-as-much-as-wall-st-bonuses-analysis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/us-minimum-wage-would-be-42-today-if-it-rose-as-much-as-wall-st-bonuses-analysis/#respond Thu, 30 Mar 2023 18:59:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/minimum-wage-wall-street-bonuses The federal minimum wage in the United States would be more than $42 an hour today if it rose at the same rate as the average Wall Street bonus over the past four decades, according to an analysis released Thursday by the Institute for Policy Studies.

    Citing newly released data from the New York State Comptroller, IPS noted that the average Wall Street bonus has increased by 1,165% since 1985, not adjusted for inflation.

    Last year, the average cash bonus paid to Wall Street employees was $176,700—75% higher than in 2008 but slightly lower than the 2021 level of $240,400.

    The federal minimum wage, meanwhile, has been completely stagnant since 2009, when it was bumped up to $7.25 from $5.15. While many states and localities have approved substantial pay increases in recent years, 20 states have kept their hourly wage floors at the federal minimum.

    Sarah Anderson, director of the Global Economy Project at IPS and the author of the new analysis, wrote Thursday that "average weekly earnings for all U.S. private sector workers increased by only 54.4%" between 2008 and 2022—a significantly slower pace than inequality-fueling Wall Street bonuses.

    "The total bonus pool for 190,800 New York City-based Wall Street employees in 2022 was $33.7 billion—enough to pay for 771,520 jobs that pay $15 per hour with benefits for a year," Anderson observed. "Wall Street bonuses come on top of base salaries, which averaged $516,560 for New York securities industry employees in 2021."

    Institute for Policy Studies analysis

    Anderson argued that there are a number of straightforward steps lawmakers and regulators can take to curb exorbitant Wall Street compensation and bonuses.

    In the wake of the 2008 financial crisis, Congress passed several provisions aimed at reining in bankers' compensation as part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

    But as The American Prospect's David Dayen pointed out last week, "bank regulators hip-pocketed one of those rules that Congress mandated in 2010—the one that would prohibit banker compensation that is specifically tied to taking inappropriate risks."

    "The last time there was even a proposed rule on this was nearly seven years ago," Dayen continued. "And in 2018, when Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell was asked whether he would abide by Congress' wishes and finish the rule, he blandly replied, 'We tried for many years' and 'we were not able to achieve consensus'—just thumbing his nose at a congressional mandate."

    Anderson urged the Biden administration's financial regulators to stop deferring to Wall Street lobbyists and "swiftly—and rigorously—enact the Dodd-Frank Wall Street pay restrictions that were supposed to have been enacted by May 2011."

    Any new regulation, Anderson wrote, can and should include "a ban on stock options at Wall Street banks" and mandates requiring Wall Street executives to "set aside significant compensation for 10 years to pay potential misconduct fines."

    "If such a regulation had been in place before the [Silicon Valley Bank] collapse," Anderson noted, "top executives would've automatically forfeited this deferred pay to help cover the cost of their recklessness."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/us-minimum-wage-would-be-42-today-if-it-rose-as-much-as-wall-st-bonuses-analysis/feed/ 0 383518
    Russia detains Wall Street Journal reporter Evan Gershkovich on espionage charges https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/russia-detains-wall-street-journal-reporter-evan-gershkovich-on-espionage-charges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/russia-detains-wall-street-journal-reporter-evan-gershkovich-on-espionage-charges/#respond Thu, 30 Mar 2023 14:54:20 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=272861 Paris, March 30, 2023—Russian authorities must immediately and unconditionally release Wall Street Journal reporter and U.S. citizen Evan Gershkovich, drop all charges against him, and allow the media to work freely, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

    On Thursday, March 30, the Russian Federal Security Service (FSB) stated that it had detained Gershkovich, a Moscow-based reporter with The Wall Street Journal, in the city of Yekaterinburg, according to multiple news reports. Later that day, a Moscow court ordered Gershkovich to be placed under arrest until May 29 on charges of spying for the U.S. government, according to a statement by the joint press service of the Moscow courts.

    Since Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, the authorities have imposed harsh restrictions on the independent press.

    The Wall Street Journal said that Gershkovich was detained on Wednesday on a reporting trip in Yekaterinburg. The Journal said it “vehemently denies the allegations from the FSB and seeks the immediate release of our trusted and dedicated reporter.” The Journal did not immediately respond to CPJ’s emailed request for comment.

    “By detaining the American journalist Evan Gershkovich, Russia has crossed the Rubicon and sent a clear message to foreign correspondents that they will not be spared from the ongoing purge of the independent media in the country,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “Authorities must immediately and unconditionally release Gershkovich, drop all charges against him, and let the media work freely and without fear of reprisal.”

    CPJ emailed the FSB, the Russian Foreign Ministry, and the press office of the U.S. Embassy in Moscow for comment, but did not immediately receive any reply.

    Wall Street Journal reporter Evan Gershkovich, who was arrested on espionage charges in Russia, is escorted by officers from the Lefortovsky court in Moscow on March 30, 2023. (AP Photo/Alexander Zemlianichenko)

    The FSB said it “intercepted the illegal activities” of Gershkovich, accused the journalist of collecting information “constituting a state secret about the activities of one of the enterprises of the Russian military-industrial complex,” and stated he was detained “while attempting to obtain classified information.” If convicted, Gershkovich could face up to 20 years in jail, according to Article 276 of the Russian Criminal Code.

    Gershkovich has lived in Moscow for six years, was accredited with the Russian Foreign Ministry, and was covering Russia as part of The Wall Street Journal’s Moscow bureau.

    Russian Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova alleged that Gershkovich’s actions in Yekaterinburg had “nothing to do with journalism,” adding that it was “not the first time that a well-known Westerner has been ‘grabbed by the hand.’” Dmitry Peskov, the Kremlin’s spokesman, said that Gershkovich was “caught red-handed.”

    “Evan is a thoroughly professional journalist who has been arrested by the FSB on obviously bogus espionage charges. Journalism is not a crime. Evan should be released immediately,” Pjotr Sauer, a reporter for The Guardian newspaper, and a friend and former colleague of Gershkovich, told CPJ via messaging app.

    At least 19 journalists, were behind bars in Russia on December 1, 2022, when CPJ conducted its most recent prison census.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Jennifer Dunham.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/30/russia-detains-wall-street-journal-reporter-evan-gershkovich-on-espionage-charges/feed/ 0 383436
    From the African Coast to Towers of Wall Street, the Climate Bombs Are Ticking https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/from-the-african-coast-to-towers-of-wall-street-the-climate-bombs-are-ticking/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/from-the-african-coast-to-towers-of-wall-street-the-climate-bombs-are-ticking/#respond Sat, 25 Mar 2023 10:13:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/cyclone-freddy-carbon-bomb-africa

    “Your people can’t take it anymore, Lord
    In exchange for oil and gas they sell our country.”

    These lines, translated from Portuguese, are from the song “Vendem o Pais,” “They Sell the Country,” by the late, great Mozambican hip hop artist Azagaia. Born Edson da Luz, he died on March 9th at the age of 38. He was a movement artist, empowering millions with songs challenging the elite and inspiring grassroots action. A frequent theme in his lyrics is the exploitation of Mozambique by extractive industries like oil and gas. Thousands poured into the streets on the news of his death, to honor his life and to protest the power structures he so consistently and eloquently criticized. The Mozambican government responded with a brutal crackdown, unleashing tear gas, rubber bullets, and beating and arresting protesters.

    Azagaia’s death coincided with two events that reinforce central themes of his music. First, Cyclone Freddy, a world-record-breaking extreme storm, slammed Southern Africa not once but twice, wreaking devastation, killing over 500 people in Malawi, Mozambique, and Madagascar and displacing over one million people. And second, the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, or IPCC, released its Sixth Synthesis Report, summarizing almost a decade of global scientific research on climate change and issuing its direst warnings yet on the urgency of immediate, concerted global climate action.

    Cyclone Freddy was the longest-lived and highest-energy tropical cyclone in recorded history. The storm was named on February 6th, as it developed off the northwest coast of Australia. Freddy headed west over the Pacific Ocean, building force from the historically high ocean surface temperatures, slamming into the island nation of Madagascar on February 21st. After then spending five days inundating Mozambique, Freddy retreated to the waters offshore, again building strength. As police were suppressing the Azagaia protests, Freddy arrived again, pummeling Mozambique and southern Malawi for four days before dissipating. The World Food Program and other aid agencies are scrambling to reach people cut off by the torrential rain, flooding and mudslides.

    Cyclone Freddy serves as a stark illustration of the warnings included in the new IPCC report. “The rate of temperature rise in the last half-century is the highest in 2,000 years,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said as the report was released. “Concentrations of carbon dioxide are at their highest in at least 2 million years. The climate time bomb is ticking.” The science is unequivocal: humans are causing a climate catastrophe, and our window to avoid irreversible damage is closing rapidly. Most importantly, people in poor nations, in the Global South, bear the brunt of climate disasters, but have contributed the least to global carbon emissions. This is the ongoing legacy of colonialism and resource extraction embedded in the lyrics of Azagaia.

    “So many people within our countries, especially in Africa, are invisible, evoking pity when a deadly cyclone hits, forgotten the week after,” Dipti Bhatnagar, climate justice activist based in Mozambique, wrote in a piece eulogizing Azagaia. “As the crises deepen, people are going to get more and more incensed,” she said on the Democracy Now! news hour. “The youth are going to get more and more incensed. We need cultural icons like Azagaia. We need space. We need constructive ways for people to get involved, to be able to organize, to oppose the injustices that are happening. And the powerful know that.”

    A new front to challenge entrenched power is being opened in the United States. Founded by author and climate activist Bill McKibben, Third Act seeks to inspire people 60 years and older to take action against climate change.

    “Third Act recognizes that young people have been providing the climate leadership, young people and people from frontline communities, Indigenous communities,” McKibben said on Democracy Now! “What they lack sometimes is the structural power to force change at the pace that we need. Older people have structural power…There are 70 million Americans over the age of 60. That is a sleeping giant.”

    This week, Third Act launched a National Day of Action to Stop Dirty Banks. Protests were held in at least 30 states, at major banks like Chase, Citibank, Wells Fargo and Bank of America demanding they stop funding fossil fuel projects. “Here in D.C., for instance, the banks are going to be blockaded with people in rocking chairs,” McKibben explained. “Older people are sitting down today, but they’re also standing up in a way that they haven’t before.”

    This latest IPCC report, Secretary General Guterres says, is “a how-to guide to defuse the climate time-bomb. It is a survival guide for humanity.” For a just and equitable transition away from fossil fuels, it will take grassroots organizing and action. As Azagaia often declared, “POVO NO PODER! (Put the People in Power!)”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Denis Moynihan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/25/from-the-african-coast-to-towers-of-wall-street-the-climate-bombs-are-ticking/feed/ 0 382112
    Why We (Still) Need a Federal Reserve for the People—Not Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/why-we-still-need-a-federal-reserve-for-the-people-not-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/why-we-still-need-a-federal-reserve-for-the-people-not-wall-street/#respond Thu, 23 Mar 2023 12:39:26 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/federal-reserve-that-serves-people

    The Federal Reserve raised interest rates by another quarter point yesterday, despite recent bank failures that undermined public faith in the financial system. The Fed, which failed to properly supervise these banks, will now make things harder on working people. Why? To address inflation which has been caused by the war in Ukraine, supply-chain disruptions, excesses in profit-taking, and the slight additional effect of government efforts to minimize public suffering during a pandemic.

    The government stopped aid to working people, which was only a minor factor in any case, but has done nothing about the other inflationary forces. That tells us something about its priorities.

    Here are five observations about these events for your consideration:

    1. Every bank is now too big to fail.

    We know that ex-politico Barney Frank, among others, promoted raising the size at which certain bank regulations take effect. Signature Bank, where Frank is on the board, and Silicon Valley Bank then slipped under the radar. That's important (not least because it erodes the credibility of people like Barney Frank).

    But we now seem to live in a world where nobank is small enough to fail. The key word is contagion—or, if you prefer, panic. SVB wasan outlier in its combination of poor investments and (supposedly) uninsured deposits. But our world is more interconnected than ever. That means panic can spread more quickly than ever. One email seems to have set off a run on SVB, and the combined failure of SVB and Signature—another small-ish bank—was apparently enough to imperil the entire financial system.

    That tells us that bank runs can be triggered much more easily now. It also tells us that multiple failures among smaller banks could have the same overall effect as the failure of one large bank—perhaps not as we currently understand "systemic risk," but as the flashpoint that could trigger a panic. That panic, in turn, can threaten the whole system.

    That could happen more easily than some might think. A recent paper on bank fragility concluded that "the U.S. banking system's market value of assets is $2 trillion lower than suggested by their book value." This is because "marked-to-market bank assets have declined by an average of 10% across all the banks, with the bottom 5th percentile experiencing a decline of 20%." They add that 10 percent of banks had larger unrecognized losses than SVB's and 10 percent of banks had lower capitalization.

    And, while SVB had an unusually large percentage of uninsured deposits, they found that nearly 190 banks are at risk of being unable to cover insured deposits if—as the result of panic or something else—a mere half of uninsured deposits are withdrawn. Even a small wave of "fire sale" withdrawals could endanger substantially more than 190 banks.

    They conclude that "recent declines in bank asset values very significantly increased the fragility of the US banking system to uninsured depositor runs."

    Banking has become something like public health. A single bank can become a vector. If the infection spreads, the entire population is endangered. That means the health of each individual must be carefully monitored for the safety of all.

    2. The Federal Reserve cannot be trusted.

    The Fed defended its supervision of these failed banks again this week and insisted that it had things under control. "The banking system is sound, it's resilient," said Fed chair Jerome Powell, adding that current "weaknesses" do not pervade the entire "banking system."

    In response, banking stocks plunged. That's because investors don't trust the Federal Reserve. You shouldn't, either. It serves the interests of the financial class and the wealthy, using the ideologically blinkered "science" of orthodox economics to underpin its decisions.

    As evidence of this, it should be noted that the CEO of Silicon Valley Bank was on the board of the San Francisco Fed until shortly before his bank collapsed. That's not unusual. In 2012 we reported that Jamie Dimon, CEO of JPMorgan Chase, sat on the Fed's Management and Budget Committee. I stand by my assessment that Chase is worse than Enron. Dimon's committee supervised the pay of senior Fed executives and approved the self-evaluation of senior Fed executives. That, in practice, meant giving senior leadership its performance reviews.

    Investors don't trust the Federal Reserve. You shouldn't, either.

    That committee also reviews and approves the Fed's overall budget, including the budget for auditing bankers like ... Jamie Dimon. Its other main responsibility was to "review and endorse the Bank's strategic plan"—a plan that's worked out well for bankers but not so well for the rest of us.

    While Dimon has thankfully departed, the five-person committee currently includes two bank CEOs, a real estate executive, and a health insurance CEO.

    3. We need a "People's Fed."

    That must change. I proposed something called a "People's Fed" in 2014, which would include representation from all regions, economic sectors, and demographics. But my thinking didn't go nearly far enough. Bankers need to be excluded from any but advisory roles, with guardrails constructed to prevent revolving door behavior.

    The Fed's actions, combined with those taken by Congressional Republicans and collaborating Democrats, hit vulnerable Americans especially hard. Regulations were eased under Trump so that affected banks could stop including race and gender in the data they provide to regulators. That made it harder to identify discrimination in lending, for both racial minorities and women. This, despite a century of race-based discrimination in banking; and despite an Urban Institute study which found that single women in the United States had been systematically charged more for mortgages than single men, even though they were better about paying them.

    (As I reported then, "three of the senators who backed this bill received $10,754,752 from 'Women's Issues' groups like Emily's List, which Open Secrets describes as 'promot(ing) the social and economic rights of women.'")

    The Fed's defenders—the few that remain—love to tout its supposed independence. But independence from whom? Not from bankers or other financial interests, certainly. It is a public institution, created by an act of Congress. But the people who are supposedly represented by that Congress don't seem to have much of a voice there. That must change.

    4. Biden had to rescue SVB, but that should piss you off. So should these politicians.

    Like most other observers I've read, I don't think Biden had a choice: he had to rescue SVB's depositors, including the uber-rich ones. The actions of past years made this collapse, or something like it, inevitable. It's the hand the White House, and we, were dealt. It was dealt by Republicans—and by too many Democrats—when they watered down the already lukewarm reforms in Dodd-Frank.

    It's bad enough when democracy goes on sale, but somehow it hurts even more when it's sold so cheaply.

    Politicians should be named and shamed for their votes in (among other bills) the weakening of bank oversight that led to SVB's failure. I named many of the bought-off Dems in 2018 when I wrote "The $24 Million Reasons These Dems Backed America's Worst Banks," including Sens. Michael Bennet, Tim Kaine, and then-reigning bank-money champion Mark Warner. (I haven't checked those stats lately.)

    Don't believe money talks? Read a 2020 working paper from Thomas Ferguson et al. at the Institute for New Economic Thinking (INET). The authors write, "For every $100,000 that Democratic representatives received from finance, the odds they would break with their party's majority support for the Dodd-Frank legislation increased by 13.9 percent."

    They add, "Democratic representatives who voted in favor of finance often received $200,000–$300,000 from that sector, which raised the odds of switching by 25–40 percent."

    That's an incredible return on investment for the banking industry. It's bad enough when democracy goes on sale, but somehow it hurts even more when it's sold so cheaply.

    A nonpartisan council set up to prevent future financial crises wrote back then that "if the Dodd-Frank reforms were to be recalibrated, minimum capital requirements should be higher, not lower." They did the opposite. Now, after weakening the rules for bankers, they're strengthening protections for them. As Ferguson and INET head Rob Johnson recently wrote, "authorities are reinstating the financial equivalent of Medicare for All (for financiers only)."

    (That's probably unfair to Medicare for All, which addresses genuine human needs, but it makes the point. A better term might be "government-run greed insurance.")

    5. The best mousetrap is no mousetrap at all.

    If you're putting out mousetraps, mice have gotten into the house. You'll play a losing game until you find their point of entry. The only permanent way to stop mice from robbing your pantry is not to have mice at all.

    If you're putting out mousetraps, mice have gotten into the house. You'll play a losing game until you find their point of entry.

    Our system for regulating banks relies on the economy's "mice." We defer many of our regulatory functions to the Federal Reserve and then give bankers undue power over it. We rely on bankers to self-report certain behaviors. Politicians ask bankers for campaign contributions while they're in office and want cushy board memberships when they leave. The economists who justify bankers' actions look to them for well-paying gigs—or, perhaps, for professional recognition.

    I'm not saying this mouse-centric "regulatory system" does nothing for the public. They'll close the pantry door from time to time. But they won't lock it—and they certainly won't give you the key. Why would they? They're mice, and mice gotta mouse. Besides, not just any old food satisfies a luxury-class rodent.

    That's why the best mousetrap is no mousetrap. That means it's in a house without mice. It's time to mouseproof the economy.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Richard Eskow.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/why-we-still-need-a-federal-reserve-for-the-people-not-wall-street/feed/ 0 381539
    ‘Shocking and Immoral’: Report Details Private Equity’s Stranglehold on US Healthcare https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/shocking-and-immoral-report-details-private-equitys-stranglehold-on-us-healthcare/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/shocking-and-immoral-report-details-private-equitys-stranglehold-on-us-healthcare/#respond Wed, 22 Mar 2023 22:13:56 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/private-equity-healthcare

    Private equity's ownership of U.S. healthcare providers is incompatible with the needs and best interests of patients and should be checked with federal legislation, according to a report published Wednesday by the consumer advocacy group Public Citizen.

    Critics of for-profit care have long decried private equity's focus on maximizing returns through practices including slashing staff, surprising patients with astronomical bills, and eschewing low-margin care upon which vulnerable populations rely. The new report—authored primarily by Public Citizen healthcare policy advocate Eagan Kemp—examines investment firms' impact on more than a dozen healthcare sectors, from reproductive health through end-of-life care.

    "Private equity acquisitions in the healthcare sector have steadily climbed since the financial crisis in 2009, particularly in the past five years," a summary of the report notes. "Unlike acquisitions of hospitals, which typically occur under a public spotlight, the private equity industry's acquisitions of physician practices and other healthcare business lines often occur with little or no disclosure or public scrutiny, hindering the ability of regulators and watchdogs to monitor the effects of private equity ownership."

    According to the report:

    In general, the private equity industry's business model poses risks to the long-term sustainability of entities that the industry acquires. That is, in large part, because private equity purchases are typically financed with debt that is immediately transferred onto the books of the businesses acquired, thus leaving the acquired entities with debt burdens to manage.

    Meanwhile, private equity investors seek outsize returns on an accelerated timeline, generally aiming to exit investments in three to five years with returns of 20%-30% per year. This objective induces them to take short-sighted steps to supercharge profits or otherwise wring capital out of the assets they acquire.

    The risks posed by private equity investments in healthcare are particularly acute. After all, the services healthcare providers offer can spell the difference between life and death. Private equity has targeted segments of the healthcare industry since at least the 1990s, with many predictable outcomes. Among them, shocking lapses in safety have occurred, prices have risen faster than at non-private equity acquired entities, and patients have been subjected to price gouging schemes.

    The conflict between providers' obligations to provide the best care and private equity investors' insatiable appetites for maximized [returns] provides is clear. "You can't serve two masters," a doctor who previously worked for private equity-owned U.S. Dermatology Partners toldBloomberg. "You can't serve patients and investors."

    "Thanks to a lack of transparency, we don't know everything about private equity's incursion into healthcare. But what we do know is shocking and immoral" said Kemp. "The damage that private equity has wrought on Americans' healthcare from cradle to grave, simply for profit, has become a life-or-death situation. Transparency and oversight are needed, stat."

    The report suggests legislative solutions including Sen. Elizabeth Warren's (D-Mass.) Stop Wall Street Looting Act and Rep. Pramila Jayapal's Healthcare Ownership Transparency Act. The latter, according to Jayapal's office, "would require private equity firms and other financial interests to disclose ownership stakes in healthcare facilities including nursing homes."

    A September 2022 Public Citizen report detailed how federal regulators had failed to implement a 2010 law requiring nursing homes to disclose their owners. Other investigations during the Covid-19 pandemic found that home healthcare, hospice, and nursing facilities and services owned by investment firms often provided a lower standard of care.

    "We applaud Rep. Jayapal's ongoing effort to shine a light on the dangerous toll private equity vultures are taking on our health," Public Citizen president Robert Weissman said in a statement. "Adequate regulation of this predatory industry is acutely critical when it comes to the healthcare sector."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/shocking-and-immoral-report-details-private-equitys-stranglehold-on-us-healthcare/feed/ 0 381411
    Watchdog: Even Smaller Interest Rate Hikes Invite Economic Calamity for Main Street and Wall Street Alike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/watchdog-even-smaller-interest-rate-hikes-invite-economic-calamity-for-main-street-and-wall-street-alike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/watchdog-even-smaller-interest-rate-hikes-invite-economic-calamity-for-main-street-and-wall-street-alike/#respond Wed, 22 Mar 2023 20:35:54 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/watchdog-even-smaller-interest-rate-hikes-invite-economic-calamity-for-main-street-and-wall-street-alike

    The state's ban criminalizes abortion cases in almost all cases and threatens doctors who provide care with felony charges, suspension or termination of their medical license, and up to five years in prison. It includes potential exceptions for people whose pregnancies result from rape or incest and people who doctors determine face life-threatening pregnancy complications—but as Common Dreams has reported, such exceptions have led medical providers to withhold care until a patient is sufficiently ill, placing them in danger.

    The threat of prosecution and pressure to withhold medical care from people who need it has contributed to the hospital's staffing shortage, said Bonner General Health in a statement late last week.

    "Idaho's political and legal climate does pose as a barrier specific to recruitment and retention for OB-GYNs."

    "Highly respected, talented physicians are leaving. Recruiting replacements will be extraordinarily difficult," said the hospital. "In addition, the Idaho Legislature continues to introduce and pass bills that criminalize physicians for medical care nationally recognized as the standard of care. Consequences for Idaho physicians providing the standard of care may include civil litigation and criminal prosecution, leading to jail time or fines."

    Idaho Republicans have proposed classifying abortion as "murder from the moment of fertilization" and have called for bans that extend to people whose pregnancies result from incest and rape.

    "Idaho's political and legal climate does pose as a barrier specific to recruitment and retention for OB-GYNs," hospital spokesperson Erin Binnall told the Post.

    Patients in Sandpoint will now have to travel to Coeur d'Alene, about 45 miles south, to deliver their babies. The city now has the northernmost labor and delivery department in the state, and people living near the state's northern border may have to travel two hours to reach the hospitals there.

    Bonner General Health announced its decision days after the podcast "This American Life" featured an interview with an obstetrician who has worked for several years at Bonner General Health but has considered leaving the state since Idaho's ban went into effect last June, after the U.S. Supreme Court overturnedRoe v. Wade.

    "I was looking at social media and somebody was talking about a person who is completing their OB-GYN residency and was looking to come to the Pacific Northwest," said Dr. Amelia Huntsberger. "And I'm like, hey, there's all sorts of openings in Idaho. And then I'm laughing out loud because I'm like, who is going to be finishing their residency training and being like, I definitely want to go to the state with the super strict abortion laws that criminalize healthcare?"

    The Journal of the American Medical Associationpublished a report in 2018 showing that a lack of obstetric care in rural hospitals is associated with a rise in preterm births and more people giving birth in facilities where medical staff lack the proper training to assist with labor and delivery, such as emergency departments. High rates of maternal mortality are also associated with "maternity care deserts," which include nearly half of rural U.S. counties, according to the Commonwealth Fund.

    Nearly 90 rural obstetrics units closed their doors between 2015 and 2019, with hospitals citing financial losses associated with high numbers of patients who use Medicaid as well as difficulty in recruiting and retaining doctors.

    "This will be the beginning of a trend, I fear," said behavioral scientist Caroline Orr Bueno of Bonner General Health's decision. "We already have a maternal mortality crisis in the U.S.—we're the only country in the developed world where maternal mortality rates are increasing—and abortion bans are going to make it worse."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/22/watchdog-even-smaller-interest-rate-hikes-invite-economic-calamity-for-main-street-and-wall-street-alike/feed/ 0 381367
    Reflections on Occupy Wall Street Before the Next Banking Collapse https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/reflections-on-occupy-wall-street-before-the-next-banking-collapse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/reflections-on-occupy-wall-street-before-the-next-banking-collapse/#respond Wed, 15 Mar 2023 05:42:25 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=276716 The sixteenth-biggest bank in the US has just suddenly and dramatically collapsed and is being bailed out by the federal government.  This may or may not be a precursor for a cascading series of other bank collapses, but with subprime (aka “variable rate”) mortgages being more popular now than they have been since 2007, I More

    The post Reflections on Occupy Wall Street Before the Next Banking Collapse appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by David Rovics.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/reflections-on-occupy-wall-street-before-the-next-banking-collapse/feed/ 0 379507
    Ice wall climbing competition in India-Chinese border area | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/ice-wall-climbing-competition-in-india-chinese-border-area-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/ice-wall-climbing-competition-in-india-chinese-border-area-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Fri, 03 Mar 2023 07:00:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5073496ed8e19367da267a10d1b5823c
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/03/ice-wall-climbing-competition-in-india-chinese-border-area-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 376722
    Ice wall climbing competition in India-Chinese border area has defense implications https://www.rfa.org/english/news/tibet/tibet-ice-wall-03022023175014.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/tibet/tibet-ice-wall-03022023175014.html#respond Thu, 02 Mar 2023 22:50:30 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/tibet/tibet-ice-wall-03022023175014.html More than 100 people, including teams from the Indo-Tibetan Border Police, participated in the first-ever ice wall climbing competition in northern India, to demonstrate athletic skills in brutal climatic conditions in the Himalayan Mountain region and to boost high-altitude sports and tourism in the area.

    The three-day event, organized by the North West Frontier Indo-Tibetan Border Police, or ITBP, in collaboration with the Ladakh Mountain Guide Association, began on Feb. 27 in Gangles in the Union Territory of Ladakh. It honors Norbu Wangdu, a high-ranking member of the border police who died during an avalanche at the frontier in the north Indian state of Uttarakhand in 2019.

    The event’s objective is to encourage participation from across the region, improve skills in extreme weather conditions, nurture talent and promote sports and tourism in Ladakh, which lies in the vicinity of the Karakoram and westernmost Himalayan mountain ranges, people who attended the event told Radio Free Asia.

    Ladakh in the western Himalayas is a strategically important area divided by a Line of Actual Control, a notional demarcation line that separates Indian-controlled territory from Chinese-administered Aksai Chin, amid a long-running border area dispute between the two countries.

    About two dozen soldiers were killed during a clash between Indian and Chinese soldiers in Ladakh in 2020. The two sides clashed again in a December 2022 skirmish in the eastern Himalayas, though no one died.

    Among the 13 teams that participated in the competition, were five from the ITBT, two from the Ladakh Mountain Guide Association, two groups of schoolchildren from the city of Leh, and the Ladakh Police, according to an article by The Times of India.

    ENG_TIB_IceWallClimbing_03022023.3.jpg
    The three-day ice-climbing event was organized by the North West Frontier Indo-Tibetan Border Police in collaboration with the Ladakh Mountain Guide Association, Credit: RFA

    Members of India’s ITBP are deployed along the Asian country’s borders with China’s Tibet Autonomous Region. The unit was one of the seven Central Armed Police Forces set up in October 1962 amid the Sino-Indian War during which the two nations fought a bloody war over contested territory. The ITBP has been safeguarding the border area ever since. 

     

    “[With] Ladakh being a strategically important region, such competition is not only beneficial in developing individual skills, but also helps to secure the border area,” said Jamyang Tsering Namgyal, an Indian politician and member of parliament from Ladakh, who attended the event.

    “Such activity is beneficial to the youths of Ladakh in gaining some skills that could help in rescue operations at the border,” he added.  

    The event also aims to attract more tourism during winter when the number of visitors to the region plunges due to cold weather, said S.K. Gunjal, inspector general of the ITBP in the North West Frontier–Ralong region. 

    Gunjal also said he hoped the competition would yield candidates who could represent India in the Winter Olympics, which will be held next in 2026 in Milan, Italy.

    Translated by Tenzin Dickyi. Edited by Roseanne Gerin and Malcolm Foster.

     


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Thinley Choedon for RFA Tibetan.

    ]]>
    https://www.rfa.org/english/news/tibet/tibet-ice-wall-03022023175014.html/feed/ 0 376658
    East Palestine, Ohio train wreck: Railroad workers explain why Wall St is to blame https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/east-palestine-ohio-train-wreck-railroad-workers-explain-why-john-oliver-is-wrong/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/east-palestine-ohio-train-wreck-railroad-workers-explain-why-john-oliver-is-wrong/#respond Thu, 23 Feb 2023 17:57:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=927cda8fc5c3eb88f0c532b76129eb95
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/east-palestine-ohio-train-wreck-railroad-workers-explain-why-john-oliver-is-wrong/feed/ 0 374916
    Echoing Workers, Sanders Says Train Derailments Stem From Wall Street Greed https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/echoing-workers-sanders-says-train-derailments-stem-from-wall-street-greed/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/echoing-workers-sanders-says-train-derailments-stem-from-wall-street-greed/#respond Fri, 17 Feb 2023 12:01:06 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/sanders-derailments-wall-street

    Sen. Bernie Sanders on Thursday connected the spate of recent train derailments in the United States to Wall Street-backed cost-cutting and other policy decisions that have decimated the rail industry's workforce and compromised safety for the sake of larger profits.

    "When rail companies reduced their workforce by 30% under orders from Wall Street, bad things happen—like the dangerous derailments in Ohio and Michigan," Sanders (I-Vt.), the chair of the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee, wrote on social media. "Rail companies not only must provide seven days of paid sick leave to workers, they must stop skimping on safety measures."

    The toxic crash in East Palestine, Ohio has drawn greater scrutiny to a widely adopted model known as Precision Scheduled Railroading (PSR), which rail workers have said is at least partially to blame for the derailment and broader crises across the industry. Under PSR, The New York Times explains, rail companies focus on "running rigid, consistent schedules, streamlining processes and routes, and cutting back on equipment and employees."

    According to the U.S. Surface Transportation Board, Class I railroads—including Norfolk Southern, the company at the center of the derailments in Ohio and Michigan—have collectively slashed their workforces by 29% over the past six years, terminating roughly 45,000 employees including safety personnel.

    An analysis conducted by USA Today earlier this month found that while "catastrophic events involving trains and chemicals may be uncommon, [hazardous material] cargo violations caught during inspections of rail shippers and operators appear to be climbing."

    "Over the last five years, federal inspectors have flagged 36% more hazmat violations compared with the five years prior—and fines for those are up 16%.," the outlet noted.

    One Norfolk Southern employee told Motherboard this week that train derailments and other rail disasters are "going to keep happening if regulators continue to allow this business model to ravage our nation's freight rail system in the pursuit of profit."

    "My fear is that these corporations have so much money and political influence that nothing is going to change," the worker added.

    "Secretary Pete Buttigieg must heed rail workers' calls and implement common-sense regulations to ensure this never happens again."

    In addition to fighting to deny their increasingly exhausted workers paid sick leave, Norfolk Southern and other hugely profitable Class I rail carriers have lobbied aggressively against regulatory changes aimed at enhancing industry safety practices.

    The Norfolk Southern train cars that derailed in East Palestine were not being regulated as hazardous, despite carrying a known carcinogen that was later released into the air.

    "After rail industry donors delivered more than $6 million to GOP campaigns, the Trump administration—backed by rail lobbyists and Senate Republicans—rescinded part of [a] rule aimed at making better braking systems widespread on the nation's rails," The Lever reported earlier this month. "Specifically, regulators killed provisions requiring rail cars carrying hazardous flammable materials to be equipped with electronic braking systems to stop trains more quickly than conventional air brakes."

    In the wake of the East Palestine derailment, progressive lawmakers have ramped up pressure on U.S. Transportation Secretary Pete Buttigieg to take steps to more strictly regulate railroads as he suggests—incorrectly—that federal law is preventing him from doing so.

    "The train derailment in East Palestine is an ecological and humanitarian disaster caused by a predatory rail industry that constantly puts profit over people," Rep. Cori Bush (D-Mo.) said Thursday. "Secretary Pete Buttigieg must heed rail workers' calls and implement common-sense regulations to ensure this never happens again."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/echoing-workers-sanders-says-train-derailments-stem-from-wall-street-greed/feed/ 0 373459
    Don’t Trust Wall Street With Nursing Homes https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/dont-trust-wall-street-with-nursing-homes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/dont-trust-wall-street-with-nursing-homes/#respond Fri, 17 Feb 2023 06:50:01 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=274392 There are industries that occasionally do something rotten. And there are industries like Big Oil, Big Pharma, and Big Tobacco that persistently do rotten things. Then there is the nursing home industry — where rottenness has become a core business principle. The end-of-life experience can be rotten enough on its own, with an assortment of More

    The post Don’t Trust Wall Street With Nursing Homes appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jim Hightower.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/17/dont-trust-wall-street-with-nursing-homes/feed/ 0 373582
    Yes, Wall Street Would Kill Your Granny for a Few Extra Bucks https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/16/yes-wall-street-would-kill-your-granny-for-a-few-extra-bucks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/16/yes-wall-street-would-kill-your-granny-for-a-few-extra-bucks/#respond Thu, 16 Feb 2023 18:23:12 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/wall-street-nursing-care-industry-greed

    There are industries that occasionally do something rotten. And there are industries — like Big Oil, Big Pharma and Big Tobacco — that persistently do rotten things.

    Then there is the nursing home industry, where rottenness has become a core business principle. The end-of-life "experience" can be rotten enough on its own, with an assortment of natural indignities bedeviling us, and good nursing homes help gentle this time. In the past couple of decades, though, an entirely unnatural force has come to dominate the delivery of aged care: profiteering corporate chains and Wall Street speculators.

    The very fact that this essential and sensitive social function, which ought to be the domain of health professionals and charitable enterprises, is now called an "industry" reflects a total perversion of its purpose. Some 70% of nursing homes are now corporate operations run by absentee executives who have no experience in nursing homes and who're guided by the market imperative of maximizing investor profits. They constantly demand "efficiencies" from their facilities, which invariably means reducing the number of nurses, which invariably reduces care, which means more injuries, illness... and deaths. As one nursing expert rightly says, "It's criminal."

    But it's not against the law, since the industry's lobbying front — a major donor to congressional campaigns — effectively writes the laws, which allows corporate hustlers to provide only one nurse on duty, no matter how many patients are in the facility. When a humane nurse-staffing requirement was proposed last year, the lobby group furiously opposed it... and Congress dutifully bowed to industry profits over grandma's decent end-time. After all, granny doesn't make campaign donations.

    So, as a health policy analyst bluntly puts it, "The only kind of groups that seem to be interested in investing in nursing homes are bad actors."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jim Hightower.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/16/yes-wall-street-would-kill-your-granny-for-a-few-extra-bucks/feed/ 0 373234
    ‘The Writing Is on the Wall for Fossil Fuels’: Activist Investors Sue Shell Board Over Climate Failures https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/the-writing-is-on-the-wall-for-fossil-fuels-activist-investors-sue-shell-board-over-climate-failures/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/the-writing-is-on-the-wall-for-fossil-fuels-activist-investors-sue-shell-board-over-climate-failures/#respond Thu, 09 Feb 2023 09:57:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/activist-investors-shell-board

    A group of activist investors sued Shell's board of directors on Wednesday for failing to "deliver the reduction in emissions that is needed to keep global climate goals within reach."

    ClientEarth, an environmental law charity and institutional investor in Shell, described the case as the first time a company board is facing a shareholder lawsuit for inadequately preparing to transition away from fossil fuels.

    "Shell may be making record profits now due to the turmoil of the global energy market, but the writing is on the wall for fossil fuels long term," Paul Benson, a senior lawyer at ClientEarth, said in a statement. "The shift to a low-carbon economy is not just inevitable, it's already happening. Yet the board is persisting with a transition strategy that is fundamentally flawed, leaving the company seriously exposed to the risks that climate change poses to Shell's future success—despite the board's legal duty to manage those risks."

    The lawsuit, which is backed by large institutional investors that collectively hold 12 million shares of Shell, alleges that the oil giant's 11 directors are violating the Companies Act, a U.K. law that requires corporate boards to "promote the success" of the business.

    By failing to sufficiently manage climate risks and implement "an energy transition strategy that aligns with the Paris Agreement," Shell is flouting its legal obligations, the lawsuit contends.

    "Shell's Board on the other hand maintains that its 'Energy Transition Strategy'—including its plan to be a net-zero emissions business by 2050—is consistent with the 1.5°C temperature goal of the Paris Agreement," ClientEarth notes. "It also claims that its plan to halve emissions from its global operations by 2030 is 'industry-leading,' however this covers less than 10% of its overall emissions."

    "It is in the best interests of the company, its employees, and its shareholders—as well as the planet—for Shell to reduce its emissions harder and faster than the board is currently planning."

    ClientEarth and its backers are asking the High Court of Justice in London to force Shell's board to "adopt a strategy to manage climate risk in line with its duties under the Companies Act" and in compliance with a 2021 Dutch court ruling ordering the oil giant to cut its total carbon emissions by 45% by 2030.

    "Long term, it is in the best interests of the company, its employees, and its shareholders—as well as the planet—for Shell to reduce its emissions harder and faster than the board is currently planning," Benson said.

    Jacqueline Amy Jackson, the head of responsible investment at London CIV—one of the institutional backers of ClientEarth's lawsuit—said that "we do not believe the board has adopted a reasonable or effective strategy to manage the risks associated with climate change affecting Shell."

    "In our view," Jackson added, "a board of directors of a high-emitting company has a fiduciary duty to manage climate risk, and in so doing, consider the impacts of its decisions on climate change, and to reduce its contribution to it."

    Shell said in response that ClientEarth's suit "has no merit."

    ClientEarth filed its complaint a week after Shell announced that its profits doubled in 2022, surging to a record $40 billion as households across Europe and around the world struggled with high energy costs. The company said it returned $26 billion to shareholders last year through dividends and stock buybacks.

    Earlier this month, the advocacy group Global Witness filed a complaint with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission accusing Shell of "lumping together some of its gas-related investments with its spending on renewables to inflate its overall investment in renewable sources of energy," misleading investors and authorities.

    "Shell's so-called renewable and energy solutions category is pure fiction," said Zorka Milin, a senior adviser at Global Witness. "The company is living in fantasy land if it thinks fossil gas has any place in the much-needed energy transition. Shell's business model has always been, and continues to be, overwhelmingly based on climate-polluting fossil fuels."

    Shell is also facing lawsuits from nearly 14,000 Nigerians whose communities have been devastated by the company's pollution and oil spills.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/09/the-writing-is-on-the-wall-for-fossil-fuels-activist-investors-sue-shell-board-over-climate-failures/feed/ 0 371170
    Rail Workers Blame Fiery Train Crash in Ohio on Wall Street Profit-Seeking https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/07/rail-workers-blame-fiery-train-crash-in-ohio-on-wall-street-profit-seeking/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/07/rail-workers-blame-fiery-train-crash-in-ohio-on-wall-street-profit-seeking/#respond Tue, 07 Feb 2023 18:39:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/rail-workers-wall-street

    An inter-union alliance of rail workers argued Tuesday that the massive freight train crash in East Palestine, Ohio late last week was a predictable consequence of Wall Street-backed policy decisions that have hollowed out the industry's workforce, pushed remaining employees to chronic exhaustion, and sacrificed safety for profits.

    In an assessment of the Norfolk Southern (NS) train derailment based on currently available information, Railroad Workers United (RWU) wrote that "the root causes of this wreck are the same ones that have been singled out repeatedly, associated with the hedge fund-initiated operating model known as 'Precision Scheduled Railroading' (PSR)."

    The group noted that the "immediate cause" of the wreck "appears to have been a 19th-century-style mechanical failure of the axle on one of the cars—an overheated bearing—leading to derailment and then jackknifing tumbling cars."

    "There is no way in the 21st century, save from a combination of incompetence and disregard to public safety, that such a defect should still be threatening our communities," wrote RWU, which supports nationalization of the U.S. rail system.

    "Forty percent of the weight of NS 32N was grouped at the rear third of the train, which has always been bad practice and made more dangerous with longer heavier trains," the statement continued. "This fact almost certainly made the wreck dynamically worse. But increasingly the PSR-driven carriers, driven to cut costs and crew time by any means necessary, cut corners and leave crews and the public at risk."

    According to RWU, "The short-term profit imperative, the so-called 'cult of the Operating Ratio'—of NS and the other Class 1 railroads—has made cutting costs, employees, procedures, and resources the top priority. In this case, NS and the other carriers have eliminated many of the critical mechanical positions and locations necessary to guarantee protection against these kinds of failures."

    The crash in Ohio "has been years in the making," the group added. "What other such train wrecks await us remains to be seen. But given the modus operandi of the Class One rail carriers, we can no doubt expect future disasters of this nature."

    "The PSR-driven carriers, driven to cut costs and crew time by any means necessary, cut corners and leave crews and the public at risk."

    Matthew Jinoo Buck, a senior fellow at the American Economic Liberties Project, explained in The American Prospect last year that "using PSR, railroad management's job is to drive down the 'operating ratio,' or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue."

    "In other words, Wall Street judges railroads' success based in part on spending less money running the railroad and more on stock buybacks or dividends," Buck wrote. "Theoretically, focusing on lowering operating ratios pushes railroads to be more efficient, to do more with less. But when railroads have the market power they have today, they can instead 'do less with less,' as shippers and workers put it."

    Norfolk Southern, the product of a merger between Norfolk and Western Railway and Southern Railway, appears to have followed that model closely.

    The company announced a $10 billion stock buyback program last March and has consistently raised its dividend, rewarding shareholders while refusing to provide its workers with basic benefits such as paid sick leave.

    For the full year of 2022, Norfolk Southern reported record-breaking operating revenues of $12.7 billion.

    As Buck wrote last year, "The driving force behind PSR’s widespread adoption was railroad executive E. Hunter Harrison and investor Bill Ackman, a notorious hedge fund manager."

    "After the two pushed through PSR at the Canadian Pacific railroad, Ackman's colleague Paul Hilal opened an investment fund called Mantle Ridge, which invested $1.2 billion in CSX and successfully pushed CSX to appoint Harrison CEO," he continued. "Under Harrison, and with the backing of CSX's board, who saw larger bottom lines in sight, CSX pushed through PSR despite complaints from shippers who reported long delays or lost shipments. Every other railroad has adopted PSR or PSR equivalents; industry watchers say the one holdout yet to officially adopt PSR, BNSF, has adopted PSR-like measures."

    The crash in Ohio late Friday forced many local residents to evacuate to escape a possible explosion and the release of toxic fumes from the train cars, several of which were carrying vinyl chloride.

    RWU said Tuesday that while many people in the area "were and remain evacuated, and property damage to both rail and non-railroad property will no doubt soar into the millions, we dodged a bullet as no rail workers and no trackside residents were killed."

    "This time," the group added.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/07/rail-workers-blame-fiery-train-crash-in-ohio-on-wall-street-profit-seeking/feed/ 0 370598
    ‘Drought Profiteers’ Under Fire as Wall Street Targets Colorado River Water https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/drought-profiteers-under-fire-as-wall-street-targets-colorado-river-water/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/drought-profiteers-under-fire-as-wall-street-targets-colorado-river-water/#respond Tue, 31 Jan 2023 22:07:08 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/wall-street-drought-profiteers-colorado-river-water

    Financial speculators are buying and selling rights to the Colorado River's dwindling water resources in a bid to profit as historic drought conditions intensified by the fossil fuel-driven climate crisis lead to worsening scarcity.

    Wall Street investment firms "have identified the drought as an opportunity to make money," Andy Mueller, general manager of the Colorado River Water Conservation District, toldCBS News on Tuesday. "I view these drought profiteers as vultures. They're looking to make a lot of money off this public resource."

    Matthew Diserio, the co-founder and president of a Manhattan-based hedge fund called Water Asset Management (WAM), makes no secret of his intentions, having described water in the United States as "the biggest emerging market on Earth" and "a trillion-dollar market opportunity." The company's website declares that "scarce clean water is the resource defining this century, much like plentiful oil defined the last."

    A newly published joint investigation by CBS News and The Weather Channel found that WAM has purchased at least $20 million worth of land in Western Colorado over the past five years, making it one of the biggest landowners in a farming and ranching region known as the Grand Valley.

    According to Mueller, WAM has bought more than 2,500 acres of farmland in the area. But "it's the water"—not the land—that investors are really interested in, he said, observing that the farmland comes with water rights.

    "There are real fears that this crucial water supply for the West is on the brink of disaster."

    Notably, WAM has "hired Colorado's former top water official as one of its lawyers," CBS News reported. Diserio previously stated that "one of his firm's strategies is to profit from water in part by making the farms it buys more efficient and then selling parts of its water rights to other farmers and cities increasingly desperate for the natural resource."

    Mueller is tasked with protecting Colorado's share of the Colorado River—a sprawling 1,450-mile waterway that traverses seven states and is a key water source for 40 million people in the western U.S. and northern Mexico, including those in the metropolitan areas of Los Angeles, Phoenix, San Diego, Denver, Las Vegas, Albuquerque, and Salt Lake City.

    Clean water is becoming increasingly scarce in the region for a variety of reasons, not least of which is the fossil fuel-driven climate emergency.

    "The Colorado River relies mostly on snowpack in the Rocky Mountains that feeds into the river as it melts in the spring and summer," Weather Channel storm specialist Greg Postel explained. "But climate change is making the West hotter and drier. For every degree the temperature has gone up, the flow of the river has dropped by about 5%—a nearly 20% reduction over the past century."

    The volume of water being withdrawn from the Colorado River has fallen since 2000 despite more people moving to the region. But with less water flowing into the river amid the West's ongoing 23-year megadrought—more severe than anything seen in the preceding 1,200 years—recent decreases in per capita water consumption are insufficient.

    "It's taken a major toll on the nation's largest reservoirs," Postel said of climate change-amplified drought. "Lake Powell in Arizona and Lake Mead in Nevada—they are at historic lows. They're at just 25% of their full, combined capacity. There are real fears that this crucial water supply for the West is on the brink of disaster."

    As the long-brewing crisis surrounding the Colorado River grows more acute, the federal government has taken steps to compel state-level policymakers to improve how they manage water resources in the increasingly arid region.

    For instance, "Congress recently allocated $4 billion in drought funding that can be used to pay farmers to fallow their land and not use their water," CBS News reported. "Some Western states, including Colorado, are also considering paying some farmers to keep their lands fallow." Agriculture accounts for 70% of withdrawals from the Colorado River.

    Last August, after the Colorado River Basin states failed to meet a federal deadline to approve a plan for achieving a 15% to 30% reduction in water use, the U.S. Department of Interior (DOI) announced—based on projected water levels for 2023—that Arizona, Nevada, and Mexico would be forced to draw less from the river this year.

    On Tuesday, for the second time in six months, the seven states that depend on the Colorado River failed to reach a water conservation pact by the DOI's deadline, increasing the likelihood the agency will impose cuts later this year. Six states—Arizona, Colorado, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming—agreed to slash water use. But California, the largest water consumer of the bunch, refused, setting the stage for what CNNdescribed as a "high-stakes legal battle."

    In August, Food & Water Watch research director Amanda Starbuck implored policymakers to "eliminate rampant corporate water abuse before it's too late," decrying the "massive water use of Big Ag and Big Oil."

    "By switching to renewable energy sources like solar and wind, California could save 98% of the water currently needed for its fossil fuel production," said Starbuck. "And by transitioning away from industrial megadairies, thirsty crops like almonds and pistachios, and engaging in regenerative farming, California will gain enormous water savings that could serve small farmers and domestic households."

    Regarding WAM and other hedge funds looking to profit from looming water shortages, Rep. Ro Khanna (D-Calif.) and Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) unveiled legislation last March that would prevent Wall Street from speculating on life-sustaining water resources.

    The Future of Water Act, as the congressional Democrats' bicameral legislation is titled, would amend the Commodity Exchange Act to affirm that water is a human right to be managed for public benefit—not a commodity to be bought and sold by investment firms. The bill would also prohibit the trading of water rights on futures markets—a recently invented financial ploy widely condemned as "dystopian."

    Wenonah Hauter, executive director of Food & Water Watch, said at the time of the bill's introduction that "with the climate crisis delivering historically devastating droughts across the West, it is clearer than ever that water should be treated as a scarce, essential resource, not a commodity for Wall Street and financial speculators."

    "This groundbreaking legislation would put a lid on dangerous water futures trading before it creates a crisis," said Hauter, "and it reinforces the fact that water must be managed as a public resource, not a corporate profit center."

    Mueller, for his part, said Tuesday that "water in Colorado, water in the West, is your future."

    "Without water," he added, "you have no future."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/31/drought-profiteers-under-fire-as-wall-street-targets-colorado-river-water/feed/ 0 368725
    A Wall Street Sob Story https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/27/a-wall-street-sob-story/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/27/a-wall-street-sob-story/#respond Fri, 27 Jan 2023 06:50:53 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=272718 I don’t usually cover sob stories, but this one is so touching it might make you cry. Or throw up. It’s about some workers who toiled all last year in the caverns of New York City, only to find at year’s end that their pay was being cut by up to 50 percent. Actually, it’s More

    The post A Wall Street Sob Story appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Jim Hightower.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/27/a-wall-street-sob-story/feed/ 0 367680
    Wall Street Bonuses have Risen 1743 Percent Since 1985 https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/wall-street-bonuses-have-risen-1743-percent-since-1985/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/wall-street-bonuses-have-risen-1743-percent-since-1985/#respond Fri, 20 Jan 2023 21:03:49 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=27472 Reporting in Spring 2022 by Inequality.org, Reuters, and Common Dreams has revealed that the average bonus for those working in New York City’s securities industry––in other words, on Wall Street––rose…

    The post Wall Street Bonuses have Risen 1743 Percent Since 1985 appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    Reporting in Spring 2022 by Inequality.org, Reuters, and Common Dreams has revealed that the average bonus for those working in New York City’s securities industry––in other words, on Wall Street––rose 1743 percent between 1985 and 2021. The number is likely higher in 2023. Had the minimum wage increased at the same rate as Wall Street bonuses, it would now be $61.75 per hour.

    In 2021 alone, Wall Street bonuses rose twenty percent, far outpacing inflation at seven percent, and nominal private sector earnings at 4.2 percent. That year Wall Street bonuses, in aggregate, amounted to $45 billion, much higher than the $37.1 billion in bonuses paid out in 2020, even as employment in the sector remained essentially flat at about 180,000 workers. It’s important to note that while only five percent of New Yorkers who work in the private sector work in securities, these workers make twenty percent of all private sector earnings in New York City. The bonuses paid out in 2021 are the highest since 2006, which is likely fueled by banking industry lobbyists successfully delaying the implementation of Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act. This legislation prevents large financial institutions from awarding pay packages which encourage “inappropriate risk.”

    These growing bonuses further racial and gender inequality, as the financial industry is overwhelmingly White and male. Seventy-five percent of Goldman Sachs’ senior executives and top managers are male, as are 74 percent at JPMorgan Chase and Morgan Stanley, and 64 percent at Bank of America, and Citigroup. These institutions are disproportionately White as well— just three percent of Goldman Sachs’ senior executives and top managers are Black, with similarly low figures for JPMorgan Chase (5%), Morgan Stanley (3%), Bank of America (5%), and Citigroup (4%).

    Corporate coverage of this story has been scant. The New York Post published coverage, and CNN Business featured a non-comprehensive story, which noted, “high bonuses are also good news for Gotham’s tax coffers.”

    Sources:

    Jake Johnson, “‘Jaw-Dropping’: Wall Street Bonuses Have Soared 1,743% Since 1985,” Common Dreams, March 23, 2022.

    Sarah Anderson, “Wall Street Bonuses Soar By 20%, Nearly 5 Times the Increase in US Average Weekly Earnings,” Inequality.org, March 23, 2022.

    Noor Zanzibar Hussein, “Wall Street Hands Out Biggest Bonuses Since 2006,” Reuters, March 23, 2022.

    Student Researcher: Annie Koruga (Ohlone College)

    Faculty Evaluator: Robin Takahashi (Ohlone College)

    The post Wall Street Bonuses have Risen 1743 Percent Since 1985 appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/20/wall-street-bonuses-have-risen-1743-percent-since-1985/feed/ 0 366119
    How vulnerable is Wall Street to climate change? The Fed wants to find out. https://grist.org/climate-energy/federal-reserve-banks-climate-stress-test-scenario-regulation-wells-fargo-jpmorgan-chase/ https://grist.org/climate-energy/federal-reserve-banks-climate-stress-test-scenario-regulation-wells-fargo-jpmorgan-chase/#respond Thu, 19 Jan 2023 11:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=599280 Regulators have long known that climate change poses a threat to the U.S. financial system. Major disasters like hurricanes and wildfires can wipe out buildings and crops, causing losses for the banks that make loans against these assets. Even efforts to take on climate change could cause problems: A rapid, widespread shift to renewable power could send shock waves through financial markets as stocks and bonds tied to fossil fuel companies fall, hurting the bottom line of banks, insurers, and other institutions tied to them. 

    Now the Federal Reserve, which is tasked with overseeing the country’s financial system, is trying to figure out just how vulnerable big banks are to this kind of upheaval. The Fed on Tuesday released new details about a climate risk analysis it is asking six major U.S. banks to conduct, offering a peek at the worst-case climate events that financial regulators are worrying about. 

    Banks often use stress tests like these to assess risks in their portfolio, and since the financial crisis the Fed has required large banks to ensure that they can withstand sudden financial shocks, but this is the first time that the U.S. government has asked major banks to account for their exposure to climate change. The results of the so-called “pilot climate scenario analysis exercise” will offer new insight into whether these banks could survive major climate shocks, and could also help inform new regulations such as the ones that followed the 2008 financial crisis.

    The banks that will participate are some of the largest and most diversified in the country: Bank of America, Citigroup, Wells Fargo, JPMorgan Chase, Goldman Sachs, and Morgan Stanley. This batch controls about half of the banking market in the United States as measured by total deposits, and also manages billions of dollars for investors and pensions. The Fed’s exercise asks these banks to consider two major types of climate danger: the “physical risk” of natural disasters and the “transition risk” of a movement away from fossil fuels.

    In the first part of the exercise, banks will assess how their portfolios would fare if one or more major hurricanes struck the Northeast, a “region in which all participants have material commercial and residential real estate exposures.” The Fed wants banks to pay particular attention to their real estate portfolios: how many residential and commercial loans would fall through, and how much money would it cost the banks if that happened?

    In the second, the Fed will look at how their investments and loans would perform during a rapid energy transition to net zero emissions by 2050. If the world’s nations did come together and decarbonize on that timeline, it’s likely that major oil companies and other carbon-intensive companies would see severe losses. Rating agencies like Standard & Poor’s might downgrade their credit, making it harder for them to borrow their way out of trouble, which in turn would cause losses for the banks that finance and insure them.

    Many large financial institutions still provide large loans and underwriting services for fossil fuel producers. A new report from the advocacy group Reclaim Finance found that even banks that have signed a prominent global net-zero pledge have provided a combined $269 billion in financing for fossil-fuel companies over recent years. Five of the Fed’s six participating banks are named in the report as top fossil-fuel financiers — all except Goldman Sachs.

    Yevgeny Shrago, policy director for the climate program at Public Citizen, the consumer advocacy group, said the Fed’s exercise is a welcome start, but it doesn’t go far enough. 

    “It’s not even a fire drill,” Shrago told Grist. “It’s like looking at the map of a building and being like, do we have enough exits?” The exercise focuses on how climate change could affect banks’ balance sheets, Shrago said, but it doesn’t consider how losses at those banks could lead to broader financial turmoil for small banks, insurers, pensions, and ordinary people. 

    The Federal Reserve is independent from the Biden administration, but the bank’s announcement comes on the heels of other regulatory actions. The Securities and Exchange Commission is in the middle of finalizing a rule that would require publicly-traded companies to disclose their greenhouse gas emissions, and the Treasury is seeking information from major insurers about how climate change could affect their business. 

    The Federal Reserve has asked banks to submit their responses by the end of July, and plans to make the results of the study public later this year.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline How vulnerable is Wall Street to climate change? The Fed wants to find out. on Jan 19, 2023.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/climate-energy/federal-reserve-banks-climate-stress-test-scenario-regulation-wells-fargo-jpmorgan-chase/feed/ 0 365560
    Despite Net-Zero Vows, Wall Street ‘Climate Arsonists’ Still Pumping Billions Into Fossil Fuels https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/despite-net-zero-vows-wall-street-climate-arsonists-still-pumping-billions-into-fossil-fuels/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/despite-net-zero-vows-wall-street-climate-arsonists-still-pumping-billions-into-fossil-fuels/#respond Tue, 17 Jan 2023 12:14:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/wall-street-fossil-fuels

    Top banks in the United States and around the world have made a show of embracing net-zero emissions pledges, portraying themselves as allies in the fight against the global climate emergency.

    But a new analysis published Tuesday by a group of NGOs makes clear that the world's leading financial institutions—including major Wall Street banks such as Citigroup, JPMorgan Chase, and Bank of America—are still pumping money into fossil fuel expansion, bolstering the industry that is primarily responsible for worsening climate chaos.

    According to the report, 56 of the largest banks in the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA)—a coalition convened by the United Nations—have provided nearly $270 billion in the form of loans and underwriting to more than 100 "major fossil fuel expanders," from Saudi Aramco to ExxonMobil to Shell.

    Additionally, 58 of the biggest members of the Net-Zero Asset Managers (NZAM) initiative—including the investment behemoths BlackRock and Vanguard—held at least $847 billion worth of stocks and bonds in more than 200 large fossil fuel developers as of September.

    Both the NZBA and the NZAM are under the umbrella of the Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net-Zero (GFANZ), a campaign launched in 2021 with the goal of expanding "the number of net zero-committed financial institutions." Climate advocates have long argued that net-zero pledges are fundamentally inadequate to the task of stopping runaway warming.

    "The science is very clear: we need to stop developing new coal, oil, and gas projects as soon as possible if we want to meet our climate goals and avoid a worst-case scenario," said Lucie Pinson, the executive director and founder of the watchdog group Reclaim Finance. "Yet, it is business as usual for most banks and investors who continue to support fossil fuel developers without any restrictions, despite their high-profile commitments to carbon neutrality."

    "Their greenwashing is all the more damaging as it casts doubt on the sincerity of all net-zero commitments and undermines the efforts of those who are truly acting for the climate," Pinson added.

    The groups found that the U.S.-based Wall Street giants Citigroup, JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Morgan Stanley, and Wells Fargo provided nearly $90 billion in total financing for fossil fuel expansion between the dates they joined the NZBA and August 2022.

    Citigroup, which touts its net-zero commitments on its website, led the pack with $30.5 billion in fossil fuel financing from April 2021 to August 2022.

    "The U.S. financial sector cannot be taken seriously on climate change until it stops investing in new fossil fuel projects," said Adele Shraiman, a representative for the Sierra Club's Fossil-Free Finance campaign. "We need an urgent transition to a green economy and the financial sector must help deliver that."

    Overall, according to the new report, "229 of the world's largest fossil fuel developers received finance from the 161 GFANZ members covered... which will support them to develop new coal power plants, mines, ports, and other infrastructure, as well as new oil and gas fields and pipelines and LNG terminals."

    "These new fossil fuel projects are incompatible with the objective of limiting global warming to 1.5°C, as confirmed in the latest International Energy Agency's World Energy Outlook published in October 2022," the report states. "They will lock in greenhouse gas emissions for decades, despite the adoption of decarbonization targets by some GFANZ members."

    Paddy McCully, a senior analyst at Reclaim Finance, said in a statement that "GFANZ members are acting as climate arsonists."

    "They've pledged to achieve net-zero but are continuing to pour hundreds of billions of dollars into fossil fuel developers," said McCully. "GFANZ and its member alliances will only be credible once they up their game and insist that their members help bring a rapid end to the era of coal, oil, and fossil gas expansion."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/despite-net-zero-vows-wall-street-climate-arsonists-still-pumping-billions-into-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 364982
    House GOP Scraps Consumer Protection Panels in ‘First of Many Gifts’ to Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/house-gop-scraps-consumer-protection-panels-in-first-of-many-gifts-to-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/house-gop-scraps-consumer-protection-panels-in-first-of-many-gifts-to-wall-street/#respond Fri, 13 Jan 2023 20:04:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/gop-consumer-protections

    The U.S. committee tasked with overseeing the financial sector on Thursday "dispelled any doubt of their intent to do the bidding of the financial industries over the interests of everyday families," said a government watchdog group as the panel signaled it will significantly scale back its efforts to push for consumer protections on Wall Street.

    House Financial Services Committee (HFSC) Chair Patrick McHenry (R-N.C.) announced the new Republican subcommittee chairmanships, with new panels including the Subcommittee on Financial Institutions and Monetary Policy—tasked with overseeing the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB)—and the Subcommittee on Digital Assets, Financial Technology, and Inclusion, headed by pro-cryptocurrency Rep. French Hill (R-Ark.).

    Gone from the list were the former Diversity and Inclusion Subcommittee and all references in the panels' descriptions to "consumer protection," "investor protection," and "community development."

    The Republicans now in control of the HFSC "never met a consumer protection effort they liked and have been rewarded accordingly with millions of dollars from greedy industries they now oversee," said Liz Zelnick, director of the economic security and corporate power program at Accountable.US.

    The watchdog noted that in addition to the considerable campaign cash McHenry and other Republicans on the committee have received from Wall Street—including $9.2 million for the new committee chairman—the new leadership's ties to financial giants have been made clear in other ways.

    McHenry was a speaker at the Consumer Banker Association's annual Washington Forum in 2021 and events hosted by the National Association of Federally-Insured Credit Unions and the American Bankers Association last year. He also received the "Champion of Small Business Award" in 2018 from the so-called Small Business Investor Alliance, which represents lower- to middle-market private equity funds, and the "Spirit of Enterprise Award" from the U.S. Chamber of Commerce in 2016.

    Of the $9.2 million he has raked in from Wall Street over the course of his career, $154,000 came from industry groups that lobbied in 2018 in support of McHenry's Protecting Consumers’ Access To Credit Act, which aimed to weaken consumer protections from predatory lenders.

    Accountable.US described McHenry as a "Wall Street money vacuum and longtime adversary of federal consumer protection efforts."

    McHenry's decision to appoint Rep. Blaine Luetkemeyer (R-Mo.), a former banker, to oversee the National Security, Illicit Finance, and International Financial Institutions subcommittee is "equally concerning for consumers," said Accountable.US.

    Luetkemeyer's family has had ties to the Bank of St. Elizabeth—acquired by Mid America Bank in 2021—going back several generations, and since entering Congress the Republican has "used his position as a lawmaker to lend support to industry after the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau was sued by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and other financial groups over its reinterpretation of policy toward unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices."

    He introduced legislation to restructure the leadership of the CFPB and has taken at least $722,500 from the country's three largest banks, which in 2019 made over $6.8 billion in overdraft fees—a major target of the CFPB.

    The committee member tasked with overseeing the CFPB on the Subcommittee on Financial Institutions and Monetary Policy is Rep. Andy Barr (R-Ky.), who told a conference of bankers in 2021 that the bureau "is a big concern."

    "Predictably, McHenry wasted no time seeking payback on behalf of his biggest donors by scrapping key subcommittees dedicated to consumer protection and preventing industry discrimination," said Zelnick.

    "The frothy-mouthed hostility McHenry and Luetkemeyer have exhibited toward the CFPB and its director strongly suggests a belief that ripping off consumers is a legitimate part of doing business, including excessive overdraft penalties and predatory hidden fees," she added. "Only politicians deep in the pocket of industry could view with contempt the bureau's incredible success in saving consumers money and holding scammers and financial predators accountable."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/13/house-gop-scraps-consumer-protection-panels-in-first-of-many-gifts-to-wall-street/feed/ 0 364390
    11 New GOP Picks for House Financial Oversight Panel Took Over $6.1 Million From Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/11-new-gop-picks-for-house-financial-oversight-panel-took-over-6-1-million-from-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/11-new-gop-picks-for-house-financial-oversight-panel-took-over-6-1-million-from-wall-street/#respond Thu, 12 Jan 2023 16:55:09 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/house-republicans-financial-oversight-wall-street

    A new Accountable.US analysis published Wednesday revealed that the 11 new Republicans tapped to serve on the House Financial Services Committee collectively accepted more than $6 million from Wall Street during the 2022 election cycle, leaving them ready to do the "industry's bidding."

    The HFSC "has jurisdiction over issues pertaining to the economy, the banking system, housing, insurance, and securities and exchanges," the panel's website reads. "Additionally, the committee also has jurisdiction over monetary policy, international finance, international monetary organizations, and efforts to combat terrorist financing."

    Newly elected GOP lawmakers nominated to serve on the HFSC have taken nearly $6.2 million in campaign cash from the finance, insurance, and real estate (FIRE) industries that the panel is tasked with refereeing, Accountable.US researchers found.

    The watchdog group broke down how much money each new Republican nominee for the HFSC received during the 2022 election cycle from the FIRE industries they are set to oversee:

    • Rep. Monica De La Cruz (Texas): $517,145 (plus $5,934 during her unsuccessful 2020 campaign);
    • Rep. Byron Donalds (Florida): $704,320;
    • Rep. Scott Fitzgerald (Wisc.): $332,788;
    • Rep. Mike Flood (Neb.): $237,449;
    • Rep. Andrew Garbarino (N.Y.): $1,075,969;
    • Rep. Erin Houchin (Ind.): $109,876;
    • Rep. Young Kim (Calif.): $2,377,995;
    • Rep. Mike Lawler (N.Y.): $60,466;
    • Rep. Dan Meuser (Pa.): $451,249;
    • Rep. Zach Nunn (Iowa): $230,717;
    • Rep. Andy Ogles (Tenn.): $89,134.

    "History has shown when conservative politicians in the pocket of Wall Street banks and predatory lenders seize power, everyday consumers are left more vulnerable to greedy financial industry behavior," Liz Zelnick, director of the Economic Security and Corporate Power program at Accountable.US, said in a statement. "History is about to repeat itself as the MAGA majority in charge of overseeing the financial industry are completely awash in Wall Street money."

    Notably, Donalds and Ogles were part of the far-right contingent that extracted anti-worker concessions from House Speaker Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.) during his drawn-out battle for the speaker's gavel.

    "History has shown when conservative politicians in the pocket of Wall Street banks and predatory lenders seize power, everyday consumers are left more vulnerable to greedy financial industry behavior. History is about to repeat itself."

    When announcing all 30 new and returning GOP lawmakers recommended to serve on the financial oversight panel, HFSC Chair Patrick McHenry (R-N.C.) claimed that "the talent and real-world expertise of this group is an embarrassment of riches." He added, "I look forward to working with them to deliver on House Republicans' commitment to America."

    The House Republican Steering Committee's recommendations for membership on the HFSC will soon be considered by the full party caucus and then the entire House of Representatives, where the GOP's majority makes approval likely.

    Over the course of his career, McHenry has raked in more than $9.2 million in political donations from the FIRE industries while advancing "priorities written by and for Wall Street, big banks, and predatory lenders at the expense of everyday American families," Accountable.US noted.

    For example, McHenry cheered in October when a panel from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit—which former President Donald Trump pushed in an even more conservative direction by appointing numerous far-right judges, including the trio of panel members—ruled that the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's funding structure is unconstitutional.

    In response to a lawsuit brought by the payday lending industry, the 5th Circuit judges—led by Cory Wilson, who received at least $10,500 in campaign cash from Wall Street when he was a Republican candidate for and member of the Mississippi House of Representatives between 2014 and 2018—argued that the CFPB's structure is unlawful because its funding comes from the Federal Reserve System rather than Congress, a feature that seeks to ensure the agency's independence.

    McHenry said that he was "glad to see" the ruling and expressed his desire to bring the CFPB "under the appropriations process," where it would be vulnerable to cuts from a hostile GOP.

    "Chairman McHenry, who's made no secret of his intent to ignore bad industry actors and obstruct federal efforts to protect consumers from things like junk fees, now has all the backing he needs to get payback against the pro-consumer Biden administration on behalf of his biggest donors," Zelnick said Wednesday. "Consumers beware as financial scammers rejoice."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/12/11-new-gop-picks-for-house-financial-oversight-panel-took-over-6-1-million-from-wall-street/feed/ 0 364069
    Shakeup At CNN! A Fly on the Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/shakeup-at-cnn-a-fly-on-the-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/shakeup-at-cnn-a-fly-on-the-wall/#respond Fri, 06 Jan 2023 06:50:33 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=270685 (MCCORMICK & SCHMICK’S SEAFOOD & STEAKS RESTAURANT, CNN CENTER, ATLANTA. TWO CNN EXECUTIVES ARE DINING) Ex A: You’d think that they’d fire Lemon. Ex B: Must be this affirmative action shit. Ex. A: He was so drunk that he missed the midnight New Years’ countdown. Ex B: Guy has no class. He had his mom More

    The post Shakeup At CNN! A Fly on the Wall appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ishmael Reed.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/06/shakeup-at-cnn-a-fly-on-the-wall/feed/ 0 362464
    CPJ condemns November detention of WSJ reporter in Arizona https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/cpj-condemns-november-detention-of-wsj-reporter-in-arizona/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/cpj-condemns-november-detention-of-wsj-reporter-in-arizona/#respond Thu, 05 Jan 2023 17:10:50 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=251191 Washington, D.C., January 5, 2023—The Phoenix Police Department should conduct a thorough investigation into the November detention of Wall Street Journal reporter Dion Rabouin and ensure that members of the press are able to work without fear of harassment, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

    On November 23, a police officer detained and handcuffed Rabouin while he was interviewing people on a sidewalk near a bank, according to a January 5 report by the local broadcaster ABC15.

    Rabouin told the outlet that he identified himself as a member of the press when the officer approached. The officer threatened to arrest Rabouin for trespassing, blocked him from leaving the scene, and then handcuffed him and placed him in a police vehicle, according to that ABC15 report, quoting Rabouin and a letter by Wall Street Journal editor-in-chief Matt Murray.

    The officer held Rabouin for about eight minutes before other officers arrived; about two minutes after reinforcements came to the scene, he was released without charge, that report said.

    “We are deeply concerned by the Phoenix Police Department’s treatment of Wall Street Journal reporter Dion Rabouin. Detaining and handcuffing a journalist—who was gathering news in a public place—is a flagrant violation of his First Amendment rights,” said CPJ U.S. and Canada Program Coordinator Katherine Jacobsen. “The police department should conduct a thorough investigation into Rabouin’s treatment, and undertake reforms to make sure this kind of incident is not repeated.”

    The Phoenix Police Department is under federal investigation to evaluate its practices, including whether it engages in discriminatory policing.

    The officer wrote in a police report that he believed he had probable cause that Rabouin was trespassing. The ABC15 report states that a Phoenix official reviewed the incident report and found nothing wrong with the officer’s treatment of Rabouin, who is Black.

    Rabouin recounted to ABC15 that the police officer told him, “This could get bad for you if you don’t comply and don’t do what I say,” before he grabbed Rabouin’s arms and handcuffed him.

    Murray filed a letter to the police in response to the incident, and Rabouin filed a complaint, ABC15 reported.

    The Phoenix Police Department did not immediately respond to CPJ’s request for comment submitted through their online contact portal. CPJ also emailed the U.S. Department of Justice group that is investigating the police department, but did not receive any immediate response.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/cpj-condemns-november-detention-of-wsj-reporter-in-arizona/feed/ 0 362236
    Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey Agrees to Remove Illegal Border Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/arizona-gov-doug-ducey-agrees-to-remove-illegal-border-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/arizona-gov-doug-ducey-agrees-to-remove-illegal-border-wall/#respond Fri, 23 Dec 2022 16:31:24 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=417868

    Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey agreed to remove hundreds of shipping containers that he illegally installed on federal land along the southern border, marking an unprecedented victory for borderland residents who successfully fought to stop the project.

    State and federal officials, in a joint filing this week, informed a judge in Arizona’s U.S. district court that a process to dismantle the governor’s unlawful barrier would soon begin. Following weeks of fierce local resistance on the ground, the agreement will ironically make Ducey — a Republican who declared his state under invasion — the first U.S. lawmaker to initiate a large-scale border wall removal in modern American history.

    Andy Kayner and Jennifer Wrenn, who live just north of the container wall, tempered their reactions to the news. The couple has been at the center of the battle to halt the governor’s project, fueled by outrage over the harm that was done to a landscape they treasure and the endless convoys of trailer-pulling trucks rumbling past their home day and night.

    “Obviously, we’d love to see the wall totally gone,” Kayner told The Intercept. “Open that space back up for a wildlife corridor.”

    On the one hand, Wrenn said, the agreement was clearly a win for the local residents who protested, as well as their wider network of supporters. On the other, she worried that Ducey, who leaves office at the end of the year, will slow-roll his deinstallation effort, leaving his Democratic successor, Gov.-elect Katie Hobbs, to clean up the mess. “How much can he remove before January 5?” Wrenn asked, referring to Hobbs’s inauguration date.

    “Taxpayers shouldn’t have to pay for putting it in, then taking it out, and then restoring the land and restoring all the roads.”

    Precisely how much Ducey’s entire endeavor has — and will — cost Arizonans remains to be seen. In October, the governor’s office told The Intercept the installation of the wall in Coronado National Forest, south of Tucson, would cost $95 million. Combined with a separate, smaller, equally unlawful project in Yuma, total contracted costs for container wall installation in Arizona over the past year has been $123.6 million. Removal and remediation costs associated with taking the containers down could drive the overall total up even further.

    Ducey should be the one footing the bill, Wrenn argued. “Taxpayers shouldn’t have to pay for putting it in, then taking it out,” she said, “and then restoring the land and restoring all the roads.”

    Ducey first began stacking multi-ton shipping containers along the border in Coronado National Forest, in Cochise County, in late October despite being informed multiple times by federal officials in the U.S. Forest Service that his project was unauthorized and thus illegal.

    In a lawsuit targeting the Biden administration’s top land management agencies, Ducey argued that a century’s worth of legal agreement that the border in Southern Arizona is federal property was wrong. The state had jurisdiction over the land, he contended, and because he declared a state of emergency resulting from a purported “invasion,” he was within his rights to disregard federal laws and authorization requirements surrounding construction in the national forest. (The litigation is ongoing).

    In a span of a month and a half, Ducey placed nearly 4 miles of shipping containers across federally protected jaguar habitat entirely unimpeded. By all indications, he was on track to complete a 10-mile wall through the stunning San Rafael Valley when his march was halted by a network of local residents frustrated with the absence of a federal response. Kayner and Wrenn were among them, parking their pop-up camper near the contractors’ vehicles and spending several nights at the site with other local activists and allies.

    Beginning on December 5, the demonstrators’ continued presence ended construction at the site. The week after the shutdown began, the Department of Justice filed a lawsuit against Ducey and Arizona’s Department of Emergency and Military Affairs over the container wall. In order to avoid the injunction that the suit called for, Ducey and the state entered into the agreement that was laid out in federal court this week.

    The brief, two-page stipulation says that by January 3, Arizona “to the extent feasible” will remove all containers and equipment related to the much smaller installation in Yuma. The agreement calls for the same removal process for the much larger Coronado National Forest installation, though it does not include a target end date for those efforts.

    In comments to the New York Times on Wednesday, Ducey’s press secretary, C.J. Karamargin, implied that the governor’s project had achieved its objective in pressuring the Biden administration to fill gaps in the border wall more quickly. “We’ll happily remove them if the federal government gets serious and does what they’re supposed to do, which is secure the border,” Karamargin said of the governor’s containers. “We now have indications that they’re moving closer, that they’re more serious.”

    In a briefing in late July, Customs and Border Protection officials said that the Biden administration was beginning a “remediation” process along the border that would include filling “small” gaps in the border wall in select areas, in addition to various road and environmental repair projects. Contrary to Karamargin’s suggestion this week, a Customs and Border Protection public affairs officer John Mennell told The Intercept that the agency has made no changes to its plans because of Ducey’s Coronado project. Those plans, available online, do not describe erecting a border wall where the governor placed the containers.

    For Kayner and Wrenn, the story of Ducey’s containers — how they came to cross Coronado National Forest and what stopped them from going any further — are linked to issues that go beyond the border and immigration. It’s the way in which the governor’s illegal wall, cleaving a vital desert ecosystem in half as it did, created yet another threat to biodiversity in an era of mass extinction. “We’d love to see dialogue about what we’re going to do with that area long term,” Kayner said. “Let’s just talk about being a little kinder to the wildlife, who’ve got no seat at the table.”

    “This was the politicians violating the rule of law, and ordinary citizens — being peaceful, lawful, and legal — taking it into their own hands.”

    Wrenn, meanwhile, linked the container wall to events in Washington. “This was a perfect counterpoint to the insurrection and the January 6 Committee,” she said. “This was the politicians violating the rule of law, and ordinary citizens — being peaceful, lawful, and legal — taking it into their own hands and helping preserve democracy in our country.”

    Ducey’s sudden reversal on the project raises a series of questions. What if the Department of Justice had sought an injunction sooner? How much money could have been saved? And how much damage to the environment — and the credibility of the U.S. Forest Service and the laws it’s meant to enforce — could have been prevented?

    One thing that is clear, Wrenn said, is that Ducey’s wall became the catalyst for something unforgettable. “When we realized that this wasn’t just a protest, that we could actually sit down in the road and stop it, it was this biggest eureka moment,” she said. “After hundreds and hundreds of protests I’ve been to in my life, I’ve never felt that — that this was real, that this had direct positive impact.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ryan Devereaux.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/23/arizona-gov-doug-ducey-agrees-to-remove-illegal-border-wall/feed/ 0 359940
    ‘Writing on the wall’ for authoritarian FijiFirst government, says Ratuva https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/writing-on-the-wall-for-authoritarian-fijifirst-government-says-ratuva/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/writing-on-the-wall-for-authoritarian-fijifirst-government-says-ratuva/#respond Thu, 22 Dec 2022 01:54:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=82086 By Felix Chaudhary in Suva

    The incumbent FijiFirst government’s appeal was beginning to wane and voters deserted the party “because of what they saw as their authoritarian, non-inclusive, controlling and vindictive style of leadership”, says a leading Fijian academic with an international reputation.

    Professor Steven Ratuva, director of the New Zealand-based University of Canterbury’s Macmillan Brown Centre for Pacific Studies, said: “The writing was on the wall for the Voreqe Bainimarama-led party for some time”.

    “People could hardly openly complain and criticise the government as one would expect in a democracy, fearing the consequences,” he said.

    A coalition of the People’s Alliance Party and National Federation Party with 26 seats combined with Sodelpa’s crucial three seats claims that it has a majority in the expanded 55-seat Parliament for Sitiveni Rabuka to lead as Prime Minister.

    Referring to the internal issues erupting within the kingmaker Social Democratic Liberal Party (Sodelpa), Professor Ratuva said it was time to respect the wishes of voters rather than the “hunger for power” and grievances of individual political players.

    He said the Sodelpa split which led to the formation of the People’s Alliance was unfortunate “with lots of bruised souls and egos who harboured very deep resentment and clamour for vengeance”.

    The issue was a complex mixture of “traditional vanua politics, personality power struggle and liumuri (backstabbing)” that was now unashamedly being played out in public.

    Voting party line
    Sodelpa MP Ifereimi Vasu told The Fiji Times he “will go wherever the party takes him”.

    He was asked to respond to Sodelpa forming a coalition with PAP and NFP to form government, reports Arieta Vakasukawaqa.

    Vasu got 1427 votes in the 2022 general election.

    He was among the three Sodelpa candidates voted into Parliament — the other two are current leader Viliame Gavoka and Aseri Radrodro.

    Felix Chaudhary and Arieta Vakasukawaqa are Fiji Times reporters. Republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/22/writing-on-the-wall-for-authoritarian-fijifirst-government-says-ratuva/feed/ 0 359427
    Borderland Residents Shut Down Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey’s Illegal Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/borderland-residents-shut-down-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/borderland-residents-shut-down-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall/#respond Wed, 21 Dec 2022 11:01:30 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=417680

    Last week, the Justice Department sued the state of Arizona and its governor, Doug Ducey, for installing a shipping container wall along the U.S.-Mexico border. This week on Intercepted: Ryan Devereaux, an investigative reporter with The Intercept, breaks down Ducey’s makeshift, multimillion-dollar container wall. Devereaux tells the story of everyday people and community members who live along the border, and how they stood up to the governor and won.

    Ryan Deveraux: Michael and Christie Brown resisted putting a barrier around their beloved desert home for years, but the nights were getting too dangerous. It was a question of safety. They needed a fence. 

    Michael Brown: My house is about ten miles north of the border.

    RD: The Browns live at the foot of the rugged Huachuca Mountains in Cochise County, Arizona. Like many of their neighbors, the Browns’s worry was javelinas — tenacious borderland omnivores often mistaken for wild pigs. Their dogs had been attacked. Their garden was in peril. Javelina damage is the kind of thing that keeps the Browns up at night. A purported wave of migrants laying siege to their community is not. 

    MB: In ten years I’ve only seen one migrant.

    RD: But in late October, Gov. Doug Ducey began unloading thousands of shipping containers on the border in the Coronado National Forest. The container wall was supposed to thwart an alleged “invasion” of immigrants on the Brown’s doorsteps. 

    Topped with concertina wire and welded together, the nearly 9,000-pound boxes would be stacked two-high on land where the Browns chop wood every winter, where they took their sons hiking and camping as kids, and where they still hike and camp to this day.

    MB: This area I’ve cut wood there for probably ten years. So I’m out there a few times each year and it’s just a really peaceful, quiet, beautiful area — grasslands, oaks.

    RD: The valley where Ducey was setting his sights was one of the few protected desert ecosystems still intact after the Trump years. 

    MB: And on October 24th we heard that Governor Ducey had started stacking containers west of the Coronado National Monument.

    RD: Two days after Ducey’s project began, the Browns climbed in their truck and set off into the mountains to see it for themselves.

    MB: And we drove down to the border, we got close to the border and stopped for a guard — a private security guard.

    [Audio from construction site plays]

    RD: The scene was horrifying. Heavy duty pickups were ripping down the border road hauling in shipping containers on trailers. The containers were then transferred onto a large military truck that raced down the road running parallel to the border, blaring a loud horn as it passed. 

    At the end of the line, the containers were wrapped in a thick chain and hoisted by backhoes. Swinging precariously through the air, they were plopped in the dirt then shoved into place with a forklift. The clanking and screeching of metal on metal filled the otherwise quiet landscape. The grinding of the heavy vehicles on the desert soil enveloped the entire area in a thick cloud of fine dust. 

    As they neared the border, the Browns were stopped at an ad hoc checkpoint. A bald man, dressed in black with reflective sunglasses and body armor, approached. 

    Christie Brown: Yeah, we can see your project…

    MB: You don’t have any dust control here. You don’t have any signs posted up. 

    Security Guard: There are signs posted up. 

    MB: Where? 

    CB: No there’s not. [CROSS TALK] We came all the way back here and there are no signs. 

    RD: The guard wore no insignia and refused to say who he worked for. Michael asked if he could drive up to the containers and take some photos. 

    MB: Can I drive up and look at it? 

    Security Guard: No, you can’t. 

    MB: Why not?

    Security Guard: I’m not answering any more questions, sir.

    RD:  Christie was incensed. 

    CB: I’ll walk up there and take a picture of your sign. 

    Security Guard: This is a dangerous area, ma’am. 

    CB: Yeah, we just passed some of your dangerous drivers on the road, blowing dust everywhere, driving fast. 

    RD: Suited with walkie talkies and a body cam, the guard shrugged. 

    Security Guard: I mean, this is a desert. 

    CB: This is our national land. 

    Security Guard:  This is also the state of Arizona. 

    CB: No it is not. This is federal property. 

    Security Guard:  Are you a federal employee? 

    Michael Brown: I was and I do know the laws. 

    Security Guard:  OK.

    CB:  And I know. I read the papers and I know this is an illegal operation and I don’t know why the national forest isn’t down here telling you to get the hell off their land. 

    [Intercepted theme music plays]

    Ryan Deveraux: This is Intercepted.

    I’m Ryan Devereaux, an investigative journalist with The Intercept. 

    For the past few months, I’ve been digging into Governor Ducey’s make-shift container wall. Ducey, who’s leaving office in January, has committed at least $95 million to this effort.

    For seven weeks, the Biden administration watched as the governor broke law after law — laying a massive, unauthorized wall across a remote stretch of treasured public land. In the face of federal inaction, local residents put their bodies on the line to stop the project. Last week, after nearly two months of silence, the U.S. government filed a lawsuit against the governor demanding that the construction be halted.

    As of this week, Ducey’s wall of containers still stands — though lawyers for the state have informed the federal government that construction on the project has ceased. Whether the existing containers will be taken down — and if so, when — remains to be seen. 

    Arizona’s wall of shipping containers is a story about immigration and conservation, of public lands and insurrection. But as the weeks went by, it turned into something more.

    In the shadow of Ducey’s wall, a roughly four-mile stretch of the U.S.-Mexico border became the setting for a remarkable and unlikely story of everyday people who, with no one to count on but each other, stood up against the most powerful man in their state and won. This is their story.

    [Inquisitive music begins]

    Michael Brown has lived in southern Arizona for nearly 50 years and knows as much about border walls as anyone. As an inspector and contract manager with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for two decades, he oversaw the construction of Border Patrol stations. In 2007, he installed the first federally contracted wall in Arizona. He continued to oversee border wall construction across the southwest before retiring in the spring of 2021. 

    Looking out across the landscape, Michael saw a reckless operation that he would have shut down in a heartbeat. After their encounter with the guard at the container wall, Michael decided to walk through the brush, snapping photos of birds while taking in evidence of environmental damage. 

    MB: And Christi stayed at the truck. And shortly after I started hiking, a truck pulled up close to her and just sat there and watched her.

    RD:  A man parked nearby and climbed into the bed of his truck with a pair of binoculars. He watched Christie for an hour until Michael returned, then continued to watch as they drove away. An hour later, the Browns were back home when the doorbell rang.

    MB: And we were home for about 20 minutes, and the doorbell rang and there were two deputy sheriffs and they said that my truck had been reported at the hotel of these border workers. And they came in. I asked them in.

    RD: It was Sheriff Mark Dannels’ heavily subsidized and much-advertised border strike force. The deputies told the 67-year-old they’d received a complaint that a truck like his, carrying four suspicious men, was spotted outside a hotel where the governor’s contractors were staying. The men were frightened.

    MB: They asked me if I had been down to the border. And I said I had. I told them we had spoken to a guard. I actually showed them a video of us speaking to the guard. Pretty shortly a third deputy pulled up at my house, which I really thought was odd, to send three deputies out. 

    And so we talked for a bit. I showed them my house. They like the adobes and they soon afterwards left.

    RD: Michael explained that he and Christie had simply gone to see the container wall. They never stopped at a motel. He showed the deputies cellphone video of their interaction with the guard. Before long, the deputies’ demeanor softened, they turned friendly and appeared satisfied. As they left, one of the men remarked to Michael that the governor’s wall was a “sensitive political situation.”

    Sitting at his dining room table a month later, Michael was still processing the deputies’ visit.

    MB: I knew the guards out there had taken my license plate number and made up something, I guess. So it was kind of surprising to have three deputies here.

    RD: In the intervening weeks, Ducey had cut across nearly three miles of pristine desert despite multiple warnings from the U.S. Forest Service that he was breaking the law. But at this point the feds were doing nothing to stop him. The Browns were shocked.

    MB: The Forest Service is mandated to preserve and to protect our national lands. These lands should be here for future generations. 

    RD:  In the face of inaction, the Browns were left with one choice: gather as many friends, neighbors, and allies as they could and stop the governor themselves.

    While the Browns were taking in their first ground-level glimpses of Ducey’s wall, Russ McSpadden was monitoring the scene from above. 

    Russ McSpadden: I’ve been, I’ve been coming, um, to the site of, uh, construction activity here every week for a bit more than a month now. 

    RD: Russ works for the Tucson-based Center for Biological Diversity. He was documenting the construction crew’s activity. 

    RM: They’ve got bulldozers knocking over oak trees and forest service land and illegally building new roads, and then obviously placing shipping containers illegally at the border — just south of here, where they’ve completed a large section of wall runs, you know, right through jaguar critical habitat.

    RD: Ducey selected AshBritt, a Florida-based disaster response company with significant ties to the Republican Party, for the Coronado container installation. When I reached out with questions, AshBritt directed me to contract the Arizona Department of Emergency and Military Affairs, the state agency responsible for the project. The department, in turn, directed me to the governor’s office.

    Ducey’s office did not respond to questions for this story. A spokesperson for the governor did, however, speak to me during my earlier reporting on the container wall. Ducey’s press secretary, C.J. Karamargin, defended the project and said that the Biden administration had failed in its duty to secure the border, and that left the governor with no choice but to build a border wall himself.

    During the Trump years, Russ was among a network of Arizona advocates who fought to counter the narrative that the former president’s vows to “build the wall” had amounted to nothing. They did so with compelling visual evidence, documenting the Department of Homeland Security tearing through many of the most treasured desert ecosystems on the planet, blowing up national monuments, and depleting a sacred Native American oasis. 

    RM: It’s [a] globally recognized biodiversity hotspot for species, for species of cats, ocelot, jaguar, mountain lion, and bobcat live here, bears live here.

    RD: Russ’s encyclopedic knowledge of Arizona’s backcountry is matched by his passion for the animals that live there. From iridescent bugs to lightning-fast pronghorn, Russ loves them all. But one borderland resident stands above all others: el tigre de la frontera, the jaguar. 

    RM: It’s [a] federally protected habitat for this endangered species. And so, as part of my work is documenting and understanding the presence of jaguars in southern Arizona. There’s a really small number that exists in this state, and we’ve gotten photos and videos with trail cameras of a wild jaguar just to the mountains, just to the north of here.

    RD: The Center for Biological Diversity has been central in the fight to return the big cats to their historic range across the American Southwest. As part of the Center’s legal efforts, the federal government was forced to designate about twelve hundred square miles in Arizona and New Mexico as critical jaguar habitat in 2014, limiting the kinds of activity permitted there. 

    That habitat included land on the western slope of the Huachuca Mountains in the Coronado National Forest where Ducey began dropping his containers on October 24. 

    [Sound of airplane] 

    Russ was in a single-engine airplane flying low over the border when the project began. His phone rang. Robin Silver, a co-founder of the Center, was on the line. He told Russ to get to Coronado right away. Tell the pilot to land, he said, or better yet, fly to the installation site.

    I happened to be in the air with Russ that day. For more than a month, we had both been trying to confirm rumors that Ducey was preparing a mass deployment of containers somewhere outside Nogales, likely in the Coronado National Forest. Hundreds of the metal boxes had been stored at an unused armory in the border city. But those boxes began quietly disappearing. The governor’s office was being cagey, confirming that Ducey was eyeing locations but refusing to confirm where. 

    Russ and I took an airplane tour to scout for signs of activity in the Pajarito Mountains. By the time we touched back down in Tucson, it was clear we should have been flying further east. 

    Two days after our flight, I climbed into Russ’s work truck. Setting off in the morning, we pulled into the Coronado National Memorial before noon, then hiked south along a ridge with a commanding view over the San Rafael Valley. 

    [Sound of hiking] 

    Though we were miles from the site, the noise of Ducey’s project echoed through the valley. One after another, pickups pulling containers came rumbling down the Forest Service road that leads to the border. Plumes of dust curled above them. Russ set his backpack in the grass and unloaded his drone. I leaned against a wire fence and squinted into the valley. In just two days, Ducey’s contractors had fashioned a shipping container fort to serve as their base of operations. Armed guards waited at the entrance.

    [Sound of drone]

    The drone zipped into the air and within seconds was out of sight. We spent two hours on the ridge watching Ducey’s trucks transform wilderness to junkyard. Trump’s wall building was jarring for anyone who saw it up close, but this ramshackle operation was something else entirely. 

    Fox 10 Phoenix Anchor: The border battle between Governor Ducey and the federal government rages on tonight.

    Fox 10 Phoenix Anchor: Today, the governor filed a lawsuit after the feds ordered Arizona to take down the double-stacked shipping containers that are filling the gaps along the border.

    RD: On the Friday before Governor Ducey’s container installation began, a team of private attorneys filed a lawsuit in Arizona federal court on behalf of the governor against the Biden administration’s land management agencies.

    Ducey was arguing that the federal land along the border actually falls under state jurisdiction, particularly in times of emergency and cases of invasion. Ducey declared both were present in Arizona in August.

    Governor Ducey: The southern border is a federal responsibility. But in Arizona we’re taking every action possible – and I would say aggressive action – to protect this community, our state, and the law-enforcement professionals who keep us safe.

    RD: The governor was saying all of this, despite the fact that the Biden administration was already in the process of filling those gaps. Ducey’s reading of the law would grant border governors unprecedented power to sidestep federal statutes that have governed public lands for generations. The Center for Biological Diversity quickly filed suit against Ducey citing the threat to jaguar habitat under the Endangered Species Act.

    RM: The Center for Biological Diversity filed a 60 day notice of intent to sue for obstructing important migration corridors for jaguar and ocelot. This is an ESA, Endangered Species Act, violation.

    RD: The Center also intervened as defendants in the governor’s lawsuit against the feds. Russ submitted a declaration in the case. That declaration was filed November 1, seven days before the midterm elections. Silver – the co-founder of the Center – was sending his images from the field directly to Biden’s top land managers, including the Ducey lawsuit defendants, as well as Department of Interior Secretary Deb Halaand. 

    With four decades of experience suing the federal government, often successfully, Silver’s connections in Washington ran deep. The Center’s longtime co-founder demanded that the feds do their job and stop Ducey. The message he got back was clear: wait until the elections are through. 

    Chris Hayes, MSNBC: We are now projecting that Democratic Secretary of State Katie Hobbs is in fact the winner in the Arizona gubernatorial race, this will make her [fade out].

    RD: Less than 24 hours after Arizona’s polls closed on November 8, Russ and I were on the ground in Coronado. 

    [Sound of truck blaring horn]

    This time, instead of watching from the ridge, we drove directly to the site. Up close, the scene had a Mad Max feel. Swirling dust. A wall of containers crowned with razor wire. Trees snapped, trampled, and shoved into mangled heaps. The contractors had put down more than a mile of boxes since our last visit. The desert washes that provide run off for monsoon rains were blocked. Most startling of all were the bus-sized military vehicles racing down the narrow road running along the border. It felt genuinely unsafe for all living things in the area, including the workers.

    [Sounds of trucks]

    Security Guard: This area is very dangerous.

    RM: Understand, but this is Forest Service. They can stop.

    Security Guard: Please, don’t walk through here.

    RD: We passed through the container fort on the way back to our vehicles. The contractors exploded, shouting that we couldn’t be there and that they would call the sheriff.

    RM: We were walking, you know, we weren’t on the road. We were, we were just walking through back to our cars and, you know, one guy just started yelling and, and telling us to, to get outta here.

    And I was pretty adamant that we were on Forest Service land and if he wasn’t Forest Service, he couldn’t tell us to do that. And, he threatened, he threatened the group, you know, it was a couple of us, and he said he’d put some people in the hospital recently and he was ready to do it again. You know, I mean, it was just a threat. It didn’t feel, I didn’t feel like he really meant it. He was just being a shithead. [Laughs]

    [Suspenseful music starts]

    RD: By mid-November, the federal government still hadn’t stepped in. Deep in the Huachucas, close encounters with Ducey’s project were beginning to have a radicalizing effect.

    North of Ducey’s container wall, a zigzagging road leads the way to Tucson. The views in Lyle Canyon are stunning, but the backcountry highway is barely two lanes. The curves are blind. The shoulder is marked by drop offs and walls of earth. There are no lights.

    Martin Brown — no relation to Michael and Christie — lives in the canyon and teaches high school art in Tucson. He treasures his scenic commute, but it requires taking off before dawn. The most dangerous portion of his drive is in the canyon. Last month, he nearly died there.

    MB: Yeah, I would say that was the closest I’ve come to death, ever, you know. Every morning, I pass this convoy of trucks and I am terrified now after that experience. I just happened to go down a hill and around the corner and there was a truck in my lane. And if I hadn’t been coffee’d up and alert that day, I wouldn’t have made it, it would have hit me head-on. But I swerved off the road just in time and managed to not overcorrect – I don’t know how.

    RD: Martin’s neighbor, Kate Scott, had her own close call with the governor’s contractors. She was outraged. Her greatest worry though was the environmental damage that the container wall was causing. 

    Kate Scott: Arizona is blessed with along the border having all these incredible wildlife refuges, national monuments. You name it, we have it. And we were mortally wounded.

    RD: A veterinary technician by training, Kate runs the Madrean Archipelago Wildlife Center, where she rehabilitates injured raptors.

    KS: This is inhumane. It’s a crime against nature. Everyone in America should be mad because it’s going through their national forest and done in such a anti-democratic manner. It might as well be,  it’s another form of insurrection to me. It’s like you’re saying, “I’m not going to follow the rule of law, President Biden.”

    RD: Kate wasn’t the only one feeling that way. Jennifer Wrenn and her husband and Andy Kayner live further south down Lyle Canyon. They are among Arizona’s closest residents to Ducey’s wall. For more than a month, their mornings began with the clamoring of convoys passing their front door. They continued non-stop until sundown. 

    Last month, Jennifer put out an email call to her neighbors to see what could be done. She and Kate started talking. The Browns were looped in. Together, they began brainstorming the possibility of a protest at the construction site. Nobody knew, for sure, what that would look like. Would the contractors run them off? Would they call the sheriff? The group decided they needed to do a test run.

    [Upbeat music begins]

    On the morning of Sunday, November 20, the neighbors, along with the Browns, Russ from the Center for a Biological Diversity, and a handful of others, drove out to the container wall. As usual, they were met by one of the site’s private security contractors. This time, however, they had numbers. 

    Security Guard: We talk to the Border Patrol, the sheriff, the Forest Service,” the guard said. Everybody comes out here and they all have our back.

    Protester: You’ve been given injunctions against this!

    Security Guard: I haven’t been given anything. I am security. That’s it. I’m out here trying to support my family. That’s it.

    [CROSS TALK]

    Security Guard: I’m not doing anything. I’m doing my job. 

    Protester: But your job is protecting an illegal operation. 

    Security Guard: Whether or not it’s illegal, it’s state-funded and whatever the case is.

    RD: Michael Brown asked the man who he worked for.

    Security Guard: I work for a security company.

    MB: Who?

    Security Guard: I was in the Marine Corps.

    MB: What’s the name of your company?

    Security Guard: I don’t need to tell you that. It’s a private company.

    RD: The residents stuck around as one hour bled into the next. They noticed the construction stopped. At 3pm., the contractors packed up and left. They hadn’t put down a single container since the locals arrived. 

    The test run at Coronado had been a revelation for the valley’s agitators: not only was protest possible, if people went to the site the work stopped. Kate circulated a call to action to trusted contacts. On the morning of November 29, the protesters converged on the container wall. Everybody had their signs. Many were of retirement age. 

    Kate Brown: Well I want you all to know how thankful and grateful I am for you to be here today.

    RD: The sound of approaching trucks came echoing down the canyon. The protesters scrambled to their vehicles. At 10:30 a.m., they reached the ad hoc checkpoint that led to the wall. They didn’t stop. 

    A private security contractor with a pistol on his belt held a walkie talkie to his ear. A voice crackled through the receiver.

    RM: What’s going on this way, this is closed?

    Walkie Talkie Voice: “They got all their vehicles coming in. And they’re heading…”

    RD: One of the massive military vehicles that ran containers to the end of the wall was preparing a delivery. The protesters stood in its way. The vehicle stopped. With the gargantuan container-mover half-parked on the border road, its one working headlight still on, Kate delivered an impassioned speech while the private security guards wandered over to the protesters’ cars and began eyeing their license plates. 

    KS: This is your public land. They are here illegally, they have no say over you at all: your body, your person, your car, your equipment, your anything.

    [Sound of sheriff pulling up]

    Tim Williams: Tim Williams, I’m with the  Cochise County Sheriff office. Is there like a head guy around with you guys here? Someone that’s in charge.

    RD: About two hours after the protesters arrived, a black pickup with tinted windows pulled into the site. Two men stepped out. Both wore ballcaps and beards. Badges swung from their necks as they approached. The larger of the two introduced himself as Sergeant Tim Williams, head of the Cochise County Sheriff’s Department’s Southeastern Arizona Border Regional Enforcement task force. That’s a special operations unit better known as SABRE. It was the same unit that visited the Browns’ home a month before. Williams explained that his office got a call about the protesters.

    TW: So we understand that you guys are protesting here.  We just request that you guys keep it kind of civil and try not to get hurt or do anything like that stuff.

    [CROSSTALK]

    Michael Brown: We are. This is totally civil. 

    Tim Williams: And we’re just requesting that on our side. You guys got any questions for us? No, alright.

    RD: Michael did have a question. 

    Michael Brown: Well, actually I do. Do you know how many people actually cross from that mountain west?

    Tim Williams: Yeah, give or take right around 1,000 a month that we know of, probably, between 500 and 1,000 in this corridor here.

    RD: Over the next hour, Williams painted a portrait of Coronado as a war zone, invoking language justifying lethal force that I often encountered covering U.S. drone strikes.

    Protester: So how do you know that information?

    Tim Williams: I actually run the border unit for the Sheriff’s office, so if you actually look up SABRE. It’s Southern Arizona Border Region Enforcement, there’s a whole bunch of things out there. We run a national camera system from all over the state of Arizona. So we actually see them on our cameras. And we have cameras all over this area watching. So we are actually able to document. So when I say that, you know, how many, we actually document how many come across.

    So in the Cochise County area alone we’re up in the thousands that we see every month. And these guys are the ones decked out in camouflage. They all run from us. They’re all in groups. Most of them are what we call military-aged males.They’re between the ages of like 15 and 25 and they’re all coming across in large groups.

    RD: Michael interjected.

    MB: I cut wood out here. I’ve been doing it for 10-12 years.

    TW: Yeah.

    MB: I’ve only seen one.

    TW: Yeah, let me see if I still have the picture…

    RD: Williams insisted Cochise County was suffering a wave of unauthorized border crossers of historic proportions. 

    RD: What do you attribute that explosion to?

    TW: You know, a lot of them, the illegals will tell you directly that it’s President Biden has changed policy. 

    RD: Which policy?

    TW: The immigration. They feel like they come across – they’ll actually tell you that it’s changed, that’s what they’re actually coming across, is that President Biden has made it easier for them to be here.

    RD: When the topic turned to the container wall rising up before us, Williams suddenly became guarded.

    TW: So opinions are something I don’t talk about. But you can absolutely ask our elected officials on their opinions. I know when you do any project like this, environmental studies have to be done and all that stuff.

    RD: They didn’t. For this project there were zero.

    TW: That I have no idea.

    RD: The morning after the protest, Coronado National Forest issued its first public statement on Ducey’s project. The message: stay away. 

    The statement read: “The Forest Service has informed the State that the presence of the containers is unlawful. Until the situation is resolved, visitors to the Coronado National Forest, including those seeking to recreate, hunt, or collect fuelwood, should refrain from entering the area where the State’s activities are taking place or otherwise exercise caution when traveling the area.” The agency highlighted the presence of “unauthorized armed security personnel on site.”

    [Mysterious music begins]

    The Forest Service wanted to avoid a conflict, but the protesters on the ground were already in one. The same day the agency warned the public to stay away, demonstrators were back at the site. Once again, their presence stopped construction. It had become an ongoing effort to do what the federal government would not: protect public lands from illegal destruction. The protests continued and a new younger group of demonstrators joined in. Ducey needed to adjust.

    On December 6, at 6:45 a.m., Kate returned to find the governor’s work crews had added 17 stacks of containers in the night. She alerted the growing group of volunteers. If Ducey’s contractors were going to work at night, then people needed to be on the ground at night. 

    Within hours, a plan took shape. A shift schedule was created. Food and overnight supplies were purchased. There were eight public land defenders on the ground that night. They needed to secure two locations: the staging area where Ducey’s containers were kept, and the end of the wall where the heavy equipment was parked. 

    The contractors arrived. For the protesters, there was no tapping out. If they moved, construction would commence. The contractors turned on their vehicles. Some slept while the activists stood. Four long, cold hours passed. At 3 a.m., the governor’s contractors gave up and left.

    [Sounds of protesters talking by campfire]

    People were ready for the contractors to try another night installation, but it didn’t happen. Instead, strangers and neighbors created a 24/7 encampment at the work site. I drove down from Tucson to spend the night.

    [Protesters talking by campfire]

    The moon was nearly full, casting a new light on the same landscape everyone saw during the day.

    [Protester playing guitar and singing]

    The next morning, we awoke to frost on our tents. The desert was still. Ducey’s men did not return for work.

    About a week later with the protest movement continuing to block the placement of containers the feds finally stepped in. The Justice Department sued Ducey over the placement of the shipping containers. That same day, Ducey’s men began transferring the unused box to a state prison complex outside Tucson.

    Ducey’s Democratic successor, Gov.-elect Katie Hobbs, has said she will stop adding containers to the wall. She has not, however, committed to taking the existing structures down. If she does, it could cost as much or more than it did to put them in. If she doesn’t, it will mean the collapse of a remarkable binational ecosystem and the death of a stunning Sonoran Desert landscape set aside for all to enjoy.

    Credits

    And that’s it for this episode of Intercepted. Follow us on Twitter @Intercepted.

    You can also watch a video we produced about the neighbors’ efforts to stop Ducey’s wall and read the full story at The Intercept dot com. 

    Intercepted is a production of First Look Media and The Intercept. 

    Special thanks to video producer Kitara Cahana for the recorded interviews you heard in this episode.  

    Jose Olivares is Lead Producer. Supervising Producer is Laura Flynn. Ali Gharib edited this story. Roger Hodge is editor in chief of The Intercept. And Rick Kwan mixed our show. Our theme music, as always, was composed by DJ Spooky.

    If you’d like to support our work, go to theintercept.com/join — your donation, no matter what the amount, makes a real difference.

    If you haven’t already, please subscribe to Intercepted. And definitely do leave us a rating or review — it helps people find us. If you enjoy this podcast, be sure to also check out Deconstructed, as well as Murderville.

    If you want to give us feedback, email us at [email protected]. Thanks so much.

    We’re taking a short holiday break but will be back in the new year with new episodes.

    Until next time, I’m Ryan Devereaux.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Intercepted.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/21/borderland-residents-shut-down-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall/feed/ 0 359244
    How Neighbors in the Borderlands Fought Back Against Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey’s Illegal Wall — and Won https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/how-neighbors-in-the-borderlands-fought-back-against-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall-and-won/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/how-neighbors-in-the-borderlands-fought-back-against-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall-and-won/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2022 11:00:38 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=416871

    Michael and Christie Brown resisted putting a barrier around their beloved desert home for years, but the nights were getting too dangerous. It was a question of safety. They needed a fence.

    The Browns live 10 miles north of the U.S.-Mexico border, on the southeastern edge of Sierra Vista, in Cochise County, Arizona. Like many of their neighbors at the foot of the rugged Huachuca Mountains, the Browns’s worry was javelinas, tenacious borderland omnivores often mistaken for wild pigs. Their dogs had been attacked. Their garden was in peril. Javelina damage keeps the Browns up at night. A purported wave of migrants laying siege to their community does not.

    In late October, Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey began unloading thousands of shipping containers on the border in the Coronado National Forest to thwart a supposed “invasion” on the Browns’ doorstep. Topped with concertina wire and welded together, the nearly 9,000-pound boxes would be stacked two high on land where the retirees chop wood every winter, where they took their sons hiking and camping as kids, and where they still hike and camp to this day. In the early 2000s, they saw evidence of heavy migration through the area — discarded desert clothes, empty water jugs, trash — but it hadn’t been like that in more than a decade.

    On October 26, two days after Ducey’s project began, the Browns got in their truck and set off to see the shipping containers for themselves. They descended a rocky road east of the picturesque San Rafael Valley, then turned south toward Mexico. As they neared the border, they were stopped at an ad hoc checkpoint. A bald man, dressed in black with body armor and reflective sunglasses, approached. He wore no insignia and refused to say who he worked for. Michael asked if he could drive up to the containers and take some photos. The guard said he could not. Michael asked him why.

    “I’m not answering any more questions, sir,” the guard replied.

    The scene was as horrifying as anything the Browns could have imagined. Heavy-duty pickups were ripping down the dirt road hauling in shipping containers on trailers. The containers were then transferred onto a large military truck that raced down the road running parallel to the border, blaring a loud horn as it passed. At the end of the line, the containers were wrapped in a thick chain and hoisted by backhoes. Swinging precariously through the air, they were plopped in the dirt, then shoved into place with a forklift. The clanking and screeching of metal on metal filled the otherwise quiet landscape. The grinding of the heavy vehicles on the desert soil enveloped the entire area in a thick cloud of fine dust.

    Christie was incensed, telling the guard that she would walk to the containers. “This is a dangerous area, ma’am,” the man said.

    “This is our national land,” Christie said.

    The guard cocked his head to the side, like he was schooling a child. “This is also the state of Arizona,” he said. “Are you a federal employee?”

    Michael interjected: “I was.”

    Michael, now 67, had lived in the area for nearly half a century and knew as much about border walls as anyone. Serving in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for two decades, he oversaw the construction of Border Patrol stations in Naco and Douglas. In 2007, he oversaw installation of the first federally contracted “pedestrian fencing” in Arizona. He continued to oversee wall construction across the southwest into the Trump years, before retiring in the spring of 2021.

    Looking out across the landscape, Michael Brown saw a reckless operation that he would have shut down in a heartbeat. He decided to take a walk through the brush, snapping photos of birds while taking in evidence of the environmental damage. Christie waited back in the truck with their dog, Izzy. A man parked nearby and trained a pair of binoculars on Christie. He watched her until Michael returned and continued watching as the couple drove away.

    An hour later, the Browns were back home when the doorbell rang. Michael opened the door to find two armed men in body armor, a pair of unmarked vehicles behind them. Unlike the guard at Coronado, they wore identifiable insignia. This was Cochise County Sheriff Mark Dannels’s heavily subsidized and much-advertised border strike force.

    The deputies told Michael they’d received a complaint that a truck like his, carrying four suspicious men, was spotted outside a hotel where the governor’s contractors were staying. The contractors had told police that they were frightened. Michael explained that he and Christie had simply gone to see the container wall. He showed the deputies cellphone video of their interaction with the guard. A third unmarked vehicle pulled into his driveway. Before long, the deputies’ demeanor softened, they turned friendly and appeared satisfied. As they left, one of the men remarked to Michael that the governor’s wall was a “sensitive political situation.”

    “I know the contractors at the border took down my license plate and called them,” Michael told me a month later, over coffee in his kitchen. “I don’t understand why.” While some would be unnerved, he was mostly perplexed. Anyway, he and Christie now had bigger things to worry about.

    Since their visit, Ducey had cut across miles of pristine desert. Federal authorities had told the governor that his project was illegal, but were doing nothing to stop it. The Browns were shocked. “The Forest Service is mandated to preserve and to protect our national lands,” Michael said. In the face of inaction, the Browns were left with one choice: gather as many friends, neighbors, and allies as they could and stop the governor themselves.

    President Joe Biden greets Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey after arriving on Air Force One, Tuesday, Dec. 6, 2022, at Luke Air Force Base in Maricopa County, Ariz.

    President Joe Biden greets Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey after arriving on Air Force One, on Dec. 6, 2022, at Luke Air Force Base in Maricopa County, Ariz.

    Photo: Patrick Semansky/AP


    For seven weeks, the Biden administration has watched Arizona’s governor engage in a pattern of brazen lawbreaking along the border, destroying public lands that the administration is sworn to protect, and done nothing to stop him. Ducey, who’s leaving office in January, has committed at least $95 million to this effort, but the Republican governor’s renegade campaign could end up costing Arizonans far more.

    Ducey’s Democratic successor, Gov.-elect Katie Hobbs, has said she will stop adding containers to the wall. She has not, however, committed to taking the existing structures down. If Hobbs does take the containers down, it could cost as much or more than it did to put them in. If she doesn’t, it will mean the collapse of a remarkable binational ecosystem, one of the last places in the U.S. where jaguars still roam, and the death of a stunning Sonoran Desert landscape set aside for all to enjoy.

    The story of Arizona’s wall of shipping containers is a story about immigration and conservation, of public lands and insurrection, but as the weeks went by, it turned into something more. In the shadow of the governor’s wall, a roughly four-mile stretch of the U.S.-Mexico border became the setting for a remarkable and unlikely story of everyday people who, with no one to count on but each other, stood up against the most powerful lawmaker in their state and won.

    Portrait of Michael and Christie Brown near the shipping container wall on the U.S.-Mexico border in the Coronado National Forest in Arizona on November 29th, 2022.

    Michael and Christie Brown near the shipping container wall on the U.S.-Mexico border in the Coronado National Forest in Arizona, on Nov. 29, 2022.

    Photo: Kitra Cahana for The Intercept


    While the Browns were taking in their first ground-level glimpses of Ducey’s wall on October 26, Russ McSpadden was monitoring the scene from above.

    McSpadden works for the Tucson-based Center for Biological Diversity, where he documents threats to the unique ecosystems of the Sonoran Desert. On social media, he intersperses viral videos of destructive border wall construction with equally popular videos of borderland wildlife. His encyclopedic knowledge of Arizona’s backcountry is matched by his passion for the animals that live there. From iridescent bugs to lightning-fast pronghorn, McSpadden loves them all, but one borderland resident stands above the others: el tigre de la frontera, the jaguar.

    McSpadden’s employer has been central in the fight to return the big cats to their historic range across the American Southwest. In 1994, the group filed a lawsuit that led to the inclusion of jaguars on the Endangered Species List. Today, McSpadden is part of a constellation of advocates and biologists who monitor the ultra-elusive predators as they pass back and forth across the border. He is one of the few people alive who has managed to capture a jaguar on a game camera in the Arizona borderlands — not once, but twice.

    As part of the center’s legal efforts, the federal government was forced to designate 1,194 square miles in Arizona and New Mexico as critical jaguar habitat in 2014, limiting the kinds of activity permitted there. That habitat included land on the western slope of the Huachuca Mountains in the Coronado National Forest, where Ducey began dropping his containers on October 24.

    When the container project began, McSpadden was in a single-engine airplane flying low over the border. His phone rang. Robin Silver, a co-founder of the center, was on the line. He told McSpadden to get to Coronado right away. Tell the pilot to land, he said, or better yet, fly to the installation site.

    It wasn’t possible. I happened to be in the air with McSpadden that day. For more than a month, we had both been trying to confirm rumors that Ducey was preparing a mass deployment of containers somewhere outside Nogales, Arizona, likely in Coronado National Forest. Hundreds of the metal boxes had been stored at an unused armory in the border city then quietly disappeared. The governor’s office was being cagey, confirming that Ducey was eyeing locations but refusing to confirm where. McSpadden and I took a tour with EcoFlight, a company that provides aerial tours to environmental advocates and journalists, to scout for signs of activity in the Pajarito Mountains. By the time we touched back down in Tucson, it was clear we should have been flying further east.

    Russ McSpadden, Southwest Conservation Advocate at the Center for Biological Diversity, scans the border for signs of new wall installation. October 24, 2022.

    Russ McSpadden, Southwest Conservation Advocate at the Center for Biological Diversity, scans the border for signs of new wall installation. October 24, 2022.

    Photo: Michael McKisson


    Like others who documented southern Arizona’s environmental destruction under President Donald Trump — compiling evidence of the Department of Homeland Security blowing up national monuments and depleting a sacred Native American oasis — McSpadden was still recovering. He hadn’t been on the border in a professional capacity in a year. Ducey’s threat to jaguars drew him back out.

    Two days after our flight, I climbed into McSpadden’s work truck. Setting off in the morning, we pulled into the Coronado National Memorial before noon, then hiked south along a ridge with a commanding view of the landscape below.

    Though we were miles from the site, the noise of Ducey’s project echoed through the valley. One after another, pickups pulling containers came rumbling down the Forest Service road that leads to the border. Plumes of dust curled above them. McSpadden set his backpack in the grass and unloaded a drone. I leaned against a wire fence and squinted into the valley. In just two days, Ducey’s contractors had fashioned a shipping container fort to serve as their base of operations. Armed guards waited at the entrance. McSpadden nicknamed it the “OK Corral.”

    The drone zipped into the air and was out of sight within seconds. We spent two hours on the ridge watching Ducey’s trucks transform wilderness into junkyard. Trump’s wall-building was jarring for anyone who saw it up close, but this ramshackle operation was something else entirely.

    Protestors block construction of Gov. Ducey’s shipping container wall on the U.S.-Mexico border in the Coronado National Forest in Ariz., on November 29th, 2022.

    Protesters block construction of the shipping container wall on the U.S.-Mexico border in the Coronado National Forest in Arizona, on Nov. 29, 2022.

    Photo: Kitra Cahana for The Intercept


    On the Friday before Ducey’s container installation began, a team of private attorneys working on behalf of the governor filed a lawsuit in federal court against the U.S. Forest Service, the Bureau of Reclamation, and top officials at the agencies, along with the secretary of the Department of Agriculture. The lawsuit followed more than a month of warnings from federal officials that the project Ducey was cooking up was unauthorized and thus, illegal.

    On September 16, Coronado National Forrest officials received a request from the Arizona Division of Emergency Management seeking “authorization to place barriers on National Forest land in all areas that currently have gaps in the federal wall.” The Department of Emergency and Military Affairs, or DEMA, manages a $335 million “Border Security Fund” that the Republican-controlled legislature approved in 2021. The disbursements have been controversial, with the governor’s emergency managers distributing more cash to Republican-led counties and sheriffs — including Cochise County and Dannels, its sheriff — than their Democratic counterparts.

    With DEMA showing no sign of plans to abide by the process for the authorization of a massive construction project on federal land, the Forest Service denied Ducey’s request. On October 6, Kerwin Dewberry, Coronado’s forest supervisor, sent a letter to Maj. Gen. Kerry L. Muehlenbeck, the director of DEMA, reporting the sighting of dozens of shipping containers, construction equipment, and private security personal on federal land. “The Forest Service did not authorize this occupancy and use,” he wrote. Muehlenbeck fired back, pointing to a state of emergency Ducey declared in August: “Due to the lack of response and pursuant to the directive by Governor Ducey, work will commence to close the referenced gap to ensure the safety of Arizona citizens.” The response prompted an escalation from the Forest Service, with the chief of the agency’s southwest region reiterating that the governor’s project was unlawful.

    In his complaint two weeks later, Ducey focused on the so-called Roosevelt Reservation. In photographs, it’s that flattened land that runs parallel to the border wall. Former President Theodore Roosevelt set aside this 60-foot-wide roadway as federal land in 1907, five years before Arizona became a state, so that the U.S. government could forever have an unimpeded view into Mexico.

    For 115 years, the agreement that the easement is federal property has been a staple of borderlands jurisprudence. Ducey, however, presented the novel argument that Roosevelt’s declaration lacked authority and the state had jurisdiction over the land, particularly in times of emergency and cases of invasion; Ducey declared that both were present in Arizona in August. Under President Joe Biden, the federal government abdicated its obligation to provide security by opening the border to a criminal invasion of drugs and foreigners, the governor alleged. Arizona had the right to defend itself by filling gaps in the border wall that Trump left behind. (The Biden administration was already in the process of filling those gaps.)

    Ducey’s reading of the law would grant border governors unprecedented power to sidestep federal statutes that have governed public lands for generations. In his view, he was both empowered and obligated to disregard those time-consuming processes. His lawsuit called on the court to agree.

    Until a judge rules otherwise, Ducey has demonstrated every intent to keep doing what he’s doing. The Department of Justice has filed a motion to dismiss his suit.

    Ducey’s selected AshBritt, a Florida-based disaster response company with significant ties to the Republican Party, for the Coronado project. In 2018, the company made a half-million-dollar donation to a Trump Super PAC, in violation of prohibitions against federal contractor political contributions. The firm’s CEO paid a hefty Federal Election Commission fine. Trump’s former White House counsel, Donald McGahn, negotiated the settlement.

    The Center for Biological Diversity quickly filed suit against Ducey, citing the threat to jaguar habitat under the Endangered Species Act, but there was a catch. The landmark environmental law gives defendants nearly two months to change allegedly bad behavior before any enforcement activity can commence. That meant nothing was happening right away. So in addition to that suit, the organization also intervened in Ducey’s lawsuit as a defendant. If the feds wouldn’t defend the land, Robin Silver, the group’s co-founder, told me, the Center for Biological Diversity would.

    “What I saw was shocking and heartbreaking.”

    McSpadden submitted a declaration in the case. Though Ducey had asserted authority over the Roosevelt Reservation, McSpadden detailed how the governor was, in fact, widening the longstanding federal easement. Describing our visit to the site the previous month, he testified: “What I saw was shocking and heartbreaking.”

    McSpadden’s declaration was filed November 1, seven days before the midterm elections. Silver was sending his images from the field directly to Biden’s top land managers, including the defendants in Ducey’s lawsuit and Interior Secretary Deb Halaand. With four decades of experience suing the federal government, often successfully, Silver’s connections in Washington run deep. He demanded that the feds do their job and stop Ducey’s lawbreaking. The message he got back was clear: Wait until the elections are over.

    Less than 24 hours after Arizona’s polls closed on November 8, McSpadden and I were on the ground in Coronado. This time, instead of watching from the ridge, we drove directly to the site.

    After walking the length of the wall, we cut through the OK Corral on the way to our vehicles. A gaggle of contractors in the makeshift fort exploded, shouting that we couldn’t be there and that they would call the sheriff. One of the men yelled out that he had already sent two people to the hospital that day and would happily send two more. As we continued, a private security guard with a sidearm approached and told us that the area was “very dangerous.” McSpadden responded that we were on Forest Service land, and the governor’s contractors were free to leave.

    Up close, the scene had a Mad Max feel. Swirling dust. A wall of containers crowned with razor wire. Trees snapped, trampled, and shoved into mangled heaps. The contractors had laid down more than a mile of boxes since our last visit. The desert washes that provide runoff for monsoon rains were now blocked. Most startling of all were the bus-sized military vehicles racing down the narrow Roosevelt Reservation road. It felt unsafe for all living things in the area, including the workers.

    Andrew Kayner, 71, sits down and blocks construction of Governor Ducey’s shipping container wall on the US-Mexico border in the Coronado National Forest in Arizona on November 29th, 2022.

    Andrew Kayner, 71, sits down and blocks construction of Gov. Doug Ducey’s shipping container wall on the U.S.-Mexico border in the Coronado National Forest in Arizona, on Nov. 29, 2022.

    Photo: Kitra Cahana for The Intercept


    Sprawled out beyond the northwestern edge of Sierra Vista, the Fort Huachuca Army base is the biggest employer in Cochise County’s most populous city. Established in 1877, the fort began as an outpost in the U.S. campaign to destroy the Chiricahua Apache. Today it’s a hub of drone, intelligence, and electronic warfare operations. Its motto: “From sabres to satellites.”

    Michael Brown was a young carpenter when he landed a job on the base in the early 1980s. He had fallen in love with the jagged mountains and golden grasslands of the San Rafael Valley after a Christmas visit in 1975. Brown’s work on the base led to a job with the Army Corps of Engineers, which turned into a 20-year career of inspecting and managing border job sites. He insists the structures he built for the Bush and Obama administrations were “fences,” not “walls.” There’s a meaningful distinction, Brown argues: Fences can be seen through, walls cannot. “Border Patrol agents do not like walls,” he said. “They want to be able to see into Mexico.”

    “I can proudly say that I had no part of the Trump-era stuff. To me, that was not done for security. It was for racism.”

    Brown has complicated feelings about his old line of work. “I do have a history that I’m not proud of,” he told me the first time we spoke. From the beginning, he said, he questioned the border wall projects — “It just didn’t feel right,” he said — but still he worked on them. Brown’s last wall was an Obama-era contract that carried over into 2017. “I can proudly say that I had no part of the Trump-era stuff,” he said. “To me, that was not done for security. It was for racism.”

    The Trump years were a profoundly affecting period for the Browns. Christie participated in a border wall lawsuit. Michael joined her at protests, though he had to keep a low profile because he was still working for the government. With Trump’s defeat, the couple believed the worst was behind them. Then Ducey’s project came along. Still, bad as it was, they expected that the conclusion of the midterms — with a Democrat winning the governor’s mansion — would spell the end of Ducey’s destruction of public lands. But then that didn’t happen either.

    Michael used his experience managing government projects to catalogue the myriad ways in which Ducey ran roughshod over critical laws and regulations. He wrote to Arizona Sens. Mark Kelly and Kristen Sinema and Reps. Raul Grijalva and Ann Kirkpatrick, at the time all Democrats, to share his concerns. He did the same with the Arizona office of the International Boundary and Water Commission and the Arizona Department of Environmental Quality. He included photos. Nothing happened.

    My efforts to obtain any sort of comment from the Forest Service on its lack of action were similarly fruitless. I called Silver to see if he was hearing any murmurs of activity from the feds. “It’s the same for us,” he told me. “It’s like, give me a fucking break. Your habitat is just getting trashed. If I did that, you’d have the cops arrest me, and yet you’re standing by.”

    The veteran environmentalist continued to send Biden administration officials visual evidence from the field, including a post-midterms email with the subject line, “WHERE ARE YOU????????”

    The impact of Ducey’s project was growing by the hour. By mid-November, all illusions that the feds would suddenly spring into action were gone. On the other side of the mountains, meanwhile, close encounters with the governor’s project were beginning to have a radicalizing effect.

    Portrait of Kate Scott near Governor Ducey’s shipping container wall on the US-Mexico border in the Coronado National Forest in Arizona on November 29th, 2022. (Photo by Kitra Cahana for The Intercept)

    Kate Scott near the shipping container wall on the U.S.-Mexico border in the Coronado National Forest in Arizona, on Nov. 29, 2022.

    Photo: Kitra Cahana for The Intercept


    North of Ducey’s container wall, a zigzagging road leads the way to Tucson. The views in Lyle Canyon are frequently stunning, but the backcountry highway is barely two lanes. The curves are blind. The shoulder is marked by dropoffs and walls of trees or earth. There are no lights.

    Martin Brown — no relation to Michael and Christie — lives in the canyon and teaches high school art in Tucson. He treasures his scenic commute, but it requires taking off before dawn. The most dangerous portion of his drive is in the canyon. Last month, he nearly died there.

    Brown had been passing the convoys of pickups that came racing down the canyon for weeks. “It’s like clockwork, every morning, around 6 a.m., I pass 10 to 12 of those monster trucks,” he told me. “These are not the shorties. These are the 40-footers,” Brown said. “When they come barreling around those sharp corners, they almost can’t avoid being in your lane.”

    On November 15, Brown rounded a bend to find one of Ducey’s container-carting contractors fully in his lane and coming fast. The truck and trailer passed within inches. “I would say that was the closest I’ve come to death ever,” Brown said. “If I hadn’t been coffee’d up and alert that day, I wouldn’t have made it. It would have hit me head-on.”

    Brown told his closest neighbor, Kate Scott, about his near-death experience. Scott, who had had her own close call with the governor’s contractors, was outraged. She’d had enough.

    A veterinary technician by training, Scott runs the Madrean Archipelago Wildlife Center, where she rehabilitates injured raptors. She and her husband bought the secluded ranch where the center is located, 20 miles north of Mexico, in 1997. The couple has far more trouble with trespassing hunters than migrants. “I’m never scared,” Scott told me. “All that stuff that they’re always harping on on the news, it’s all baloney.”

    Scott’s greatest worry is the environmental damage that the baloney is causing. In July 2020, she and a friend visited the San Pedro Riparian National Conservation Area, a world-famous birding destination where Trump was deploying explosives to make way for a 30-foot-tall bollard wall.

    “I’ll never forget it,” Scott said. “When I saw it — it was like I was stabbed in the chest. It was a very visceral, very emotional feeling that I don’t think I’ve ever felt in my adult life.”

    “It’s a crime against nature. Everyone in America should be mad because it’s going through their national forest.”

    Scott organized protests and got to know other Arizonans fighting to protect their public lands. When she returned from a recent trip to find that those lands were once again under attack, she was horrified. “I felt the same way when I saw the Trump’s wall — that this cannot stand,” Scott said. “It’s a crime against nature. Everyone in America should be mad because it’s going through their national forest.”

    “It’s another form of insurrection,” she argued. “You’re saying, ‘I’m not going to follow the rule of law, President Biden, I’m going to do what I want. This is my state.’”

    Scott wasn’t the only one feeling that way. Jennifer Wrenn and her husband Andy Kayner live farther south down Lyle Canyon. They are among Arizona’s closest residents to Ducey’s wall. For more than a month, their mornings have begun with the clamoring of convoys passing their front door. They continue nonstop until sundown.

    “Every day of the week. Sundays included,” Wrenn told me. “They’re very fast, very careless, and I’ve known several people who have been run off the road.”

    Wrenn and Kayner reflect the wide blast radius of Ducey’s project: At the center are the containers, at the edges are Arizonans like them. Torn up by the governor’s convoys, the roads near the couple’s home have been nearly destroyed for a project ostensibly meant to keep them safe. They aren’t the only ones affected, Wrenn stressed: Access for boaters and anglers at popular Parker Canyon Lake, hunters in the national forest, and hikers of the famed Arizona Trail were all being impacted by Ducey’s project.

    “It’s so unnecessary and wasteful. I mean, what could we do with $97 million?” Wrenn asked. “It’s a travesty and you’re reminded of it every five minutes — how stupid it is and how helpless we feel.”

    Last month, Wrenn sent an email to her neighbors to see what could be done. She and Scott started talking. The Browns in Sierra Vista were looped in. Together, they began brainstorming the possibility of a protest at the construction site. Nobody knew what it would look like. Would the contractors run them off? Would they call the sheriff?

    The group decided they needed to do a test run. On the morning of Sunday, November 20, Scott, Wrenn, and Kayner, along with Michael and Christie Brown, McSpadden, and a handful of others, drove out to the container wall. As usual, they were met by one of the site’s private security contractors. This time, however, they had numbers.

    “We talk to the Border Patrol, the sheriff, the Forest Service,” the guard said. “They all have our back.” The locals pressed for names. The guard didn’t have any. “I’m out here trying to support my family,” he said. “That’s it.” When asked who he worked for, the man replied, “a private security company.” He added that he previously served in the U.S. Marine Corps.

    The residents stuck around as one hour bled into the next. They noticed the construction had stopped. At 3 p.m., the contractors packed up and left. They hadn’t put down a single container since the locals arrived.

    Portrait of Jennifer Wrenn, 68, and Andrew Kayner, 71, outside their home near Elgin, Arizona on November 29th, 2022. (Photo by Kitra Cahana for The Intercept)

    Jennifer Wrenn, 68, and Andrew Kayner, 71, outside their home near Elgin, Arizona, on Nov. 29, 2022.

    Photo: Kitra Cahana for The Intercept


    On the morning of November 29, I climbed back into McSpadden’s truck. We followed Highway 83 south into Lyle Canyon. The test run at Coronado had been a revelation for the valley’s agitators: Not only was protest possible, but when people went to the site, the work stopped.

    Scott circulated a call to action to trusted contacts. “The rule of law must be followed and We the People will not be intimidated or dissuaded from enjoying our beautiful borderlands within the Coronado National Forest,” she wrote. “Make your Voice heard. Participate in the dialogue. Join us in this peaceful protest. Bring your signs, banners, songs and statements.”

    Scott and the Browns had already arrived when McSpadden and I pulled up to a dirt intersection a short drive from the container wall. Wrenn and Kayner showed up soon after. They were joined by a handful of others. Everybody had their signs.

    The sound of approaching trucks came echoing down the canyon. The protesters scrambled to their vehicles. At 10:30 a.m., they reached the ad hoc checkpoint that led to the wall. They didn’t stop. A private security contractor with a pistol on his belt held a walkie talkie to his ear as they passed. A voice crackled through the receiver: “They got all their vehicles coming in.”

    The protesters arrived just as one of the massive military vehicles that ran containers to the end of the wall was preparing a delivery. McSpadden was standing on the Roosevelt Reservation with his camera as the vehicle approached. Protesters hurried to join him as the contractors climbed down from the truck and walked away. With the gargantuan container-mover half-parked on the border road, its one working headlight still on, Scott delivered an impassioned speech while the private security guards wandered over to the protesters’ cars and eyed their license plates.

    Two hours after the protesters arrived, a black pickup with tinted windows pulled into the site. Two men stepped out. Badges swung from their necks as they approached. The larger of the pair was tall and burly, with khaki tactical pants, a fleece vest, and a flannel shirt. He introduced himself as Sgt. Tim Williams, head of the Cochise County Sheriff’s Department’s Southeastern Arizona Border Regional Enforcement task force. Better known as SABRE, it was the same unit that visited the Browns’s home a month before.

    The unit was created in 2014, when Dannels took over as sheriff. Over the past decade, the Cochise County sheriff has made a name for himself describing chaos in his jurisdiction for Fox News viewers and Republican lawmakers. That message pays. In February alone, Dannels’s department received a promise of $14.9 million from Ducey’s border security fund. The first $2.7 million went to SABRE. Last month, Ducey approved an additional $5 million for a new “Border Operations Center” that would place regional law enforcement operations under Dannels’s command.

    Williams explained that his office got a call about the protesters. “We just request that you guys keep it kind of civil and try not to get hurt,” he said. “You guys got any questions for us?”

    “Well, actually I do,” said Michael Brown. “Do you know how many people actually cross from that mountain west?”

    It was a question Williams clearly answered often. “Right around 1,000 a month that we know of, probably,” he said. “Between 500 and 1,000.”

    Over the next hour, Williams painted a portrait of Coronado as a war zone. “Most of them are what we call military-aged males,” he said, invoking the language justifying lethal force that I often encountered covering U.S. drone strikes. “They’re between the ages of like 15 and 25, and they’re all coming across in large groups.”

    Michael told the sergeant that he had cut wood in the area for more than a decade. “I’ve only seen one,” he said.

    Williams countered that he had an archive of game cam footage proving that Cochise County was suffering from a historic wave of unauthorized border crossers, many of whom were dangerous criminals. I asked what the sergeant attributed this explosion to.

    “The illegals will tell you directly that it’s President Biden has changed policy,” Williams said.

    “Which policy?” I asked.

    “The immigration,” he replied. “President Biden has made it easier for them to be here.”

    When the topic turned to the container wall rising up before us, Williams suddenly became guarded. “Opinions are something I don’t talk about,” he said. “I know when you do any project like this, environmental studies have to be done and all that stuff.” I asked if he was aware those studies hadn’t been done here and that the governor was told that the project was unlawful.

    “That I have no idea,” the sergeant said. “I know this is the Roosevelt easement. This is the federal government easement.”

    The next morning, Coronado National Forest issued its first public statement on the ongoing destruction. The message: Stay away. “Last month, the State of Arizona initiated an unauthorized project to install numerous shipping containers in the Coronado National Forest which may be creating safety hazards,” the service said, citing the “unauthorized armed security personnel on-site.”

    That afternoon, I spoke to Starr Farrell, the public affairs officer who circulated the alert. “We really don’t want a conflict,” she told me. Farrell acknowledged the damage Ducey’s “heavy machinery” had done to Forest Service roads and sounded genuinely alarmed when I told her that the governor’s private security contractors said her agency had their backs. “Oh,” she said. “Oh my.”

    “This was an unauthorized placement of these shipping containers,” Farrell said. “That isn’t something we would ever encourage.” When I asked why the Forest Service wasn’t taking active steps to stop it, Farrell said it was out of her agency’s hands. The Department of Justice was calling the shots. “It’s been escalated up,” she said. “It’s outside of a normal conversation we could have on the ground here.”

    For the protesters on the ground, the conflict that the Forest Service hoped to avoid had already begun. That same day, they were back at the governor’s renegade construction site. Once again, their presence stopped construction. It had become an ongoing effort to do what the federal government would not: protect public lands from illegal destruction.

    “I thought they were going to kill some of these people out there.”

    Over the next seven days, resistance to Ducey’s wall took a series of dramatic turns. Early on the morning of December 2, McSpadden returned to Coronado to find a new, younger group of demonstrators at the site. This time, instead of halting of construction, the governor’s contractors attempted to push forward with their work. McSpadden called from the scene. The connection was bad, but the words “really dangerous” came through.

    Later that afternoon, he described a contractor navigating the arm of an excavator within a foot of protesters’ heads. “I thought they were going to kill some of these people out there,” he said. Then, out of nowhere, the work stopped, and the contractors again left. A place that had been so loud and chaotic for weeks was dead silent. “It was so stark,” McSpadden later told me. “It was like peace.”

    Heavy rains that weekend brought construction to a halt. Ducey’s contractors had put down just 40 stacks of containers in five days, compared to the 20 to 30 they were averaging per day before. On December 5, a group of early risers shut construction by parking a car on the border road. Another day of work was lost. Ducey clearly needed to adjust.

    The next morning, at 6:45 a.m., Scott returned to find the governor’s work crews had 17 dropped stacks of containers in the night. She alerted the growing group of volunteers. If Ducey’s contractors were going to work at night, then people needed to be on the ground at night. Within hours, a plan took shape. A shift schedule was created. Food and overnight supplies were purchased. Up in Lyle Canyon, Andy Kayner loaded his pop-up camper.

    By nightfall, there were six people at the site. At 11 p.m., a line of headlights snaking down the canyon appeared in the distance. Two more protesters arrived. Together, the eight public land defenders needed to secure two locations: the staging area where Ducey’s containers were kept, and the end of the wall where the heavy equipment was parked. There was no tapping out. If they moved, construction would commence.

    The contractors turned on their vehicles. Some slept while the activists stood. Four long, cold hours passed. At 3 a.m., the governor’s contractors gave up and left.

    container-still-landscape

    Still: Russ McSpadden/Center for Biological Diversity Southwest Conservation Advocate


    The sun rose the next morning on a movement that was gaining momentum. Word was spreading. Over in Santa Cruz County, to the west from Cochise, Sheriff David Hathaway had been monitoring Ducey’s efforts from the moment the shipping containers first appeared in Nogales. Hathaway was born in the border city, a fifth-generation Arizonan and a former Drug Enforcement Administration investigator and supervisor. His family has had ranch land in Cochise County, in precisely the area where Ducey was operating, for generations.

    The sheriff hated everything about Ducey’s project. For one, it was plainly illegal, and the feds were doing nothing stop it. Hathaway, a Democrat, vowed to arrest Ducey’s contractors if their work crossed the county line — an unlikely scenario given that the governor’s project was slated to terminate just shy of his jurisdiction — and ordered his deputies to look out for contractors driving recklessly through Santa Cruz County communities. There was little more he could do. It was the feds’ responsibility to enforce federal laws, and despite the private messages Hathaway was receiving from Coronado law enforcement expressing their gratitude, they weren’t doing it.

    After weeks of rising frustration, Hathaway wanted to thank the people who were finally doing what the feds would not. He climbed into his work truck and set off for Cochise County. Scott, Kayner, and Ethan Bonnin, a Center for Biological Diversity contractor, were at the site when the sheriff pulled in, alone and announced. Together, they told Hathaway about the standoff the night before. The sheriff was awestruck.

    Public land defenders Andy Kayner, Kate Scott, and Ethan Bonnin visit with Santa Cruz County Sheriff David Hathaway at an encampment blocking Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey’s illegal wall of shipping containers. December 7, 2022.

    Public land defenders Andy Kayner, Kate Scott, and Ethan Bonnin visit with Santa Cruz County Sheriff David Hathaway at an encampment blocking Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey’s illegal wall of shipping containers. December 7, 2022.

    Photo: Courtesy Kate Scott

    When I later asked about his visit, Hathaway described how the governor’s justifications for the wall were as wrong as they were predictable. Lawmakers like Ducey, who made his millions selling ice cream, are often taken by harrowing “Sicario”-style accounts of border mayhem that they hear from men in uniform and disinclined to tell them no when they ask for more money and resources, he argued.

    “Of course, they’re going to say that. It would be like going to Raytheon and asking them, ‘Should we have another war in the Middle East?’”

    “Of course, they’re going to say that,” Hathaway said. “It would be like going to Raytheon and asking them, ‘Should we have another war in the Middle East?’” Peddling border fear sells among some Arizona voters, the sheriff said, particularly retirees from out of state who rarely venture further south than Phoenix. It was no coincidence that the governor’s project began and ended in Cochise County, he argued. “Sheriff Dannels is in lockstep with Ducey. He’s not going to oppose anything that Ducey does,” Hathaway said. It had nothing to do with safety: “It’s just political rhetoric.” The two men were appealing to the same crowd.

    “I’ve been going out there since I was a baby,” the sheriff said. “It’s very safe.”

    Scott was still buzzing from Hathaway’s visit when I pulled into the new encampment at the foot of the container wall and unloaded my tent. “It was like he didn’t want to leave,” she told me. “He’s really, really appreciative.”

    The sun was disappearing, and the temperature was dropping. Kayner’s camper was parked at the end of the wall with the contractors’ equipment. A security guard was posted nearby in a pickup. Sitting inside his vehicle, Kayner was steeling himself for whatever came next. “It’s going to be more painful now because we got to be here at night, but it’s certainly doable,” he told me. For the retired engineer, stopping Ducey’s project was about pulling Arizona back from a dangerous brink.

    “This kind of thing happened with the Malheur Bird Refuge,” Kayner said. He wasn’t the first one to reference the 2016 anti-government takeover of public land in Oregon. “They just stayed there, and authorities didn’t go in and chase them out and put an end to it,” he said. That inaction, Kayner argued, “empowers this kind of thinking that we can overpower the federal government, the people of the United States, and do what we want to do.”

    “That’s what this wall is out here,” he said. “It’s one man going against the law.”

    No one knew if the contractors would try another night installation, but they were ready if they did. Instead, strangers and neighbors shared soup under the stars. At one point, Scott described how a wave of energy had rushed over her at dusk. Maybe it was just the hawk she had seen hovering over the now quiet work site, but it felt like it was something more. “I don’t know,” she said, “I just think that we won.” The next morning, we awoke to frost on our tents. The desert was still. The governor’s men did not return for work. They have not put down a container since.


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ryan Devereaux.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/how-neighbors-in-the-borderlands-fought-back-against-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall-and-won/feed/ 0 357607
    How Neighbors Near the Border Fought Back Against Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey’s Illegal Wall — and Won https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/how-neighbors-near-the-border-fought-back-against-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall-and-won/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/how-neighbors-near-the-border-fought-back-against-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall-and-won/#respond Tue, 13 Dec 2022 22:52:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d75a8e988ba46be3d20dab3410ad4e9f
    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by The Intercept.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/how-neighbors-near-the-border-fought-back-against-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-wall-and-won/feed/ 0 357465
    Arizona Governor Builds Illegal "Border Wall" of Shipping Containers. Why Isn’t Biden Stopping It? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/arizona-governor-builds-illegal-border-wall-of-shipping-containers-why-isnt-biden-stopping-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/arizona-governor-builds-illegal-border-wall-of-shipping-containers-why-isnt-biden-stopping-it/#respond Tue, 13 Dec 2022 15:16:33 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bd90b56913276ae66d861eb93ba84aff
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/arizona-governor-builds-illegal-border-wall-of-shipping-containers-why-isnt-biden-stopping-it/feed/ 0 357313
    AZ Governor Builds Illegal “Border Wall” of Shipping Containers & Razor Wire. Why Isn’t Biden Stopping It? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/az-governor-builds-illegal-border-wall-of-shipping-containers-razor-wire-why-isnt-biden-stopping-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/az-governor-builds-illegal-border-wall-of-shipping-containers-razor-wire-why-isnt-biden-stopping-it/#respond Tue, 13 Dec 2022 13:33:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7059e00fb5e25b9c3ff53e43cd0a889a Seg2 containerwall protest

    Outgoing Republican Governor Doug Ducey of Arizona is spending nearly $100 million in his final weeks in office to erect a makeshift border wall along the state’s southern boundary with Mexico made of shipping containers and razor wire. Ducey has described it as an effort to complete former President Donald Trump’s border wall, but the shipping containers are being placed on federal and tribal lands without permission. Protesters who have tried to block construction warn the wall is destroying precious desert biodiversity and forcing asylum seekers to take even more dangerous routes along the border to seek refuge in the United States. Meanwhile, it is unclear what Democratic Governor-elect Katie Hobbs will do with the container wall once she is sworn in. “It’s quite amazing that there’s simply been no [federal] law enforcement response,” says Myles Traphagen with Wildlands Network, who coordinates the group’s borderlands program. “Why aren’t they mobilizing a federal law enforcement response when this is a blatant disregard of the law?” We also speak with Alejandra Gomez, executive director of Living United for Change in Arizona, or LUCHA Arizona, who says immigrant communities in Arizona are responding with aid and compassion despite “the fueling of hate against migrants” by Ducey and other Republicans.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/az-governor-builds-illegal-border-wall-of-shipping-containers-razor-wire-why-isnt-biden-stopping-it/feed/ 0 357312
    Sheriff Calls on Feds to Seize Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey’s Illegal Border Wall Equipment https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/10/sheriff-calls-on-feds-to-seize-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-border-wall-equipment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/10/sheriff-calls-on-feds-to-seize-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-border-wall-equipment/#respond Sat, 10 Dec 2022 20:50:58 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=416659

    David Hathaway, the sheriff in southern Arizona’s Santa Cruz County, is offering a simple solution to stop Republican Gov. Doug Ducey’s illegal wall of shipping containers along the border: Federal agents should begin seizing vehicles associated with the project.

    Hathaway’s county sits directly west of Cochise County, where Ducey’s has been dropping containers for the past month and a half despite federal officials repeatedly telling him that his actions are unauthorized and unlawful. With federal authorities doing nothing to act on those warnings, Hathaway has vowed to arrest the governor’s contractors if they cross the county line into his turf.

    That scenario would be unlikely, as the contract for the project has the governor’s wall stopping just shy of Hathaway’s jurisdiction. Convoys of Ducey’s contractors have, however, been racing through communities in Santa Cruz County for weeks now, hauling 40-foot shipping containers behind multi-ton pickup trucks at dangerous speeds. Hathaway said his department has received complaints from residents in the town of Elgin of Ducey’s drivers “barreling through town,” ignoring stop signs, and “flying past children.”

    “The way you would end this right away is you go get a seizure sticker, and you slap it on the side of one of those $200,000 trackhoes.”

    “I’ve advised my deputies to especially scrutinize that area looking for speed violations, reckless endangerment, reckless driving,” Hathaway told The Intercept in an interview Friday — though, the sheriff argued, the real solution lies with the federal authorities paid to protect the public lands where the governor’s lawbreaking is taking place. The process wouldn’t be complicated. As a former Drug Enforcement Administration investigator, Hathaway sketched out a response the feds often take when targeting ongoing organized criminal activity.

    “The way you would end this right away is you go get a seizure sticker, and you slap it on the side of one of those $200,000 trackhoes and say, ‘I’m seizing this because it’s being used to facilitate illegal activity,’” he said. “Or seize one of those F350 pickup trucks that’s pulling the flatbed trailers and say, ‘This vehicle is being used for illegal dumping on federal lands.’” Hathaway predicted Ducey’s work crews would “scatter like flies”: “That’s the way to really hit ’em where it hurts.”

    “I wouldn’t be surprised if they all just packed up and left right then,” Hathaway said. “That’s what the Forest Service should be doing. They have the ability to seize vehicles that are being involved in illegal activity, illegal hunting, illegal whatever, and yet, nobody’s doing that.”

    Since declaring in an interview with the Nogales International that he would arrest Ducey’s contractors — becoming the first, and to date only, law enforcement official in the country to raise the specter of consequences for the governor’s actions — Hathaway said he’s had Forest Service officials quietly sending him updates on the container wall and expressing their gratitude for taking a stand.

    “Surprisingly, Coronado National Forest, their police are very excited about what I’m doing. They’re very much on my side, and they’re feeding me information,” he said. For the sheriff, it’s a bizarre situation. “I feel like being kind of sarcastic back to them and saying, ‘You know, this is really your job. I mean this is on federal land. Why are you just waiting for a county sheriff whose county starts six miles down the road?’”

    On October 21, three days before he began a $95 million, publicly funded project to drop 3,000 shipping containers across more than 10 miles of almost entirely federal land, Ducey filed a lawsuit against Biden administration land managers.

    The governor dismissed 115 years of legal agreement that a 60-foot strip of border road known as the “Roosevelt Reservation” belongs to the federal government — and said the state actually had jurisdiction over the land. Ducey contended that this mistake, combined with a state of emergency he declared because Arizona is purportedly beset by a foreign invasion, meant that he could disregard all of the time-consuming processes involved with following federal law when initiating construction on public lands.

    Since filing the suit, Ducey has laid nearly four miles of shipping containers through the Coronado National Forest in Cochise County. The work by the Florida-based contractor AshBritt, which has deep ties to the Republican Party, is causing extensive environmental damage, blocking a critical migration corridor for jaguars and ocelots — both species protected under the Endangered Species Act — and marring a once-serene desert landscape with a wall of giant metal boxes topped with concertina wire.

    The sheriff in Cochise County is Mark Dannels, a close ally of the governor who frequently appears on Fox News to describe his county as engulfed in chaos and disorder. In February, the Arizona Department of Emergency and Military Affairs, the state agency managing Ducey’s border wall, committed to providing Dannels’s department with $14.9 million to thwart the purported invasion. As a county sheriff, Dannels has no authority to enforce federal immigration law.

    Filing a lawsuit to preemptively declare an illegal activity is in fact legal does not make it so, Hathaway said. “What if they were out there without hunting licenses, just shooting a whole bunch of people, and then saying, ‘Well, we’re filing a lawsuit and so you can’t stop us from doing this, even though it’s clearly a violation of federal law?’” he asked. What’s more, the sheriff argued, such a lawsuit certainly shouldn’t handcuff an agency like the Forest Service from executing one of its core missions. “If they witness a clear crime,” he said, “that’s a clear crime.”

    While the Department of Justice has filed a motion to dismiss Ducey’s lawsuit, the Biden administration has taken no steps on the ground to stop the governor’s project.

    If a normal person ventured onto national forest land and dumped a bag of trash on the ground in front of a ranger, they would be issued a citation, Hathaway said. In the case of Coronado, the situation is much more severe, with no repercussions. “You’re talking about hundreds of tons of material being dumped out there and a lot of earth-moving — heavy-tracked vehicles moving large amounts of earth. And this is all on federal land,” Hathaway said. “This is not state land. This is not private land. It’s been declared illegal.”

    Late Wednesday afternoon, Hathaway made an unannounced, solo visit to offer his support to a small group of local residents and protesters who are camped out at the site of Ducey’s container wall construction. So far, the citizen public land defenders have been the only force to impede the governor’s destructive march through the national forest — and they have been remarkably successful, bringing the project largely to a halt over the past week.

    “This is disgusting and ugly.”

    Hathaway was taken with their efforts and wanted to say so. During his visit, the sheriff heard about the handful of people who had stood in front of the governor’s vehicles for hours in the cold, stopping their advance the previous night. “Man, fantastic what the protesters are doing,” he said to himself. The sheriff described the protesters as “very valiant” and likened their willingness to block heavy equipment to “a Tiananmen Square-type situation.”

    For Hathaway, the area surrounding the protesters’ camp is imbued with deep personal meaning. “I’ve been going out there since I was a baby,” Hathaway said. The sheriff and his family have ranchland in the area. He’s ridden horseback along the border road where Ducey’s trucks are running for as long as he can remember. “That’s been most of my life out there, right where the protesters are,” he said. “I know that whole area in and out like the back of my hand, and it’s always been peaceful and serene and quiet.”

    While he had been to the site of Ducey’s container wall more times than he could count, Hathaway’s Wednesday visit was the first time he’d seen the landscape bisected with a jagged ribbon of metal boxes. His reaction was visceral: “This is disgusting and ugly.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ryan Devereaux.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/10/sheriff-calls-on-feds-to-seize-arizona-gov-doug-duceys-illegal-border-wall-equipment/feed/ 0 356858
    Wall Street’s biggest names are backing off their climate commitments https://grist.org/economics/vanguard-asset-managers-net-zero-esg/ https://grist.org/economics/vanguard-asset-managers-net-zero-esg/#respond Fri, 09 Dec 2022 11:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=596232 Shortly before COP26, last year’s United Nations climate conference in Glasgow, financial institutions were rushing to announce their climate commitments. The conference’s leadership and Mark Carney, a special envoy appointed by the United Nations to push private finance to invest in climate solutions, announced the creation of the Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net-Zero, or GFANZ.

    The initiative’s goal was to increase the number of financial institutions committed to net-zero principles — essentially a promise that the work done by these institutions (investing, lending money, managing major assets like pension funds) would not cause an overall increase in the world’s carbon emissions. During the conference, Carney announced that the coalition had grown to 450 firms responsible for $130 trillion in assets, a pot of wealth equivalent to more than five times the gross domestic product of the United States.

    “You need things like GFANZ that are relentlessly, ruthlessly, absolutely focused on that transition to net-zero,” he told Bloomberg at the time.  

    But just a year later, many Wall Street firms are backtracking. In September, the Financial Times reported that several banks, including Bank of America and JP Morgan, were concerned about accidentally running afoul of United Nations climate rules and being held legally liable for their commitments, leading them to consider pulling out of GFANZ. Blackrock and Vanguard, the world’s largest asset managers, then confirmed in October that their net zero commitments would not preclude them from investing in fossil fuels, despite concerns that new fossil fuel investment is incompatible with timely decarbonization. (Asset managers steward money on behalf of major investors like sovereign wealth funds, insurers, and pension funds.) And finally, earlier this week, Vanguard officially announced that it is resigning from the Net Zero Asset Managers initiative, a sector-specific alliance under the GFANZ umbrella. 

    Initiatives like the Net Zero Asset Managers initiative “can advance constructive dialogue, but sometimes they can also result in confusion about the views of individual investment firms,” the company said in a statement, which appears to reference the backlash that Vanguard and other firms have received from Republican attorneys general for considering environmental concerns in some of the investments they offer.

    In the last few years, as the global costs of climate change have become more apparent, pressure on companies to reduce carbon emissions and prioritize environmental initiatives has increased dramatically. Asset managers like Blackrock and Vanguard largely joined this call and were supportive of many shareholder-led climate proposals that resulted in the appointment of new directors at ExxonMobil, the adoption of emission reductions at companies like Chevron, and the reporting of risks from the energy transition to a company’s bottomline. 

    But as climate-focused investment practices (such as screening out fossil fuel companies in certain boutique index funds) gained traction and companies joined GFANZ, questions mounted about whether Wall Street’s apparent climate-consciousness was actually moving the needle on net zero, if climate commitments would run afoul of firms’ fiduciary duties (by steering investors away from profitable-but-polluting investments), and if they would be able to abide by the United Nations’ climate targets

    The discussion is complicated by the fact that many fossil fuel investments managed by Vanguard and other asset management firms are held in index funds that track the performance of the overall stock market — the kind that many American workers use to save for retirement, for example. These index funds invest in a broad range of companies regardless of those companies’ carbon emissions, and GFANZ didn’t change that — in part because changing the makeup of a fund would require the approval of investors and could result in legal challenges. As a result, Vanguard’s commitments apply primarily to a subset of funds that it actively manages to adhere to vaguely-defined environmental, social, and governance principles, or ESG. It offers these funds to investors who also support those principles and want to put their money behind them.

    Vanguard appeared to underscore this distinction, however vaguely, in its decision to withdraw from GFANZ, stating that it wanted to “provide the clarity our investors desire about the role of index funds and about how we think about material risks, including climate-related risks — and to make clear that Vanguard speaks independently on matters of importance to our investors.” More than 80 percent of its clients’ assets are in index funds, it noted. 

    Wall Street has also been facing pressure from Republican lawmakers and attorneys general, who have accused firms of “woke capitalism.” They’ve made sustainable investment practices a flash point, opening investigations into banks that have committed to net-zero and reportedly planning to hold hearings on the issue in the new Republican-majority House of Representatives that assumes office in January. Earlier this week, the Republican staff of the Senate Banking Committee released a report pillorying BlackRock, Vanguard, and another asset manager for using “shareholder voting power to advance a liberal political agenda.”

    Last month, Republican attorneys general also filed a protest with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission against Vanguard buying shares of U.S. utilities, arguing that the firm’s commitment to net-zero meant that it might push the utilities to move away from coal and natural gas, even if fossil fuel buildup would be better for investors than renewables. “This will undoubtedly affect the cost and reliability of energy supplies,” they said.  

    Kirsten Snow Spalding, a vice president at the sustainability nonprofit Ceres, said in a statement that it is “unfortunate that political pressure is impacting this crucial economic imperative and attempting to block companies from effectively managing risks — a crucial part of their fiduciary duty.”

    While financial institutions face political pressure to ditch climate-focused initiatives, they also increasing regulatory pressure to take the risks of climate change into account. The Securities and Exchange Commission, the watchdog federal agency meant to protect U.S. investors, has issued new climate risk disclosure rules for asset managers and is cracking down on firms that are inflating their climate bona fides. The Commission has a separate task force that identifies misconduct related to climate and ESG investments within its Division of Enforcement. Last month, the Commission targeted Goldman Sachs for failing to adequately evaluate ESG factors before including securities in ESG-branded funds. The firm paid $4 million in penalties to settle the case.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Wall Street’s biggest names are backing off their climate commitments on Dec 9, 2022.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Naveena Sadasivam.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/economics/vanguard-asset-managers-net-zero-esg/feed/ 0 356517
    DOJ Tried to Hide Report Warning That Private Border Wall in Texas Could Collapse https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/doj-tried-to-hide-report-warning-that-private-border-wall-in-texas-could-collapse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/doj-tried-to-hide-report-warning-that-private-border-wall-in-texas-could-collapse/#respond Fri, 02 Dec 2022 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/border-wall-texas-doj-arcadis-webuildthewall by Perla Trevizo and Jeremy Schwartz

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    This article is co-published with The Texas Tribune, a nonprofit, nonpartisan local newsroom that informs and engages with Texans. Sign up for The Brief Weekly to get up to speed on their essential coverage of Texas issues.

    A private border wall built along the Rio Grande in South Texas could collapse during extreme flooding, according to a federally commissioned inspection report that the government sought to keep secret for more than a year.

    The 404-page report, produced by the global engineering firm Arcadis, confirms previous reporting from ProPublica and The Texas Tribune. It also shows for the first time that the federal government independently found structural problems with the border fencing before reaching a settlement agreement with the builder, Fisher Industries, in May.

    Under the agreement, which ended a nearly three-year legal battle between the International Boundary and Water Commission and Fisher Industries, the company must inspect the fence quarterly, remove bollards and maintain a gate that would allow for the release of floodwaters. It must also keep a $3 million bond, a type of insurance, to cover any expenses in case the structure fails.

    Engineering and hydrology experts told the news organizations the bond is inadequate to cover the kind of catastrophic failure described by Arcadis and raised concerns that the federal government’s decision to settle the case cuts against the report’s findings.

    The company modeled different scenarios using the extreme weather conditions caused by Hurricane Beulah, a 1967 storm that dumped about 30 inches of rain in some areas of the border region and caused the banks of the Rio Grande to overflow. The modeling showed that the fence “would effectively slide and/or overturn” during major flooding, and that it starts to become unstable during much smaller and more frequent floods.

    According to the report, the fencing doesn’t meet basic international building code and industry standards and has a foundation far shallower than border barriers built by the federal government.

    “Every single conclusion in the report points to it not needing to be there and shows it is actually negatively affecting the area,” said Adriana E. Martinez, a professor and geomorphologist at Southern Illinois University Edwardsville. (She was not involved with the report.)

    Martinez, who studies the impact of border barriers in South Texas, questioned how much more evidence the state and federal governments need to take down the fencing and prevent future construction along the Rio Grande.

    Arcadis referred questions about its assessment to the Department of Justice, which represented the IBWC in the lawsuit, arguing the fence violated a treaty with Mexico that requires both countries to approve any development that can affect the international boundary. A DOJ spokesperson declined to answer specific questions about the settlement or about why the government fought the release of the report.

    The news organizations obtained the report on Nov. 15 after multiple Freedom of Information Act requests and 15 months of back-and-forth with the federal government, which initially denied the request. The DOJ reversed course and released the report after ProPublica attorneys threatened legal action.

    As part of the settlement, federal officials ordered that Fisher Industries and its subsidiaries destroy all copies of the Arcadis report, alleging that it contained “proprietary information.”

    “Reading this and seeing the settlement that came out of this, it’s as though they completely disregarded the Arcadis report,” said Amy Patrick, a Houston forensic structural and civil engineer and court-recognized expert on wall construction. “I can see why they were dragging their heels so much on letting it get out because (the report) basically completely dismantled this idea that the fence will be OK.”

    Mark Courtois, an attorney for Fisher Industries, said that the construction company “strongly disagreed with the opinions in the Arcadis report and refuted those opinions to the satisfaction of the IBWC.” He said the company worked with the IBWC, which is charged with oversight of the international treaty, to “reach a mutually agreeable resolution of all matters pertaining to the fence, including any issues raised by the Arcadis report.”

    “Construction of the fence was completed nearly three years ago, and we continue to be confident in its design and construction,” Courtois said.

    Sally Spener, a spokesperson for the IBWC, denied that Fisher was able to counter the conclusions in the Arcadis report to the agency’s satisfaction.

    In an email to the news organizations, Spener said that the agency accepted the report’s findings, which showed a far greater impact on the flow of the Rio Grande than the builder had claimed. Despite that, she added, the settlement agreement’s requirements address the agency’s concerns that the barrier would violate the treaty.

    But the settlement agreement won’t address the report’s findings that the fence was built on a flawed design and featured construction shortcomings that could contribute to its collapse, said Alex Mayer, a civil engineering professor at the University of Texas at El Paso.

    “It just shows the shoddiness of the whole effort. It worries me even more,” Mayer said.

    Tommy Fisher, president of Fisher Industries, started to construct the fence in 2019 with financial support from the online fundraising campaign We Build the Wall. The nonprofit was set up to help former President Donald Trump build his “big, beautiful wall” along the length of the border. In the end, four of the nonprofit’s top leaders, including Trump’s former adviser Steve Bannon, were arrested on fraud and other charges connected to the fundraising scheme.

    Trump pardoned Bannon in January 2021. But in September, Bannon was indicted on state charges in New York. Bannon called the charges “nothing more than a partisan political weaponization of the criminal justice system.”

    The three other men, including Brian Kolfage, an Air Force veteran who led the organization, face sentencing on Jan. 31 in federal court on various fraud and tax-related charges. Kolfage and another man pleaded guilty in April. The third man was convicted in October.

    Soon after construction of the fence began, the DOJ filed a lawsuit in federal court to try to halt the work, claiming that Fisher Industries was violating the treaty with Mexico. A state district judge in Hidalgo County granted the government a temporary restraining order to stop construction, but a federal judge later reversed it.

    During a January 2020 court hearing, Fisher claimed that his bollard wall design would bring security to the actual border by addressing the flooding and erosion concerns that previously prevented the federal government from building near the river’s edge.

    The 3-mile project was completed in February 2020, making it the first border fence built directly on the riverbank in South Texas. We Build the Wall contributed about $1.5 million of the $42 million total cost, with the rest coming from Fisher, according to court testimony.

    The areas around the private border fence soon started to show signs of erosion. Six hydrologists and engineers told ProPublica and the Tribune in July 2020 that the foundation of the fence was too shallow and that a series of gashes and gullies where rainwater runoff had scoured the sandy loam beneath the foundation raised stability concerns.

    Following the organization’s news articles, Trump tried to distance himself from the project, saying on Twitter that it had been constructed to make him look bad.

    Fisher called the news organizations’ reporting on engineering concerns “absolute nonsense” during a 2020 podcast interview hosted by Bannon.

    “I would invite any of these engineers that so-called said this was gonna fall over, I’ll meet ’em there next week. … If you don’t know what you’re talking about, you probably shouldn’t start talking,” he said. “It’s working unbelievably well. There’s a little erosion maintenance we have to maintain.”

    As climate change contributes to more extreme weather, better understanding the erosion that is occurring is critical, Martinez said.

    “We know that there are more extreme hurricane seasons that are occurring due to climate change, so we know that it’s more likely that the fence is going to get flooded out in the Rio Grande,” Martinez said. “It’s just a matter of time before something happens.”

    The fence outside Mission is one of two private border barriers built using private funds, but it may not be the last.

    Texas Gov. Greg Abbott has embarked on an effort to build fencing along the state’s 1,200-mile border using a mixture of state funds and crowdsourced private dollars. And Trump said he would continue border wall construction while announcing last month that he would again run for the country’s highest office.

    Ryan Patrick, a former U.S. attorney whose office first filed the lawsuit against Fisher, said that by settling the case and requiring a bond, the government limits the risk of losing at trial. Patrick left office before the settlement was negotiated. He continues to believe that the judge should not have allowed Fisher to build the fence.

    The settlement doesn’t prevent someone from constructing on the floodplain in the future, he said, but it shows that the government will not give unrestricted authority to potential builders. “You are going to have long-term care and custody of that thing,” he said.

    Amy Patrick, who is not related to Ryan Patrick, offered a different perspective.

    The structural engineer said that the government’s handling of the legal case, and what she sees as an apparent indifference to its own engineering report, could set “a precedent that credible engineering will be disregarded in similar projects in the future.”

    Help Us Investigate Texas Border Security Initiatives


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Perla Trevizo and Jeremy Schwartz.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/doj-tried-to-hide-report-warning-that-private-border-wall-in-texas-could-collapse/feed/ 0 354923
    Faith Leaders, Zombies, Moms and Kids Agree: It’s Time for Wall Street to Stop Funding Fossil Fuels https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/18/faith-leaders-zombies-moms-and-kids-agree-its-time-for-wall-street-to-stop-funding-fossil-fuels/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/18/faith-leaders-zombies-moms-and-kids-agree-its-time-for-wall-street-to-stop-funding-fossil-fuels/#respond Fri, 18 Nov 2022 18:08:54 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341156

    Over the past few months, activists around the country and the world have laid the blame for climate disasters at Wall Street's feet. In a wave of escalated actions under the name "Blame Wall Street," dozens of groups have called out the financial industry for their financing of fossil fuels and complicity in the climate crisis.

    Around the country, people took on elevated amounts of risk in order to increase pressure on the dirty banks, insurance companies, and asset managers financing the climate crisis.

    Activists pummeled the banks with actions and protests for months. Over 40 groups across the country held over 50 actions and protests.

    In New York City, a week of action targeting Citi began with moms and kids birddogging the bank's chief sustainability officer, Val Smith, over Citi's continued funding of Russian oil and gas interests. Later that week, activists infiltrated Citi's Taste of Tennis gala and interrupted the event with a large banner accusing the bank of funding Russia's war crimes.

    Citi, the US's largest funder of coal, faced additional protests at greenwashing PR events and at branches in Phoenix, Brooklyn, and other locations. Activists interrupted the speech of Citi's Chief Sustainability Officer at a sustainable banking conference, and protested Citi, Wells Fargo, and Chase leadership at a Women in Banking event.

    Chase emerged from its fall PR events similarly beleaguered. Activists crashed the Chase-sponsored US open, passing out fans to sweaty attendees accusing Chase of funding climate chaos. Later in the month, nine different affinity groups created a circus out of the San Francisco Chase Corporate Challenge, with activists taking over every part of the road race, which hundreds of Chase employees participate in, from the course to the finish line to the after party to protesting in kayaks along the route.

    As the world's largest funder of fossil fuels, it's no surprise that Chase was protested again and again: Leavenworth, Washington; Worcester, Watertown, and Boston, Massachusetts; Madison, Wisconsin; Fort Lauderdale, Florida; Chicago, Illinois; Providence, Rhode Island; Silver Spring, Maryland; Sacramento, California; New Orleans, Louisiana; and New York City all saw protests at Chase branches or headquarters.

    Another major target was asset manager BlackRock, one of the world's top investors in fossil fuels and climate destruction. BlackRock saw protest after protest at their headquarters, with regular actions from September through November. People sang outside their building, came in costume, held prayer and faith actions, and stormed the headquarters with pitchforks and dumped coal on their escalators. BlackRock is on notice: time to stop financing fossil fuels.

    Global climate strike protests also included demands on Wall Street and an end to fossil fuel financing, with activists in Los Angeles, Chicago, New York, and Maryland partnering with youth leaders to demand a safe and livable future. Climate strikers weren't the youngest activists: in Los Angeles and New York, people protested the greed of the fossil fuel industry alongside their infants and toddlers.

    Actions were creative, including art, music, and costumes. In Albany, New York, the red rebel brigade joined a protest outside of TD Bank. In Brooklyn, activists dressed up as Mr. Moneybags and brought bagpipes to branch locations of Citi, Chase, and Bank of America. In Sacramento, Denver, and New Orleans, activists staged Halloween actions, dressing up as endangered species or zombie bankers.

    Faith leaders exercised their moral authority in calling on banks and asset managers to stop funding climate disaster. Near Philadelphia, Quaker activists held a prayer vigil outside of the Vanguard HQ, calling on the asset manager to stop financing fossil fuels. In Washington, DC, faith leaders called on the IMF and World Bank to do the same. Faith activists also held protests outside of the Bank of America headquarters in Charlotte, and a Bank of America branch in Springfield, Illinois. Leaders from different faith communities protested multiple times outside of BlackRock's corporate headquarters in New York City—at one protest, 27 faith leaders were arrested.

    Around the country, people took on elevated amounts of risk in order to increase pressure on the dirty banks, insurance companies, and asset managers financing the climate crisis. Dozens of people were arrested this fall—from San Francisco to New York to Pennsylvania to Rhode Island. These activists went to jail in order to show the world the greed of dirty Wall Street actors.

    Activists innovated by taking repeated action at financial targets. Instead of one protest, people showed up week after week, increasing the pressure on banks and asset managers. In Phoenix, Arizona, Sacramento, California, Madison, Wisconsin, and Leavenworth, Washington, local actions happened again and again.

    People targeted other financial actors, as well. Insurance companies received their fair share of pressure, with actions on Traveller's, Hartford, and Chubb. One action saw a huge oil derrick parked outside of the home of Chubb CEO, Evan Greenberg. Groups protested the Federal Reserve in Jackson Hole, Wyoming and in Washington, DC, activists protested TIAA's support for deforestation, there was an action outside of the shareholder meeting of Proctor & Gamble, and a noise protest outside of the homes of the CEOs of the private equity firms KKR and Blackstone. In Sierra Leone, youth activists protested the Central Bank's support of fossil fuel expansion.

    Activists are not slowing down: it's clear that Wall Street holds an outsized responsibility for the death, destruction, and chaos caused by the climate crisis. With shareholder meetings coming up this spring, banks, insurance companies, asset managers, and pension funds should be ready for increased pressure. Banks are expected to see more shareholder resolutions calling on them to walk the talk on climate than ever before, and the grassroots movement to stop the flow of money to fossil fuels is only growing in energy and momentum. 

    On December 14, we are hosting a call to share what's next in the fight to stop the money pipeline to climate chaos. We hope you will join us.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Arielle Swernoff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/18/faith-leaders-zombies-moms-and-kids-agree-its-time-for-wall-street-to-stop-funding-fossil-fuels/feed/ 0 351989
    Wall Street Is Gambling With Our Future. The Federal Reserve Must Act Now https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/wall-street-is-gambling-with-our-future-the-federal-reserve-must-act-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/wall-street-is-gambling-with-our-future-the-federal-reserve-must-act-now/#respond Wed, 09 Nov 2022 12:28:01 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340916

    Hurricane Ian, slated to be one of the costliest storms in history, torpedoed through Cuba, Florida, and South Carolina, leaving entire neighbourhoods underwater and millions without electricity. The damages in Florida alone were catastrophic, potentially costing up to $70 billion, grinding the local economy to a halt. After a summer of crushing heat, drought, and raging wildfires, it's clear that the physical impacts from climate change are mounting. By one estimate, climate change could cause up to $23 trillion in losses by 2050, far surpassing the 2008 financial crash. The climate crisis is pushing us into an era of profound economic instability.

    Wall Street banks have time and again shied away from their climate commitments and are clearly afraid of accountability measures.

    Yet, like with the subprime mortgage crisis, Wall Street continues to fan the flames, this time, by pouring billions of dollars every year into risky fossil fuels. Despite having made public "net-zero by 2050" commitments, in 2021 six US banks provided $63.9 billion in financing to companies that are rapidly expanding coal, oil and gas operations. This is disastrous for the long-term health of our economy and our planet.

    If protecting our planet wasn't incentive enough to change course, the reckless financing of fossil fuels also exposes banks to transition risk. Fossil fuel assets will drop in value as we shift to a clean energy economy, which is quickly picking up pace with the passage of the Inflation Reduction Act and significant developments in clean energy technology. This means that banks with fossil assets on their balance sheets are now at even greater risk of a mass default on loans and those assets being stranded, which has the potential to cause another financial crash. The world's 60 largest banks are exposed to a shocking $1.35 trillion in fossil fuel assets. Unsurprisingly, most of the losses would be borne by ordinary people through their pensions, investment funds and share holdings.

    These banks are hurtling our economy towards a climate-fuelled crash. Many of them recently threatened to leave Mark Carney's net-zero financial alliance over concerns of being sued for complying with tougher decarbonisation commitments. The legal threats are yet another instance of climate-denialism peddled by fossil fuel lobbyists and their political allies. But, seemingly in response to this threat, banks will now not be required to commit to the U.N.'s Race to Zero campaign. At this point it's as plain as day that leaving the clean energy transition up to voluntary private sector initiatives is failing. Unless the government steps up to rein in this reckless behaviour, the most vulnerable communities will bear a disproportionate cost for Wall Street's exploits.

    There is one powerful banking regulator that has an important role to play in guarding against these risks and protecting the climate and ecosystem from Wall Street—the Federal Reserve, the U.S central bank. The Fed is tasked with maintaining a healthy economy, which includes regulating banks to keep the financial system stable. In a positive first step, the Fed recently announced that it will conduct climate scenario exercises—analysing the exposures of six large banks to climate risk next year—and that it will release climate-risk management principles as well. After lagging behind its international counterparts, these announcements indicate that the Fed is finally beginning to take climate risks seriously.

    Now we must push for bolder action. Climate scenario analysis can be useful—depending on the kinds of scenarios used—to assess the risks to financial institutions. But it doesn't have any real teeth. It's merely an "exploratory" exercise at a time when we need the Fed to move from exploring to acting. Waiting for more data must not preclude ambitious action. We have enough information about the dangers of climate change to justify regulatory and supervisory action now.

    So, the Fed must take a precautionary approach instead—rest assured, climate risks will materialise and we simply cannot quantify the precise nature and timing of these impacts as they are complex and ever changing.

    To truly safeguard financial stability, the Fed must introduce policies that reflect the high risk of fossil fuel investment, like requiring banks to hold more capital against high-carbon assets. Higher capital requirements would disincentivize banks from investing in dirty fuels, and act as a buffer in the event that banks sustain unexpected losses, which is extremely likely given climate change. Eventually, the Fed must place outright limits on fossil fuel lending. These measures can help protect banks, the financial system and vulnerable communities from the impacts of climate change.

    The Fed has been in the news a lot lately for raising interest rates in a misguided attempt to tame inflation by increasing the cost of borrowing and therefore dampening demand. Just last week we saw another rate hike. But this blunt tool will cause more pain and misery, and it won't tackle the root sources of current inflation, which include our overdependence on volatile fossil fuels, corporate profiteering and supply-side turmoil.

    The volatility of fossil fuel prices contributes greatly to economic instability. Coupled with oil and gas companies price gouging ordinary people at the pump, it's clear that the best way forward is to ditch our addiction to fossil fuels. Instead of harmful rate hikes, the Fed could take a broader approach to its price stability mandate and help create the fiscal space for a just and green transition. Transitioning to renewable energy is a long-term solution that can help us build a stable and sustainable economy on a planet that will remain habitable for generations to come.

    Wall Street banks have time and again shied away from their climate commitments and are clearly afraid of accountability measures. The climate crisis is not a theoretical risk, it is already having a profound impact on price and financial stability. The lessons learned from the Great Recession must now be applied to fossil fuel financing. The longer we wait, the greater the risk to our economy and our planet. The Fed has the authority and an obligation to act now. 


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Akiksha Chatterji.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/09/wall-street-is-gambling-with-our-future-the-federal-reserve-must-act-now/feed/ 0 349486
    ‘Americans Aren’t Serfs’: House Democrats Propose End to Wall Street Rent-Gouging https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/05/americans-arent-serfs-house-democrats-propose-end-to-wall-street-rent-gouging/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/05/americans-arent-serfs-house-democrats-propose-end-to-wall-street-rent-gouging/#respond Sat, 05 Nov 2022 17:53:25 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340864

    To help address the nation's housing crisis while at the same time confronting Wall Street greed, three California members of Congress on Saturday touted new legislation to target rent-gouging in the U.S. by private equity firms and investment giants who have gobbled up huge numbers of single-family home and residential units in the years since the 2008 financial crash.

    "Wall Street should not be any family's landlord."

    Co-authored by Democratic Reps. Ro Khanna, Katie Porter, and Mark Takano, the Stop Wall Street Landlords Act aims to "deter future institutional investments" in the Single Family Residential (SFR) market by ending taxpayer subsidies to profit-seekers as a way to help struggling families battling housing costs amid rising inflation.

    If enacted into law, the proposal would impose "a tax on existing and future acquisitions of SFRs" by large institutional investors, a statement from the lawmakers explains. The legislation would also prohibit federal lending institutions Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Gennie Mae from purchasing and securitizing mortgages held by Wall Street firms who leverage their size and ability to purchase large numbers single family homes with debt in order to turn around and rent them out for exorbitant profit—a tactic that by itself pushes rental prices ever higher.

    Private equity firms and Wall Street rarely if ever strayed into the single-family housing market prior to the 2008 crash, but the market exploded when large firms were given access to trillions in low- or zero-interests dollars over the last decade and as regulators at the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) offered subsidies via federal programs such as Fannie and Freddie. In 2015, Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) was among those blowing the whistle by telling HUD that it had no business colluding with Wall Street in such a way.

    "These Wall Street investors made money by crashing the economy, got bailed out and now they're back to feed at the trough again, scooping up these loans at rock-bottom prices so that they profit off them a second time—and it is up to us to stop that!" Warren said to a cheering crowd during a Washington, D.C. rally in 2015.

    In remarks posted online Saturday, Khanna said there may have been a time following the 2008 financial crash where it made sense for private entities to step in to buy residential units as a way to stabilize the housing market, but that in the decade since it has become clear that Wall Street investors have exploited government policies and a lack of oversight to fleece millions of renters who find themselves at the mercy of a housing crisis they did nothing to create and have no way to combat.

    Khanna said that with 25 percent of single-family homes in the U.S. being bought up by profit-seeking investors, these firms are "hurting the American dream of home ownership" and the economy overall.

    "We need to stop the financialization of housing," Khanna said. "Americans aren't serfs. We're not suppose to pay money to Wall Street to go live in a home. What we need is more American families to own their own homes."

    "When I was on the front lines of the foreclosure crisis, I saw firsthand how corporate special interests take advantage of families to line their pockets," said Congresswoman Porter in a statement. "The Stop Wall Street Landlords Act promotes affordable homeownership, so that our kids can live in the same communities they grew up in. I am proud to work with Representatives Khanna and Takano to hold Wall Street accountable."

    Takano said, "Wall Street should not be any family's landlord."

    “As the housing crisis continues to plague the country, America's middle class is acutely feeling the constraints of our nation's low housing stock and increasing prices," added Takano. "Meanwhile, wealthy investors drive these costs up by monopolizing ownership of single-family residences. The Stop Wall Street Landlords Act takes the urgent steps needed to keep corporate investors out of the single-family housing market."

    According to Khanna, "Low- and middle-income families in my district and across the country are being pushed out because of profiteering and unfair practices by large corporate landlords. This legislation will help level the playing field and put a stop to rent gouging in America."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jon Queally.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/05/americans-arent-serfs-house-democrats-propose-end-to-wall-street-rent-gouging/feed/ 0 348323
    Will Biden Fix Trump’s Border Wall Disaster? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/04/will-biden-fix-trumps-border-wall-disaster/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/04/will-biden-fix-trumps-border-wall-disaster/#respond Fri, 04 Nov 2022 18:47:23 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/will-biden-fix-trumps-border-wall-vaderpool-41122/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Tim Vanderpool.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/04/will-biden-fix-trumps-border-wall-disaster/feed/ 0 348094
    Western States living behind ‘wall of denial’ over Israel’s occupation: UN rights expert https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/western-states-living-behind-wall-of-denial-over-israels-occupation-un-rights-expert/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/western-states-living-behind-wall-of-denial-over-israels-occupation-un-rights-expert/#respond Sat, 29 Oct 2022 18:12:43 +0000 https://news.un.org/feed/view/en/audio/2022/10/1130017 Countries in the ‘Global South’ recognize Israel’s “settler colonialism” manifested through its illegal occupation of the West Bank and other Palestinian territory, said the UN's independent expert for human rights there, after delivering her first report to the General Assembly.

    Francesca Albanese told UN News that many Western States on the other hand, are living behind a “wall of denial” over the issue, and essential rights are non-negotiable when it comes to forging a lasting peace.

    She took up her post as Special Rapporteur for Palestinian territory occupied since 1967, earlier this year, and Shireen Yaseen of UN News's Arabic service, began by asking Ms. Albanese why she wanted to take on the Human Rights Council-appointed role.


    This content originally appeared on UN News - Global perspective Human stories and was authored by Shireen Yaseen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/western-states-living-behind-wall-of-denial-over-israels-occupation-un-rights-expert/feed/ 0 346385
    Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey Defies Biden With Border Wall Made of Shipping Containers https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/arizona-gov-doug-ducey-defies-biden-with-border-wall-made-of-shipping-containers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/arizona-gov-doug-ducey-defies-biden-with-border-wall-made-of-shipping-containers/#respond Sat, 29 Oct 2022 10:00:21 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=412492

    At the mouth of a valley in the Huachuca Mountains, on the northern side of the U.S.-Mexico border, the governor of Arizona is picking a fight with the ghost of Theodore Roosevelt.

    On Monday, Gov. Doug Ducey began dropping the first of thousands of shipping containers along a 10-mile stretch of national forest in open defiance of federal authorities. In the days since, the Republican governor has transformed a remote section of rugged desert into what looks like a junkyard. Along the way, he has set the stage for an unprecedented legal showdown with the feds — all just in time for a critical midterm election in Arizona.

    The battle is over a 60-foot-wide swath known as the “Roosevelt Reservation” — named for the president and conservative icon that created it 125 years ago — that cuts through the Coronado National Memorial, running parallel to the border. During a visit Wednesday, The Intercept observed a fleet of trucks and construction vehicles stacking 8,000-pound shipping containers one by one on the dirt road, which has historically fallen under federal jurisdiction. In a lawsuit he filed three days before the installation began, Ducey admitted he had not received authorization for the project but was proceeding anyway.

    “The feds are silent. Where are they?”

    The governor’s actions create precisely the sort of state’s rights and border security confrontation the Biden administration would be inclined to avoid less than two weeks from the midterms. The situation has left environmental advocates racing to stop the project, which cuts through a corridor that is designated as critical for endangered jaguars. The environmentalists’ options, however, are limited.

    Before the installation began, the Tucson-based Center for Biological Diversity separately filed a notice of intent to sue Ducey if he placed containers in the jaguar corridor. Under the Endangered Species Act, however, the governor has 60 days to change course before a court can issue an injunction. Based on the pace of installation observed this week, that could be enough time for Ducey to finish the project.

    “That’s the tragedy of this whole scene and Ducey knows it,” Robin Silver, co-founder of the Center for Biological Diversity, told The Intercept. Silver said federal action, specifically from the National Forest Service, was needed stop Ducey. So far, there’s been no sign of that happening. “The feds are silent,” Silver said. “Where are they?”

    Ducey’s press secretary, C.J. Karamargin, rejected the notion that the governor was courting a standoff with federal officials. “It is the responsibility of the federal government to secure our country’s borders,” Karamargin told The Intercept. “That’s the goal here. The goal is not to clash, to use your word, with the Forest Service or the Bureau of Reclamation, or any of the federal agencies that have jurisdiction over land on the border. The goal is for them to live up to their responsibility and protecting Arizonans is a responsibility Gov. Ducey takes seriously.” He added that Ducey was aiming to finish the project “as soon as possible.”

    When asked this week about Ducey’s rogue container drop, a spokesperson for Coronado National Forest forwarded The Intercept’s questions to a U.S. Forest Service official in Washington. The official in D.C. directed questions to the Department of Justice, which did not respond. For Silver, the silence and inaction are inexcusable.

    “This is public lands that are being trashed, and they’re being trashed illegally,” he said. “They’re supposed to go through the process. They need to get a permit to do what they’re doing, but they’re just flaunting the fact that the feds are derelict in protecting our public lands, and that’s Ducey’s plan.”

    In his lawsuit, Ducey argued that the claim of exclusive federal jurisdiction over the Roosevelt Reservation could be illegitimate, that the courts should figure that out. Until they did, he said, Arizona would keep dropping shipping containers in the national forest because the state is experiencing an invasion. The defendants targeted in Ducey’s suit included Randy Moore, Chief of the U.S. Forest Service; Camille Calimlim Touton, commissioner of the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, and their respective agencies; as well as Tom Vilsack, U.S. Secretary of Agriculture.

    “Throughout the lawsuit, Arizona repeatedly acknowledges that it is not authorized under current federal law to do what it’s doing and is, in essence, asking a judge to find some kind of loophole,” Aaron Reichlin-Melnick, policy director at the American Immigration Council, told The Intercept. “This is pretty unprecedented.”

    Yuma County Sheriff Leon Wilmot, right, thanks Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey, second from left, for his support and bringing in shipping containers to fill gaps in the border wall during a media event Thursday, Sept. 8, 2022 in Yuma, Ariz. (Randy Hoeft/The Yuma Sun via AP)

    Yuma County Sheriff Leon Wilmot, right, thanks Arizona Gov. Doug Ducey, second from left, for his support and bringing in shipping containers to fill gaps in the border wall on Sept. 8, 2022, in Yuma, Ariz.

    Photo: Randy Hoeft/The Yuma Sun via AP

    “Invasion” Justification

    Heading into the midterms, Republicans have leaned hard on a narrative of embattled states facing off against the federal government.

    On the border, Ducey and his party have pointed to record-setting apprehension figures as proof of lawlessness. Many of those apprehensions, however, reflect people making repeat crossings after being rapidly expelled under a Trump-era policy that severely restricts asylum-seekers at ports of entry. Despite Republican claims of inaction, President Joe Biden has presided over the removal of nearly 2 million people, and migrants continue to die in record numbers crossing his supposedly open border.

    Ducey’s suit — filed in federal court by a team of private lawyers with Phoenix-based firm Snell & William — pointed to an “unprecedented crisis” in the state. “Rather than cooperate and work together with Arizona, the federal government has taken a bureaucratic and adversarial role,” the lawsuit said.

    The alleged federal obstruction revolves around roughly two dozen gaps in the border wall that were left unfinished when President Donald Trump left office. Despite a vow Biden made not to add another foot to the wall, the Department of Homeland Security said last month that it would soon begin filling some of those gaps. That work, however, has not yet started. Ducey’s suit argued that the slow pace forced his hand and petitioned the court to declare that his extraordinary measures — already being undertaken despite federal objections — were legal.

    The “invasion” described in Ducey’s complaint consisted of illegal immigration and public safety threats, particularly around the issue of fentanyl seizures. Many of the claims failed to connect the alleged harms to gaps in the border wall, such as the fact that nearly all fentanyl seizures occur at ports of entry, not between them.

    Ducey’s suit is part of a wider Republican effort to leverage a border “invasion” as a legal justification to take drastic, unilateral steps at the state level. “They want to assert some kind of a constitutional authority for the states to be supreme over the federal government in certain circumstances,” Reichlin-Melnick said. “That’s just not how the Constitution works.”

    Ducey began using shipping containers as ad hoc border barriers in August. He pointed to two Biden-era policy decisions as justification. The first was the pause on border wall construction. The second was the end of Trump’s “Remain in Mexico” program, which forced tens of thousands asylum seekers to wait out their cases in some of the world’s most dangerous cities, leading to thousands of reports of extortion, kidnapping, rape and, in some cases, murder, of migrant men, women, and children.

    Outraged by the cancellation, Ducey issued an executive order to fill gaps in the border wall in Yuma, Arizona, in August. The border town has become an immigration flashpoint in recent years. In 2019, while Trump’s Remain in Mexico program was in full swing, Mayor Doug Nicholls declared a state of emergency after an influx of asylum-seekers. In 2021, he did the same under Biden. Ducey highlighted the second instance but did not mention the first when he announced his shipping container deployment.

    “Arizona has had enough,” he said. “We can’t wait any longer. The Biden administration’s lack of urgency on border security is a dereliction of duty.”

    Cash for the installation comes from the “Arizona Border Security Fund,” a $335 million investment that Ducey describes as “the most meaningful border security legislation in Arizona history.”

    On its website, Ducey’s office said the Yuma project would cost taxpayers $6 million. Local TV station KWTX, however, obtained the contract for the construction, which put the total at $13 million — enough to pay for 130,000 new textbooks for Arizona students or more than 3.4 million school lunches. The much larger project underway in Coronado is expected to cost $95 million.

    At Ducey’s direction, Arizona contracted AshBritt, a Florida-based disaster recovery firm, for the Yuma project — the politically-connected company would later be rehired for Coronado. In Yuma, AshBritt’s 25-person crew stacked and welded pairs of metal shipping containers more than 20 feet high and topped them with concertina wire. Following the first day of construction, two of the containers toppled into the dirt.

    Within two weeks, the governor’s project had “3,820 feet of previously open border closed with 130 shipping containers.” Border Patrol encounters, however, increased in Yuma after the installation. In his lawsuit, Ducey cited a news article with the title: “Migrants at Arizona Border Unhindered by Shipping Container Wall.”

    There were jurisdictional issues as well, with Ducey placing dozens of containers on land belonging to the Cocopah Indian Tribe despite the tribe’s demand that he not do so.

    The project was an example of “the state fighting the feds,” Santa Cruz County, Arizona, Sheriff David Hathaway said in an interview, adding that the “ridiculous” moves were “not a good precedent for the future.”

    Open Defiance

    Environmental advocates were anticipating a container deployment on Coronado weeks before it finally happened. Last month, Erick Meza, a borderlands coordinator with the Sierra Club, got a tip that scores of containers were piling up at a disused National Guard armory in Nogales, on the edge of the national forest. Unlike the paneled walls and vehicle barriers that stand along much of the border, the solid containers cut off virtually all animal migration and heighten flood risks.

    “This is definitely a technique that we don’t support at all,” Meza told The Intercept in mid-September. “The wall is bad enough, but these are even worse.”

    In an interview later that day, Ducey’s press secretary, Karamargin, said Ducey had yet to decide where the Nogales containers would go. He avoided giving a direct answer when asked if Ducey had sought clearance from the U.S. Forest Service to place the boxes on national forest land.

    “We are reaching out to all stakeholders and have reached out and we’ll continue to do so about where shipping containers might be the most effective,” Karamargin told The Intercept. “So is the Forest Service among them, perhaps? I’m not sure. I don’t know if the people we have reached out to them.”

    Arizona’s Division of Emergency Management, which answers to the governor, had in fact sought authorization from Coronado National Forest 10 days before Karamargin spoke to The Intercept.

    The lawsuit Ducey filed this month included state-level correspondence with federal officials regarding shipping containers and Coronado National Memorial. The Intercept obtained additional communications between federal entities and the state.

    The documents show that on September 17 officials from Ducey’s emergency management office — known by the acronym AZDEMA — emailed Coronado National Forest seeking “authorization to place barriers on National Forest land in all areas that currently have gaps in the federal wall.”

    On October 6, Kerwin S. Dewberry, Coronado’s forest supervisor, sent a letter to the director AZDEMA, stating that over the course of two weeks he and his staff had verbally explained to AZDEMA officials that large-scale construction projects of the kind the governor wanted required participation in a federal regulatory approval process.

    Though that process had not taken place, Dewberry wrote, Forest Service officials had nonetheless observed dozens of shipping containers, associated construction equipment, and private security personal on federal land for two consecutive days. “The Forest Service did not authorize this occupancy and use,” Dewberry wrote.

    Maj. Gen. Kerry L. Muehlenbeck of AZDEMA fired back the following day. “Although your agency has participated in some calls with Arizona officials, no action has been taken to address the state’s concerns,” he wrote. “Due to the lack of response and pursuant to the directive by Governor Ducey, work will commence to close the referenced gap to ensure the safety of Arizona citizens.”

    The response prompted an escalation from the Forest Service, with Michiko J. Martin, forester for the agency’s southwest region, reiterating the need for participation in a federal approval process. “To date, the State of Arizona has not pursued that process,” Martin wrote in an October 7 letter of his own. “As such, all state activities on National Forest land related to the shipping container project are occurring without the permits and authorization required.”

    Two weeks later, Ducey filed his lawsuit. Three days after that, a caravan of pickup trucks dragging scores of hulking metal containers came rumbling into Coronado National Forest.

    YUMA, ARIZONA - SEPTEMBER 27: In this aerial view, Cuban immigrants seeking asylum in the United States await transport by the U.S. Border Patrol after they crossed into Arizona from Mexico on September 27, 2022 in Yuma, Arizona. Some gaps in the border fence built by the Trump Administration were recently filled with shipping containers by the Arizona state government, making it more difficult for immigrants to cross in certain areas. The number of immigrants crossing into the U.S. in 2022 is set to be the highest in recent history, surpassing the historic highs of 2021. (Photo by John Moore/Getty Images)

    Some gaps in the border fence built by the Trump administration are seen filled with shipping containers on Sept. 27, 2022, in Yuma, Ariz.

    Photo: John Moore/Getty Images

    The Real Federal Inaction

    Up to this point, legal challenges Biden has faced on his immigration policies were rooted in claims of his alleged lawbreaking. Ducey’s lawsuit is something different, Reichlin-Melnick argued. “Here, Arizona is saying, ‘We want you to declare that the law doesn’t apply to us,’” he said. “That is a pretty radical difference, and it’s the first state to my knowledge that’s brought this kind of immigration relief challenge.”

    “It’s designed purely to foment or promote more fearfulness among Ducey’s racist followers so more of them will show up and vote.”

    Ironically, he noted, success in his lawsuit could undermine the core objective Ducey purports to seek. The argument is that the federal government is taking too long fill gaps in the wall. If Ducey’s claim succeeded and a court determined that the Roosevelt Reservation was not under federal jurisdiction, that could mean no federal gap filling at all — and no Border Patrol operations on the line either.

    While Ducey’s lawsuit contends that Biden’s border security agents are failing to uphold the law in Southern Arizona, advocates on the ground say it’s the president’s land managers who are being held back.

    Unlike the Center for Biological Diversity, the federal government’s most powerful tool for dealing with lawbreakers on its lands is not filing notices of intent that take weeks to process; it’s arresting them. “They should have already sent the officers out because there’s destruction of property,” said Silver, of the Center for Biological Diversity. “There’s physical destruction with no permit.”

    The governor’s motivation is no mystery, Silver argued. “It’s a racist message and it’s designed purely to foment or promote more fearfulness among Ducey’s racist followers so more of them will show up and vote because they’re afraid of the invasion from the south by brown people,” he said. “That’s what this is all about.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ryan Devereaux.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/29/arizona-gov-doug-ducey-defies-biden-with-border-wall-made-of-shipping-containers/feed/ 0 346332
    Despite Europe’s new wall, the migration route through Belarus is here to stay https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/despite-europes-new-wall-the-migration-route-through-belarus-is-here-to-stay/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/despite-europes-new-wall-the-migration-route-through-belarus-is-here-to-stay/#respond Wed, 26 Oct 2022 05:31:07 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/podcasts/podcast-borders-belonging/migrant-instrumentalisation-europe-belarus-poland-wall-border/ Pushing ‘irregular’ migrants back from Poland, Lithuania and Latvia won’t stop them coming


    This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Maciej Grześkowiak.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/26/despite-europes-new-wall-the-migration-route-through-belarus-is-here-to-stay/feed/ 0 344959
    ‘This Is Not Normal’: Fed President Spoke at Private Wall Street Forum https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/this-is-not-normal-fed-president-spoke-at-private-wall-street-forum/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/this-is-not-normal-fed-president-spoke-at-private-wall-street-forum/#respond Thu, 20 Oct 2022 22:33:57 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340510

    James Bullard, president of the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, came under fire Thursday after The New York Times revealed that he "spoke last Friday at an off-the-record, invitation-only forum held by Citigroup, and open to clients."

    "Fed officials are making a mockery of ethics—and Chair Powell is failing to overhaul a culture of corruption."

    As Times reporter Jeanna Smialek summarized in a series of tweets about her reporting: "Against Fed rules? Unclear, though we go through them in the story. Bad look? Definitely, a range of people said."

    "I wanted to get a sense of whether this kind of private off-record event with bank clients happens a lot and I just don't hear about it, so I called around," Smialek explained. "The overwhelming answer: No."

    Narayana Kocherlakota, a former president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, told her that "this is not normal" and with Citi's clients involved, "the optics are terrible."

    Brookings Institution senior fellow Norm Eisen similarly said that at first glance, "it's not an ethics violation, but it's not a great look."

    The report explains that while the Fed's rules don't bar Bullard from attending such events, comments shared behind closed doors should align with previous public statements, and central bankers should "not provide any profit-making person or organization with a prestige advantage over its competitors."

    Jeff Hauser of the watchdog group the Revolving Door Project told Smialek that "Citi is flexing here," showing clients that it can provide "privileged access" to people like Bullard.

    "There are few better sources of information on the planet than a member of the Federal Open Market Committee," he said. "Their every utterance is treated as potentially market moving."

    In a tweet about the reporting, Hauser took aim at Fed Chair Jerome Powell, saying, "That ongoing indications of ethical lapses continue apace underscores [the project's] view that Powell cannot reform the Federal Reserve."

    U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.)—who chairs the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs' economic policy panel and has been a high-profile critic of the Fed's recent interest rate hikes—also called out Powell on Thursday and highlighted that the Bullard revelation follows a recent scandal involving another central banker.

    "In the midst of a stock trading scandal, now we learn that Bullard was secretly spilling his views on the economy to [Citi] and their clients," Warren said. "Fed officials are making a mockery of ethics—and Chair Powell is failing to overhaul a culture of corruption."

    According to Smialek:

    The Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis called the discussion informal and said Mr. Bullard had participated in the event in the past. It also noted that he had given an interview to Reuters earlier in the day with remarks similar to those he made at the Citi event, and appeared at other forums in Washington on Friday and Saturday. As a result, they said, the public had access to his views.

    But a person who attended the speech, who spoke on the condition of anonymity because the forum was meant to be off the record, said Mr. Bullard had also suggested during his comments that based on the historical record, the market gyrations in response to the Fed's moves had been less pronounced than might have been expected given how much rates have increased. No such comments were included in the Reuters article.

    After the Times published its report, the St. Louis Fed on Thursday released a lengthy statement about the controversy and an unofficial transcript of Bullard's remarks from the event—which shows he spoke about the market reaction.

    "Jim Bullard works hard to maintain the spirit of transparency and active communications to make his views widely known. He shared his views with media before and after the event and covered similar ground in other recent public remarks," the bank said, adding that "we are listening to the commentary around this and will think differently about this in the future."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/this-is-not-normal-fed-president-spoke-at-private-wall-street-forum/feed/ 0 343456
    Judge Who Ruled Against CFPB Took Thousands in Wall Street Campaign Cash: Watchdog https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/judge-who-ruled-against-cfpb-took-thousands-in-wall-street-campaign-cash-watchdog/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/judge-who-ruled-against-cfpb-took-thousands-in-wall-street-campaign-cash-watchdog/#respond Thu, 20 Oct 2022 20:16:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340504

    The federal judge who ruled this week that the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's funding structure is unconstitutional was a longtime recipient of campaign cash from Wall Street bankers—including several whose banks were held accountable by the bureau for abusive practices—a government watchdog revealed Wednesday.

    Accountable.US released an analysis of campaign contributions received by Judge Cory Wilson of the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals between 2014 and 2018, when he was a Republican candidate and member of the Mississippi House of Representatives.

    According to the group, Wilson took at least $10,500 from Wall Street bankers.

    The analysis was released a day after Wilson handed down a ruling in a case filed by payday lending groups against the CFPB. The judge claimed in his decision that it is unconstitutional for the CFPB to be funded by the Federal Reserve System rather than by Congress, drawing condemnation from Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and other consumer advocates.

    Related Content

    The case "shows just how far predatory lenders are willing to go to avert any accountability for their abusive practices," said Liz Zelnick, director of economic security and corporate power for Accountable.US. "It's no surprise this lawsuit was brought by an industry with an ax to grind against the CFPB after facing numerous fines mistreating consumers."

    Beyond that, Zelnick added, the group's findings regarding Wilson's financial ties to the industry CFPB regulates shows the case "was advanced by a judge who's taken thousands from the banking industry that too is determined to weaken the bureau's authority."

    As the Revolving Door Project at the Center for Economic and Policy Research noted, Wilson's contributions included at least $2,500 from Trustmark National Bank, which was recently fined by the CFPB for discriminatory practices.

    "The financial services industry's relentless attacks on the CFPB proves its work protecting consumers is more vital than ever," said Zelnick.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/20/judge-who-ruled-against-cfpb-took-thousands-in-wall-street-campaign-cash-watchdog/feed/ 0 343414
    Is the Energy Transition Taking Off…or Hitting a Wall? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/is-the-energy-transition-taking-offor-hitting-a-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/is-the-energy-transition-taking-offor-hitting-a-wall/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 05:55:18 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=257283 The passage of the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) constitutes the boldest climate action so far by the American federal government. It offers tax rebates to buyers of electric cars, solar panels, heat pumps, and other renewable-energy and energy-efficiency equipment. It encourages the development of carbon-capture technology and promotes environmental justice by cleaning up pollution and More

    The post Is the Energy Transition Taking Off…or Hitting a Wall? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Richard Heinberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/is-the-energy-transition-taking-offor-hitting-a-wall/feed/ 0 339723
    ‘This Is Gross’: Republican Openly Brags About Staffer Leaving to Work for Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/this-is-gross-republican-openly-brags-about-staffer-leaving-to-work-for-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/this-is-gross-republican-openly-brags-about-staffer-leaving-to-work-for-wall-street/#respond Fri, 23 Sep 2022 09:06:28 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339891

    During a bank oversight hearing this week, Republican Rep. Trey Hollingsworth boasted that one of his staffers would soon be leaving Congress to work on Wall Street, offering a glimpse of the legalized corruption that permeates the highest levels of the U.S. political system.

    Perhaps free to speak so candidly because he's not running for reelection, Hollingsworth (Ind.) happily announced that one of his top aides, Sruthi Prabhu, is departing his office next week to join Bank of America, a powerful institution whose CEO testified at Wednesday's House Financial Services Committee hearing alongside other top industry executives.

    "She is very, very excited," said Hollingsworth, whose past campaigns were funded heavily by the finance and investment industries. "I hope you will take good care of her and know and recognize the talent she has shown already in our office. I'm sure she'll do the same at Bank of America."

    "We will do that," responded Bank of America CEO Brian Moynihan. "And her father already works for us."

    Watch:

    Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-N.Y.), a member of the House Financial Services Committee, wrote in a Twitter post Thursday that she "was in the room when this happened and it was just as gross and wild in person as it is here."

    "People rightly discuss conflicts of interest of members of Congress, but lobbying of senior staff (who move on behalf of members and committees) is a huge part of the problem too," Ocasio-Cortez noted.

    Donald Sherman, chief counsel at Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington, expressed a similar sentiment, writing, "This is gross."

    The exchange between Hollingsworth and Bank of America's CEO provides a striking look at a phenomenon commonly known as the revolving door, which describes the seamless employment track from Congress to the industries lawmakers are tasked with regulating, and vice versa.

    The revolving door between committees that oversee the nation's banks spins particularly fast: Many lawmakers and aides involved in crafting—and watering down—Wall Street regulations in the wake of the 2008 financial crash went on to take jobs at large financial institutions.

    Public Citizen has estimated that in the midst of the economic crisis, the financial services industry deployed more than 1,400 former federal employees—including ex-committee staffers—to lobby Congress on banking issues.

    Walter Shaub, a senior ethics fellow at the Project on Government Oversight and the former head of the Office of Government Ethics, called Hollingsworth's jovial back-and-forth with Bank of America's top executive "absolutely wild."

    "I'm not an extremist who thinks people should be unemployable, but anyone who says Washington's revolving door isn't a problem is either lying or hasn't spent much time with folks working on the Hill or in presidential administrations, including this one."

    Some who have spent substantial time working on Capitol Hill, such as Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) aide Warren Gunnels, reacted with disgust to Wednesday's hearing.

    "I'll never forget, after a meeting with GOP staff on the financial services committee one day, I said I had to work with Bernie on a statement and questions for an upcoming hearing," Gunnels recounted. "They laughed and said, 'You're so funny! Banking lobbyists write all of our statements and bills for us.'"


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/23/this-is-gross-republican-openly-brags-about-staffer-leaving-to-work-for-wall-street/feed/ 0 335751
    Border Wall Construction Resumes Under President Joe Biden https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/18/border-wall-construction-resumes-under-president-joe-biden/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/18/border-wall-construction-resumes-under-president-joe-biden/#respond Sun, 18 Sep 2022 10:30:33 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=408072

    Myles Traphagen didn’t need a government presentation to tell him that border wall construction was kicking back up. He saw everything he needed on a recent visit to the Buenos Aires National Wildlife Refuge and the Coronado National Forest, near the town of Sasabe in southern Arizona.

    As the borderlands coordinator for the Wildlands Network, Traphagen had visited the area many times before. It was among the sites he examined in an extensive report published in July documenting the environmental impact of the border wall expansion under President Donald Trump — President Joe Biden paused the construction shortly after his inauguration.

    “It’s feeling like it felt during border wall construction with Trump.”

    Traphagen spotted a new staging area and water holding tanks under construction. Fixed to the wall were new signs citing an Arizona trespassing law. A security guard at the scene told him construction was resuming. Later, a Border Patrol agent ordered him to leave the area.

    “It’s feeling like it felt during border wall construction with Trump,” Traphagen told The Intercept. “I hadn’t felt that on the border in a year and a half, and now it’s like, oh, shit, here we go again.”

    Six days after Traphagen’s visit, U.S. Customs and Border Protection confirmed that work on the border wall that began under Trump is revving back up under Biden. In an online presentation Wednesday, CBP — the largest division of the Department of Homeland Security and home to the Border Patrol — detailed plans to address environmental damage brought on by the former president’s signature campaign promise and confirmed that the wall will remain a permanent fixture of the Southwest for generations to come.

    The resumed operations will range from repairing gates and roads to filling gaps in the wall that were left following the pause on construction that Biden initiated in January 2021. The wall’s environmental harms have been particularly acute in southern Arizona, where CBP used explosives to blast through large swaths of protected land — including sacred Native American burial grounds and one-of-a-kind wildlife habitats — in service of Trump’s most expansive border wall extensions.

    Starting next month, contractors will return to the Sonoran Desert in Arizona to resume work on the wall, senior CBP officials said in a public webinar. In the months since Biden’s pause began, DHS Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas approved several so-called remediation projects related to the border wall. The first plan that CBP presented for public comment was in the Tucson sector, the Border Patrol’s largest area of operations and site of Trump’s most dramatic and controversial border wall construction.

    In early 2020, the press was invited to watch as Border Patrol and Department of Defense officials blew apart chunks of the Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, south of Tucson, to make way for Trump’s wall. The display followed months of protests, as the administration tapped into a rare desert aquifer that feeds Quitobaquito Springs, an oasis that the Hia-Ced O’odham people have held sacred for thousands of years.

    Two Hia-Ced O’odham women were later arrested, strip-searched, and held incommunicado after praying and protesting at the construction site. Earlier this year, one of the two women, Amber Ortega, was found not guilty of the charges after a federal judge ruled that the prosecution violated her rights under the Religious Freedom Restoration Act.

    The controversial work, which included construction on federally designated wilderness, was permitted under the Real ID Act. Created in the wake of the September 11 attacks, the act grants DHS the authority to waive any law, including bedrock statutes meant to safeguard the environment and areas of cultural significance, to build border barriers in the name of national security.

    When CBP collected public comment on its proposed plans earlier this year, the vast majority were focused on Arizona, with most addressing the wall’s impact on wildlife migration and its exacerbation of flooding dangers. “Many comments specifically noted impacts to the Mexican gray wolf, jaguar, Sonoran Desert pronghorn, bighorn sheep, ocelot, javelina, mountain lion, bear, and other wildlife,” CBP noted in a summary report on its Tucson Sector feedback. “Some commenters suggested removing barrier and leaving flood gates open to address potential impacts.”

    In the plans laid out last week, CBP said it would finish drainages and low-water crossings in southern Arizona and in some cases reengineer border wall designs to allow for water flow. Two contracts have already been awarded for work in the state, the agency said, adding that the work in Arizona would include filling “small gaps” in the border wall that remained following Biden’s pause. CBP described similar operations along the border in other states.

    When asked if CBP envisioned a day when the barriers might be removed, the agency said it did not.

    “At this point in time,” said Shelly Barnes, the environmental planning lead for the Border Patrol’s infrastructure portfolio, “there are no current plans to remove sections of the barrier.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Ryan Devereaux.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/18/border-wall-construction-resumes-under-president-joe-biden/feed/ 0 334174
    Wall Street is holding the supply chain hostage to stop a railroad workers’ strike https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/wall-street-is-holding-the-supply-chain-hostage-to-stop-a-railroad-workers-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/wall-street-is-holding-the-supply-chain-hostage-to-stop-a-railroad-workers-strike/#respond Thu, 15 Sep 2022 20:26:53 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b2b2269d8600ba473ee858f733752431
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/15/wall-street-is-holding-the-supply-chain-hostage-to-stop-a-railroad-workers-strike/feed/ 0 333528
    Morphed photo: Kejriwal’s dinner host did not have Modi’s portrait on wall https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/morphed-photo-kejriwals-dinner-host-did-not-have-modis-portrait-on-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/morphed-photo-kejriwals-dinner-host-did-not-have-modis-portrait-on-wall/#respond Wed, 14 Sep 2022 11:46:35 +0000 https://www.altnews.in/?p=128760 On his two-day visit to Gujarat, Delhi Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal was invited by an auto-rickshaw driver, Vikrambhai Dantani, to dinner at his home after Kejriwal addressed a gathering of...

    The post Morphed photo: Kejriwal’s dinner host did not have Modi’s portrait on wall appeared first on Alt News.

    ]]>
    On his two-day visit to Gujarat, Delhi Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal was invited by an auto-rickshaw driver, Vikrambhai Dantani, to dinner at his home after Kejriwal addressed a gathering of auto-rickshaw drivers in Ahmedabad.

    Following this, an image of Arvind Kejriwal interacting with Dantani’s family has gone viral. Users have pointed out an image of PM Narendra Modi that can be seen on the wall in the background.

    BJP Mumbai city minority morcha president Wasim Khan tweeted the image with the caption “Kejriwal got tricked because his host turned out to be a supporter of Narendra Modi”. His tweet garnered 15,000 likes and 2,000 retweets (Archived link).

    User @narendramodi177 tweeted the image and garnered over 4,000 likes. (Archived link)

    The image has been shared on Facebook several times.

    Fact Check

    On September 12, 2022, Arvind Kejriwal tweeted some pictures from the dinner that he attended at auto-rickshaw driver Vikrambhai Dantani’s home. The viral image was one of them. The only difference is that the picture of PM Modi cannot be seen in the background of the image that Kejriwal uploaded.

    Below we have compared the two images.

    Kejriwal’s picture has been used by several media outlets. As is obvious, the picture of Modi cannot be seen on the wall in any of the pictures. (1, 2, 3, 4, 5)

    Indian Express article

    We also found India Today‘s video coverage of this event. At the 2:35 second mark, the same portrait, as shared by Kejriwal earlier, can be seen in the background. PM Modi’s portrait is absent.

    Thus, it is quite evident that the image being circulated is morphed. PM Narendra Modi’s portrait was photoshopped into the background of Kejriwal’s photo.

    The post Morphed photo: Kejriwal’s dinner host did not have Modi’s portrait on wall appeared first on Alt News.


    This content originally appeared on Alt News and was authored by Shinjinee Majumder.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/morphed-photo-kejriwals-dinner-host-did-not-have-modis-portrait-on-wall/feed/ 0 332936
    Morphed photo: Kejriwal’s dinner host did not have Modi’s portrait on wall https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/morphed-photo-kejriwals-dinner-host-did-not-have-modis-portrait-on-wall-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/morphed-photo-kejriwals-dinner-host-did-not-have-modis-portrait-on-wall-2/#respond Wed, 14 Sep 2022 11:46:35 +0000 https://www.altnews.in/?p=128760 On his two-day visit to Gujarat, Delhi Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal was invited by an auto-rickshaw driver, Vikrambhai Dantani, to dinner at his home after Kejriwal addressed a gathering of...

    The post Morphed photo: Kejriwal’s dinner host did not have Modi’s portrait on wall appeared first on Alt News.

    ]]>
    On his two-day visit to Gujarat, Delhi Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal was invited by an auto-rickshaw driver, Vikrambhai Dantani, to dinner at his home after Kejriwal addressed a gathering of auto-rickshaw drivers in Ahmedabad.

    Following this, an image of Arvind Kejriwal interacting with Dantani’s family has gone viral. Users have pointed out an image of PM Narendra Modi that can be seen on the wall in the background.

    BJP Mumbai city minority morcha president Wasim Khan tweeted the image with the caption “Kejriwal got tricked because his host turned out to be a supporter of Narendra Modi”. His tweet garnered 15,000 likes and 2,000 retweets (Archived link).

    User @narendramodi177 tweeted the image and garnered over 4,000 likes. (Archived link)

    The image has been shared on Facebook several times.

    Fact Check

    On September 12, 2022, Arvind Kejriwal tweeted some pictures from the dinner that he attended at auto-rickshaw driver Vikrambhai Dantani’s home. The viral image was one of them. The only difference is that the picture of PM Modi cannot be seen in the background of the image that Kejriwal uploaded.

    Below we have compared the two images.

    Kejriwal’s picture has been used by several media outlets. As is obvious, the picture of Modi cannot be seen on the wall in any of the pictures. (1, 2, 3, 4, 5)

    Indian Express article

    We also found India Today‘s video coverage of this event. At the 2:35 second mark, the same portrait, as shared by Kejriwal earlier, can be seen in the background. PM Modi’s portrait is absent.

    Thus, it is quite evident that the image being circulated is morphed. PM Narendra Modi’s portrait was photoshopped into the background of Kejriwal’s photo.

    The post Morphed photo: Kejriwal’s dinner host did not have Modi’s portrait on wall appeared first on Alt News.


    This content originally appeared on Alt News and was authored by Shinjinee Majumder.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/14/morphed-photo-kejriwals-dinner-host-did-not-have-modis-portrait-on-wall-2/feed/ 0 332937
    Wall Street Giants Set to Smash Profit Records Off Global Hunger, Energy Crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/wall-street-giants-set-to-smash-profit-records-off-global-hunger-energy-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/wall-street-giants-set-to-smash-profit-records-off-global-hunger-energy-crisis/#respond Fri, 09 Sep 2022 13:22:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339598
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/09/wall-street-giants-set-to-smash-profit-records-off-global-hunger-energy-crisis/feed/ 0 331641
    After Years of Tribal Resistance, DHS Finishes Its “Virtual Wall” on the Tohono O’odham Nation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/after-years-of-tribal-resistance-dhs-finishes-its-virtual-wall-on-the-tohono-oodham-nation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/after-years-of-tribal-resistance-dhs-finishes-its-virtual-wall-on-the-tohono-oodham-nation/#respond Wed, 07 Sep 2022 06:01:49 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=254507 When I come across surveillance towers in the borderlands, I first look to see if there are any communities, towns, or houses in its view. I did this on Monday, on the Tohono O’odham Nation in the southern Arizona borderlands, when I found an “integrated fixed tower,” built by the Israeli company Elbit Systems. It took me, two other journalists, and O’odham member Raymond Daukei all day to find it. I could see that homes in Topawa—a community of 380 people backed by the verdant western side of the muscular Baboquivari mountain range—were easily in range of the tower’s sophisticated camera system, which can see up to seven and a half miles. More

    The post After Years of Tribal Resistance, DHS Finishes Its “Virtual Wall” on the Tohono O’odham Nation appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Todd Miller.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/after-years-of-tribal-resistance-dhs-finishes-its-virtual-wall-on-the-tohono-oodham-nation/feed/ 0 330544
    Tens of Millions of Vials of Bioweapons on the Wall . . . Or Zelenksy’s Labs! https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/tens-of-millions-of-vials-of-bioweapons-on-the-wall-or-zelenksys-labs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/tens-of-millions-of-vials-of-bioweapons-on-the-wall-or-zelenksys-labs/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 01:17:14 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=132672 Forget about the fact these Pharma Felons have a long rap sheet going way back on the injuries and deaths created by their so-called approved products. They can’t even get vials of their bioweapon off the assembly line without metal bits in millions of batches. Contaminant in Moderna COVID-19 vaccine vials found in Japan was […]

    The post Tens of Millions of Vials of Bioweapons on the Wall . . . Or Zelenksy’s Labs! first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Forget about the fact these Pharma Felons have a long rap sheet going way back on the injuries and deaths created by their so-called approved products. They can’t even get vials of their bioweapon off the assembly line without metal bits in millions of batches.

    Contaminant in Moderna COVID-19 vaccine vials found in Japan was metallic particles: report

    That’s Pfizer and the billionaire CEO, the Greek Jewish, boosted up twice after mRNA double jab, who is now hot with SARS-CoV2, and he is happy to have the oral drug his company produced. What to believe?

    Plaxlovid.

    Pfizer and vaccine maker Moderna, which also makes a two-shot mRNA vaccine, are updating their drug formulas to provide protection against newer versions of the virus as part of a fall booster campaign.

    Paxlovid, a pill that is available by prescription after infection, helps patients avoid serious illness when it is administered shortly after the onset of symptoms.

    I got the SARS-CoV2 a week ago, maybe from Trader Joe’s up in Corvallis. Nah, a summer flu? Nah, not acting like a natural pathogen in me. I have had malaria, dengue fever, a truck load of gut diseases, and slew of bug and jellyfish stings and bites. This bug does things that are not natural. Tied to HIV? Some see that it is a venom-like hit to the body.

    I have heard person after person — young athletic people — tell me about being double vaxxed and getting SARS-CoV2 for nine days or two weeks, with pneumonia. And then, getting hit twice or three times with the bioweapon. I am talking about a surfer who is also an arborist — thin, super fit, and active.

    And, we are not to talk about these stories, not put them out there on Facebook or Twitter, not supposed to talk about the patterns, anecdotal evidence which IS valid. RJK Jr.’s Children’s Health Defense now has been deplatformed from Facebook and Twitter, so we know more and more information gathering by us, the people, will be scrubbed.

    Kennedy’s Facebook page, with more than 300,000 followers, was still active at the time of publication. The company spokesperson said there were no plans to take down that page “at this time.”

    In a statement Thursday, provided by Children’s Health Defense, the nonprofit group that he chairs, Kennedy pushed back at the assertion that his posts were false and accused Facebook of “censorship.”

    Lois Gibbs of Love Canal fame would have been deplatformed in today’s messed up censorious world:

    Love Canal is an aborted canal project branching off of the Niagara River about four miles south of Niagara Falls.  It is also the name of a fifteen-acre, working-class neighborhood of around 800 single-family homes built directly adjacent to the canal.  From 1942 to 1953, the Hooker Chemical Company, with government sanction, began using the partially dug canal as a chemical waste dump.  At the end of this period, the contents of the canal consisted of around 21,000 tons of toxic chemicals, including at least twelve that are known carcinogens (halogenated organics, chlorobenzenes, and dioxin among them).  Hooker capped the 16-acre hazardous waste landfill in clay and sold the land to the Niagara Falls School Board, attempting to absolve itself of any future liability by including a warning in the property deed.

    Public awareness of the disaster unfolded in the late 1970s when investigative newspaper coverage and grassroots door-to-door health surveys began to reveal a series of inexplicable illnesses—epilepsy, asthma, migraines, and nephrosis—and abnormally high rates of birth defects and miscarriages in the Love Canal neighborhood.  As it turns out, consecutive wet winters in the late 1970s raised the water table and caused the chemicals to leach (via underground swales and a sewer system that drained into nearby creeks) into the basements and yards of neighborhood residents, as well as into the playground of the elementary school built directly over the canal.  After a series of frustrating encounters with apathetic NYS officials, who were slow to act but quick to dismiss the activists (most of whom were working-class women who lived in the neighborhood) as a collection of hysterical housewives, President Jimmy Carter declared a state of emergency in 1978 and had the federal government relocate 239 families.  This left 700 families who federal officials viewed as being at insufficient risk to warrant relocation, even though tests conducted by the NYS Department of Health revealed that toxic substances were leaching into their homes.  After another hard battle, activists forced Carter to declare a second state of emergency in 1981, during which the remaining families were relocated.  The total cost for relocation of all the families was $17 million. (source)

    Then, how can any group of activists like RFK Jr.’s CHD coalesce in this messed up Google-Facebook-Twitter-Instagram world. What a bioweapon, no? SARS-CoV2!

    Ukraine & The Specter of Bioterror with Robbie Martin And Gumby Unlimited Hangout with Whitney Webb

    Oh, the tick:

    Michael Carroll’s Lab 257 also documents a Nazi connection to the original establishment of a U.S. laboratory on Plum Island. According to the book, Erich Traub, a scientist who worked for the Third Reich doing biological warfare, was the force behind its founding.

    During World War II,  “as lab chief of Insel Riems­a secret Nazi biological warfare laboratory on a crescent-shaped island in the Baltic Sea, ­Traub worked for Adolph Hitler’s second-in-charge, SS Reichsfuhrer Heinrich Himmler, on live germ trials,” states Lab 257.

    The mission was to develop biological warfare to be directed against animals in the Soviet Union. This included infecting cattle and reindeer with foot-and-mouth disease.

    “Ironically, Traub spent the prewar period of his scientific career on a fellowship at the Rockefeller Institute in Princeton, New Jersey, perfecting his skills in viruses and bacteria under the tutelage of American experts before returning to Nazi Germany on the eve of war,” says “Lab 257.”  While in the U.S. in the 1930s, too, relates the book, Traub was a member of the Amerika-Deutscher Volksbund which was involved in pro-Nazi rallies held weekly in Yaphank on Long Island.

    With the end of the war, Traub came back to the United States under Project Paperclip, a U.S. program under which Nazi scientists, such as Wernher von Braun, were brought to America.

    “Traub’s detailed explanation of the secret operation on Insel Riems” given to officials at Fort Detrick in Maryland, the Army’s biological warfare headquarters, and to the CIA, “laid the groundwater for Fort Detrick’s offshore germ warfare animal disease lab on Plum Island,” says “Lab 257.” “Traub was a founding father.” And Plum Island’s purpose, says the book, became what Insel Riems had been: to develop biological warfare to be directed against animals in the Soviet Union­ now that the Cold War and conflict between the U.S. and the Soviet Union had begun.

    The Long Island daily newspaper Newsday earlier documented this biological warfare mission of Plum Island. In a lead story on November 21, 1993, Newsday investigative reporter John McDonald wrote: “A 1950s military plan to cripple the Soviet economy by killing horses, cattle and swine called for making biological warfare weapons out of exotic animal diseases at a Plum Island laboratory, now-declassified Army records reveal.” A facsimile of one of the records, dated 1951, covered the front page of that issue of Newsday. (source)

    Oh, the nefarious work of former Nazi’s, and Lyme DIsease now! Pfizer working on that vaccine.

    And we trust this multibillionaire, Chairman and CEO Albert Bourla: Pfizer has been a “habitual offender,” persistently engaging in illegal and corrupt marketing practices, bribing physicians and suppressing adverse trial results. Since 2002 the company and its subsidiaries have been assessed $3 billion in criminal convictions, civil penalties and jury awards.

    I have a CPA in Tucson, from my mom’s days, and she wondered what my gmail signature block image was about:

    I was asked to send her sources, since she is stuck in Mainstream Stenographer Media, and I asked her if she has Ukraine roots, and she said her husband’s family did. Both are Jewish.

    Ukraine & The Specter of Bioterror with Robbie Martin And Gumby  Unlimited Hangout with Whitney Webb
    Scott Ritter analyzes the situation at the nuclear power plant, Russia’s non-response, the situation on the ground, and Ukraine attacks Crimea. And a prediction on how all this will end. Here.

    NATO ready to attack a Nuclear plant to ethnically cleanse Russians from Ukraine – George Eliason

    vanessa beeley

    I am not sure how much bandwidth she has for this stuff, but I warned her that if she really went through some of these sources, she will come out the other end depressed, ashamed, maybe. But who knows. I have daily people with TDS, Trump Derangement Syndrome, and they have no grounding on anything that ties both the country’s manure pile parties into war, finance, lies, scams, hatred of the people. Here, a bunch of other sources from me to the CPA, Stephen Cohen, RIP.

    Other sources sent to her:

    “Is the West finally realizing that Russia will win the war in Ukraine?”

    Originally published: People’s Party of Oregon  on June 1, 2022 by Mark Rolofson (more by People’s Party of Oregon) (Posted Jun 23, 2022)

    This article is the fourth in a series of articles I have written covering the US proxy war against Russia in Ukraine.  While this civil war in Ukraine actually began 8 years ago in 2014, the Western media narrative has portrayed this conflict as an unprovoked invasion by Russia that began on February 24, 2022.  The 8 year civil war in the Donbass Region is a direct result of the US backed coup and color revolution known as the Maidan Revolution, that ousted the democratically elected President Viktor Yanukovych and installed an ultra-nationalist, anti-Russian, Nazi government.

    The article goes on to explain that the majority of ethnic Russians in east and south Ukraine rejected the coup government. Crimea also voted to secede and was annexed into Russia.  Then, unreported in MSM, Donetsk and Lugansk became breakaway provinces thus leaving Ukraine, but were soon invaded by Ukrainian Nazis who refused to give up the region.  Western media rarely acknowledged the huge civilian death toll in eastern Ukraine. Then, Minsk Agreement accepted and afterwards not followed.

    Following that, last year the Biden Administration sent more weapons and gave special forces training to Ukrainian Nazi paramilitaries.  With those proxy events, in April 2021, Zelensky said he was not going to honor the Minsk 2 Agreement and was planning to retake the breakaway regions and Crimea by force.  The US created this war by preparing Ukrainian forces for the invasion.

    Did Russia underestimate how fiercely the Ukrainians would fight?  Perhaps so.  Did they make mistakes and lose soldiers and generals?  Absolutely.  Are they losing on the battlefield?  Absolutely not and this is becoming more apparent to Western media that hasn’t wanted to outright admit it.  It has downplayed the fact that Russia has taken much territory including Mariupol, Kherson and now 95% of Lugansk has been liberated from Ukrainian control. Western media outlets, such as Bloomberg News, are finally acknowledging the Russian victories in this region of the Donbass and that Ukrainian troops are now at risk of encirclement by Russian forces.

    I continue to help people read beyond the propaganda lines deployed by the Nulands and Kagans and Zeleskys of the world.

    What is worthy of praise is the pushback by independent journalists and media outlets against the lies reported daily in the New York Times, Washington Post, CNN, the Wall Street Journal, The Guardian, the BBC, NPR, etc.  The well researched information coming from independent media and journalists, such as The GrayzoneConsortium News, The World Socialist WebsiteThe Dive with Jackson HinkleScott RitterRegis Tremblay shines a bright light on what the establishment media is distorting and ignoring.  War reporters, Patrick Lancaster (USA), Eva K. Bartlett (Canada), Alejandro Kirk (HispanTV – Latin America) have exposed the Western media lies that Russia is responsible for the carnage and that civilians support Ukraine’s military.  All Ukrainian civilians interviewed blame Ukraine for the deaths, injuries and destruction.  Russians often bring in food and humanitarian aid.

    “These are animals, not people”: Zelensky frees convicted child rapists, torturers to reinforce depleted military ESHA KRISHNASWAMY·JULY 30, 2022.

    But then there is Vogue: And the beat goes on and on.

    Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky's controversial Vogue photoshoot with his wife | Marca

    Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky And Wife Posing In The War Zone Doesn't Sit Well With Netizens - Culture
    The post Tens of Millions of Vials of Bioweapons on the Wall . . . Or Zelenksy’s Labs! first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/tens-of-millions-of-vials-of-bioweapons-on-the-wall-or-zelenksys-labs/feed/ 0 328753
    New ‘Blame Wall Street’ Campaign Launched as Climate Emergency Grips Planet https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/new-blame-wall-street-campaign-launched-as-climate-emergency-grips-planet/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/new-blame-wall-street-campaign-launched-as-climate-emergency-grips-planet/#respond Thu, 01 Sep 2022 15:19:28 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339430

    Hundreds of organizations announced plans on Thursday to launch a mass mobilization this fall aimed at holding accountable those that allow destructive fossil fuel extraction to continue, specifically the Wall Street banks that have poured more than $1 trillion into oil and gas projects in recent years.

    The Stop the Money Pipeline coalition, which includes more than 200 climate action groups, called on people across the U.S. to join "Blame Wall Street" public actions that are already planned in New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and other cities where campaigners will "connect the dots between the extreme weather events harming communities and the corporations fueling the climate crisis."

    "There are plenty of people to be angry at: fossil fuel companies, which exist to make massive profits off of poisoning our air, water, and planet," Alec Connon and Arielle Swernoff, organizers with Stop the Money Pipeline, wrote at Common Dreams Thursday. "Politicians, who are bought and sold by wealthy tycoons, and whose climate policy—years in the making—was still riddled with giveaways to the fossil fuel industry. And finally: Wall Street."

    As the Rainforest Action Network showed in a report released earlier this year, since the Paris climate agreement was forged in 2015, JPMorgan Chase has invested $382 billion in fossil fuel projects. Citi is the second-largest funder of oil and gas extraction, pouring $285 billion into projects, and Wells Fargo follows close behind at $275 billion.

    Bank of America, Barclays, TD, and Morgan Stanley are also part of what the report labeled the "Dirty Dozen" and are among the banks Stop the Money Pipeline will target with their "Blame Wall Street" campaign this fall.

    Fossil fuel companies also rely on insurance to build their infrastructure, and BlackRock and Vanguard are two of the largest investors in oil and gas projects, Connon and Swernoff wrote.

    "These companies could stop the flow of money to fossil fuels today, but they are choosing greed instead," they said. "When we look around at the devastation caused by heat, flooding, hurricanes, and climate disaster, and we think about who to blame, Wall Street should sit at the top of the list."

    This fall, the Stop the Money Pipeline will welcome anyone concerned about the climate crisis, extreme weather like the monsoons that recently caused unprecedented flooding and killed more than 1,000 people in Pakistan, and the fossil fuel investments made by banks that millions of Americans rely on to join or organize public actions across the country.

    "Wherever you live—and regardless of whether you're new to activism or have been organizing for years—we want to support you in organizing to hold the funders of climate chaos accountable," wrote Connon and Swernoff, noting that Stop the Money Pipeline will be offering training and 1:1 coaching for anyone new to organizing.

    Although Pakistan is responsible for just 0.3% of greenhouse gas emissions in the Earth's atmosphere, they said, it is currently suffering a humanitarian disaster induced by the fossil fuel-driven heating of the planet.

    Catastrophes like Pakistan's, Europe's historic drought, and the drying-up of China's rivers and lakes "are happening because of a political and economic system designed to make some (mostly white, mostly male) people exceptionally rich from extracting and burning fossil fuels, while the rest of the world is left to suffer," wrote Connon and Swernoff.

    "It's time to get angry, take to the streets, and hold those responsible for the climate crisis responsible," they wrote.

    The coalition is also planning to hold an organizing call on September 7 to explain how advocates can organize "Blame Wall Street" demonstrations in their own communities.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/new-blame-wall-street-campaign-launched-as-climate-emergency-grips-planet/feed/ 0 328609
    As the World Floods and Burns, It’s Time to Hold Wall Street to Account https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/as-the-world-floods-and-burns-its-time-to-hold-wall-street-to-account/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/as-the-world-floods-and-burns-its-time-to-hold-wall-street-to-account/#respond Thu, 01 Sep 2022 12:27:31 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339423

    Pakistan is responsible for around 0.3% of the total greenhouse gas emissions in our atmosphere. Yet, that nation of 220 million people is currently experiencing what is undoubtedly a "climate-induced humanitarian disaster." Much of the country is under water. At least 1,100 people are dead. One million homes have been damaged or destroyed. An estimated 40 million lives have been impacted.

    It's a situation that highlights the tragic truth at the heart of the climate crisis: It's those who have done the least to cause the problem that are bearing the brunt of the impacts.

    In the face of such tragedy there are several morally commendable responses. One is to help however you can. If you're in a position to do so, making a donation is a small but important act you can take. Another legitimate response is anger.

    It's those who have done the least to cause the problem that are bearing the brunt of the impacts.

    The flooding in Pakistan is only the latest in a long line of climate disasters. Three days ago, the 150,000 residents of Jackson, Mississippi were ordered to evacuate as flooding threatened the city. This weekend, temperatures in California are projected to hit 115°F. Last month, dozens died in flooding in Kentucky.

    These climate disasters—as well as Europe's worst drought in 500 years, China's vanishing rivers and lakes, and the heat waves that have exacerbated a global food crisis—are not happening by chance. They are not natural disasters. They are happening because of a political and economic system designed to make some (mostly white, mostly male) people exceptionally rich from extracting and burning fossil fuels, while the rest of the world is left to suffer.

    As journalist Emily Atkin has put it, "Climate change is not something that is happening to us. It's something that's being done to us." And when something is being done to you—and that something is causing you, your family and community harm—anger is a legitimate response.

    There are plenty of people to be angry at: fossil fuel companies, which exist to make massive profits off of poisoning our air, water, and planet. Politicians, who are bought and sold by wealthy tycoons, and whose climate policy—years in the making—was still riddled with giveaways to the fossil fuel industry. And finally: Wall Street.

    Since the Paris Agreement was adopted in 2015, US banks have provided $1.4 trillion in financing to fossil fuel companies. Every new fossil fuel project requires insurance. Without it new oil pipelines and gas terminals cannot be built. And US insurance companies are among the world's largest providers of insurance to coal, oil and gas companies. The world's two largest investors in fossil fuels are two US asset managers: BlackRock and Vanguard.

    These companies could stop the flow of money to fossil fuels today, but they are choosing greed instead. When we look around at the devastation caused by heat, flooding, hurricanes, and climate disaster, and we think about who to blame, Wall Street should sit at the top of the list.

    And we can't forget that by funding climate disaster, Wall Street is consigning communities of color to bearing the worst impacts. It's no accident that the maps of Wall Street's redlining, and the maps of communities most vulnerable to heat and flooding, are the same. It's also no accident that when Congresswoman Rashida Tlaib asked the CEOs of the largest banks in the country if they knew what environmental racism was they each responded: no.

    This is why, as climate disasters ravage communities around the globe, the Stop the Money Pipeline coalition is launching a a new campaign: Blame Wall Street.

    This fall, we're calling for a wave of escalated actions on the banks, insurers and investors funding the climate crisis. It's essential that people connect the dots between the extreme weather events harming communities and the corporations fueling the climate crisis—and bold activism and organizing is our best shot at making that happen. 

    Wherever you live—and regardless of whether you're new to activism or have been organizing for years—we want to support you in organizing to hold the funders of climate chaos accountable.

    There are already actions being planned in New York, San Francisco, Philadelphia, Chicago, LA, and Portland. If you live in a city where an action is already being planned, we encourage you to sign up to join in.

    Wherever you live—and regardless of whether you're new to activism or have been organizing for years—we want to support you in organizing to hold the funders of climate chaos accountable. Over the next few weeks, we will provide training on Action Planning, Non-Violent Direct Action, and How to Use Arts in Your Action. If you sign up to organize an action, you'll receive 1:1 coaching from an experienced action practitioner. We'll also provide a number of action grants to help cover the costs associated with your action, and we'll provide you with movement art and song for your actions.

    We cannot sit idly by as the world burns. We're running out of time to avert catastrophe beyond what most of us are capable of imagining. It's time to get angry, take to the streets and hold those responsible for the climate crisis responsible.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Alec Connon, Arielle Swernoff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/01/as-the-world-floods-and-burns-its-time-to-hold-wall-street-to-account/feed/ 0 328454
    That time an undercover cop “infiltrated” Occupy Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/that-time-an-undercover-cop-infiltrated-occupy-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/that-time-an-undercover-cop-infiltrated-occupy-wall-street/#respond Tue, 19 Jul 2022 21:56:01 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=131603 Marching past the Metropolitan Museum of Art: June 17, 2012 I don’t write about the failings of “activism” as part of some kind of bitter vendetta. Instead, I present posts like this as cautionary tales. I lived it. It took a while but I learned from it. Now, I implore others to blaze new paths […]

    The post That time an undercover cop “infiltrated” Occupy Wall Street first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Marching past the Metropolitan Museum of Art: June 17, 2012

    I don’t write about the failings of “activism” as part of some kind of bitter vendetta. Instead, I present posts like this as cautionary tales. I lived it. It took a while but I learned from it. Now, I implore others to blaze new paths in the name of urgency and survival. We can and must do better.

    Al Sharpton, basking in the glow of his deception

    It was June 17, 2012, and the scene was a silent march from Harlem to the Upper East Side to “protest” the NYPD policy of stop-and-frisk. Yeah, I know, why would anyone imagine a bunch of people walking quietly through Manhattan (led by one of the all-time fake “activists,” Al Sharpton — see above photo) would do anything to provoke the NYPD to consider changing its policies? Don’t ask me.

    As a white male activist, I reflexively attended such mass gestures to virtue signal my sincere “ally-ship” and “intersectionality.”

    When I wasn’t at the front of the parade taking photos, I marched with a group of people who still identified as Occupy Wall Street — and one dude who was totally faking it. That dude was undercover cop, Wojciech Braszczok.

    As we’d all learn later, he had smoothly “infiltrated” OWS and this news freaked out a bunch of occupiers. I guess some were completely naive as to how law enforcement works while others simply could not accept that such savvy revolutionaries as themselves could’ve ever been tricked by a mere “pig.”

    Following the well-worn script

    In June 2012, however, Braszczok’s cover hadn’t yet been blown so he joined us dangerous [sic] subversives [sic] in the Stop Stop & Frisk charade. At one point, he noticed I had a small red felt square pinned to my bag. This was a popular form of virtue signaling that summer as the OWS crowd showed solidarity with students in Quebec, but 99% of people (see what I did there?) didn’t really understand why.

    Anyway, a red square also became a signatory of the “Strike Debt” movement [sic] ostensibly designed to “end” student debt. So, Officer Braszczok chatted me up to find out when and where the next Strike Debt demo would take place.

    If this was a measure of Braszczok’s undercover skills, well, he was even more inept than we were! As I told him at the time, all the treasonous details of the Strike Debt March were readily available on the public Facebook event page. Why didn’t he and his superiors realize how silly it was to waste any resources tracking OWS when we presented as much threat to the system as the local Bernie Sanders fan club?

    But that’s the magic of “activism,” isn’t it? We rebels loyally follow the time-worn script and then pat ourselves on the back for being so badass that the “pigs” have no choice but to come after us.

    Speaking of “pigs,” that silent march in the summer of 2012 ended when NYPD officers forced us away from then-mayor Michael Bloomberg’s townhouse onto a narrow side street where inevitably, tempers flared and the cops, well… they un-ironically roughed us up, arrested some “occupiers,” and basically stopped and frisked some people of color.

    A photo I took shortly before the Silent March started

    Let’s recap:

    • Led by one-time FBI informant Al Sharpton, a large crowd of New Yorkers was engaging in a wholly symbolic and utterly ineffectual parade to announce both our disdain for stop-and-frisk and our lack of imagination and vision.
    • On that day, a group of folks loosely affiliated with Occupy Wall Street seized on the opportunity to remind everyone that reports of our demise had been (allegedly) exaggerated.
    • Embedded within this exhibitionist swarm of pseudo-subversives was an undercover cop who perhaps believed that infiltrating OWS was worth his time but hey, it was Sunday and that meant extra pay!
    • Meanwhile, his overtime-collecting colleagues unselfconsciously engaged in the type of unaccountable behavior that was being “protested” in the first place.

    Let’s update:

    • One decade later, stop-and-frisk still exists but the NYPD is now way better at disguising it.
    • In case you’re wondering, my red felt square somehow did not stop student debt from escalating. Who knew?
    • The so-called activist [sic] “Left” now wears Covid masks, enforces vaccine mandates, supports cancel culture and censorship, and promotes groupthink.

    Imagine if those who are passionate about living in a more sane, equitable, and compassionate society, took steps that actually contributed to that noble goal.

    It’s never too late to try something new…

    The post That time an undercover cop “infiltrated” Occupy Wall Street first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mickey Z..

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/19/that-time-an-undercover-cop-infiltrated-occupy-wall-street/feed/ 0 316513
    Private Prisons Are a Socially Responsible Investment, According to Bizarre Wall Street Measures https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/private-prisons-are-a-socially-responsible-investment-according-to-bizarre-wall-street-measures/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/private-prisons-are-a-socially-responsible-investment-according-to-bizarre-wall-street-measures/#respond Mon, 27 Jun 2022 16:32:48 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=400497

    CoreCivic, the first publicly traded prison company in America and the first to operate both private prisons and private immigration detention centers on a for-profit basis, had another first to announce. Damon T. Hininger, the chief executive, paused to share the news on a call with investors last month: CoreCivic Inc. was the first company after the George Floyd protests to proactively conduct a “racial equity audit,” the results of which it was now ready to release.

    “CoreCivic is one of the very few companies in the United States that has proactively embraced the process,” Hininger gloated.

    The private prison corporation’s stock price and access to bond markets had been battered by pressure over its role in profiting from immigrant detention and for providing financial support to Donald Trump’s presidency. The company is currently facing a class-action lawsuit brought by immigration detainees claiming that they were forced to work with little or no pay. The racial equity audit was a conscious effort by CoreCivic not only to mend its poor public image, but also to harness public interest in racial justice to bring the company back into the good graces of Wall Street investors.

    The contents of CoreCivic’s audit pointed to mostly superficial contributions to diversity and equity. The report, conducted by Moore & Van Allen, a North Carolina-based law firm, offered some room for improvement but largely applauded the private prison giant for its “genuine” commitment to diversity principles, including by raising cultural awareness with a mural of Martin Luther King Jr. at one of its Immigration and Customs Enforcement detention centers in Arizona. The report also praised CoreCivic for its philanthropy and business practices that have “benefitted communities of color.”

    In an accompanying report on the company’s diversity, equity, and inclusion — known as DEI — CoreCivic touted its ranks of nonwhite prison guards, diversity on its board of directors, and diverse ranks of wardens, as well as its partnership with a Black-led, pro-business trade group.

    Those supposed strides elicited eye rolls among its critics. “They put children’s murals on the wall while incarcerating infants. That doesn’t mean they have positive impacts for children,” said Bob Libal, a longtime watchdog of the private prison industry, referencing the company’s Taylor, Texas-based ICE detention center.

    “This is hollow at best, and probably a deeply cynical attempt to whitewash a company that has a horrible reputation, a horrible track record of abuse and neglect of people who’ve been sentenced in their facilities,” added Libal. The company has faced multiple allegations of severe understaffing and safety issues, as well as unsanitary conditions in many facilities.

    “The reality is, CoreCivic’s entire existence is offensive to Black and brown communities. They’re trying to create some version, right, some image that they aren’t one thousand percent harmful,” said Bianca Tylek, the founder of Worth Rises, an advocacy group that focuses on the privatization of the criminal justice system.

    This Aug. 16, 2018, photo shows the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility operated by CoreCivic in Tutwiler, Miss. Private prison operator CoreCivic announced on Friday, April 16, 2021, that it has reached an agreement in principle to settle a shareholders' lawsuit for $56 million. The suit claimed the Tennessee-based company inflated stock prices by misrepresenting the quality and value of its services. Corecivic has said the allegations are untrue. (AP Photo/Rogelio V. Solis, File)

    The Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility operated by CoreCivic in Tutwiler, Miss., on Aug. 16, 2018.

    Photo: Rogelio V. Solis/AP


    Tylek received a call from Moore & Van Allen in an attempt to include her perspective in the CoreCivic report, which she declined. The company initially included her name as a validator without her permission anyway, Tylek said. She was later removed from the report.

    “The audit tells us nothing,” said Tylek. “The private prison business model is the problem. Everything they do is the problem, and to be honest, sometimes we’re at odds with other advocates because these racial equity audits are absolutely ridiculous and not an effective advocacy tool.”

    Asked for comment about activist concerns, CoreCivic reiterated its support for the “principles of diversity, equity and inclusion.” The company, said spokesperson Ryan Gustin, “didn’t hesitate to participate in the recent racial equity audit.”

    “They put children’s murals on the wall while incarcerating infants. That doesn’t mean they have positive impacts for children.”

    But Tylek, Libal, and members of the activist community are not the intended audience for the report; the racial equity audit and similar measures are part of an opaque and virtually unregulated rubric that sets the flow of massive piles of investor dollars. CoreCivic’s gestures are meant to shape its standing in “environmental, social, and governance,” or ESG, funds, a catchall term for a system that allows investors to put their money into companies that score as socially responsible by various metrics.

    Compliance can be lucrative. For instance, among the many ESG ratings agencies, a company with nonwhite or female board members or a decision to simply conduct a racial equity audit or DEI report can automatically lead to a higher score, and corporations with high ESG rankings find placement in special exchange-traded funds, or ETFs, that are marketed as socially responsible, opening the door for investor cash.

    Over $35 trillion in global assets are invested in funds that claim to vet companies using ESG principles, making the label one of the hottest trends in finance. Following the racial justice protests of 2020, a coalition of institutional funds, which now includes the California State Teachers’ Retirement System, a pension fund with over $250 billion in assets, launched proxy campaigns to pressure publicly traded companies to undergo racial equity audits and to prioritize racial diversity issues.

    Proponents of the approach claim that the market sprouting up around ESG principles provides a window, guiding investors into safer, less controversial companies while creating a market incentive for good corporate behavior, whether on racial justice, the climate crisis, or any number of issues.

    Larry Fink, the chief executive of BlackRock Inc. and one of the most powerful ESG-focused asset managers in the world, has described the move toward socially responsible investing as a “tectonic shift” that stands to reshape capitalism as we know it. In his letter to investors this year, Fink made clear that racially diverse boards and racial diversity would be a focus of his company.

    BlackRock is among the many corporations that sponsor television advertisements — the latest featuring NBA star Jalen Duren — touting their socially responsible or sustainable investment funds, luring ordinary retail investors.

    But a growing chorus of critics have questioned the lofty promises of ESG investing. The high-minded rhetoric of the movement, they argue, serves to enrich a small set of ESG-focused consultants and fund managers while misleading the public and investor community and providing little to no benefit to society. They charge that the investing trend is no more than reputation laundering and, potentially, fraud on an industrial scale.

    “People who are buying these funds almost always believe that they’re doing something to make the world a better place, and in reality, they’re just moving shares around in publicly traded companies,” said Tariq Fancy, the former head of social responsibility investing at BlackRock, who has emerged in recent years as a critic of ESG.

    “People who are buying these funds almost always believe that they’re doing something to make the world a better place, and in reality, they’re just moving shares around in publicly traded companies.”

    “It’s actually dangerous because they imply real-world impact, creating a societal placebo,” continued Fancy. “It actually lowers the case for government regulation. If you think you can do something quick and easy like ESG, then it follows to say, ‘We don’t need a carbon tax.’”

    Fancy also finds the righteous rhetoric of his former employer hypocritical. BlackRock will make a fortune in fees promoting an ESG model entirely based on voluntary self-reporting requirements and opaque scores, said Fancy, while using its power as a shareholder to block proposals that call on companies to disclose political spending — the very political spending that corporations use to prevent any meaningful laws and government regulations on social welfare spending or pollution.

    “It’s like they’re giving us talking points on good sportsmanship, meanwhile, they’re saying it’s all right for teams to secretly pay off the referees.”

    In an email, BlackRock spokesperson Matt Kobussen noted that the company provides multiple ESG index products, some of which include CoreCivic, and others that do not. The ETF that includes private prisons is based on ESG criteria provided by the index provider S&P, while another, the MSCI Small Cap ESG Aware, uses an index provided by MSCI, “does not have exposure to CoreCivic or GEO Group,” which is another main prison company.

    Despite the rhetoric, the portfolio managers preaching the gospel of ESG are in fact legally prohibited from doing anything that compromises corporate profits. The types of changes they promote are superficial at best, critics charge.

    What’s more, regulators have taken notice that fund managers have marketed ESG investing with little due diligence in regard to how companies are changing any actual business practices or whether companies included in the funds meet the stated criteria. In May, around 50 German police officers raided the Frankfurt offices of DWS Group, the asset manager subsidiary of Deutsche Bank. The investigation stems from allegations by a former DWS Group executive that the company had made misleading statements about how ESG assets were allocated.

    And this year, the Bank of New York Mellon Corp.’s asset manager paid $1.5 million to settle claims by the Securities and Exchange Commission over “misstatements and omissions about ESG considerations.” The bank, as part of the settlement, did not admit any guilt.

    Earlier this month, word leaked that the SEC is currently investigating Goldman Sachs Group Inc. over similar claims about its ESG mutual fund business. In June 2020, Goldman Sachs renamed its blue-chip fund as the U.S. Equity ESG Fund, while maintaining the same top holdings.

    Last month, the SEC began collecting comments for new regulations aimed at boosting transparency and accountability around ESG funds.

    Measures of Goodness

    At the core of the criticisms is the fact that there is no set definition for how ESG rankings are devised. Competing ratings agencies and financial analysts offer a tangled web of various scores, with no consistency from firm to firm.

    Charles Schwab Corp.’s asset management arm, for example, last year launched Schwab Ariel ESG ETF, an ESG fund that excludes tobacco products, the extraction of fossil fuels, weapons manufacturers, and operators of private prisons such as CoreCivic.

    Other asset managers, however, sell ESG funds that do include private prisons. BlackRock’s iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, one of its social responsibility funds, includes CoreCivic. Investors purchasing shares in DWS Group’s Xtrackers S&P SmallCap 600 ESG are also buying a slice of CoreCivic.

    State Street Corp., an asset manager that is one of the loudest and most prominent proponents of ESG, markets a social responsibility fund, SPDR S&P SmallCap 600 ESG ETF, that owns shares in CoreCivic as well as the second-largest private prison company in the U.S., GEO Group Inc.

    State Street spokesperson Deborah Heindel said in an email that ESG can be very broad or specific depending on who’s defining the term. “Case in point, a Google search pulls several million results from countless sources,” she said.

    Many ESG funds used to exclude certain arms manufacturers, arguing that the global sale of bombs and missiles did not constitute a social good — now there’s a push to reward them.

    Ratings agencies can change ESG formulas on a dime, with little public notice. Fund managers are free to choose any ratings agency with any formula, often with most sources of information completely self-reported by corporations.

    CoreCivic, in its own ESG report, touts a 2021 award issued by Newsweek/Statista claiming that it is one of America’s most responsible companies. The Newsweek/Statista ESG rankings give CoreCivic a high social rating in part based on the prison company’s commitment to “good causes” and the number of women and racial minorities on its board of directors.

    The criteria for what constitutes a socially responsible investment can change from day to day. In March, analysts from Citigroup Inc. suggested that companies that manufacture weapons used for the war in Ukraine to thwart the Russian invasion could count toward a better ESG score. “Defending the values of liberal democracies and creating a deterrent, which preserves peace and global stability,” they wrote.

    Before this year, many ESG funds promoted the exclusion of certain arms manufacturers, arguing that the global sale of bombs and missiles did not constitute a social good — now there’s a push to reward arms makers. If a shift in public opinion can reshape the entire model, that leaves many to wonder how any fund can claim fixed principles when ideas around social responsibility are inherently subjective.

    “It’s a scam, that’s all it is, a scam,” said Aswath Damodaran, a professor of finance at New York University’s Stern School of Business, of ESG. “How can you have a measure of goodness? Or let me put it another way: Name me one social factor where we have consensus in society. How the heck are we going to come up with one score?”

    The CoreCivic board of directors, its ESG report proudly notes, is 36 percent “gender or racially diverse,” a figure that the company notes won recognition from a women’s advocacy group. The private prison company’s board includes Donna Alvarado, a former Reagan administration official, and Thurgood Marshall Jr., the son of the former Supreme Court justice.

    “For-profit incarceration is the antithesis of social responsibility,” said Libal. “They’ve made profits on the back of incarceration at record numbers while contributing millions of dollars in campaign contributions to ensure their interests are met.”

    “If your board is diverse, it doesn’t matter what you’re selling, right?” he added. “If you have enough women on the board of Blackwater, that doesn’t make mercenary companies a positive influence on the world.”

    Traders work beneath monitors displaying Eli Lilly & Co. signage on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in New York, U.S., on Monday, May 23, 2016. U.S. stocks fluctuated, after the S&P 500 rebounded from a seven-week low, as investors awaited further direction on the health of the economy and prospects for higher interest rates. Photographer: Michael Nagle/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    Traders work beneath monitors displaying Eli Lilly and Co. signage on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange on May 23, 2016, in New York.

    Photo: Michael Nagle/Bloomberg via Getty Images

    “Greenwashing Is a Feature, Not a Bug”

    Fulfilling diversity goals is a highly visible way to offset lower scores in other areas. Defense contractors, fossil fuel companies, banks, and pharmaceutical giants that annually hike the prices of lifesaving drugs have all used diversity metrics to earn placement as socially responsible companies, eligible for placement in lucrative ESG funds. And according to a review by The Intercept, several of the corporations commonly included in ESGs have recently been under investigation or scrutiny, engaging in business practices that few would call socially responsible.

    Eli Lilly and Co., the pharmaceutical company, is facing multiple regulatory and legal battles over its practice of hiking the price of insulin. The company raised the price of its Humalog line of insulin products by 1,219 percent since it launched. The high prevalence of diabetes among nonwhite Americans has placed the rising costs of insulin disproportionately on members of racial minority groups, a dynamic that some public health researchers argue amounts to a form of structural racism.

    But the disparate impact of drug pricing dynamics are not measured by ESG scores. Instead, the Eli Lilly report notes that the company promotes diversity through a variety of measures, such as DEI training and employee resource groups that sponsor events such as the Lunar New Year Gala.

    Those efforts are among the qualifications used to include Eli Lilly prominently in multiple ESG exchange-traded funds. Eli Lilly is the second-largest holding of a BlackRock fund marketed as focused on promoting companies that excel in the fields of diversity and inclusion.

    Just Capital, a not-for-profit group that provides ESG rankings, scores Amazon as an industry leader and a three-time winner of its America’s Most Just Companies award. Despite an aggressive anti-union campaign against its warehouse workers in Alabama and New York that has garnered international condemnation and wide-ranging complaints about working conditions, the Seattle-based company scores relatively highly in the category of labor practices. One reason is Amazon’s “diversity, equity, and inclusion” policies and the total number of jobs the company has created — two areas in which Just Capital ranks Amazon as the best company in America.

    “I think it’s smoke and mirrors. From a social, from a labor perspective, it’s not a good company. That’s like rating the Triangle Shirtwaist Co. a model employer in New York,” said Seth Goldstein, an attorney for the Amazon Labor Union, which represents warehouse workers who won an upset victory to form the company’s first labor union.

    Just Capital — whose board includes HuffPost founder Arianna Huffington and Marc Morial, the president of the National Urban League — partners with Goldman Sachs to promote a special ESG fund that utilizes the organization’s social responsibility analytics. The third-largest holding for the fund is Amazon.

    In response to an inquiry from The Intercept, Just Capital said that Amazon was scored on a number of factors. “We find that, like many other companies, Amazon is both a leader and a laggard relative to its peers across all of the individual stakeholder categories that we measure, from communities to environment to workers,” wrote Martin Whittaker, chief executive of Just Capital, in a statement to The Intercept.

    PepsiCo Inc. and Coca-Cola Co., for instance, routinely score well on ESG rankings through relatively low greenhouse gas emissions, while delivering a core product that is fueling a crisis of diabetes, obesity, and heart disease, noted Hans Taparia, an associate professor also at NYU’s Stern School of Business, in an article for the Stanford Social Innovation Review. Alphabet, Amazon, and Facebook are also among the largest holdings of ESG funds but engage in a variety of monopoly, surveillance advertising practices and provide a core product that has fueled mental health issues among users. They all tout DEI and diversity-related measures in the glossy ESG reports that are submitted to fund managers.

    “If a company’s core business model does so much harm,” wrote Taparia, “the cover-up through ‘good behavior’ on other parameters shouldn’t be so easy.”

    Exxon Mobil Corp., one of the largest oil and gas companies in the world, has been cited as a prime example of an ESG victory, after the company added board members viewed as more favorable to action on climate change last year in response to pressure from activist investors and ESG-minded asset managers.

    But there is still little evidence that ExxonMobil has changed any core fossil fuel-related business practices. The oil giant has massively increased spending on green-related marketing, and the word “climate” now appears all over its corporate reports. The company has sold off some assets that will be developed by other companies.

    Calls for decarbonization, once central in the ESG movement, can also be offset by racial metrics.

    Damodaran and his NYU colleagues have chronicled many of the inconsistencies and the subjective nature of ESG rankings. As oil majors sell off carbon-intensive oil and gas assets in order to comply with ESG fund objectives, Damodaran noted, the same assets are being purchased by private equity firms that are far less accountable, a shift in hands that he argues nullifies any greenhouse gas benefit from the campaign.

    “So basically, here’s what you accomplished,” said Damodaran. “You took the reserves out of a company where you had a semblance of prudent strategy in process and put it in the hands of the least scrupulous people on the face of the Earth. And if you declared this to be a victory, I’d hate to see what your defeat looks like.”

    The calls for decarbonization, once central in the ESG movement, can also be offset by racial metrics. ESG rankings maintained by the S&P 500 now include ExxonMobil but exclude electric car marker Tesla Inc. One of the reasons? Racial discrimination charges lodged against Tesla, a dynamic bitterly highlighted by Tesla chief executive Elon Musk on Twitter. Many of the charges, including a class-action lawsuit, are still making their way through court.

    Researchers have also found that companies selectively omit certain suppliers and business practices in order to artificially report low carbon emissions and thereby gain higher ESG scores.

    One of the most revealing reports came from Bloomberg News, which found that one of the largest ESG ranking companies, MSCI Inc., which BlackRock uses to market “sustainable” stocks and bonds, provided year-to-year upgraded rankings to companies that increased levels of carbon emissions.

    In the case of McDonald’s Corp., MSCI provided an upgraded ESG ranking despite the fact that the company produced an increase of 7 percent in global emissions over four years. The ratings agency made the determination because the climate crisis did not pose a special risk or “opportunity” for the company.

    The MSCI rankings for climate change score corporations over the possibility of climate regulations and whether restrictions on carbon emissions could harm future profits. In other words, when anti-regulation Republicans take office, the environmental scores of fossil fuel companies improve.

    When MSCI gave positive “water stress” scores, the rating had no bearing on pollution or discharges into local water systems. Rather, the scores were awarded based on whether chemical companies had enough water to sustain their factories — an inversion of the very idea of environmentalism that reporters labeled as blatant doublespeak.

    “This is exactly what gamification looks like: You create the rules of the game, I’ll find a way to play it,” said Damodaran. “A lot of ESG advocates say ESG would work except for the greenwashing. And my response is, greenwashing is a feature, not a bug. It’s exactly what you get when you create something like ESG.”

    People walk past the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) at Wall Street and the  'Fearless Girl' statue on March 23, 2021 in New York City. - Wall Street stocks were under pressure early ahead of congressional testimony from Federal Reserve Chief Jerome Powell as US Treasury bond yields continued to retreat. (Photo by Angela Weiss / AFP) (Photo by ANGELA WEISS/AFP via Getty Images)

    People walk past the New York Stock Exchange and the Fearless Girl Statue on March 23, 2021, in New York.

    Photo: Angela Weiss/AFP via Getty Images

    High-Minded Rhetoric, Even Higher Fees

    Three weeks after the George Floyd protests began in 2020, Marvin Owens, then the senior director for economic programs at the NAACP, appeared on CNBC to tout an ESG-style fund on diversity branded with the NAACP.

    “The problem that has existed for ESG is that the ‘S’ has been very difficult to define, and that’s why an organization like the NAACP, with its 111-year history of being advocates for African Americans in this country, is the right kind of organization to partner on this work,” said Owens.

    The ETF, Owens told CNBC, is “the next evolution in our corporate advocacy work around closing the wealth gap for African Americans in this country.” The Minority Empowerment ETF website features the logo of the NAACP and iconic images from civil rights history.

    Owens noted that the fund used a variety of diversity metrics, reflecting the NAACP’s scorecards on corporations, to invest in companies that make “commitments, public commitments, to standing against racial discrimination.”

    Two years later, the NAACP ETF’s largest holdings include Amazon, Tesla, Meta Platforms Inc., Johnson & Johnson, Microsoft Corp., JPMorgan Chase & Co., and Nvidia Corp. The holdings are fairly similar to many large- and mid-cap ETFs, such as the Vanguard Total Stock Market Index Fund, or VTI, which has the same seven companies among its largest holdings.

    The difference, however, is the fee structure. The Minority Empowerment ETF has a fee of 0.49 percent compared with the VTI fee of 0.03 percent, making the NAACP ETF 16 times more expensive for investors. Impact Shares, the plan sponsor that operates the Minority Empowerment ETF, in addition to other thematic ETFs around sustainability and women’s empowerment, says that the excess profits after expense fees are donated back to the NAACP, though it has not made enough fees to transfer any funds to the NAACP yet.

    Impact Shares has lobbied the federal government to allow retirement plans to be invested with ESG funds. The investment firm wrote to regulators “on behalf of Impact Shares and our advocacy partners including the NAACP.”

    Asked how the ETF fund has impacted racial justice issues, Ethan Powell, the chief executive of Impact Shares, gave Amazon credit for permitting its workers to vote on a union. Amazon, he claimed, engaged in a “significant shift in company policy” by allowing workers at its Alabama warehouse “the opportunity to vote on unionization” this year.

    Labor officials, however, contend that Amazon spent millions of dollars on efforts to derail the union vote and engaged in a campaign of intimidation and surveillance against workers suspected of sympathizing with the union — and that the unionization at Amazon was in spite of the company’s efforts, not because of them.

    LGBTQ Loyalty Holdings Inc., a company led in part by former Massachusetts Rep. Barney Frank, launched the LGBTQ + ESG100 ETF, which invested in large-cap public companies that “demonstrated a commitment to LGBTQ diversity and inclusion.” The fund, which wound down earlier this year, had an even higher fee structure of 0.75 percent.

    Despite the fact that the ESGs largely mirror traditional ETFs, a higher fee structure, typically benefiting investment managers, is common across the board. An analysis from the Wall Street Journal found that ESG funds have 43 percent higher fees than widely popular standard index funds.

    Fancy, the BlackRock social responsibility head turned critic, has argued repeatedly that many ESG funds are virtually identical to existing mutual funds, rebranded as “green” with higher fees. There are almost no discernible differences other than marketing, he has said in a series of confessional essays about the nature of ESG.

    The notion of investment funds that promote social change without any of the guilt of profiting from capitalism can be alluring. Betterment, a millennial-focused “robo-advisor” that markets wealth-building strategies, has sponsored Facebook ads promising racial justice-minded investing. Betterment steers consumers to products such as the NAACP ETF without warning of the high fees or an explanation that many of the holdings are simply traditional large companies that investors would find in ordinary funds.

    Asset managers have even worked with public relations firms to co-opt public opinion around social justice movements into inflows of cash to ESG funds. In 2017, at the height of the #MeToo movement, State Street worked with advertising agency McCann New York to create the “Fearless Girl” campaign, which featured a statue of a young woman, with her arms planted defiantly on her hips, that was placed in front of the bronze Charging Bull outside the New York Stock Exchange.

    The corporate beneficiaries of the fund might come as a surprise to retail investors who thought they were supporting the political goals of #MeToo.

    The wildly successful ad campaign, launched the day after International Women’s Day, was designed to advertise State Street’s women-focused SHE ETF, an ESG fund marketed as a vehicle to promote companies with gender diversity on corporate boards. But the corporate beneficiaries of the fund might come as a surprise to retail investors who thought they were supporting the political goals of #MeToo or feminism more broadly. The current SHE ETF holdings include weapons maker Northrop Grumman Corp., fracking giant Pioneer Natural Resources Co., and health insurer UnitedHealth Group Inc.

    State Street and other fund managers have boasted about the growth of ESG funds as a cash cow. Last December, Gary Shedlin, the chief financial officer at BlackRock, appeared at a conference hosted by Goldman Sachs at the Conrad Hotel in New York to tout the growth of the firm’s ESG business. BlackRock ESG-related products, he said, had generated over 20 percent new fee growth. In January, BlackRock’s ESG funds reportedly surged to over $508 billion in managed assets, more than double the previous year.

    It’s not just fund managers that are poised to gain from the influx of money into ESG. The trend has been a job creator for accountants, analysts, and other specialty consultants. MSCI, the largest data provider for ESG funds, disclosed that revenue from its ESG ratings business jumped to $166 million in 2021 from $90 million in 2019.

    Both former attorneys general of the Obama administration are now serving as consultants to companies hoping to burnish their credentials as racially progressive. Eric Holder, now with the law firm Covington & Burling, was tapped by Citigroup to conduct its racial equity audit, to review its efforts to close the racial wealth gap. In April, Amazon announced that Loretta Lynch, a partner with Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, will work for the company to produce a similar report.

    And Preet Bharara, the former U.S. attorney for the Southern District of New York, an Obama administration prosecutor turned vocal Trump critic, this month announced his move to become a partner at the law firm WilmerHale. According to reports, he will focus on advising companies on ESG. “Simple-minded criticism of this issue fails to appreciate its complexity and its emerging importance,” Bharara told the New York Times.

    ESG investing has been an attractive proposition for investors who consider themselves to be civic-minded and want to use market logic to make change. But as The Intercept’s review shows, diversity audits and other superficial measures are simply being used to sell investors on the same old funds.

    The implication is explicit. Moore & Van Allen, the firm that conducted the racial equity audit on behalf of CoreCivic, noted in an article this year that such audits serve multiple goals, including increased profits and a competitive advantage in a market. The public relations benefits are also clear, the law firm argued. The racial equity audits can lead to a “positive impact on reputation for companies,” partners at the firm wrote.

    Placing selective pressure on a few companies won’t work, Damodaran argued, because businesses that voluntarily retreat from one area will be swiftly replaced by less accountable players, such as private equity or hedge funds. If advocates seek better business practices, he said, they should change the law to force compliance instead.

    “These are decisions we should be making as voters, as regulators pushing for change. Instead, we’ve passed on this responsibility to CEOs and fund managers.”

    “These are decisions we should be making as voters, as regulators pushing for change,” said Damodaran. “Instead, we’ve passed on this responsibility to CEOs and fund managers to make these decisions for us.”

    “The U.S. political sphere is putting optics over substance,” noted Fancy, the former BlackRock executive. “We could do some version of reparations, like a serious investment in Black communities and education and social welfare, but that’s going to cost a lot of money.” Instead, he said, high-profile Black Americans are elevated onto corporate boards to “create a marketing narrative” that helps a small number of elites without substantive change for the public.

    One chief executive of a publicly traded company, who asked for anonymity while speaking with The Intercept, said he recently paid around $20,000 to social responsibility consultants in order to produce a special report to submit to ratings agencies. The ESG professionals created a document that dazzled with progress on a number of environmental and racial grounds. The self-reported data isn’t checked by anyone, he noted with a shrug.

    The chief executive said that he appears white to most people, but he is technically a quarter nonwhite, making him, for the purposes of ESG, a “diverse” CEO — a dynamic he found absurd.

    “It’s kind of like the one-drop rule. I’m diverse for the purpose of these rules, they really make no sense,” said the executive, who wondered how asset managers and investors can demand compliance on rules around racial identity when race is socially constructed, not a biological reality.

    “We didn’t change any business practices. It’s a charade, yet no one questions this stuff,” he added. “It sounds good, but it doesn’t do anything.”


    This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Lee Fang.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/27/private-prisons-are-a-socially-responsible-investment-according-to-bizarre-wall-street-measures/feed/ 0 310368
    The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly of Wall Street’s Climate Promises https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/the-good-the-bad-and-the-ugly-of-wall-streets-climate-promises/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/the-good-the-bad-and-the-ugly-of-wall-streets-climate-promises/#respond Fri, 17 Jun 2022 15:42:39 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337682

    You could be forgiven for thinking that Wall Street has experienced a climate epiphany. Bank of America brags about its environmental credentials; Citigroup's new CEO announces on her first day that achieving net-zero emissions is a top priority. The onslaught has convinced many in even the left-leaning media that Wall Street will lead the way to a better, greener version of capitalism.

    Since April, more than 38,000 customers of Chase, Citi, Wells Fargo, and Bank of America have joined a campaign called Customers for Climate Justice, demanding their bank stops financing fossil fuels.

    Unfortunately, if you look beyond the green veneer, you'll find a different story. In 2021, JPMorgan Chase provided $61.7 billion in financing to the fossil fuel industry, Citigroup loaned $15.1 billion to the corporations most rapidly expanding their oil and gas operations, Wells Fargo and Bank of America provided the fracking industry with $12.9 billion.

    In May 2021, the IEA, the world's most respected energy modeler, announced that to have a fifty percent chance of limiting global warming to 1.5°C, there can be no new oil and gas fields developed. Yet, within three months of the IEA's announcement, Citi, Chase, Bank of America, and Morgan Stanley helped facilitate $36 billion in financing to the corporations most rapidly opening new oil and gas fields, including Exxon-Mobil, Aramco, and BP.

    But let's pause here. Maybe we're being unfair. Leading climate scientist, James Hansen, may have testified to Congress in 1988 that global warming required urgent action, but banks have only recently promised to act on climate. Maybe we shouldn't judge them on what they did last year, but on what they say they're going to do in the years ahead. Fortunately, as the largest banks have all now set 2030 climate targets, we're able to do that. Unfortunately, this is where banks' climate pledges turn from bad to ugly. 

    Four of the largest US banks—Chase, Bank of America, Morgan Stanley, and Goldman Sachs—have set 2030 climate targets for the fossil fuel sector using a metric known as "carbon intensity," pledging they will achieve anywhere between a fifteen percent and twenty-nine percent reduction in the "carbon intensity" of the oil and gas firms they finance.

    The thing to know here is that reductions in "carbon intensity" and reductions in "actual greenhouse gas emissions" are not the same thing.

    Imagine you are the CEO of an oil firm. Your company owns 500 oil wells; it doesn't own any gas fields. Chase gives you a $1 billion loan. You use that loan to buy 50 new oil wells and open a new gas field that you intend to frack. You now own 50 oil wells and a fracking operation. Your overall contributions to climate change have gone up significantly. Yet, because gas is often considered to be less carbon-intensive than oil (a fatal mistake, when we consider methane leakage from gas operations) by Wall Street's reckoning the "carbon intensity" of your company has gone down.

    Chase, Bank of America, Morgan Stanley, and Goldman Sachs have set 2030 climate targets that they will be able to hit even as their emissions increase.

    Only two of the major US banks have avoided the carbon intensity boondoggle and set "absolute emissions reduction" targets: Citi and Wells Fargo. Of those, only Citi has stated that it's considering ending financing for fossil fuel clients—and only then, will it be done as a "last resort." Given that oil and gas majors spent $70 billion on developing new oil and gas fields in 2021, quite how Citi and Wells Fargo think they can hit their climate targets without letting go of corporations expanding their fossil fuel operations is unclear.

    Given the long history of rapacious greed on Wall Street, it may be that Wall Street CEOs simply don't care about reigning in the climate crisis. There are things that they care about though. Namely, their brand and their customers. That's why it's heartening that so many are now calling out Wall Street's role in the climate crisis.

    Since the Stop the Money Pipeline coalition launched two years ago, it has grown from a coalition of some thirty organizations to one of over two hundred climate, environmental, Indigenous rights and racial justice groups. This AGM season, there were disruptive protests at the shareholder meetings of Citi, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, and Chase. Days before Citi's AGM an activist's bird dog of the bank's sustainability manager was viewed by hundreds of thousands of people across social media. This kind of tireless organizing represents a brand risk to the banks, which is something they care deeply about. They also care about their customers. 

    Since April, more than 38,000 customers of Chase, Citi, Wells Fargo, and Bank of America have joined a campaign called Customers for Climate Justice, demanding their bank stops financing fossil fuels. Many more have signed Third Act's Banking on our Future Pledge, promising to cut up their credit cards and move banks if they don't. If you bank at one of the world's largest funders of fossil fuels, you should join these campaigns.

    For this may be the only good thing about Wall Street's empty climate promises. We can do something about them.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Alec Connon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/17/the-good-the-bad-and-the-ugly-of-wall-streets-climate-promises/feed/ 0 307972
    Settlement Over Private Border Wall Won’t Stop Flooding or Erosion of Rio Grande Shoreline, Experts Say https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/04/settlement-over-private-border-wall-wont-stop-flooding-or-erosion-of-rio-grande-shoreline-experts-say/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/04/settlement-over-private-border-wall-wont-stop-flooding-or-erosion-of-rio-grande-shoreline-experts-say/#respond Sat, 04 Jun 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/private-border-wall-texas-fisher-settlement#1343769 by Perla Trevizo and Jeremy Schwartz

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Border Updates to be notified when we publish stories about immigration and the U.S. border.

    This article is co-published with The Texas Tribune, a nonprofit, nonpartisan local newsroom that informs and engages with Texans. Sign up for The Brief weekly to get up to speed on their essential coverage of Texas issues.

    Federal prosecutors reached a settlement agreement this week with the construction company that built a troubled private border fence along the Rio Grande in South Texas.

    The settlement caps off two and a half years of legal wrangling after the federal government sued Fisher Industries and its subsidiaries, alleging that the 18-foot-tall and 3-mile-long fence led to erosion so significant that it threatened to shift the border and could cause the structure to collapse into the river, impacting a major dam.

    Under the agreement, the company must conduct quarterly inspections, maintain an existing gate that allows for the release of floodwaters and keep a $3 million bond, a type of insurance, for 15 years, or until the property is transferred to the government, to cover any expenses in case the structure fails.

    Experts told ProPublica and The Texas Tribune that the settlement provides insufficient protection to the Rio Grande’s shoreline and leaves too much discretion to the builder when it comes to maintaining and inspecting the bollard fence.

    “They’re putting Band-Aids on top of Band-Aids to fix the initial problem that they caused,” said Adriana E. Martinez, a Southern Illinois University Edwardsville professor who studies river systems. She said the settlement does not require enough from the company to prevent additional flooding or damage from the fence.

    The settlement lets Fisher Industries select the places along the fence to inspect for damage, decide what triggers some repairs and reject any proposed changes to the maintenance plan suggested by the government. It also allows the company to police itself instead of requiring a third-party inspector, said Amy Patrick, a Houston forensic structural and civil engineer and court-recognized expert on wall construction.

    “It appears as though they are trusting the contractor far more than I have seen other contractors trusted,” she said.

    As part of the settlement, Fisher and its subsidiary must destroy copies of an engineering report, commissioned by the Department of Justice, that studied the project’s soundness. Federal officials said the report contains “proprietary information.”

    ProPublica and the Tribune requested copies of the report in August, months before the settlement, but the DOJ refused to provide the records, citing a confidentiality order in the ongoing lawsuit.

    Ryan Patrick, former U.S. attorney for the Southern District of Texas, said that his office first filed the lawsuit to stop the construction of the project because it violated the law and it was too close to the river. “We always knew it was a joke, but it was a dangerous joke,” said Patrick, now a partner at a law firm in Houston.

    Patrick said he still thinks the fence should be removed, but he declined to discuss the settlement, saying there might be information related to the difficulty or cost of taking it down that he doesn’t know since he left office in February 2021. “But I am still concerned for the surrounding towns if a big storm hits that thing.”

    Neither the builder, Tommy Fisher, nor his company’s attorney responded to requests for comment. DOJ officials declined to comment, saying they did not have additional information besides what was available in court documents.

    Fisher Industries started building the bollard fence along the banks of the Rio Grande in 2019 as part of a wider effort of We Build the Wall, a nonprofit organization founded by Brian Kolfage, an Air Force veteran. The nonprofit raised more than $25 million, Kolfage said, to help former President Donald Trump build his “big, beautiful wall” along the border. In April, Kolfage pleaded guilty to federal charges of defrauding donors of hundreds of thousands of dollars in contributions to the wall effort.

    The government filed a lawsuit soon after Fisher started construction of the project. It alleged the fence violated a treaty with Mexico that requires both countries to approve any development that can affect the international boundary. A state district judge in Hidalgo County granted the government a temporary restraining order to stop construction, but a federal judge reversed it a month later.

    By February 2020, Fisher completed the 3-mile fence along the river’s edge.

    Later that year, ProPublica and the Tribune reported that severe erosion at the base of the fence outside of Mission, Texas, could result in the structure toppling into the Rio Grande if not fixed. Following the reporting, Trump attempted to distance himself from the project, saying on Twitter that it had been constructed to make him look bad, despite some members of his family and top advisers previously vouching for it.

    Two engineering reports, commissioned by the nearby National Butterfly Center, a nonprofit that opposed the project because of flooding concerns, later confirmed the news organizations’ findings.

    In the summer of 2020, Hurricane Hanna dumped about 15 inches of rain into the area, leaving waist-deep cracks on the banks of the Rio Grande along parts of the fence, which threatened the structural integrity of the project, experts told ProPublica and the Tribune at the time. Fisher, the CEO who put more than $40 million of his own money into the project, told ProPublica and the Tribune that erosion was expected given the amount of rainfall.

    He said his company had fixed the erosion, in part by adding a 10-foot-wide road made out of rocks for the Border Patrol to drive over. “I feel very comfortable with what we’ve done,” he said a month after the hurricane.

    But Marianna Treviño-Wright, executive director of the National Butterfly Center, said she worries that the hurricane season, which began Wednesday and is expected to be more active than usual, could cause the structure to fail, potentially flooding communities and properties on both sides of the border and damaging the Anzalduas Dam, which provides irrigation water in the Rio Grande Valley.

    Treviño-Wright called the settlement agreement a “total miscarriage of justice.”

    Sally Spener, a spokesperson for the International Boundary and Water Commission, which will be in charge of oversight as part of the settlement, expressed support for the agreement and said she believed it addressed previous concerns. The binational commission is now responsible for ensuring the owners comply with the inspections and address any issues that arise.

    Patrick, the former prosecutor, called the fence “a mess” that will have long-term implications.

    “Looks like the builders of this thing are going to have to feed and care for this white elephant for quite some time and will in the end be far more expensive and a pain to deal with than they ever envisioned,” he said.


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Perla Trevizo and Jeremy Schwartz.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/04/settlement-over-private-border-wall-wont-stop-flooding-or-erosion-of-rio-grande-shoreline-experts-say/feed/ 0 304242
    Sanders Says Stop Busting People for Marijuana and Start ‘Prosecuting Crooks on Wall Street’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/sanders-says-stop-busting-people-for-marijuana-and-start-prosecuting-crooks-on-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/sanders-says-stop-busting-people-for-marijuana-and-start-prosecuting-crooks-on-wall-street/#respond Fri, 03 Jun 2022 15:52:56 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337348
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/sanders-says-stop-busting-people-for-marijuana-and-start-prosecuting-crooks-on-wall-street/feed/ 0 304101
    Wall Street Got Theirs—Now Bail Out Regular People by Cancelling Student Debt https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/28/wall-street-got-theirs-now-bail-out-regular-people-by-cancelling-student-debt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/28/wall-street-got-theirs-now-bail-out-regular-people-by-cancelling-student-debt/#respond Sat, 28 May 2022 10:15:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337221

    I borrowed money to pay for college. Like 45 million other Americans who did the same, I owe student loan debt.

    My generation was sold a pipe dream about what a degree could mean for our future. I wanted so badly for this dream to come true that I leapt at the opportunity to take out loans.

    Studies show forgiving student loan debt would create jobs, grow the economy, and have the added benefits of helping to narrow the racial and gender wealth gaps.

    What I didn't know then was just how much the cost of higher education was soaring—and that colleges were hiking prices to take advantage of the federal government's willingness to help poor and low-income students like me cover tuition.

    I remember talking to my college counselor about how she paid $240 a year to attend one of the best universities in my home state. Since my counselor attended college, inflation has risen 645 percent. Meanwhile, tuition at the college she attended has risen 11,820 percent.

    If you ask earlier generations how they paid for college, they say things like "I worked a part-time job after school." Yeah, I did that, too. You know what that money went toward? Rent, gas, and bills. My McDonald's job was barely enough to keep me afloat, let alone pay for my tuition and other expenses.

    It was either take out student loans or drop out of college. I chose not to drop out.

    I graduated and eventually got a job in my field. But with the rising cost of housing and everything else, that loan debt, which is already inflated by skyrocketing college costs, now feels suffocating. It prevents me from qualifying for a good mortgage loan and makes me second guess whether I can afford to have children.

    My loan is just a tiny fraction of the national student loan debt. The $1.7 trillion student loan borrowers owe is a massive policy problem affecting everything from housing to the job market to retirement savings and so much more.

    That's why there's a growing movement calling on the federal government to cancel some or all of this debt.

    If the federal government canceled $50,000 worth of student loans, it would give 36 million borrowers a new lease on life. It could enable them to buy a house, start a family, or open a business.

    I know it sounds like a radical idea to cancel up to $50,000 worth of student loan debt. It's not.

    If you'll remember, former president Donald Trump and the Republican Party passed a $1.9 trillion, high-end tax cut in 2017 that's been called "socialism for the rich." It led to billionaires paying a lower average tax rate than the working class for the first time in U.S. history, and is directly responsible for corporate tax revenues plunging to near record lows.

    That sounds a lot more radical to me than helping regular people. Even writing off every penny of student debt would cost less than Trump's tax cuts for corporations and the rich.

    President Biden has expressed interest in forgiving some student loan debt, although he's indicated he may not cancel more than $10,000.

    I'd welcome any amount being knocked off my loan. But I fear if Biden cancels only $10,000, he would fumble an enormous opportunity to improve millions of lives and give the economy a desperately needed shot in the arm.

    The precedent is there. The U.S. has a long history of economic bailouts dating back to 1792.

    The benefits are there. Studies show forgiving student loan debt would create jobs, grow the economy, and have the added benefits of helping to narrow the racial and gender wealth gaps.

    And, importantly, student debt forgiveness has broad public support, including among people without a college degree and without student loan debt, as well as young people.

    It's time for the federal government to bail the people out. It's time to cancel student loans.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Robert P. Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/28/wall-street-got-theirs-now-bail-out-regular-people-by-cancelling-student-debt/feed/ 0 302669
    Wall Street-Funded Democrat PAC to Spend $1 Million in Bid to Unseat Tlaib: Report https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/wall-street-funded-democrat-pac-to-spend-1-million-in-bid-to-unseat-tlaib-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/wall-street-funded-democrat-pac-to-spend-1-million-in-bid-to-unseat-tlaib-report/#respond Fri, 27 May 2022 22:44:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/337223

    A new political action committee backed by a major New York hedge fund and Democratic politician turned cable news commentator Bakari Sellers plans to spend more than $1 million in a bid to oust progressive second-term Michigan Democrat Rashida Tlaib from the U.S. House of Representatives in November's midterm elections.

    "It's flattering that billionaires who know nothing about our district are so scared of our movement."

    Politico reports Urban Empowerment Action PAC announced a new campaign to "elect solutions-oriented Democrats" to Congress.

    "UEA PAC's premier race will be in Michigan's 12th Congressional District, where the group plans to spend upwards of $1 million on TV, digital, mail, radio, and print advertising to support Detroit City Clerk Janice Winfrey in her campaign to restore infrastructure, improve educational opportunities in the district, and support the Biden-Harris agenda in D.C.," the new group said in a statement Friday.

    Politico does not mention UEA's biggest contributor: According to OpenSecrets.org, the New York-based hedge fund Third Point LLC, founded by multibillionaire investor Daniel S. Loeb, has given $76,355 to the PAC.

    Tlaib responded swiftly, tweeting, "Yet another Wall Street billionaire-funded Super PAC running interference in local races, spending millions to peddle lies and distortions, pushing a pro-corporate agenda on a district that has consistently stood against the corporate greed hurting our families."

    According to Politico, Sellers—the former South Carolina state lawmaker and failed lieutenant governor candidate who regularly appears on CNN as a political analyst—is fundraising for UEA PAC. When asked about his endorsement of Winfrey, he told Politico's "The Recast" that "we are hoping that we can have a candidate that doesn't have varying distractions."

    Tlaib, who is Palestinian-American, and "Squad" colleague Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.)—the first Muslim-American women elected to Congress—have been smeared as anti-Semites by both Republican and Democratic lawmakers for their advocacy of Palestinian rights, their condemnation of Israeli crimes including apartheid and ethnic cleansing, and their willingness to criticize President Joe Biden over "unconditional" U.S. support for Israel.

    Earlier this month, Tlaib introduced a resolution recognizing the Nakba—or "Catastrophe"—in which Zionist Jews ethnically cleansed more than 750,000 Palestinian Arabs from their homeland while establishing the nation of Israel.

    Related Content

    Sellers, on the other hand, is a staunch supporter of Israel. He also bristles at Tlaib's vote against Biden's bipartisan infrastructure bill, which she rejected after Democratic leadership broke a promise to pass the measure in tandem with the Build Back Better Act. That sweeping climate and social spending package has still not passed, in large part due to obstructionist right-wing members of Tlaib's own party.

    Progressives reacted angrily to Politico's reporting.

    "Fuck this. We'll make sure Rashida buries them," activist Brett Banditelli tweeted. "She represents all working-class people in her district and in her city."

    Strategist Waleed Shahid tweeted: "With Islamophobia on the rise, it is disgraceful to single out the *only* Palestinian member of Congress, who is a civil rights lawyer and represents one of the most Arab-American districts. Shouldn't you focus on holding the Dem majority?"


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/27/wall-street-funded-democrat-pac-to-spend-1-million-in-bid-to-unseat-tlaib-report/feed/ 0 302584
    After Getting Burned By Wall Street, California Fire Victims Wish To Reclaim Their Power https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/25/after-getting-burned-by-wall-street-california-fire-victims-wish-to-reclaim-their-power/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/25/after-getting-burned-by-wall-street-california-fire-victims-wish-to-reclaim-their-power/#respond Wed, 25 May 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://inthesetimes.com/article/california-fire-victims-awaiting-payment-from-utility-company
    This content originally appeared on In These Times and was authored by Jordan Allyn.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/25/after-getting-burned-by-wall-street-california-fire-victims-wish-to-reclaim-their-power/feed/ 0 301633
    Ahead of House Vote, Analysis Details How Big Oil Price Gouging Rewards Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/ahead-of-house-vote-analysis-details-how-big-oil-price-gouging-rewards-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/ahead-of-house-vote-analysis-details-how-big-oil-price-gouging-rewards-wall-street/#respond Wed, 18 May 2022 20:26:13 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336996

    As congressional lawmakers prepare to vote on a bill aimed at curbing Big Oil profiteering, an analysis published Wednesday by a trio of advocacy groups shows how fossil fuel companies "continue to generously reward their investors while consumers pay sky-high prices."

    "Big Oil is turning humanitarian disaster and consumer pain into Wall Street profits."

    Data compiled by Friends of the Earth, BailoutWatch, and Public Citizen shows that "the biggest oil and gas companies are returning billions more in cash to themselves and their investors amid windfall profits from war."

    Public Citizen researcher Alan Zibel said in a statement that "fossil fuel executives are sending windfall profits to their shareholders and sticking consumers with the bill while accelerating the climate crisis. Now is the time, finally, to hold Big Oil accountable."

    According to the analysis, the 20 biggest U.S.-based fossil fuel companies reported $30.3 billion in profits in the first quarter of 2022, a 155% increase from the same period last year.

    Meanwhile, during the first five months of 2022, eight companies authorized plans to buy back and retire $46 billion in stock, a 116% increase over all combined buybacks last year. Stock buybacks surged by $36 billion since February 2022, when anticipation of Russia's invasion of Ukraine fueled a dramatic surge in oil prices.

    BailoutWatch data analyst Chris Kuveke asserted that the war's impact "has laid bare how little these companies care about their impact on the wider world."

    "The least we can do is impose a modest measure of accountability on this historic money grab," he added.

    Lukas Ross, program manager at Friends of the Earth, said that "Big Oil is turning humanitarian disaster and consumer pain into Wall Street profits."

    "It's about time," he argued, "that Democrats put price gouging and war profiteering to a vote."

    U.S. House lawmakers are expected to do so as soon as Wednesday, when H.R. 7688, the Consumer Fuel Price Gouging Prevention Act, comes up for a vote. Introduced by Reps. Kim Schrier (D-Wash.) and Katie Porter (D-Calif.), the proposed legislation would give the U.S. Federal Trade Commission expanded authority to hold energy companies accountable for charging "unconscionably excessive" fuel prices.

    "At a time when people in the 8th district and across the country are feeling the pinch at the gas pump, Congress needs to be doing all it can to bring down costs for American families," Schrier asserted. "What's infuriating is that this is happening at the same time that gas and oil companies are making record profits and taking advantage of international crises to make a profit. This must stop."

    "Gas and oil companies should be held accountable and should not be making the situation worse by gouging Americans at the pump," she added. "This bill needs to be passed and signed into law as soon as possible."

    Porter noted that "companies are not struggling—they continue to announce record profits and tens of billions dollars' worth of stock buybacks—but families are."

    "Big Oil is price gouging families because they can," she added. "Enough is enough. I'm proud to help introduce this bill that will hold these corporations accountable, stop their abuse, and give families relief."

    In addition to H.R. 7688, Congress is also considering a Big Oil Windfall Tax—introduced in the House by Rep. Ro Khanna (D-Calif.) and by Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse (D-R.I.) in the Senate—an overwhelmingly popular measure supported by 80% of U.S. voters, including nearly three-quarters of self-described Republicans.

    Related Content

    "Unless we fight back, Big Oil profiteers will continue adding to their profits—and to those of the authoritarian petrostates they've long been in bed with," Lindsay Owens and Hebah Kassem wrote on Wednesday. "Congress has a narrow window of opportunity to stop profiteering at the pump and secure a more stable, sustainable future for all. It's time to act—before it's too late."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/18/ahead-of-house-vote-analysis-details-how-big-oil-price-gouging-rewards-wall-street/feed/ 0 299960
    Here’s How to Spot Wall Street’s Increasingly Infuriating Greenwashing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/10/heres-how-to-spot-wall-streets-increasingly-infuriating-greenwashing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/10/heres-how-to-spot-wall-streets-increasingly-infuriating-greenwashing/#respond Tue, 10 May 2022 15:04:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336760

    I was recently reading a copy of my local paper, the Seattle Times when I stumbled across a full-page advertisement for Bank of America. The commercial, which had commandeered the entire back page of Washington State’s most widely-read paper, boasted about how Bank of America is on track to manufacture all of its credit and debit cards from recycled plastic by 2023. Such a move, we are told, will reduce single-use plastics by 235 tons a year.

    This sounds quite impressive and, don’t get me wrong, I am all for reducing plastic usage; the fact that there may soon be more plastics than fish in the oceans is a tragedy. However, Bank of America’s bragging is less impressive when you consider that we produce over 300 million tons of plastic every year; 235 tons is but a tiny drop of the plastic in the ocean.

    The whole purpose of the advert is to con people into thinking that Bank of America is a responsible steward of the environment when, in reality, it’s deeply complicit in climate breakdown.

    The real problem with the advert isn’t the insufficiency of the actions it advertises, though. It’s the purpose of the commercial.

    In 2021, Bank of America provided more than $31 billion in financing to the fossil fuel industry. Funnily enough, the commercial—which pointed to their recycled card initiative as evidence that Bank of America is helping to “shape the low-carbon, clean energy future we all want”—made no mention of the bank’s fossil fuel funding.

    Of course, it didn’t. The whole purpose of the advert is to con people into thinking that Bank of America is a responsible steward of the environment when, in reality, it’s deeply complicit in climate breakdown.

    A little over a year ago, the International Energy Agency released the world’s most comprehensive study on what it will take to give us a fighting chance of achieving the Paris Agreement goal of keeping global warming to below 1.5°C. The IEA’s headline-capturing finding was that the opening of new oil and gas fields is incompatible with that goal—and therefore neither governments nor private companies should invest a single additional dollar in the development of new oil or gas operations.

    Yet, last year, Bank of America provided $8.3 billion to the 100 corporations that are most aggressively opening new oil and gas fields. This financing will cause far greater harm than the fact their bank cards are made out of non-recycled plastic.

    Bank of America is far from the only major bank engaging in such greenwashing. Citigroup, which relative to market capitalization is the world’s largest funder of coal, oil, and gas, has partnered with New York City to provide a bike share scheme for the city’s residents. Why? So that when you think of Citigroup, you think of bicycles, not coal-fired power plants—even though it spends billions more on coal plants than bikes.

    More worryingly, Wall Street’s greenwashing extends to its actual climate policies. 

    In the past year, the six largest US banks released their 2030 climate targets and pledged to reduce the climate pollution associated with their lending to the fossil fuel industry. Four of those banks―Chase, Bank of America, Morgan Stanley, and Goldman Sachs―made their pledges using a convoluted accounting trick known as “carbon intensity”, pledging that by 2030, they will achieve anywhere between a 15-29% reduction in the “carbon intensity” of the oil and gas firms they finance.

    But here’s the catch: “carbon intensity” and reductions in “overall greenhouse gas emissions” are two very different things.

    Imagine you are the CEO of an oil firm. Your company owns 500 oil wells; it doesn’t own any windmills. Now Chase gives you a $1 billion loan. You use that loan to buy 100 new oil wells and 50 windmills. You now own 100 additional oil wells. This means you are digging up and burning more oil than ever before; your overall contributions to climate change have gone up significantly. But because you are now also profiting from wind power, the “carbon intensity” of your company has gone down―a trick that enables your company to simultaneously cause more damage to the climate and meet Chase and Bank of America’s callow climate targets.

    It’s worrying that Wall Street’s marketing departments aren’t the only ones falsifying the bank’s climate credentials. But whether you are looking at a bank’s full-page ad in your local paper or assessing its climate policy, there is one key litmus test: If it isn’t talking about ending financing for the expansion of fossil fuels, it’s almost certainly greenwashing.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Alec Connon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/10/heres-how-to-spot-wall-streets-increasingly-infuriating-greenwashing/feed/ 0 297668
    The Border-Industrial Complex in the Biden Era: Robotic Dogs and Autonomous Surveillance Towers Are the New Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/the-border-industrial-complex-in-the-biden-era-robotic-dogs-and-autonomous-surveillance-towers-are-the-new-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/the-border-industrial-complex-in-the-biden-era-robotic-dogs-and-autonomous-surveillance-towers-are-the-new-wall/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 08:53:44 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=242155 First, it was the Customs and Border Protection (CBP) vehicles speeding along on the road in front of our campsite. Then it was the Border Patrol’s all-terrain vehicles moving swiftly on a ridge above us. I was about 10 miles north of the border with Mexico, near Peña Blanca Lake in southern Arizona, camping with More

    The post The Border-Industrial Complex in the Biden Era: Robotic Dogs and Autonomous Surveillance Towers Are the New Wall appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Todd Miller.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/the-border-industrial-complex-in-the-biden-era-robotic-dogs-and-autonomous-surveillance-towers-are-the-new-wall/feed/ 0 296547
    The Border-Industrial Complex in the Biden Era: Robotic Dogs and Autonomous Surveillance Towers Are the New Wall https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/the-border-industrial-complex-in-the-biden-era-robotic-dogs-and-autonomous-surveillance-towers-are-the-new-wall-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/the-border-industrial-complex-in-the-biden-era-robotic-dogs-and-autonomous-surveillance-towers-are-the-new-wall-2/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 08:53:44 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=242155 First, it was the Customs and Border Protection (CBP) vehicles speeding along on the road in front of our campsite. Then it was the Border Patrol’s all-terrain vehicles moving swiftly on a ridge above us. I was about 10 miles north of the border with Mexico, near Peña Blanca Lake in southern Arizona, camping with More

    The post The Border-Industrial Complex in the Biden Era: Robotic Dogs and Autonomous Surveillance Towers Are the New Wall appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Todd Miller.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/the-border-industrial-complex-in-the-biden-era-robotic-dogs-and-autonomous-surveillance-towers-are-the-new-wall-2/feed/ 0 296548
    They Built the Wall. Problems Remain After Founder’s Guilty Plea. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/they-built-the-wall-problems-remain-after-founders-guilty-plea/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/they-built-the-wall-problems-remain-after-founders-guilty-plea/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/they-built-the-wall-problems-remain-after-founders-guilty-plea#1322574 by Jeremy Schwartz and Perla Trevizo

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    This article is co-published with The Texas Tribune, a nonprofit, nonpartisan local newsroom that informs and engages with Texans. Sign up for The Brief weekly to get up to speed on their essential coverage of Texas issues.

    Brian Kolfage arrived in Texas three years ago pledging to help fulfill President Donald Trump’s promise of a “big, beautiful” wall along the U.S.-Mexico border. After pleading guilty to federal fraud charges last month, Kolfage leaves behind two small stretches of fencing that are mired in legal, environmental and permitting fights.

    Kolfage, a 40-year-old Air Force veteran, faces more than five years in prison after pleading guilty to defrauding donors of hundreds of thousands of dollars in donations to the wall effort. Despite the resolution of the criminal case, Kolfage and his We Build the Wall group still face a defamation suit brought by the National Butterfly Center, a nonprofit nature preserve in the Rio Grande Valley that he accused of promoting sex and human trafficking without evidence. In addition, the federal government has filed suit regarding one of his wall projects, alleging it was built in potential violation of an international treaty between the U.S. and Mexico.

    Never miss the most important reporting from ProPublica’s newsroom. Subscribe to the Big Story newsletter.

    ProPublica and The Texas Tribune reported in 2020 on severe erosion at the base of the 3-mile fence outside of Mission, Texas — the subject of a federal lawsuit — that experts said could result in the structure toppling into the Rio Grande if not fixed. The outlets also reported on Kolfage’s long history of online harassment and intimidation, which escalated with his border wall projects.

    Controversy continues to surround the two physical legacies of Kolfage’s We Build the Wall effort: the bollard fence on the shore of the Rio Grande and a half-mile stretch of fence outside of El Paso.

    The federal government has confirmed in court filings that the Rio Grande barrier remains at risk of falling and that it could potentially shift the international boundary. Government lawyers are negotiating a settlement in a lawsuit filed against the project. Based on court hearings, it could require wall builders to modify the barriers, such as adding gates to help prevent flooding, but appears unlikely to result in the removal of the fence that opponents seek.

    An attorney for the construction company, Fisher Industries, denied the government’s allegations in his response to the complaint, according to court documents, and did not respond to a request for comment.

    Separately, three years after construction of the fence outside of El Paso, Kolfage’s group has failed to fulfill federal requirements, including providing an operation and maintenance plan and evidence of financial responsibility for damage or injuries that can be caused by the structure.

    According to the indictment in the fraud case, Kolfage repeatedly claimed that he would “not take a penny in salary or compensation” and that 100% of the funds raised would be used to execute the group’s mission. That’s not what happened, federal prosecutors alleged. The government accused Kolfage of using fake invoices and sham vendor arrangements to siphon more than $350,000 for personal expenses, including home renovations, a boat and a luxury SUV.

    In addition to pleading guilty to one count of wire fraud conspiracy, Kolfage also pleaded guilty to tax crimes for failing to report that income. “I knew what I was doing was wrong and a crime,” Kolfage told the judge, according to news accounts of the hearing. He is due to be sentenced in September.

    We Build the Wall board member and former Trump adviser Steve Bannon was accused of receiving more than $1 million through the scheme, according to the indictment. Trump pardoned Bannon during his final hours at the White House, meaning the federal criminal case against him could not proceed.

    As part of his plea, Kolfage agreed to forfeit $17 million from the nonprofit. We Build the Wall is also required to give up more than $1 million in donations in a bank account, according to the plea agreement. Kolfage’s attorney in the federal fraud case, César de Castro, declined to comment. An attorney listed for We Build the Wall did not respond to a request for comment.

    In a 2020 interview with ProPublica and the Tribune, Kolfage denied the possibility of wrongdoing. “How is there corruption?” Kolfage said. “It’s privatized. It’s not federal money.”

    We Build the Wall was an influential conservative nonprofit that grew out of a GoFundMe campaign started by Kolfage in 2018. The group pivoted to soliciting donations to build private barriers after learning it couldn’t donate directly to the federal government to help Trump build a wall along the southern border. By mid-2020, it had raised more than $25 million.

    According to court filings, Kris Kobach, the former Kansas secretary of state and general counsel for We Build the Wall, said in 2019 that the group was only a “passive” investor in the Mission fence, having provided about 5% of the total cost, and wasn’t involved in the planning or design. It was dropped from the lawsuit. Still, We Build the Wall continued to promote the project on its website as one of two completed projects supporters could even tour, at least as of Dec. 31, 2021.

    “This project goes to show you how We Build The Wall’s movement to unite Americans who share a common belief in border security has grown into a larger movement of privatized wall builders,” it posted on its website next to pictures and a description of the project.

    After ProPublica and the Tribune exposed erosion issues at the site, Trump tried to distance himself from the private effort, speculating on Twitter that it was built to make him look bad. Yet just a few months earlier his son Donald Trump Jr. had endorsed We Build the Wall, calling it “private enterprise at its finest.” Kolfage himself had bragged of having a direct connection to the White House through Bannon and Kobach.

    Born in Michigan and raised in Hawaii, Kolfage joined the Air Force. In 2004, two weeks into his second deployment to Iraq, a rocket exploded a few feet from him, severing both of his legs and his right hand.

    The Purple Heart recipient recovered after undergoing 16 surgeries in six months, and he often spoke publicly about his experience, becoming the face of resilience and perseverance.

    He soon began running a number of right-wing websites and Facebook pages that he claimed earned him as much as $200,000 per month, according to text messages reviewed by ProPublica and the Tribune. The sites included sensationalized, photoshopped and in some cases fabricated content, and several were shut down by Facebook for “inauthentic activity” in 2018. Kolfage was accused of online bullying and personal attacks, and he formally apologized to a perceived online critic as part of a court settlement.

    Upon his arrival in Texas, he targeted local opponents in the Rio Grande Valley, including a prominent Catholic priest and the National Butterfly Center. Both had previously opposed the federal government’s plan to build fencing through their property. On social media, Kolfage declared that the center “openly supports illegal immigration and sex trafficking of women and children.” Social media messages calling staffers “pigs,” “pathetic filth” and “traitors” poured in. “You will be made to pay,” one Facebook follower declared in a message.

    The butterfly center filed a defamation lawsuit against Kolfage and We Build the Wall in 2019, as well as Fisher Industries and the property owner who provided land for the fence, claiming that their supporters had “begun to engage in targeted harassment.”

    Kolfage, who has not been served with the suit, has not responded to the allegations. An attorney for Fisher Industries has denied the allegations in court filings.

    Kolfage’s arrest in 2020 did little to quell the harassment, said the butterfly center’s executive director, Marianna Treviño-Wright, as the site became a rallying point for border wall supporters, including out-of-state political candidates.

    In late January, a right-wing congressional candidate from Virginia, Kimberly Lowe, visited the nature preserve. Treviño-Wright said Lowe demanded the center give her and another woman access to the river “to see all the illegals crossing on the raft.” Treviño-Wright said Lowe or her companion tackled her when she asked Lowe to leave the premises, a physical altercation captured on audio. Treviño-Wright said she filed a complaint against Lowe with the Mission Police Department, which did not return calls for comment.

    Lowe accused Treviño-Wright of filing a false police report and pushing a “false news story” and claimed she, not Treviño-Wright, was the one assaulted during the altercation in a statement to ProPublica and the Tribune.

    Citing safety concerns, the center shuttered its doors for three months. It reopened last week after spending nearly $30,000 in security upgrades.

    “I think we will all be on guard for a long time,” Treviño-Wright said. “I don’t know that it’s possible to experience what we have and not, you know, be changed by that.”

    Kolfage’s guilty plea did not end his defiant social media posture on the right-wing microblogging site Gettr, where he has a verified account after having been banned from Facebook and deactivating his Twitter account. On the day after he entered his plea, he posted a screenshot of a Gateway Pundit story crediting him with building more border wall than Presidents Barack Obama or Joe Biden. His pinned post reads “They Michael Flynn’d me,” an apparent reference to the former Trump national security adviser who pleaded guilty to lying to the FBI over contacts with Russian officials. Flynn was subsequently pardoned by Trump.

    In the comments section, supporters told Kolfage he deserved a “medal” and thanked him for “everything you’ve done.”


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Jeremy Schwartz and Perla Trevizo.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/they-built-the-wall-problems-remain-after-founders-guilty-plea/feed/ 0 295243
    They Built the Wall. Problems Remain After Founder’s Guilty Plea. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/they-built-the-wall-problems-remain-after-founders-guilty-plea/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/they-built-the-wall-problems-remain-after-founders-guilty-plea/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/they-built-the-wall-problems-remain-after-founders-guilty-plea#1322574 by Jeremy Schwartz and Perla Trevizo

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    This article is co-published with The Texas Tribune, a nonprofit, nonpartisan local newsroom that informs and engages with Texans. Sign up for The Brief weekly to get up to speed on their essential coverage of Texas issues.

    Brian Kolfage arrived in Texas three years ago pledging to help fulfill President Donald Trump’s promise of a “big, beautiful” wall along the U.S.-Mexico border. After pleading guilty to federal fraud charges last month, Kolfage leaves behind two small stretches of fencing that are mired in legal, environmental and permitting fights.

    Kolfage, a 40-year-old Air Force veteran, faces more than five years in prison after pleading guilty to defrauding donors of hundreds of thousands of dollars in donations to the wall effort. Despite the resolution of the criminal case, Kolfage and his We Build the Wall group still face a defamation suit brought by the National Butterfly Center, a nonprofit nature preserve in the Rio Grande Valley that he accused of promoting sex and human trafficking without evidence. In addition, the federal government has filed suit regarding one of his wall projects, alleging it was built in potential violation of an international treaty between the U.S. and Mexico.

    Never miss the most important reporting from ProPublica’s newsroom. Subscribe to the Big Story newsletter.

    ProPublica and The Texas Tribune reported in 2020 on severe erosion at the base of the 3-mile fence outside of Mission, Texas — the subject of a federal lawsuit — that experts said could result in the structure toppling into the Rio Grande if not fixed. The outlets also reported on Kolfage’s long history of online harassment and intimidation, which escalated with his border wall projects.

    Controversy continues to surround the two physical legacies of Kolfage’s We Build the Wall effort: the bollard fence on the shore of the Rio Grande and a half-mile stretch of fence outside of El Paso.

    The federal government has confirmed in court filings that the Rio Grande barrier remains at risk of falling and that it could potentially shift the international boundary. Government lawyers are negotiating a settlement in a lawsuit filed against the project. Based on court hearings, it could require wall builders to modify the barriers, such as adding gates to help prevent flooding, but appears unlikely to result in the removal of the fence that opponents seek.

    An attorney for the construction company, Fisher Industries, denied the government’s allegations in his response to the complaint, according to court documents, and did not respond to a request for comment.

    Separately, three years after construction of the fence outside of El Paso, Kolfage’s group has failed to fulfill federal requirements, including providing an operation and maintenance plan and evidence of financial responsibility for damage or injuries that can be caused by the structure.

    According to the indictment in the fraud case, Kolfage repeatedly claimed that he would “not take a penny in salary or compensation” and that 100% of the funds raised would be used to execute the group’s mission. That’s not what happened, federal prosecutors alleged. The government accused Kolfage of using fake invoices and sham vendor arrangements to siphon more than $350,000 for personal expenses, including home renovations, a boat and a luxury SUV.

    In addition to pleading guilty to one count of wire fraud conspiracy, Kolfage also pleaded guilty to tax crimes for failing to report that income. “I knew what I was doing was wrong and a crime,” Kolfage told the judge, according to news accounts of the hearing. He is due to be sentenced in September.

    We Build the Wall board member and former Trump adviser Steve Bannon was accused of receiving more than $1 million through the scheme, according to the indictment. Trump pardoned Bannon during his final hours at the White House, meaning the federal criminal case against him could not proceed.

    As part of his plea, Kolfage agreed to forfeit $17 million from the nonprofit. We Build the Wall is also required to give up more than $1 million in donations in a bank account, according to the plea agreement. Kolfage’s attorney in the federal fraud case, César de Castro, declined to comment. An attorney listed for We Build the Wall did not respond to a request for comment.

    In a 2020 interview with ProPublica and the Tribune, Kolfage denied the possibility of wrongdoing. “How is there corruption?” Kolfage said. “It’s privatized. It’s not federal money.”

    We Build the Wall was an influential conservative nonprofit that grew out of a GoFundMe campaign started by Kolfage in 2018. The group pivoted to soliciting donations to build private barriers after learning it couldn’t donate directly to the federal government to help Trump build a wall along the southern border. By mid-2020, it had raised more than $25 million.

    According to court filings, Kris Kobach, the former Kansas secretary of state and general counsel for We Build the Wall, said in 2019 that the group was only a “passive” investor in the Mission fence, having provided about 5% of the total cost, and wasn’t involved in the planning or design. It was dropped from the lawsuit. Still, We Build the Wall continued to promote the project on its website as one of two completed projects supporters could even tour, at least as of Dec. 31, 2021.

    “This project goes to show you how We Build The Wall’s movement to unite Americans who share a common belief in border security has grown into a larger movement of privatized wall builders,” it posted on its website next to pictures and a description of the project.

    After ProPublica and the Tribune exposed erosion issues at the site, Trump tried to distance himself from the private effort, speculating on Twitter that it was built to make him look bad. Yet just a few months earlier his son Donald Trump Jr. had endorsed We Build the Wall, calling it “private enterprise at its finest.” Kolfage himself had bragged of having a direct connection to the White House through Bannon and Kobach.

    Born in Michigan and raised in Hawaii, Kolfage joined the Air Force. In 2004, two weeks into his second deployment to Iraq, a rocket exploded a few feet from him, severing both of his legs and his right hand.

    The Purple Heart recipient recovered after undergoing 16 surgeries in six months, and he often spoke publicly about his experience, becoming the face of resilience and perseverance.

    He soon began running a number of right-wing websites and Facebook pages that he claimed earned him as much as $200,000 per month, according to text messages reviewed by ProPublica and the Tribune. The sites included sensationalized, photoshopped and in some cases fabricated content, and several were shut down by Facebook for “inauthentic activity” in 2018. Kolfage was accused of online bullying and personal attacks, and he formally apologized to a perceived online critic as part of a court settlement.

    Upon his arrival in Texas, he targeted local opponents in the Rio Grande Valley, including a prominent Catholic priest and the National Butterfly Center. Both had previously opposed the federal government’s plan to build fencing through their property. On social media, Kolfage declared that the center “openly supports illegal immigration and sex trafficking of women and children.” Social media messages calling staffers “pigs,” “pathetic filth” and “traitors” poured in. “You will be made to pay,” one Facebook follower declared in a message.

    The butterfly center filed a defamation lawsuit against Kolfage and We Build the Wall in 2019, as well as Fisher Industries and the property owner who provided land for the fence, claiming that their supporters had “begun to engage in targeted harassment.”

    Kolfage, who has not been served with the suit, has not responded to the allegations. An attorney for Fisher Industries has denied the allegations in court filings.

    Kolfage’s arrest in 2020 did little to quell the harassment, said the butterfly center’s executive director, Marianna Treviño-Wright, as the site became a rallying point for border wall supporters, including out-of-state political candidates.

    In late January, a right-wing congressional candidate from Virginia, Kimberly Lowe, visited the nature preserve. Treviño-Wright said Lowe demanded the center give her and another woman access to the river “to see all the illegals crossing on the raft.” Treviño-Wright said Lowe or her companion tackled her when she asked Lowe to leave the premises, a physical altercation captured on audio. Treviño-Wright said she filed a complaint against Lowe with the Mission Police Department, which did not return calls for comment.

    Lowe accused Treviño-Wright of filing a false police report and pushing a “false news story” and claimed she, not Treviño-Wright, was the one assaulted during the altercation in a statement to ProPublica and the Tribune.

    Citing safety concerns, the center shuttered its doors for three months. It reopened last week after spending nearly $30,000 in security upgrades.

    “I think we will all be on guard for a long time,” Treviño-Wright said. “I don’t know that it’s possible to experience what we have and not, you know, be changed by that.”

    Kolfage’s guilty plea did not end his defiant social media posture on the right-wing microblogging site Gettr, where he has a verified account after having been banned from Facebook and deactivating his Twitter account. On the day after he entered his plea, he posted a screenshot of a Gateway Pundit story crediting him with building more border wall than Presidents Barack Obama or Joe Biden. His pinned post reads “They Michael Flynn’d me,” an apparent reference to the former Trump national security adviser who pleaded guilty to lying to the FBI over contacts with Russian officials. Flynn was subsequently pardoned by Trump.

    In the comments section, supporters told Kolfage he deserved a “medal” and thanked him for “everything you’ve done.”


    This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Jeremy Schwartz and Perla Trevizo.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/02/they-built-the-wall-problems-remain-after-founders-guilty-plea/feed/ 0 295244
    ‘Absolutely Tragic’: Doctors Tie Trump’s 30-Foot Border Wall to Surge in Injuries and Deaths https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/30/absolutely-tragic-doctors-tie-trumps-30-foot-border-wall-to-surge-in-injuries-and-deaths/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/30/absolutely-tragic-doctors-tie-trumps-30-foot-border-wall-to-surge-in-injuries-and-deaths/#respond Sat, 30 Apr 2022 15:11:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336549

    Doctors in Southern California are connecting former President Donald Trump's efforts to build a U.S.-Mexico border wall that "can't be climbed" with soaring rates of serious injuries and deaths among migrants.

    "We had come to save our lives, not to risk them in such an awful way."

    Seven physicians at the University of California, San Diego detailed new statistics and their observations about local trauma cases in a research letter published Friday in the journal JAMA Surgery.

    Under Trump, a 30-foot wall was installed across more than 400 miles, often replacing shorter barriers. The doctors focused on admissions to their trauma center after the new wall went up in California's Imperial and San Diego Counties.

    Before the higher barrier was built, "there were 67 fall admissions from the border wall compared with 375 during the after period," the letter states, explaining that "this increase of more than five times is still significant" when the doctors factor in average apprehensions by U.S. immigration officials.

    After the wall was raised, there was also a jump in deaths—from zero to 16.

    "Once you go over 20 feet, and up to 30 feet, the chance of severe injury and death are higher," Dr. Jay Doucet, chief of the trauma division at UC San Diego Health, told The Washington Post. "We're seeing injuries we didn't see before: pelvic fractures, spinal cord injuries, brain injuries, and a lot of open fractures when the bone comes through the skin."

    As the newspaper reported:

    At Scripps Mercy Hospital, the other major trauma center for the San Diego area, border wall fall victims accounted for 16% of the 230 patients treated last month, a higher share than gunshot and stabbing cases, according to Vishal Bansal, the director of trauma.

    "I've never seen anything like this," Bansal said in an interview. "This is crazy." His trauma ward treated 139 border wall patients injured by falls last year, up from 41 in 2020.

    Hector Almeida, a 33-year-old dentist from Cuba who was sent to UC San Diego Health after fracturing his left leg Monday, told the Post that "I never expected we would have to climb the wall."

    According to the paper, "Smugglers led his group to the wall with a ladder and told them to climb up and slide down the other side, said Almeida, who said he saw one woman fall and break both legs, and an older man with a severe head injury."

    The San Diego Union-Tribune shared what happened to a Mexican family trying to flee drug cartel violence after they were turned away by U.S. officials under the Title 42 policy while seeking asylum at the San Ysidro Port of Entry:

    On a foggy night in mid-March, several family members from the Mexican state of Michoacán followed smugglers' instructions to climb the first of two border barriers to reach U.S. soil near San Diego.

    One of the women felt her grip slipping on the first fence from the moisture in the air as she struggled over. When she approached the second wall, looming 30 feet above her, she realized it would be impossible for her to get over safely. As she panicked, the smugglers told her to wait to the side for Border Patrol to get her so that other migrants could cross.

    It was only after she reached the Border Patrol station that she learned that her 14-year-old daughter, whom the smugglers sent with an earlier group, had fallen from the 30-foot wall.

    "It was the worst night of my life," said the woman, whose daughter remains mostly bedridden after spending a week in the hospital with a fractured skull, neck, and back. "We had come to save our lives, not to risk them in such an awful way."

    Along with the human impact, the rise in falls has taken a financial toll. The letter notes that "the increased hospital costs of the surge in admissions exceeded $13 million in 2021 dollars."

    The surge also coincided with the Covid-19 pandemic, which has strained the U.S. healthcare system, the paper points out, adding:

    The care of these injured immigrants is not only a humanitarian problem but also a public health crisis that further worsened trauma center bed capacity, staff shortages, and professionals' moral injury. Most of these patients had significant brain and facial injuries or complex fractures of the extremities or spine, with many requiring intensive care and staged operative reconstructions. Lack of health insurance made most patients ineligible for rehabilitation facilities or post-discharge physical therapy, further lengthening prolonged hospital stays.

    "This isn't a fracture you get when you fall off your bike, and you get a cast on it," Dr. Amy Liepert, medical director of acute care surgery at UC San Diego Medical, told the Union-Tribune. "These are bones broken in multiple pieces that need to be pinned back together, sometimes with external fixation devices."

    The letter says that the Title 42 policy enabling U.S. officials to swiftly expel many migrants like the family from Michoacán "may have increased the numbers and desperation of persons crossing the border away from ports of entry and increased the number of falls."

    The Title 42 policy was implemented under Trump and continued under Biden, who plans to end it next month—though some lawmakers are pushing to extend it with a bill that critics say "ignores individuals and families in desperate need of safety and their right to seek protection from persecution."

    Related Content

    The doctors' paper asserts that "future border barrier policy decisions should include assessment of the impact of increased injuries on the local healthcare systems as well as humanitarian consequences."

    As for the existing segments of the wall raised under Trump, Jules Kramer of the Minority Humanitarian Foundation, a San Diego nonprofit that has cared for injured migrants, told the Post that "it's absolutely tragic, and it's not deterring anyone—it's only harming people."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jessica Corbett.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/30/absolutely-tragic-doctors-tie-trumps-30-foot-border-wall-to-surge-in-injuries-and-deaths/feed/ 0 295073
    Shareholders Target Wall Street Banks With ‘Groundbreaking’ Climate Resolutions https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/26/shareholders-target-wall-street-banks-with-groundbreaking-climate-resolutions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/26/shareholders-target-wall-street-banks-with-groundbreaking-climate-resolutions/#respond Tue, 26 Apr 2022 19:08:07 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336433

    A significant percentage of shareholders at three of the biggest U.S. banks voted Tuesday to endorse first-of-their-kind resolutions urging the companies to stop supporting new fossil fuel development amid a worsening climate emergency.

    "Big banks have a responsibility to address their massive contribution to the climate crisis and protect their shareholders from climate risk."

    Shareholders at Citi, Bank of America, and Wells Fargo voted 12.8%, 11%, and 11%, respectively, to support climate resolutions filed by the Sierra Club Foundation and other members of the Interfaith Center on Corporate Responsibility. According to the Sierra Club, any resolution that receives at least 5% of the vote can be refiled the following year, and those that get 10% or more are "considered difficult for a company to ignore."

    "Big banks have a responsibility to address their massive contribution to the climate crisis and protect their shareholders from climate risk by aligning their policies with their own net-zero commitments and ending support for fossil fuel expansion," Adele Shraiman of the Sierra Club's Fossil-Free Finance campaign said in a statement. "The pressure on them to do so from shareholders and the public is only growing stronger."

    The "groundbreaking" resolutions include a call for each bank to "build upon" its net zero commitments by adopting policies "to help ensure that its financing does not contribute to new fossil fuel supplies that would be inconsistent" with the International Energy Agency's "Net-Zero Emissions by 2050" scenario and other climate frameworks.

    While shareholders have previously compelled companies to disclose the emissions impact of their operations and investments and set long-term climate targets, this is the first time they have called on banks to implement plans to achieve those objectives, according to Sierra Club.

    "The fact that this first-of-its-kind effort gained as much support as it did should send a clear signal that the effort to push Wall Street to deal with its climate problem isn't going anywhere," said Shraiman.

    As Danielle Fugere, president of the shareholder advocacy group As You Sow, told Grist: "Investors are saying we can't conduct business in a world that is on fire, that has heatwaves and insufficient water. And I do think companies are beginning to understand that it's in their interest to take action and that shareholders support that action."

    Outlining Tuesday's votes, Sierra Club noted:

    The resolutions were publicly supported by New York State Common Retirement Fund, the third-largest pension fund in the country, as well as three of New York City's pensions, and Rhode Island's and Seattle's funds.

    However, the vote totals suggest that major asset managers like BlackRock, Vanguard, State Street, and Fidelity—which are by far the largest shareholders of the big banks, and are therefore uniquely positioned to make a huge impact on important votes—failed to support them, despite their own net-zero commitment and pledges to use their shareholder power to advance climate action.

    "It's deeply disappointing that, once again, asset managers like BlackRock and Vanguard have failed to put their money where their mouth is and use their immense power to hold banks accountable to their climate pledges," Shraiman lamented.

    Related Content

    "The rhetoric coming out of these big investors about climate leadership and engaging with their clients on a clean energy transition is worthless if it's not paired with meaningful accountability for clients that are clearly not interested in making that transition a reality," she added.

    Paul Rissman, a Sierra Club board member and former executive vice president of an asset management firm, noted that all the largest U.S. banks have pledged to achieve net-zero financed emissions by 2050.

    "Big U.S. banks have utterly failed to protect their shareholders' long-term interests."

    "Despite their commitments," he wrote, "all of these banks have continued to fund the top 20 companies that are responsible for most fossil fuel development—to the tune of more than $445 billion combined in the six years since the Paris agreement was signed."

    "This is recipe for disaster," warned Rissman. "The scientific consensus is clear that in order to achieve global net-zero emissions by 2050 and avert the worst of the climate crisis, the expansion of new fossil fuel development must stop immediately."

    "Big U.S. banks have utterly failed to protect their shareholders' long-term interests as they renege on their net-zero commitments and fumble on adequately managing the risks associated with financing new fossil fuel development," he added.

    In addition to denouncing companies for their inadequate climate action, critics have also condemned net-zero pledges that some argue are a dangerous form of greenwashing best avoided in favor of near-term commitments to reducing greenhouse gas emissions.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/26/shareholders-target-wall-street-banks-with-groundbreaking-climate-resolutions/feed/ 0 293829
    Fly on the Wall: The Clothes Horse https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/fly-on-the-wall-the-clothes-horse/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/fly-on-the-wall-the-clothes-horse/#respond Fri, 22 Apr 2022 08:50:24 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=240684

    Two guards outside Putin’s office.

    Guard #1: He’s been in there for a week trying on that crown.

    Guard #2: Nobody knows who is in charge of the war.

    Guard #1: These Ukrainians are kicking our butts.

    Guard #2: Yeah, well that Volodymyr Zelensky is a comedian but he ain’t no joke.

    Guard #1: Little Tsar Putin is no match for him.

    Guard #2: The guy is crazy. Told the maid that he’s getting advice from Catherine The Great.Asked whether she had any wishes that the Empress might grant.

    Guard #1: He’s losing it. Now the sinking of the Moskva. Only 54 sailors out of 500 survived.

    Guard #2: He’s a teetotaler. Maybe we need a heavy drinker to run things. Stalin loved liquor and cowboy movies. Some in his circle died of alcoholism trying to keep up with him. That Khrushchev was smart. While Stalin wasn’t looking, he’d mix his own drinks with water.

    Guard #1: Yeah, in those days the old Bolsheviks dressed as though they bought their clothes at a Goodwill discount sale.

    Guard #2: This guy is a real clothes horse.

    Guard #1: Wears custom made suits designed by Kiton and Brioni, ties by Valentino, shoes from John Lobb or Salvatore Ferragamo.

    Guard #2: They’ve been running blondes in here at night. He says it relaxes him.

    Guard #1: What happened to Wendy Deng, Murdoch’s old squeeze? Boy she’s perfected the art of making old guys feel good.

    Guard #2: I heard the generals talking. They’re going to suggest that Putin take an extended vacation at his villa. (Pause)

    Guard #1:(Excitedly) They said that? Then I get his 10,000-dollar puff jacket and you get the 5,000-dollar shoes.

    Guard #2: No, I get the $10,000 puff jacket. And you get $5,000 shoes.

    Guard #1: We’ll flip a Ruble.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ishmael Reed.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/fly-on-the-wall-the-clothes-horse/feed/ 0 292734
    The Other Americans: Is Costa Rica Becoming Another Brick in the U.S. Border Wall? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/the-other-americans-is-costa-rica-becoming-another-brick-in-the-u-s-border-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/the-other-americans-is-costa-rica-becoming-another-brick-in-the-u-s-border-wall/#respond Wed, 20 Apr 2022 14:33:33 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/costa-rica-brick-in-us-border-wall-abbott-220420/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Jeff Abbott.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/the-other-americans-is-costa-rica-becoming-another-brick-in-the-u-s-border-wall/feed/ 0 292180
    Departing Labour MP Louisa Wall: ‘This was not entirely my choice’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/14/departing-labour-mp-louisa-wall-this-was-not-entirely-my-choice/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/14/departing-labour-mp-louisa-wall-this-was-not-entirely-my-choice/#respond Thu, 14 Apr 2022 08:00:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=72825 RNZ News

    The long-serving New Zealand MP Louisa Wall has fired a broadside at her own Labour Party as she leaves Parliament to take up a Pacific diplomacy role — using her valedictory speech to accuse the party president of leading a corrupt process.

    Wall is leaving politics after 14 years — citing a legal battle in the lead-up to the 2020 election over the Manurewa seat as one of the reasons for leaving.

    In the days leading up to her final speech at Parliament, she spoke out about a rift with the party’s leadership, claiming the Prime Minister told her directly she would never be a minister.

    Today she slammed the Labour Party for its handling of the Manurewa electorate.

    She accused the Labour Party president, Claire Szabó, of leading a “corrupt process”.

    “When I was forced out of my electorate in 2020, by the unconstitutional actions of the party president Claire Szabó and some members of council, I was devastated.

    “The president accepted a late nomination, did not share the fact of the late receipt with the council until questions were asked and then retrospectively tried to justify and legitimise her actions.”

    Agreed to leave
    Wall told the House at the conclusion of the spat, she agreed with the Labour Party to leave politics during this Parliamentary term.

    “In 2020, I agreed to leave. Because irrespective of the merits of challenging actions, being in a team where there is no appetite for your contribution is not healthy.

    “I took the opportunity to complete some of my ongoing work, including in the international advocacy space. I was placed on the list just below where I had been in 2017 and accepted that I was to resign as an MP during this term.”

    Wall thanked MPs Michael Wood, Nanaia Mahuta and Tim Barnett for helping her reach this agreement but told the House she was not going of her own volition.

    “I stand here today fulfilling my part of the agreement but I want to be very clear that this was not entirely my choice.”

    As is custom on Thursday, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern was not in the debating chamber but deputy Prime Minister Grant Robertson watched on.

    Despite never holding a ministerial position, Wall has a long list of legislative achievements, including her successful campaign to legalise same-sex marriage.

    ‘Rapid-fire course’
    She told MPs the journey to marriage equality was “a rapid-fire course in process and procedures” not universally supported within the Labour caucus.

    “While the deputy leader of the caucus at the time wanted more recognition of civil unions I believed that advocacy for marriage equality was based on fundamental human rights and that civil unions became a stop gap measure because it was not clear that marriage would get over the line,” she said.

    “When I expressed this view I was told that this would be the end of my career and I would be on my own.”

    Wall said throughout her time in politics she had been able to advocate on housing, period poverty, surrogacy, alcohol policies, revenge porn and abortion safe zones.

    With her family watching from the packed public gallery, she finished her speech on a positive note that paid tribute to her previous sporting career.

    “So while there have been obstacles to face and overcome I leave knowing I did what I could within those constraints. To use a sporting analogy, I left it all on the field.”

    Louisa Wall is taking up a newly-created role as ambassador for Pacific gender equality starting next month.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/14/departing-labour-mp-louisa-wall-this-was-not-entirely-my-choice/feed/ 0 290658
    Poor People’s Campaign Marches on Wall Street Against ‘Lies of Neoliberalism’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/12/poor-peoples-campaign-marches-on-wall-street-against-lies-of-neoliberalism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/12/poor-peoples-campaign-marches-on-wall-street-against-lies-of-neoliberalism/#respond Tue, 12 Apr 2022 21:29:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336119

    Demanding a new political discourse in which the poor are no longer blamed for their poverty in the wealthiest nation in history, hundreds of impoverished and low-income activists on Monday rallied in New York City and marched on Wall Street to take their demands directly to the center of U.S. wealth.

    "Our politics are trapped in the lies of scarcity to keep alive the lies of trickle-down economics and the lies of neoliberalism, which leave people out."

    The Moral March on Wall Street, led by the New York Poor People's Campaign, began at the Museum of the American Indian before heading to the New York Stock Exchange and then Trinity Church Wall Street for a mass meeting where activists and faith leaders spoke.

    "We are here to tell the stock exchange and Wall Street to stop trading our lives, that we want living wages and healthcare and clean air and voting rights," Rev. Dr. Liz Theoharis, co-chair of the Poor People's Campaign: A National Call for Moral Revival, said during the march. "And we want them now! And if we don't get them, we'll shut it down."

    Addressing the church meeting, Kelly Smith, a tri-chair of the New York Poor People's Campaign, confided: "I worry for my son. I worry that he'll be able to find a living wage. I worry that he lives in a world where his Black skin is valued less than my white skin."

    "And I could worry and worry and worry and wring my hands. Or, I could stand up. I could speak up. I could fight," she added. "Well, we are going to stand up. We are going to speak out. And we are going to mobilize for June 18th in Washington, D.C."

    That's when Poor People's Campaign co-chair Bishop William J. Barber II, Theoharis, and movement activists from across the United States will hold a Poor People's and Low-Wage Workers' Assembly and Moral March on Washington and the Polls.

    More than just a day of action, the event is billed as "a declaration of an ongoing, committed moral movement" to "build power, shift the political narrative, and make real policies to fully address poverty and low wealth from the bottom up."

    Speaking Monday in New York, Barber said that "we've got to do this" on June 18 "because our politics are trapped in the lies of scarcity to keep alive the lies of trickle-down economics and the lies of neoliberalism, which leave people out."

    Condemning "the false narrative of Christian nationalism and racism and militarism and climate devastation," Barber continued:

    You've got a mess. These kinds of politics turn us against each other, blame the poor for their poverty even though we live in the midst of abundance. And we know that poverty is not so much a personal choice as a political consequence of policies. We have the resources to meet the needs of everybody. The only thing we don't have enough of is moral consciousness and the will to do what's right. And that's our job—to shift the moral narrative of this nation.

    Marcher Volney Gordon, a Vermonter who has been homeless for 15 years since being priced out of New York City, said at Monday's march that he "became an expert in poverty on these very streets—in the shadow of obscene wealth and amidst the headquarters of institutions that, having built their wealth on the backs of our class, have waged an all-out war on those very same people."

    "The ruling class doesn't want us to strategize across lines of division because our strength, the strength of the working class, the poor, is what powers this machine," he added.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/12/poor-peoples-campaign-marches-on-wall-street-against-lies-of-neoliberalism/feed/ 0 290219
    Wall Street Leverages Working Class Pensions https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/12/wall-street-leverages-working-class-pensions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/12/wall-street-leverages-working-class-pensions/#respond Tue, 12 Apr 2022 21:04:09 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=25640 Pension officials who manage the retirement savings of the working class are funneling employees’ pension savings to Wall Street and finance industry executives as investments, according to a July 2021…

    The post Wall Street Leverages Working Class Pensions appeared first on Project Censored.

    ]]>
    Pension officials who manage the retirement savings of the working class are funneling employees’ pension savings to Wall Street and finance industry executives as investments, according to a July 2021 Lever report by David Sirota. Roughly $1 trillion dollars of workers’ pension savings has been recirculated back to financial elites in the form of “alternative investments.” Sirota explains how these investments largely remain hidden to the public while also being funneled into the medical-industrial complex and the fossil fuel industry and intensifying the class war within the United States.

    Pensions are a form of payment wherein an employee accepts lower wages while working in exchange for a fund that accrues savings for their retirement. These pension funds are only accessible to workers during their retirement but give workers a “defined benefit,” usually in the form of a guaranteed monthly payment, upon retirement. Due to a lack of adequate employer contributions and state and local governments’ refusal to fully fund the pension system, pension funds are increasingly reliant on hedge funds and other alternative investments overseen by Wall Street companies to meet their obligations to retirees. These companies collect hefty fees in return for managing these investments. Consequently, the American working class’ attempt to maintain adequate retirement savings is deepening the pockets of Wall Street.

    Sirota notes that pension officials in Pennsylvania “pumped about two thirds of the state retirement system’s assets into alternative investments.” As a result, Pennsylvania public employees saw a below-average return on their investment at the same time as Wall Street firms managing those investments collected $4.3 billion in fees. Even more concerning, research conducted by CEM Benchmarking found that only half of the investment fees in the United States pension system are being disclosed to the public.

    Corporate outlets have generally ignored how finance industry executives profit from alternative investments made by workers’ pensions and how pension money is being redirected by financial firms to strengthen already booming industries. Some notable mainstream coverage of Wall Street gambling with workers’ pensions has come from the Wall Street Journal. In addition, Forbes has also reported on unions and pension fund trustees advocating for the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to end the mismanagement of public pensions. In a June 18, 2021 op-ed for Forbes, lawyer Edward Siedle detailed more than $143 million in annual fees that the Ohio teachers’ pension paid to Wall Street billionaires “for nothing.” Siedle failed to investigate any further.

    Source: David Sirota, “Workers Are Funding the War on Themselves,” The Lever, July 7, 2021.

    Student Researcher: Cem Ismail Addemir (Illinois State University)

    Faculty Evaluator: Steve Macek: (North Central College)

    The post Wall Street Leverages Working Class Pensions appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/12/wall-street-leverages-working-class-pensions/feed/ 0 348862
    Fly On The Wall: The Slap https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/fly-on-the-wall-the-slap/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/fly-on-the-wall-the-slap/#respond Fri, 01 Apr 2022 08:55:32 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=238657 Will Smith is not holding the Oscar; the Oscar is standing in front of him. His boy dance is as good as Crazy Legs, the Bronx dancer who perfected the dance. A crowd is gathered around the two. Oscar does a little Lindy Hop move as a nod to tradition, picking up Will and flipping More

    The post Fly On The Wall: The Slap appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ishmael Reed.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/01/fly-on-the-wall-the-slap/feed/ 0 286980
    Climate Art vs. Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/climate-art-vs-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/climate-art-vs-wall-street/#respond Wed, 23 Mar 2022 16:22:14 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335594
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by David Solnit, Alec Connon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/climate-art-vs-wall-street/feed/ 0 284441
    ‘Jaw-Dropping’: Wall Street Bonuses Have Soared 1,743% Since 1985 https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/jaw-dropping-wall-street-bonuses-have-soared-1743-since-1985/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/jaw-dropping-wall-street-bonuses-have-soared-1743-since-1985/#respond Wed, 23 Mar 2022 16:06:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335589 A new analysis out Wednesday estimates that if the federal minimum wage had grown at the same rate as Wall Street bonuses over the past three and a half decades, it would currently be $61.75 an hour instead of $7.25.

    "Millions of essential workers continue to earn poverty wages, while the reckless bonus culture is alive and well on Wall Street."

    According to fresh data from the New York State Comptroller, the average bonus dished out to Wall Street employees jumped 20% to a record $257,500 in 2021 as big banks reported huge profits despite widespread havoc caused by the coronavirus pandemic. Last year's average Wall Street bonus was the highest since 2006, prior to the Great Recession.

    The comptroller's office points out that while the securities industry comprises just 5% of private-sector employment in New York City, it makes up one-fifth of total private-sector wages.

    Taking the new figures into account, Sarah Anderson of the Institute for Policy Studies notes in a report that the average Wall Street bonus has soared by 1,743% since 1985.

    "By contrast, typical American workers lost earnings power in 2021," Anderson writes, noting that high inflation has eroded the modest wage gains seen by ordinary people. "Average weekly earnings for all U.S. private-sector employees rose by only 2% between January 2021 and January 2022, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics."

    "These jaw-dropping numbers are just the latest evidence of unequal sacrifice under the pandemic," Anderson adds. "While ordinary workers are struggling with rising costs for basic essentials, Wall Street bankers have seen their bonuses rise further into the stratosphere."

    Wall Street bonuses

    Anderson argues that Wall Street bonuses have been soaring in recent years partly because Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act—a financial reform measure enacted in the wake of the 2008 crash—has never been implemented.

    "Powerful Wall Street lobbyists have succeeded in blocking Section 956... which prohibits large financial institutions from awarding pay packages that encourage 'inappropriate risks,'" Anderson writes. "Regulators were supposed to implement this new rule within nine months of the law's passage but have dragged their feet—despite widespread recognition that these bonuses encouraged the high-risk behaviors that led to the 2008 financial crisis, costing millions of Americans their homes and livelihoods."

    "In contrast to the Wall Street lobbyists, advocates for the working poor have seen their efforts to raise the federal minimum wage and secure other important worker benefits stalled in Congress," she continues. "Due to Washington inaction, millions of essential workers continue to earn poverty wages, while the reckless bonus culture is alive and well on Wall Street."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/jaw-dropping-wall-street-bonuses-have-soared-1743-since-1985/feed/ 0 284466
    Khanna-Warren Bill Would Ban Wall Street Profiteering on Water Scarcity https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/khanna-warren-bill-would-ban-wall-street-profiteering-on-water-scarcity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/khanna-warren-bill-would-ban-wall-street-profiteering-on-water-scarcity/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 17:43:56 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335566
    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/khanna-warren-bill-would-ban-wall-street-profiteering-on-water-scarcity/feed/ 0 284140
    “Give Me Back the Berlin Wall…” https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/08/give-me-back-the-berlin-wall/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/08/give-me-back-the-berlin-wall/#respond Tue, 08 Mar 2022 09:39:33 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=236313 Leonard Cohen’s Pessimistic Prophecy in “The Future” and the Long Lost Hope for “Genuine Peace” and “General and Complete Disarmament” “The whole world was celebrating the destruction of the Berlin Wall. And I was ready to celebrate with everybody else. But I also had a feeling it was a terrible thing. That it would result More

    The post “Give Me Back the Berlin Wall…” appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Eric C. Jacobson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/08/give-me-back-the-berlin-wall/feed/ 0 279941
    Greed is Us: Titans, The Rise of Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/27/greed-is-us-titans-the-rise-of-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/27/greed-is-us-titans-the-rise-of-wall-street/#respond Sun, 27 Feb 2022 09:03:19 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=235219

    As its title indicates, Titans, The Rise of Wall Street is a docuseries that focuses on the financial sector headquartered at Lower Manhattan and the financiers who built this leviathan of wealth, speculation, equity, inequity, iniquity, bubbles, booms, busts, bull markets and more. In Season 1, the first four previously released episodes spanned the early years of Wall Street, starting circa 1857 when J.P. Morgan arrived in New York from London, proceeding through the Gilded Age and World War I. Using a semblance of the “great man theory of history” attributed to 19th century Scottish philosopher Thomas Carlyle, these chapters zoom in on magnates such as J.P. Morgan and his father Junius, Jay Cooke, Henry Goldman and Samuel Sachs and chronicle how these titular “titans” turned Wall Street into the Mecca of American capitalism.

    The four ensuing chapters for Season 2 of Titans, released starting Feb. 17 on Curiosity Stream, cover the Roaring Twenties, the infamous Oct. 29, 1929 crash on Black Tuesday, the Great Depression, the Roosevelt administration’s efforts to reform and restrain the juggernaut of the financial system and then jump forward to The Go-Go 80s in Episode 7, depicting the onslaught of deregulated capitalism during the Reagan era.

    To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.

    In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

    More

    The post Greed is Us: Titans, The Rise of Wall Street appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Ed Rampell.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/27/greed-is-us-titans-the-rise-of-wall-street/feed/ 0 277369
    Occupy Wall Street With Author Michael Levitin https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/18/occupy-wall-street-with-author-michael-levitin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/18/occupy-wall-street-with-author-michael-levitin/#respond Mon, 18 Oct 2021 22:00:41 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=24512 September 17, 2021 was the tenth anniversary of the start of Occupy Wall Street. Journalist and author Michael Levitin was there at its beginning, and, among other roles, co-founded and…

    The post Occupy Wall Street With Author Michael Levitin appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Project Censored.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2021/10/18/occupy-wall-street-with-author-michael-levitin/feed/ 0 383772
    Banned Books Week and Author/journalist Michael Levitin On the Impact of The Occupy Wall Street Movement https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/27/banned-books-week-and-author-journalist-michael-levitin-on-the-impact-of-the-occupy-wall-street-movement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/27/banned-books-week-and-author-journalist-michael-levitin-on-the-impact-of-the-occupy-wall-street-movement/#respond Mon, 27 Sep 2021 20:09:38 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=24497 This week is Banned Books Week, an annual affirmation of Americans’ right to read, founded by librarians and concerned booksellers in 1982 to combat efforts to ban books in US…

    The post Banned Books Week and Author/journalist Michael Levitin On the Impact of The Occupy Wall Street Movement appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Project Censored.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2021/09/27/banned-books-week-and-author-journalist-michael-levitin-on-the-impact-of-the-occupy-wall-street-movement/feed/ 0 383819
    Victor Schwartz, Wall St. Task Force, Cable TV Ads https://www.radiofree.org/2015/03/08/victor-schwartz-wall-st-task-force-cable-tv-ads/ https://www.radiofree.org/2015/03/08/victor-schwartz-wall-st-task-force-cable-tv-ads/#respond Sun, 08 Mar 2015 23:16:51 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=105d6b05446b976e6ba4381cdd13a48e Ralph gets into a debate with his old friend, Victor Schwartz, about malpractice lawsuits and hot coffee.  Along the way, former President Bill Clinton horns in on the discussion, and we get a visit from the ghost of Ronald Reagan.  Plus more listener questions.


    This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader Radio Hour and was authored by Ralph Nader Radio Hour.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2015/03/08/victor-schwartz-wall-st-task-force-cable-tv-ads/feed/ 0 329364
    What Ralph Reads, Bush’s Inferno, Sleazy Wall Street https://www.radiofree.org/2014/06/28/what-ralph-reads-bushs-inferno-sleazy-wall-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2014/06/28/what-ralph-reads-bushs-inferno-sleazy-wall-street/#respond Sat, 28 Jun 2014 16:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e3cd5b638ecbb097cdd5f3ee88b1f204 Turns out, Ralph is skeptical of Hillary's reading habits, outraged that Bush and Cheney aren't being tried as war criminals, and unconvinced that Wall Street is doing "God's work." 


    This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader Radio Hour and was authored by Ralph Nader Radio Hour.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2014/06/28/what-ralph-reads-bushs-inferno-sleazy-wall-street/feed/ 0 329572
    Wall Street Criminals, the CIA, Fukushima and March Madness https://www.radiofree.org/2014/03/22/wall-street-criminals-the-cia-fukushima-and-march-madness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2014/03/22/wall-street-criminals-the-cia-fukushima-and-march-madness/#respond Sat, 22 Mar 2014 04:49:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=573f954fc81ced39f0f0369f39c2fb8b This week we ask Ralph if Jamie Dimon is a criminal, whether we really need a CIA, and why should we worry about Fukushima.  And Ralph explains the true meaning of one of our most sacred holidays-March Madness.  


    This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader Radio Hour and was authored by Ralph Nader Radio Hour.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2014/03/22/wall-street-criminals-the-cia-fukushima-and-march-madness/feed/ 0 329619